CONSPIRATORS’ HIERARCHY:

CONSPIRATORS’ HIERARCHY: THE STORY OF THE THE
COMMITTEE OF 300
Dr. John Coleman
Important:
Please download this
document immediately
and distribute it to as
many people as possible.

FOREWORD
In my career as a professional intelligence-officer, I had many occasions to
access highly classified documents, but during service as a political science
officer in-the-field, in Angola, West Africa, I had the opportunity to view a
series of top-secret classified-documents which were unusually explicit.
What I saw filled me with anger and resentment and launched me on a
course from which I have not deviated, namely to uncover what power it is
that controls and manages the British and United States governments.
I was thoroughly familiar with all of the well-known secret societies such as
the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA), the Council on Foreign
Relations (CFR), the Bilderbergers, Trilaterals, the Zionists, Freemasonry,
Bolshevism- Rosicrucianism and all of the spin-offs of these secret societies.
As an intelligence-officer, and even before that as a young student in the
course of my studies at the British Museum in London, I had cut my eyeteeth on all of them, plus a good number of others with whom I imagined
Americans were familiar. But when I came to the United States in 1969, I
found that names like the Order of St. John of Jerusalem, Club of Rome, the
German Marshall Fund, the Cini Foundation, the Round Table, the Fabianists
the Venetian Black Nobility, the Mont Pelerin Society, Hellfire Clubs, and
many others were at best totally unknown here, or else their true-functions
were, at best, only poorly understood, if at all.
In 1969-1970 I set about remedying the situation in a series of monographs
and cassette tapes. Much to my surprise I soon found plenty of people
willing to quote these names as if they had known of them all of their writing
careers, but who were not in the least bit knowledgeable about the subjects,
yet quite unwilling to state the source of their lately acquired information. I
consoled myself with the thought that imitation is the sincerest form of
flattery.
I pursued my investigations, pressing on in the face of severe risks, attacks
on myself and my wife, financial losses, continual harassment, threats and
calumny, all part of a carefully crafted and orchestrated program to discredit
me, run by government agents and informers, embedded in the so-called
Christian right-wing, the “Identity Movement” and right-wing “patriotic”
groups. These agents operated, and still operate, under cover of strong and
fearless outspoken opposition to Judaism their main enemy, they would
have us believe. These agent-informers are led and controlled by a group of
homosexuals who are well-liked and well-respected by political and religious
conservatives all across the United States.
Their program of calumny, lies and hatred, dis-information about my work,
even lately attributing it to other writers, continues unabated but it has not
had the desired effect. I shall carry on with my task until I have finally
ripped off the mask of the entire secret upper-level parallel government that
runs Britain and the U.S. This book is a part of that ongoing effort.
Dr. John Coleman, November 1991.

AN OVERVIEW AND SOME CASE HISTORIES.
Certainly a fair number of us are aware that the people running our
government are not the people who are really in control of political and
economic matters, domestic and foreign. This has led many to seek the truth
in the alternative press, those newsletter writers who, like me, have sought,
but not always found what it is that is making the United States terminallyill. “Seek and ye shall find” has not always been the case with this group.
What we did find was that the people walk in great darkness, mostly not
caring or bothering to find out where their country is headed, firm in the
belief that it will always be there for them. This is the way the largest
population-group has been manipulated to react, and their attitude plays
right into the hands of the secret government.
We frequently hear about “they” doing this, that or the other. “They” seem
literally to be able to get away with murder. “They” increase taxes, send our
sons and daughters to die in wars that do not benefit our country. “They”
seem above our reach, out of sight, frustratingly nebulous when it comes to
taking action against “them”. No-one seems able to clearly identify who
“they” are. It is a situation that has pertained for decades. During the course
of this book, we shall identify the mysterious “they” and then, after that, it is
up to the people to remedy their situation.
On 30th April 1981, I wrote a monograph disclosing the existence of the
Club of Rome, identifying it as a Committee of 300 subversive body. This
was the first mention of both of these organisations in the United States. I
warned readers not to be fooled by the feeling that the article was farfetched and I drew a parallel between my article and the warning issued by
the Bavarian government when the secret plans of the Illuminati fell into its
hands. We shall return to the Club of Rome and the role of the The
Committee of 300 in U.S. affairs later herein.
Many of the predictions made in that 1981 article have since come to pass,
such as the unknown Felipe Gonzalez becoming prime-minister of Spain, and
Mitterand being returned to power in France; the downfall of Giscard D’
Estang and Helmut Schmidt, the return to power of Swedish nobleman and
The Committee of 300 member Olaf Palme (who has since then been
mysteriously murdered), the nullifying of Reagan’s presidency and the
destruction of our steel, auto and housing industries in terms of the postindustrial zero-growth order handed down by the Committee of 300.
The importance of Palme lies in the use made of him by the Club of Rome to
deliver technology to the Soviet Union on the forbidden-list of the U.S.
Customs, and Palme’s world-wide communications-network employed to
train the spotlight on the phony Iran hostage-crisis, while he shuttled back
and forth between Washington and Teheran in an effort to undermine the
sovereign integrity of the U.S. and place the phony crisis in the realm of a
The Committee of 300 institution, viz., the World Court at The Hague,
Holland.
In what is in fact an open conspiracy against God and man, which includes
enslaving the majority of humans left on this Earth, after wars, plagues and
mass-murder have done with them, is not well hidden. In the intelligencecommunity, it is taught that the best way to hide something is to place it in
open view. As an example of the foregoing, when Germany wanted to hide
its prized new Messerschmidt fighter-plane in 1938, the aircraft was put on
display at the Paris Air Show. While secret-agents and spies were collecting
information from hollow tree-trunks and from behind loose bricks in a wall,
the information they sought was staring them right in the face.
The upper-level parallel secret government does not operate from dank
basements and secret underground chambers. It places itself in full view, in
the White House, Congress and in Number 10 Downing Street and the
Houses of Parliament. It is akin to those weird and supposedly terrifying
“monster” films, where the monster appears with distorted features, long
hair and even longer teeth, growling and slavering all over the place. This is
distraction, the REAL MONSTERS wear business-suits (Collar and “TieFighters”) and drive to work on Capitol Hill in limousines.
These men are IN OPEN VIEW. These men are the servants of the One World
Government-New World Order. Like the rapist who stops to offer his victim a
friendly ride, he does not LOOK like the monster he is. If he did, his intended
victim would run off screaming in fright. The same applies to government at
all levels. President Bush does not LOOK like a dutiful servant of the upper-
level parallel government, but make no mistake about it, he is as much a
MONSTER as are those horrors found in horror-movies.
Stop for a moment and consider how President Bush ordered the brutal
slaying of 150,000 Iraqi troops, in a convoy of military vehicles carrying
white flags, on their way back to Iraq under Geneva Convention rules of
agreed disengagement and withdrawal. Imagine the horror of the Iraqi
troops when, in spite of waving their white flags, they were mowed down by
American aircraft. In another part of the front, 12,000 Iraqi soldiers were
buried alive in trenches they occupied. Is that not MONSTROUS in the truest
sense of the word? From where did President Bush get his orders to act in
this MONSTROUS fashion? He got them from the Royal Institute for
International Affairs (RIIA) who received its mandate from the The
Committee of 300, also known as the “Olympians”.
As we shall see, even the “Olympians” do not hide their faces. Often times
they put on a show which could be likened to the Paris Air Show, even as
conspiracy buffs spend their time in fruitless searching in the wrong places
and in the wrong direction. Note how the Queen, Elizabeth II, performs the
ceremonial opening of the British Parliament? There, in full view is the head
of the The Committee of 300. Have you ever witnessed the swearing-in
ceremony of a United States President? There in full view is another member
of the Committee of 300. The problem is only one of perception.
Who are the conspirators who serve the mighty all-powerful The Committee
of 300? The better-informed of our citizens are aware that there is a
conspiracy and that the conspiracy goes under various names such as the
Illuminati, Freemasonry, the Round Table the Milner Group. To them the CFR
and the Trilaterals represent most of what they do not like in regard to
domestic and foreign policy. Some even know that the Round Table has a
big input into United States affairs through the British ambassador in
Washington. The problem is that real hard information on the treasonous
activities of members of the invisible hidden hand) Government is very hard
to come by.
I quote the profound statement made by the Prophet Hosea (4:6), which is
found in the Christian Bible:
“My people are destroyed for lack of [My] Knowledge.”
Some may already have heard my exposé of the foreign aid scandal, in
which work I named several conspiratorial organisations, whose number is
legion. Their final objective was the overthrow of the U.S. Constitution and
the merging of this country, chosen by God as HIS country, with a Godless
One World-New World Order Government which will return the world to
conditions far worse than existed in the Dark Ages.
Let us talk about actual case histories, the attempt to communise and deindustrialise Italy. The Committee of 300 long ago decreed that there shall
be a smaller – much smaller – and better world, that is, their idea of what
constitutes a better world. The myriad’s of “useless eaters” consuming
scarce natural-resources were to be culled (killed). Industrial progress
supports population-growth. Therefore the command to multiply and subdue
the earth found in Genesis had to be subverted.
This called for an attack upon Christianity; the slow but sure disintegration
of industrial nation states; the destruction of hundreds of millions of people,
referred to by the The Committee of 300 as “surplus population”, and the
removal of any leader who dared to stand in the way of the Committee’s
global planning to reach the foregoing objectives.
Two of the Committee’s earliest targets were Italy and Pakistan. The late
Aldo Moro, Prime Minister of Italy, was one leader who opposed “zero
growth” and population-reductions planned for his country, thereby incurring
the wrath of the Club of Rome commissioned by the “Olympians” to carryout its policies in this regard. In a Rome courtroom on November 10th,
1982, a close friend of Moro’s testified that the former prime-minister was
threatened by an agent of the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA),
who is also a Committee of 300 member, while he was still the U.S.
Secretary of State. The meteoric rise of the man the witness named as
Kissinger will be dealt with later.
It will be recalled that Prime Minister Moro was kidnapped by the Red
Brigades in 1978 and subsequently brutally shot to death. It was at the trial
of members of the Red Brigades that several of them testified to the fact
that they knew of high-level U.S. involvement in the plot to kill Moro. When
threatening Moro, Kissinger was obviously not carrying out U.S. foreignpolicy, but rather acting according to instructions received from the Club of
Rome, the foreign-policy arm of the The Committee of 300. The witness who
delivered the bombshell in open court was a close associate of Moro’s,
Gorrado Guerzoni.
His explosive testimony was broadcast over Italian television and radio on
November l0th, 1982, and printed in several Italian newspapers yet this vital
information was suppressed in the U.S. Those famous bastions of freedom
with a compelling right-to-know, the Washington Post and the New York
Times, did not think it important to even print a single line of Guerzoni’s
testimony.
Nor was the news carried by any of the wire-services or television-stations.
The fact that Italy’s Aldo Moro had been a leading politician for decades, and
who was kidnapped in broad daylight in the Spring of 1978, all of his
bodyguards butchered in cold blood, was not deemed newsworthy, even
though Kissinger stood accused as an accomplice to these crimes? Or was
the silence BECAUSE of Kissinger’s involvement?
In my 1982 exposé of this heinous crime, I demonstrated that Aldo Moro, a
loyal member of the Christian Democrat Party, was murdered by assassins
controlled by P2 Masonry (see David Yallop’s book, In God’s Name) with the
object of bringing Italy into line with Club of Rome orders to de-industrialise
the country and considerably reduce its population. Moro’s plans to stabilise
Italy through full employment and industrial and political peace would have
strengthened Catholic opposition to Communism and made the
destabilisation of the Middle East – a prime goal – that much harder.
From the foregoing it becomes clear just how far ahead the conspirators
plan. They do not think in terms of a Five Year Plan. One needs to go back to
Weishaupt’s statements about the early Catholic Church to understand what
was involved in the murder of Aldo Moro. Moro’s death removed the
roadblocks to the plans to destabilise Italy, and as we now know, enabled
conspiracy-plans for the Middle East to be carried out in the Gulf War 14
years later.
Italy was chosen as a test-target by the Committee of 300. Italy is
important to the conspirators’ plans because it is the closest European
country to the Middle East linked to Middle East economics and politics. It is
also the home of the Catholic Church, which Weishaupt ordered destroyed,
and home for some of Europe’s most powerful top oligarchical families of the
ancient Black Nobility. Should Italy have been weakened by Moro’s death, it
would have had repercussions in the Middle East which would have
weakened U.S. influence in the region. Italy is important for another reason;
it is a gateway for drugs entering Europe from Iran and Lebanon, and we
shall return to that subject in due course.
Various groups had combined under the name of socialism to bring about
the downfall of several Italian governments since the Club of Rome was
established in 1968. Among these are the Black Nobility of Venice and
Genoa, P2 Masonry and the Red Brigades, all working for the same goals.
Police investigators in Rome working on the Red Brigades-Aldo Moro case
came across the names of several very prominent Italian families working
closely with this terrorist group. The police also discovered evidence that in
at least a dozen cases, these powerful and prominent families had allowed
their homes and/or property to be used as safe-houses for Red Brigades’
cells.
America’s “nobility” were doing their share to destroy the Republic of Italy, a
notable contribution having come from Richard Gardner even while in his
official capacity as President Carter’s ambassador to Rome. At that time
Gardner was operating under the direct control of Bettino Craxi, an
important member of the Club of Rome and a key man in NATO. Craxi was
the leading edge of the conspirators’ attempts to destroy the Italian
Republic. As we shall see, Craxi was almost successful in ruining Italy, and
as the conspirators’ hierarchy’s leading player, was able to get divorce and
abortion pushed through the Italian Parliament, resulting in the most farreaching and destructive religious and social changes ever to strike at the
Catholic Church, and consequently, the morals of the Italian nation.
After President Ronald Reagan was elected, an important meeting was held
in Washington D.C. in December 1980 under the auspices of the Club of
Rome and the Socialist International. Both these organisations are directly
responsible to the The Committee of 300. The main agenda was to formulate
ways and means of how to neutralise the Reagan presidency. A group plan
was adopted and, as we look back, it is perfectly clear that the plan the
conspirators agreed to follow has been very successful.
In order to get an idea of how vast and how all-pervasive is this conspiracy,
it would be appropriate at this point to name the goals set by the The
Committee of 300 for the pending conquest and control of the world. There
are at least 40 known “branch offices” of the Committee of 300, and we shall
be listing them all, together with a description of their functions. Once this is
studied it becomes easy to understand how one central conspiratorial-body
is able to operate so successfully and why it is that no power on Earth can
withstand their onslaught against the very foundations of a civilised,
progressive world, based on freedom of the individual, especially as it is
declared in the United States Constitution.
Thanks to the sworn testimony of Guerzoni, Italy and Europe but not the
U.S. learned that Kissinger was behind the death of Aldo Moro. This tragic
affair demonstrates the ability of the Committee of 300 to impose its will
upon any government, without exception. Secure in his position as a
member of the most powerful secret society in the world, and I am not
talking about Freemasonry, Kissinger not only terrified Moro, but carriedthrough on his threats to “eliminate” Moro, if he did not give up his plan to
bring economic and industrial progress to Italy. In June and July of 1982,
the wife of Aldo Moro testified in open court that her husband’s murder came
about as a result of serious threats against his life, made by what she called
“a high ranking United States political figure.” Mrs. Eleanora Moro repeated
the precise phrase reportedly used by Kissinger in the sworn testimony of
Guerzoni: “Either you stop your political line or you will pay dearly for it.”
Recalled by the judge, Guerzoni was asked if he could identify the person
Mrs. Moro was talking about. Guerzoni replied that it was indeed Henry
Kissinger as he had previously intimated.
Guerzoni went on to explain to the court that Kissinger had made his threats
in Moro’s hotel-room during the Italian leaders official visit to the U.S. Moro

• then Prime Minister and Foreign Minister of Italy, a NATO member-country
• was a man of high rank, one who should never have been subjected to
  Mafia-like pressures and threats. Moro was accompanied on his American
  visit by the President of Italy in his official capacity. Kissinger was then, and
  still is, an important agent in the service of the (British) Royal Institute for
  International Affairs, a member of the Club of Rome and the (U.S.) Council
  on Foreign Relations.
  Kissinger’s role in destabilising the United States by means of three wars,
  the Middle East, Korea and Vietnam, is well known, as is his role in the Gulf
  War, in which the U.S. Army acted as mercenaries for the The Committee of
  300 in bringing Kuwait back under its control and at the same time making
  an example out of Iraq, so that other small nations would not be tempted to
  work out their own destiny.
  Kissinger also threatened the late Ali Bhutto, President of the sovereign
  nation of Pakistan. Bhutto’s “crime” was that he favoured nuclear weapons
  for his country. As a Moslem state, Pakistan felt threatened by continued
  Israeli aggression in the Middle East. Bhutto was judicially murdered in 1979
  by the Council on Foreign Relations’ representative in the country General
  Zia ul Haq.
  In his planned ascent to power, ul Haq encouraged a frenzied mob to set fire
  to the U.S. Embassy in Islamabad in an apparent attempt to show the CFR
  that he was his own man and to secure more foreign aid and, it was later
  learned, to murder Richard Helms. Several years later, ul Haq paid with his
  life for intervening in the war raging in Afghanistan. His C-130 Hercules
  aircraft was hit by an E.L.F. (electrical low frequency) shot shortly after it
  took off, causing the aircraft to loop into the ground.
  The Club of Rome, acting on The Committee of 300 orders to eliminate
  General ul Haq, had no compunction in sacrificing the lives of a number of
  U.S. servicemen on board the flight, including a U.S. Army Defence
  Intelligence Agency group headed by Brigadier General Herber Wassom.
  General ul Haq had been warned by the Turkish Secret Service not to travel
  by plane, as he was targeted for a mid-air bombing. With this in mind, ul
  Haq took the United States team with him as “an insurance policy”, as he
  commented to his inner-circle advisors. In my 1989 work “Terror in the
  Skies”, I gave the following account of what happened: “Shortly before ul
  Haq’s C-130 took off from a Pakistan military base, a suspicious looking
  truck was seen close to the hangar that had housed the C-130. The controltower warned base security, but by the time action was taken, the C-130
  was already airborne and the truck had gone. A few minutes later the plane
  began looping-the-loop until it hit the ground and exploded in a ball of fire.
  There is no explanation for such behaviour by the C-130, an aircraft with a
  marvellously reliable record, and a joint Pakistani-United States board of
  inquiry found no pilot-error or mechanical or structural failure. Looping-theloop is a recognised trade-mark of an aircraft hit by E.L.F. fire.
  That the Soviet Union has been able to develop high-peak radio-frequencydevices is known to the West through the work of Soviet scientists who work
  in the Kurchatov Atomic Energy Institute’s Intensive Relativistic Electron
  Beam Division. Two of its specialists were Y.A.Vinograov and A.A.Rukhadze.
  Both scientists worked in the Lededev Physics Institute, which specialises in
  electronic and X-ray lasers.
  After receiving this information, I searched for confirmation from other
  sources and found that in England the International journal of Electronics
  had published some material which appeared to confirm the information
  given to me about the method chosen to shoot down General ul Haq’s C130. In addition, the information was confirmed by two of my intelligence
  sources. I received some useful information from a Soviet scientific paper on
  these subjects, published in England under the title “Soviet Radio Electronics
  and Communications Systems”. There was no doubt in my mind that
  General ul Haq had been murdered. The truck seen near the C-130 hanger
  undoubtedly carried a mobile E.L.F. device of the type the Soviet Armed
  Forces are known to possess.
  According to written testimony by Bhutto, smuggled out of the country while
  he was in prison, Kissinger severely threatened him: “I will make a horrible
  example if you continue with your nation-building policies.” Bhutto had fallen
  afoul of Kissinger and the Club of Rome by calling for a nuclear-energyprogram to bring Pakistan into a modern industrialised state which, in the
  eyes of the The Committee of 300, was a direct contravention of its orders
  delivered by Kissinger to the Pakistani government. What Kissinger was
  doing when he threatened Bhutto was not official U.S. policy, but the policy
  of the modern-day Illuminati.
  One needs to have a clear understanding of just why it is that nuclear power
  is so hated all over the world, and why the fake “environmentalist”
  movement, established and financially supported by the Club of Rome, was
  called upon to wage war on nuclear-energy. With nuclear-energy generating
  electricity in cheap and abundant supplies, Third World countries would
  gradually become independent of U.S. foreign-aid and begin to assert their
  sovereignty. Nuclear generated electricity is THE key to bringing Third World
  countries out of their backward state, a state which the The Committee of
  300 has ordered to remain in position.
  Less foreign-aid means less control of a country’s natural-resources by the
  I.M.F. It was this idea of developing nations taking charge of their destiny
  that was an anathema to the Club of Rome and its ruling The Committee of

1. We have seen opposition to nuclear power in the United States
   successfully used to block industrial development in conformity with the
   Club’s “Post-Industrial Zero-Growth” plans.
   Dependence upon U.S. foreign aid actually keeps foreign countries in
   servitude to the (U.S.) Council on Foreign Relations. The people of the
   recipient-countries receive very little of the money as it usually ends up in
   the pockets of government leaders who allow the natural raw-material
   assets of the country to be savagely stripped by the I.M.F. Mugabe of
   Zimbabwe, formerly Rhodesia, is a good example of how raw-material
   assets, in this case high-grade chrome-ore, is controlled through foreign aid.
   LONRHO, the giant conglomerate run by Angus Ogilvie, an important
   member of the The Committee of 300, on behalf of his cousin, Queen
   Elizabeth II, now has total control of this valuable resource while the people
   of the country sink ever deeper into poverty and misery, notwithstanding a
   hand-out of in excess of $300 million from the United States. LONRHO now
   has a monopoly of Rhodesian chrome and charges any price it likes,
   whereas, under the Smith government this was not allowed. A reasonable
   price-level was maintained for twenty-five years prior to the Mugabe regime
   taking power. While there were problems during the 14-year rule of Ian
   Smith, since his departure unemployment has quadrupled and Zimbabwe is
   in a state of chaos and de facto bankruptcy. Mugabe received enough
   foreign aid from the U.S. (in the region of $300 million per annum) to enable
   him to build three hotels on the French Cote d’Azur, Cap Ferat and Monte
   Carlo, while his citizens grapple with disease, unemployment and
   malnutrition, not to mention an iron-fisted dictatorship that allows no
   complaints. Contrast this with the Smith government which never asked for
   nor received one red cent in aid from the United States. Thus it is clear that
   foreign aid is a powerful means of exercising control of countries such as
   Zimbabwe and indeed all African countries.
   It also keeps U.S. citizens in a state of involuntary servitude and therefore
   less able to mount meaningful opposition to government. David Rockefeller
   knew what he was doing when his Foreign Aid Bill became law in 1946. It
   has, since then, become one of the most hated laws on the statute-books
   following public exposure of what it is – a racket run by government and paid
   for by we, the people.
   How can the conspirators maintain their grip upon the world, and more
   especially, their choke-hold over the U.S. and Britain? One of the most
   asked questions is, “How can any single entity know at all times what is
   going on and how is control exercised?” This book will attempt to answer
   these and other questions. The only way we can come to grips with the
   reality of the conspirator’s success is by mentioning and discussing the
   secret societies, front-organisations, government agencies, banks, insurance
   companies, international businesses, the petroleum industry and the
   hundreds of thousands of entities and foundations whose leading-lights
   make up the membership of the Committee of 300 – the ULTIMATE
   controlling-body that runs the world and has done so for at least a hundred
   years.
   Since there already are scores of books on the (U.S.) Council on Foreign
   Relations (CFR) and the Trilaterals, we shall go directly to the Club of Rome
   and the German Marshall Fund. When I introduced these organisations to
   the United States, few, if any, had heard of them. My first work, “The Club
   of Rome”, published in 1983 attracted almost no attention. Many uninitiated
   people thought the Club of Rome was something to do with the Catholic
   Church and that the German Marshall Fund referred to the Marshal Plan.
   This is precisely why the Committee chose these names, to confuse and to
   deflect attention away from what was happening. Not that the U.S.
   government didn’t know, but as it was part of the conspiracy, it helped to
   keep the lid on information rather than let the truth be known. A few years
   after I published my work, a few writers saw in it a wealth of hitherto
   untapped information and began writing and talking about it as though they
   had always had full knowledge of it.
   It came as a revelation to them that the Club of Rome and its financiers
   under the title of the German Marshall Fund were two highly-organised
   conspiratorial-bodies operating under cover of the North Atlantic Treaty
   Organisation (NATO) and that the majority of Club of Rome executives were
   drawn from NATO. The Club of Rome formulated all of what NATO claimed
   as its policies and, through the activities of The Committee of 300 member
   Lord Carrington, was able to split NATO into two factions, a political (left
   wing) power group and its former military alliance. The Club of Rome is still
   one of the most important foreign-policy-arms of the The Committee of 300

• the other being the Bilderbergers. It was put together in 1968 from hardcore members of the original Morgenthau group on the basis of a telephonecall made by the late Aurellio Peccei for a new and urgent drive to speed-up
  the plans of the One World Government – now called the New World Order,
  although I prefer the former name. It is certainly a better job-description
  than the New World Order, which is somewhat confusing as there have been
  several “New World Orders” before, but no One World Government.
  Peccei’s call was answered by the most subversive “future planners” drawn
  from the United States, France, Sweden, Britain, Switzerland and Japan that
  could be mustered. During the period 1968-1972, The Club of Rome became
  a cohesive entity of new-science scientists, globalists, future planners and
  internationalists of every stripe. As one delegate put it, “We became
  Joseph’s Coat of Many Colours.” Peccei’s book “Human Quality” formed the
  basis of the doctrine adopted by NATO’s political-wing.
  The following is extracted from Dr. Peccei’s book, “Human Quality”:
  “For the first time since the first millennium was approached in Christendom,
  large masses of people are really in suspense about the impending advent of
  something unknown which could change their collective fate entirely…. Man
  does not know how to be a truly modern man…. Man invented the story of
  the Bad Dragon, but if ever there was a bad dragon, IT IS MAN HIMSELF….
  Here we have the human paradox: man trapped by his extraordinary
  capacity and achievements, as in a quicksand – the more he uses his power
  the more he needs it.
  “We must never tire of repeating how foolish it is to equate the present
  profound pathological state and maladjustment of the entire human system
  to any cyclic crisis or passing circumstances. Since man has opened
  Pandora’s Box of new technologies, he has suffered uncontrolled humanproliferation, the mania for growth, energy-crises, actual or potential
  resource-scarcities, degradation of environment, nuclear-folly and a host of
  related afflictions.”
  This is identical to the program adopted by the much later fake
  “environmentalist” movement spawned by the same Club of Rome to blunt
  and turn back industrial development.
  Broadly, the anticipated counter-program of the Club of Rome would cover
  inventing and disseminating “post industrialisation” ideas in the United
  States, coupled with the spread of counterculture movements such as drugs,
  rock, sex, hedonism, Satanism, witchcraft and “environmentalism”.
  Tavistock Institute, Stanford Research Institute and the Institute for Social
  Relations, in fact the entire wide-spectrum of research-organisations in
  applied social-psychiatry, either had delegates on the board of the Club of
  Rome, or acted as advisors and played a guiding role in NATO’s attempt to
  adopt the “Aquarian Conspiracy”.
  The name, New World Order, is seen as something developed as a
  consequence of the Gulf War in 1991, whereas the One World Government is
  recognised as being centuries old. The New World Order is not new, it has
  been around and developing under one or another guise for a very long time
  (Jeremiah 11v9. Ezekiel 22v25. Revelation 12v7-9.) but it is perceived as a
  DEVELOPMENT OF THE FUTURE, which is not the case; the New World Order
  is PAST AND PRESENT. That is why I said earlier that the term One World
  Government is, or ought to be, preferred. Aurellio Peccei once confided in his
  close friend Alexander Haig, that he felt like “Adam Weishaupt reincarnated.”
  Peccei had much of Weishaupt’s brilliant ability to organise and control the
  Illuminati of today, and it showed-through in Peccei’s control of NATO and
  formulating its policies on a global scale.
  Peccei headed the Atlantic Institute’s Economic Council for three decades
  while he was the Chief Executive Officer for Giovanni Agnellis’ Fiat Motor
  Company. Agnelli, a member of an ancient Italian Black Nobility family of the
  same name, is one of the most important members of the The Committee of

1. He played a leading role in development projects in the Soviet Union.
   The Club of Rome is a conspiratorial umbrella-organisation, a marriage
   between Anglo-American financiers and the old Black Nobility families of
   Europe, particularly the so-called “nobility” of London, Venice and Genoa.
   The key to the successful control of the world is their ability to create and
   manage savage economic recessions and eventual depressions. The The
   Committee of 300 looks to social convulsions on a global-scale, followed by
   depressions, as a softening-up-technique for bigger things to come, as its
   principal method of creating masses of people all over the world who will
   become its “welfare” recipients of the future.
   The committee appears to base much of its important decisions affecting
   mankind on the philosophy of Polish aristocrat, Felix Dzerzinski, who
   regarded mankind as being slightly above the level of cattle. As a close
   friend of British intelligence-agent Sydney Reilly (Reilly was actually
   Dzerzinski’s controller during the Bolshevik Revolution’s formative years), he
   often confided in Reilly during his drinking-bouts. Dzerzinski was, of course,
   the beast who ran the Red Terror apparatus. He once told Reilly, while the
   two were on a drinking-binge, that “Man is of no importance. Look at what
   happens when you starve him. He begins to eat his dead companions to stay
   alive. Man is only interested in his own survival. That is all that counts. All
   the Spinoza stuff is a lot of rubbish.”
   The Club of Rome has its own private intelligence-agency and also “borrows”
   from David Rockefeller’s INTERPOL. Every U.S. intelligence-agency cooperates very closely with it, as does the KGB and the Mossad. The only
   agency that remained beyond its reach was the East-German intelligenceservice. The STASSY. The Club of Rome also has its own highly organised
   political and economic agencies. It was they who told President Reagan to
   retain the services of Paul Volcker, yet another important The Committee of
   300 member. Volcker stayed on as Federal Reserve-Board chairman,
   notwithstanding the faithful promise of candidate Reagan that he would
   dismiss him as soon as he, Reagan, was elected. The Club of Rome, after
   playing a key role in the Cuban Missile Crisis, attempted to sell its “crisismanagement” (the forerunner of FEMA) program to President Kennedy.
   Several Tavistock scientists went to see the President to explain what it
   meant, but the President rejected the advice they gave. The same year that
   Kennedy was murdered, Tavistock was back in Washington to talk with
   NASA. This time the talks were successful. Tavistock was given a contract by
   NASA to evaluate the effect of its coming space-program on American
   public-opinion.
   The contract was farmed to the Stanford Research Institute and the Rand
   Corporation. Much of the material produced by Tavistock, Stanford and Rand
   never saw the light of day and remains sealed until now. Several Senate
   oversight-committees and sub-committees I approached to obtain
   information told me they had “never heard of it”, nor did they have the
   slightest idea where I might find what I was seeking. Such is the power and
   prestige of the The Committee of 300.
   In 1966 I was advised by my intelligence colleagues to approach Dr. Anatol
   Rappaport who had written a treatise in which the administration was said to
   be interested. It was a paper intended to bring an end to NASA’s spaceprogram, which Rappaport said had outlived its usefulness. Rappaport was
   quite happy to give me a copy of his paper which, without going into fine
   detail, basically claimed that NASA’s space-program should be scrapped.
   NASA has too many scientists who were exerting a bad influence on America
   because they were always eager to lecture schools and university audiences
   on how rocketry worked, from construction to propulsion. Rappaport claimed
   that this would produce a generation of adults who would decide to become
   space-scientists, only to find themselves “redundant” as no-one would need
   their services by the year 2000.
   No sooner had Rappaport’s profiling-report on NASA been presented to
   NATO by the Club of Rome, than the The Committee of 300 demanded
   action. NATO-Club of Rome officials charged with urgent anti-NASA action
   were Harland Cleveland, Joseph Slater, Claiborne K. Pell, Walter J. Levy,
   George McGhee, William Watts, Robert Strausz-Hupe (U.S. ambassador to
   NATO) and Donald Lesh. In May 1967 a meeting was organised by the
   Scientific and Technological Committee of the North Atlantic Assembly and
   the Foreign Policy Research Institute. It was called “Conference on
   Transatlantic Imbalance and Collaboration” and it was held at Queen
   Elizabeth’s palatial property in Deauville, France.
   The basic purpose and intent of the conference at Deauville was to end U.S.
   technological and industrial progress. Out of the conference came two
   books, one of which is mentioned herein, Brzezinski’s “Technotronic Era”.
   The other was written by conference chairman, Aurellio Peccei, entitled “The
   Chasm Ahead.” Peccei largely agreed with Brzezinski, but added that there
   would be chaos in a future world NOT RULED BY A ONE WORLD
   GOVERNMENT. In this regard, Peccei insisted that the Soviet Union must be
   offered “a convergence with NATO”, such a convergence ending in an equal
   partnership in a New World Order with the United States. Both nations would
   be responsible for future “crisis-management and global planning”. The first
   Club of Rome’s “global planning contract” went to the Massachusetts
   Institute of Technology (MIT), one of the premier The Committee of 300’s
   research-institutes. Jay Forrestor and Dennis Meadows were placed in
   charge of the project.
   What was their report all about? It did not differ fundamentally from what
   Malthus and Von Hayek preached, namely the old question of not enough
   natural-resources to go around. The Forrestor-Meadows Report was a
   complete fraud. What it did not say was that man’s proven inventive genius
   would in all likelihood work its way around “shortages”. Fusion-energy, the
   DEADLY enemy of the The Committee of 300, could be applied to CREATING
   natural-resources. A fusion-torch could produce from one square mile of
   ordinary rock enough aluminium, for example, to fill our needs for 4 years.
   Peccei never tired of preaching against the nation-state an how destructive
   they are for the progress of mankind. He called for “collective responsibility.”
   Nationalism was a cancer on man, was the theme of several important
   speeches delivered by Peccei. His close friend Ervin Lazlo produced a work in
   1977 in a similar vein which was called “Goals of Mankind”, a landmark
   study for the Club of Rome. The entire position paper was a vitriolic attack
   on industrial-expansion and urban-growth. Throughout these years,
   Kissinger, as the designated contact-man, kept in close touch with Moscow
   on behalf of the RIIA. “Global-modelling” papers were regularly shared with
   Kissinger’s friends in the Kremlin.
   With regard to the Third World, the Club of Rome’s Harland Cleveland
   prepared a report which was the height of cynicism. At the time, Cleveland
   was United States Ambassador to NATO. Essentially, the paper said it would
   be up to Third World nations to decide among themselves which populations
   should be eliminated. As Peccei later wrote (based on the Cleveland Report):
   “Damaged by conflicting policies of three major countries and blocs, roughly
   patched up here and there, the existing international economic order is
   visibly coming apart at the seams….The prospect of the necessity of the
   recourse to triage – deciding who must be saved – is a very grim one indeed.
   But, if lamentably, events should come to such a pass, the right to make
   such decisions cannot be left to just a few nations because it would lend
   themselves to ominous power over life of the world’s hungry.”
   In this is found the committee policy of deliberately starving African nations
   to death, as evidenced in the sub-Sahara nations. This was cynicism at its
   worst, because the The Committee of 300 had already abrogated the
   decisions of life and death unto itself, and Peccei knew it. He had previously
   so-indicated in his book “Limits of Growth.” Peccei completely dismissed
   industrial and agricultural progress and in its place demanded that the world
   come under one co-ordinating council, to whit, the Club of Rome and its
   NATO institutions, in a One World Government.
   Natural-resources would have to be allocated under the auspices of global
   planning. Nation-states could either accept Club of Rome domination or else
   survive by the law of the jungle and fight to survive. In its first “test-case”,
   Meadows and Forrestor planned the 1973 Arab-Israeli War on behalf of the
   RIIA to sharply bring home to the world that natural-resources like
   petroleum would in the future come under global planners control, meaning
   of course, under the control of the The Committee of 300.
   Tavistock Institute called for a consultation with Peccei to which McGeorge
   Bundy, Homer Perlmutter and Dr. Alexander King were invited. From London
   Peccei travelled to the White House where he met with the President and his
   cabinet, followed by a visit to the State Department where he conferred with
   the Secretary of State, the State Department’s intelligence-service and
   State’s Policy Planning Council. Thus, from the very beginning, the United
   States government was fully aware of the The Committee of 300’s plans for
   this country. That should answer the often asked question, “Why would our
   government allow the Club of Rome to operate in a subversive manner in
   the United States?”
   Volcker’s economic and monetary policies were a reflection of those of Sir
   Geoffrey Howe, Chancellor of the Exchequer and member of the The
   Committee of 300. This serves to illustrate how Britain has controlled the
   United States, beginning from soon after the War of 1812, and continues to
   exercise control over this country, through the policies of the Committee of
2. 
   What are the goals of the secret elite group, the inheritors of Illuminism
   (Moriah Conquering Wind), the Cult of Dionysius, the Cult of Isis, Catharism,
   Bogomilism? This elite group that also calls itself the OLYMPIANS (they truly
   believe they are equal in power and stature to the legendary gods of
   Olympus, who have, like Lucifer their god, set themselves above our true
   God) absolutely believe they have been charged with implementing the
   following by divine-right:
   1) A One World Government-New World Order with a unified church and
   monetary-system under their direction. Not many people are aware that the
   One World Government began setting up its “church” in the 1920’s/1930’s,
   for they realised the need for a religious belief inherent in mankind to have
   an outlet and, therefore, set up a “church” body to channel that belief in the
   direction they desired.
   2) The utter destruction of all national identity and national pride.
   3) The destruction of religion and more especially the Christian religion, with
   the one exception, their own creation mentioned above.
   4) Control of each and every person through means of mind-control and
   what Brzezinski call “Technotronics” which would create human-like robots
   and a system of terror beside which Felix Dzerzinski’s Red Terror will look
   like children at play.
   5) An end to all industrialisation and the production of nuclear-generated
   electric-power in what they call “the post-industrial zero-growth society”.
   Exempted are the computer and service industries. United States industries
   that remain will be exported to countries such as Mexico where abundant
   slave-labour is available. Unemployables in the wake of industrial destruction
   will either become opium-heroin and or cocaine addicts, or become statistics
   in the elimination-process we know today as Global 2000.
   1) Legalisation of drugs and pornography.
   2) Depopulation of large cities according to the trial-run carried out by the
   Pol Pot regime in Cambodia. It is interesting to note that Pol Pot’s genocidal
   plans were drawn up here in the United States by one of the Club of Rome’s
   research foundations. It is also interesting that the Committee is presently
   seeking to reinstate the Pol Pot butchers in Cambodia.
   3) Suppression of all scientific development except for those deemed
   beneficial by the Committee. Especially targeted is nuclear-energy for
   peaceful purposes. Particularly hated are the fusion-experiments presently
   being scorned and ridiculed by the Committee and its jackals of the press.
   Development of the fusion-torch would blow the Committee’s conception of
   “limited natural-resources” right out of the window. A fusion-torch properly
   used could create unlimited untapped natural-resources from the most
   ordinary substances. Fusion-torch uses are legion and would benefit
   mankind in a manner which is, as yet, not even remotely comprehended by
   the public.
   4) Cause by means of limited wars in the advanced-countries, and by means
   of starvation and diseases in Third World countries, the death of 3 billion
   people by the year 2000, people they call “useless eaters”. The The
   Committee of 300 commissioned Cyrus Vance to write a paper on this
   subject of how best to bring about such genocide. The paper was produced
   under the title the “Global 2000 Report” and was accepted and approved for
   action by President Carter, for and on behalf of the U.S. Government, and
   accepted by Edwin Muskie, then Secretary of State. Under the terms of the
   Global 2000 Report, the population of the United States is to be reduced by
   100 million by the year 2050.
   5) To weaken the moral fibre of the nation and to demoralise workers in the
   labour-class by creating mass unemployment. As jobs dwindle due to the
   post-industrial zero-growth policies introduced by the Club of Rome,
   demoralised and discouraged workers will resort to alcohol and drugs. The
   youth of the land will be encouraged by means of rock-music and drugs to
   rebel against the status-quo, thus undermining and eventually destroying
   the family unit. In this regard The The Committee of 300 commissioned
   Tavistock Institute to prepare a blueprint as to how this could be achieved.
   Tavistock directed Stanford Research to undertake the work under the
   direction of Professor Willis Harmon. This work later became known as “The
   Aquarian Conspiracy”.
   6) To keep people everywhere from deciding their own destinies by means of
   one created crisis after another and then “managing” such crises. This will
   confuse and demoralise the population to the extent where, faced with too
   many choices, apathy on a massive scale will result. In the case of the
   United States, an agency for crisis management is already in place. It is
   called the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), whose existence
   I first disclosed in 1980. There will be more on FEMA as we proceed.
   1) To introduce new cults and continue to boost those already functioning
   which includes rock “music” gangsters such as the filthy, degenerate Mick
   Jagger’s “Rolling Stones” (a gangster-group much favoured by European
   Black Nobility) and all of the Tavistock-created “rock” groups which began
   with “The Beatles”. To continue to build up the cult of Christian
   fundamentalism begun by the British East India Company’s servant, Darby,
   which will be misused to strengthen the Zionist state of Israel through
   identifying with the Jews through the myth of “God’s Chosen People” and by
   donating very substantial amounts of money to what they mistakenly believe
   is a religious-cause in the furtherance of Christianity.
   2) To press for the spread of religious-cults such as the Moslem
   Brotherhood, Moslem-fundamentalism, the Sikhs, and to carry-out
   experiments of the Jim Jones and “Son of Sam” type of murders. It is worth
   noting that the late Ayatollah Khomeini was a creation of British
   Intelligence’s Military Intelligence Division 6, commonly known as MI6, as I
   reported in my 1985 work, “What Really Happened In Iran.”
   3) To export “religious liberation” ideas around the world so as to undermine
   all existing religions but more especially the Christian religion. This began
   with “Jesuit Liberation Theology” which brought about the downfall of the
   Somoza family rule in Nicaragua and which is today destroying EI Salvador,
   now 25 years into a “civil war”, Costa Rica and Honduras. One very active
   entity engaged in so-called liberation-theology is the Communist-oriented
   Mary Knoll Mission. This accounts for the extensive media-attention to the
   murder of four of Mary Knoll’s so-called nuns in EI Salvador a few years ago.
   The four nuns were Communist subversive-agents and their activities were
   widely documented by the government of EI Salvador. The United States
   press and news-media refused to give any space or coverage to the mass of
   documentation in possession of the Salvadorian government, documentation
   which proves what the Mary Knoll Mission nuns were doing in the country.
   Mary Knoll is in service in many countries, and played a leading role in
   bringing Communism to Rhodesia, Mozambique, Angola and South Africa.
   4) To cause a total collapse of the world’s economies and engender total
   political chaos.
   5) To take control of all Foreign and domestic policies of the United States.
   6) To give the fullest support to supranational institutions such as the United
   Nations (UN), the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Bank of
   International Settlements (BIS), the World Court and, as far as possible,
   make local-institutions of lesser effect by gradually phasing them out or
   bringing them under the mantle of the United Nations.
   1) Penetrate and subvert all governments, and work from within them to
   destroy the sovereign integrity of nations represented by them.
   2) Organise a world-wide terrorist-apparatus and negotiate with terrorists
   whenever terrorist-activities take place. It will be recalled that it was Bettino
   Craxi who persuaded the Italian and U.S. governments to negotiate with the
   Red Brigades kidnappers of Prime Minister Moro and General Dozier. As an
   aside, General Dozier is under orders not to talk about what happened to
   him. Should he break that silence, he will no doubt be made “a horrible
   example of” in the manner in which Kissinger dealt with Aldo Moro, Ali
   Bhutto and General Zia ul Haq.
   3) Take control of education in America with the intent and purpose of
   utterly and completely destroying it. Much of these goals, which I first
   enumerated in 1969, have since been achieved or are well on their way to
   being achieved. Of special interest in the Committee of 300 program is the
   core of their economic-policy, which is largely based on the teachings of
   Malthus, the son of an English country parson who was pushed to
   prominence by the British East India Company upon which the The
   Committee of 300 is modelled.
   Malthus maintained that man’s progress is tied to the earth’s natural ability
   to support a given number of people, beyond which point earth’s limited
   resources would rapidly be depleted. Once these natural-resources have
   been consumed, it will be impossible to replace them. Hence, Malthus
   observed, it is necessary to limit populations within the boundaries of
   decreasing-natural-resources. It goes without saying that the elite will not
   allow themselves to be threatened by a burgeoning population of “useless
   eaters”, hence culling must be practised. As I have previously stated,
   “culling” is going on today, using the methods mandated in the “Global 2000
   Report.”
   All economic-plans of the Committee meet at the crossroads of Malthus and
   Frederick Von Hayek, another doom and gloom economist who is sponsored
   by the Club of Rome. The Austrian born Von Hayek has long been under the
   control of David Rockefeller, and Von Hayek theories are fairly widely
   accepted in the United States. According to Von Hayek, the United States
   economic-platform must be based on (a) Urban Black Markets (b) Small
   Hong Kong-type industries utilising sweat-shop labour (c) The Tourist Trade,
   (d) Free Enterprise Zones where speculators can operate unhindered and
   where the drug-trade can flourish (e) End of all industrial activity and (f)
   Close down all nuclear-energy-plants.
   Von Hayek’s ideas dove-tail perfectly with those of the Club of Rome, which
   is perhaps why he is so well promoted in right-wing circles in this country.
   The mantle of Von Hayek is being passed to a new, younger economist,
   Jeoffrey Sachs, who was sent to Poland to take up where Von Hayek left off.
   It will he recalled that the Club of Rome organised the Polish economic-crisis
   which led to political-destabilisation of the country. The exact same
   economic planning, if one dare call it that, will be forced upon Russia, but if
   widespread-opposition is encountered, the old price-support system will
   quickly be restored.
   The The Committee of 300 ordered the Club of Rome to use Polish
   nationalism as a tool to destroy the Catholic Church and pave the way for
   Russian troops to reoccupy the country. The “Solidarity” movement was a
   creation of the The Committee of 300’s Zbigniew Brzezinski, who chose the
   name for the “trade union” and selected its office-holders and organisers.
   Solidarity is no “labour” movement, although Gdansk shipyard-workers were
   used to launch it, but rather, it was a high-profile POLITICAL-organisation,
   created to bring forced-changes in preparation for the advent of the One
   World Government.
   Most of Solidarity’s leaders were descendants of Bolshevik Jews from Odessa
   and were not noted for hating Communism. This helps one to understand
   the saturation-coverage provided by the American news-media. Professor
   Sachs has taken the process a step further, ensuring economic-slavery for a
   Poland recently freed from the domination of the USSR. Poland will now
   become the economic-slave of the United States. All that has happened is
   that the master has changed.
   Brzezinski is the author of a book that should have been read by every
   American interested in the future of this country. Entitled “The Technotronic
   Era”, it was commissioned by the Club of Rome. The book is an open
   announcement of the manner and methods to be used to control the United
   States in the future. It also gave notice of cloning and “robotoids”, i.e.
   people who acted like people and who seemed to be people, but who were
   not. Brzezinski, speaking for the The Committee of 300 said the United
   States was moving “into an era unlike any of its predecessors; we were
   moving toward a Technotronic era that could easily become a dictatorship.” I
   reported fully on “the Technotronic Era” in 1981 and mentioned it in my
   newsletters a number of times.
   Brzezinski went on to say that our society “is now in an informationrevolution based on amusement-focus, spectator-spectacles (saturationcoverage by television of sporting-events) which provide an opiate for an
   increasingly purposeless mass.” Was Brzezinski another seer and a prophet?
   Could he see into the future? The answer is NO; what he wrote in his book
   was simply copied from the The Committee of 300’s blueprint given to the
   Club of Rome for execution. Isn’t it true that by 1991 we already have a
   purposeless-mass of citizens? We could say that 30 million unemployed and
   4 million homeless people are a “purposeless-mass”, or at least the nucleus
   of one.
   In addition to religion, “the opiate of the masses” which Lenin and Marx
   acknowledged was needed, we now have the opiates of mass spectatorsport, unbridled sexual lusts, rock-music and a whole new generation of drug-addicts. Mindless sex and an epidemic of drug-usage was created to distract people from what is happening all around them. In “The
   Technotronic Era” Brzezinski talks about “the masses” as if people are some
   inanimate object – which is possibly how we are viewed by the Committee of
3. He continually refers to the necessity of controlling us “masses”.
   At one point, he lets the cat out of the bag:
   “At the same time the capacity to assert social and political control over the
   individual will vastly increase. It will soon be possible to assert almost
   continuous control over every citizen and to maintain up-to-date files,
   containing even the most personal details about health and personal
   behaviour of every citizen, in addition to the more customary data.
   “These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities.
   Power will gravitate into the hands of those who control information. Our
   existing institutions will be supplanted by pre-crisis managementinstitutions, the task of which will be to identify, in advance, likely socialcrises and to develop programs to cope with them. (This describes the structure of FEMA, which came much later.)
   “This will encourage tendencies through the next several decades toward a
   TECHNOTRONIC ERA, A DICTATORSHIP, leaving even less room for political
   procedures as we know them. Finally, looking ahead to the end of the
   century, the possibility of BIOCHEMICAL MIND-CONTROL AND GENETICTINKERING WITH MAN, INCLUDING BEINGS WHICH WILL FUNCTION LIKE
   MEN AND REASON LIKE THEM AS WELL, COULD GIVE RISE TO SOME
   DIFFICULT QUESTIONS.”
   Brzezinski was not writing as a private citizen but as Carter’s National
   Security Advisor and a leading member of the Club of Rome and a member
   of the The Committee of 300, a member of the CFR and as a member of the
   old Polish Black Nobility. His book explains how America must leave its
   industrial-base behind and enter into what he called “a distinct new historical
   era.”
   “What makes America unique is its willingness to experience the future, be it
   pop-art or LSD. Today, America is the creative society, the others,
   consciously or unconsciously, are emulative. What he should have said was
   that America is the proving-ground for The Committee of 300 policies which
   lead directly to a dissolution of the old order and an entry into the One
   World Government-New World Order.
   One of the chapters in “The Technotronic Era” explains how new technology
   will bring, in its wake, intense confrontation that will strain social and
   international peace. Oddly enough we are already under intense strains
   through surveillance. Lourdes in Cuba is one place where this is happening.
   The other is NATO headquarters in Brussels, Belgium, where a giant
   computer designated “666” can store data of every type mentioned by
   Brzezinski, plus possessing an expanded capacity to take in data for several
   billions more people than presently exist, if it ever comes to that, but which,
   in the light of the Global 2000 genocidal-report, will probably never need to
   be utilised.
   Retrieval of data will be simple in the United States where social-security
   and or driver-license numbers could simply be added to 666 to provide the
   surveillance-recording announced by Brzezinski and his The Committee of
   300 colleagues. The Committee already, in 1981, warned governments,
   including the government of the USSR, that there “will be chaos unless the
   The Committee of 300 takes complete-control of preparations for the New
   World Order. CONTROL WILL BE EXERCISED THROUGH OUR COMMITTEE
   AND THROUGH GLOBAL PLANNING AND CRISIS-MANAGEMENT.” I reported
   this factual information a few months after I received it in 1981. Another
   item I reported back then was that RUSSIA HAD BEEN INVITED TO JOIN
   THE PREPARATIONS FOR THE COMlNG ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT.
   When I wrote these things in 1981, the conspirators’ global plans were
   already in an advanced state of preparedness. Looking back over the past 10
   years, it can be seen just how rapidly the Committee’s plans have advanced.
   If the information provided in 1981 was alarming, then it should be even
   more alarming today as we near the final stages of the demise of the United
   States as we know it. With unlimited-funding, with several-hundred thinktanks and 5000 social-engineers, the media-banking and control of most
   governments a reality, we can see that we are tracing a problem of immense
   proportions, one that cannot be opposed by any nation, at this time.
   As I have so often stated, we have been misled into believing that the
   problem I am talking about has its origin in Moscow. We have been
   brainwashed into believing that Communism is the greatest danger we
   Americans are facing. This is simply not so. The greatest danger arises from
   the mass of traitors in our midst. Our Constitution warns us to be watchful of
   the enemy within our gates. These enemies are the servants of the The
   Committee of 300 who occupy high positions* within our governmental
   structure. The UNITED STATES is where we MUST begin our fight to turn
   back the tide threatening to engulf us, and where we must meet, and defeat
   these internal conspirators.

• “Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power
  of His might. Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be
  able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not
  against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against
  powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world,
  against spiritual wickedness in high [places].” – Paul of Tarsus,
  Ephesians 6:10-12.
  The Club of Rome also had a direct hand in creating the 25 year-old war in
  EI Salvador, as an integral-part of the wider-plan drawn up by Elliot Abrams
  of the U.S. State Department. It was Committee of 300 member Willy
  Brandt, leader of the Socialist International and a former Chancellor of West
  Germany, who paid for the “final offensive” by the Salvadorian guerrilla
  which, fortunately, was not successful. EI Salvador was chosen by The
  Committee to turn Central America into a zone for a new Thirty-Year War,
  which task was allocated to Kissinger to carry-out under the innocuous title
  of “The Andes Plan.”
  Just to demonstrate how the conspirators operate across all national
  boundaries, the “final offensive” action planned by Willy Brandt came about
  as a result of a visit to Felips Gonzalez, who at the time was preparing
  himself for his Club of Rome-ordained role as Spain’s future prime-minister.
  Apart from myself and one or two of my intelligence colleagues and former
  colleagues, no-one appeared to have heard of Gonzalez before he surfaced
  in Cuba. Gonzalez was the Club of Rome’s case-officer for EI Salvador, and
  the first Socialist to be elevated to political power in Spain since the death of
  General Franco.
  Gonzalez was on his way to Washington to attend the Club of Rome Socialist
  “get Reagan”-meeting, which took place in December 1980. Present at the
  Gonzalez-Castro meeting was the left-wing guerrilla, Guillermo Ungo, run by
  the Institute for Policy Studies (IPS), the Committee of 300’s most notorious
  Washington-based left-wing think-tank. Ungo was run by an IPS fellow who
  died in a mysterious plane-crash while en-route from Washington to Havana
  to visit Castro.
  As most of us know, both the left and the right of the political spectrum is
  controlled by the same people, which will help to explain the fact that Ungo
  was a life-long friend of the late Napoleon Duarte, leader of the right-wing in
  EI Salvador. It was after the Cuban-meeting that the “final offensive” by the
  Salvadorian guerrillas was carried-out.
  The polarising of South America and the U.S was a special assignment given
  to Kissinger by the The Committee of 300. The Malvinas War (also known as
  the Falklands War) and the subsequent overthrow of the Argentine
  government, followed by economic-chaos and political upheavals, were
  planned by Kissinger Associates acting in-concert with Lord Carrington, a
  top-ranking member of the The Committee of 300.
  One of the principal The Committee of 300 assets in the U.S., the Aspen
  Institute of Colorado, also helped plan events in Argentina even as it did in
  the case of the fall of the Shah of Iran. Latin America is important to the
  United States, not only because we have so many mutual defence-treaties
  with countries there, but also because it has the potential of providing a
  huge market for American exports of technology, heavy industrial equipment
  which would have galvanised many of our faltering companies and provided
  thousands of new jobs. This was to be prevented at all costs, even if it
  meant 30 years of war.
  Instead of seeing this huge potential in a positive-light, the The Committee
  of 300 saw it as a dangerous threat to its post-industrial zero-growth U.S.
  plans and immediately acted to make an example of Argentina as a warning
  to other Latin American nations to forget any ideas they may have had to
  promote nationalism, independence and sovereign-integrity. This is the
  reason why so many Latin American countries turned to drugs as their sole
  means of support, which may very well have been the intention of the
  conspirators in the first place.
  Americans in general look down on Mexico, which is precisely the attitude
  with which the Committee wants the people of the United States to regard
  Mexico. What we need to do is change our thinking about Mexico and South
  America in general. Mexico represents a potentially-huge market for all
  types of U.S. goods which could mean thousands of jobs for Americans and
  Mexicans alike. Transferring our industries “South of the border” and paying
  the maquiladores slave-wages is not in the interests of either country. It
  benefits nobody but the “Olympians”.
  Mexico received most of its nuclear-power technology from Argentina, but
  the Malvinas War put an end to that. The Club of Rome decreed back in
  1986 that it would stop exports of nuclear-technology to developing
  countries. With nuclear-power-stations generating abundant cheap
  electricity, Mexico would have become the “Germany of Latin America”. Such
  a state of affairs would have been a disaster for the conspirators who have,
  by 1991, stopped all exports of nuclear-technology except that destined for
  Israel.
  What the The Committee of 300 has in mind for Mexico is a feudal
  peasantry, a condition that allows for easy management and looting of
  Mexican oil. A stable and prosperous Mexico can only be a plus for the
  United States. This is what the conspirators wish to prevent, so they have
  engaged in decades of innuendo, slander and direct economic-war on
  Mexico. Before former President Lopes Portillo took office and nationalised
  the banks, Mexico was losing $200 million a day to capital flight, organised
  and orchestrated by the The Committee of 300’s representatives in banks
  and brokerage-houses on Wall Street.
  If only we in the United States had statesmen and not politicians running the
  country, we could act together and set back the One World GovernmentNew World Order plans to return Mexico to a state of helplessness. If we
  were able to defeat the Club of Rome’s plans for Mexico, it would come as a
  shock to the The Committee of 300, a shock from which they would take a
  long time to recover. The inheritors of the Illuminati pose as great a threat
  to the United States as they do to Mexico. By seeking common ground with
  Mexican patriotic-movements, we, in the United States, could forge a
  formidable force to be reckoned with. But such action requires leadership,
  and we are more lacking in leadership than in any other area of endeavour.
  The The Committee of 300 through its many affiliated-organisations was
  able to nullify the Reagan presidency. Here is what Stuart Butler of the
  Heritage Foundation had to say on the subject “The right thought it had won
  in 1980 but in fact it had lost.” What Butler was referring to, was the
  situation in which the Right found itself, when it realised, that every single
  position of importance, in the Reagan administration, was filled by Fabianist
  24
  appointees recommended by the Heritage Foundation. Butler went on to say
  that Heritage would use right-wing ideas to impose left-wing radical
  principles upon the United States, the same radical ideas which Sir Peter
  Vickers Hall, top Fabianist in the U.S. and the number-one man at Heritage,
  had been openly discussing during the election year.
  Sir Peter Vickers Hall remained an active Fabianist even though he was
  running a conservative “think-tank”. As a member of the British oligarchical
  Vickers armament-manufacturing family, he had position and power. The
  Vickers family supplied both sides in the First World War and again during
  Hitler’s rise to power. Vickers’ official cover was the University of California’s
  Urban and Regional Development Institute. He was a long-time confidant of
  British Labour leader and The Committee of 300 member Anthony
  Wedgewood Benn.
  Both Vickers and Benn are integrated with the Tavistock Institute for Human
  Relations, the premiere brainwashing-institution in the world. Vickers uses
  his Tavistock training to very good effect when speech-making. Consider the
  following example:
  “There are two Americas. One is the nineteenth-century heavy-industrybased society. The other is the growing post-industrial society, in some
  cases built on the shards of the old America. It is the crisis between these
  two worlds which will produce the economic and social catastrophe of the
  next decade. The two worlds are in fundamental opposition, they cannot
  coexist. In the end, the post-industrial world must crush and obliterate the
  other one.” Remember, this speech was made in 1981 and we can see, from
  the state of our economy and our industries, just how accurate was Sir
  Peter’s prediction. When concerned people ask me how long the 1991
  recession will last, I refer them to Sir Peter’s statements and add my own
  opinion that it will not end until 1995/1996, and, even then, what emerges
  will not be the America we knew in the 1960’s and 1970’s. That America has
  already been destroyed.
  “My people are destroyed for lack of [My] Knowledge.” – God, Hosea
  4:6.
  I reported Sir Peter’s speech in my newsletter soon after it was delivered.
  How prophetic it was, but then it was easy to predict a future alreadywritten for America by the The Committee of 300 and its executive Club of
  Rome. What was Sir Peter saying in a euphemistic manner? Translated into
  ordinary everyday-English, he was saying that the old American way of life,
  our true and trusted republican form of government, based upon our
  Constitution, was going to be crushed by the New World Order. America as
  we knew it was going to have to go, or be crushed to pieces.
  As I said, The Committee of 300 members often make themselves highly
  visible. Sir Peter was no exception. To make it clearly-understood where he
  was coming from, Sir Peter rounded-off his speech by declaring:
  25
  “I am perfectly happy working with the Heritage Foundation and groups like
  that. True Fabians look to the New Right to push-through some of their more
  radical ideas. For more than a decade the British population has been
  subject to a constant propaganda-barrage of how it was on the industrial
  skids. All of this is true, but the net effect of the propaganda was to
  demoralise the population. (Exactly as intended by the new-science
  scientists at Tavistock.)
  “This will happen in the United States as the economy worsens. This
  (demoralising-process) is necessary to make people accept difficult choices.
  If there is no planning for the future, or if constituencies block progress,
  there will be social-chaos on a scale which is currently hard to imagine. The
  outlook for urban America is bleak. There is a possibility of doing something
  with the inner-cities, but basically the cities will shrink and the
  manufacturing base will decline. This will produce social convulsions.”
  Was Sir Peter a psychic, a magician of great report or merely a charlatan
  fortune-teller with a great deal of luck? The answer is “none of these”. All Sir
  Peter was doing was reading off the blueprint of the The Committee of 300-
  Club of Rome for slow death of the United States as a former industrial
  giant. Looking back over the ten years of Sir Peter’s predictions, can
  anybody doubt that the Committee of 300’s plans for the demise of an
  industrialised United States has become a fait accompli?
  Haven’t Sir Peter’s predictions proved to be remarkably accurate? Indeed
  they have, almost down to the last word. It is worth noting that Sir Peter
  Vickers (Sir Peter Vickers-Hall’s father-in-law) worked on the Stanford
  Research paper, “Changing Images of Man”, from which much of the 3000
  pages of material-advice sent to the Reagan Administration was taken.
  Moreover, as a senior MI6 British intelligence officer, Sir Peter Vickers was in
  a position to give Heritage a great deal of advance-information.
  As a member of the The Committee of 300 and NATO, Sir Peter Vickers was
  around when NATO directed the Club of Rome to develop a social-program
  which would utterly change the direction in which America wanted to go. The
  Club of Rome, under Tavistock direction, ordered Stanford Research
  Institute (SRI) to develop such a program, not only for America, but for
  every nation in the Atlantic Alliance and the OECD nations.
  It was Sir Peter’s protégé, Stuart Butler, who gave President Reagan 3000
  pages of “recommendations”, which no-doubt contained some opinions
  expressed by Anthony Wedgewood Benn, a member of parliament and a
  ranking member of the Committee of 300. Benn told members of the
  Socialist International who met in Washington on December 8, 1980: “You
  can thrive under Volcker’s credit-collapse if you profile Reagan to intensify
  the credit-collapse.” That Butler’s advice was taken and applied to the
  Reagan-administration can be seen in the collapse of the Savings and loan
  and banking industries which accelerated under Reagan economic-policies.
  While Benn called it “profiling”, he really meant that Reagan should be
  brainwashed. It is worth noting that Von Hayek – who is a founder member
  26
  of Heritage – used his student, Milton Friedman, to preside over the Club of
  Rome’s plans to de-industrialise America using the Reagan presidency to
  accelerate the collapse of first the steel-industry, and then the auto and
  housing industries, for example.
  In this regard a French Black Nobility member, Etienne D’Avignon, as a
  member of the The Committee of 300, was assigned the task of collapsing
  the steel-industry in this country. It is doubtful that any of the hundreds of
  thousands of steel-workers and shipyard-workers who have been without
  jobs for the past decade have ever heard of D’Avignon. I fully reported the
  D’Avignon Plan in April 1981’s Economic Review. Attending that fateful
  December l0th Club of Rome meeting in Washington D.C. was a mystery
  man from Iran who turned out to be Bani Sadr, the Ayatollah Khomeini’s
  special-envoy.
  One speech in particular at the December 10th, 1980 conclave caught my
  attention, mainly because it came from Francois Mitterand, a man the
  French establishment had discarded and thought to be washed-up. But my
  intelligence-source had previously told me that Mitterand was in the process
  of being picked up, dusted-off and returned to power, so what he said
  carried a good deal of weight for me:
  “Industrial-capitalist-development is the opposite of freedom: We must put
  an end to it. The economic-systems of the 20th and 21st century will use
  machines to crush man, first in the domain of nuclear-energy which is
  already producing formidable results.” Mitterand’s return to the Elysée
  Palace was a great triumph for socialism. It proved that the The Committee
  of 300 was powerful-enough to predict happenings and then make them
  happen, by force, or by whatever-means it took, to make its point that it
  could crush any and all opposition even if, as in the case of Mitterand, he
  had been totally rejected a few short days before, by a discerning politicalpower-group in Paris.
  Another group representative at the December 1980 Washington meetings
  with “observer-status” was John Graham, also known as “Irwin Suall”, head
  of the fact-finding-committee of the the Anti-Defamation League (ADL). The
  ADL is an outright British intelligence-operation run by all three branches of
  British Intelligence, that is, MI6 and the JIO. Suall’s extensive bag of dirtytricks was garnered from the sewers of the East End of London. Suall is still
  a member of the super-secret SIS, an elite James Bond type of operation.
  Let nobody underestimate the power of the ADL, nor its long reach.
  Suall works closely with Hall and other Fabianists. He was singled-out as
  useful to British-intelligence while at Ruskin Labour-College at Oxford
  University in England, the same communist education-centre that gave us
  Milner, Rhodes, Burgess, McLean and Kim Philby. Oxford and Cambridge
  Universities have long been the province of the sons and daughters of the
  elite, those whose parents belong to the “upper-crust” of British highsociety. While at Oxford, Suall joined the Young People’s Socialist League,
  and was recruited by British-intelligence shortly thereafter.
  27
  Suall was posted to the United States where he came under the protection
  and sponsorship of one of the most insidious leftists in the country, Walter
  Lippmann. Lippmann founded and ran the League for Industrial Democracy,
  and Students for Democratic Society, both leftist spoiler-operations to set
  industrial-workers at variance with what it called “the Capitalist Class” and
  management. Both of Lippmann’s projects were an integral part of the The
  Committee of 300 apparatus that stretched right across America, of which
  Lippmann was a most important member.
  Suall has strong connections with the Justice Department and can secure FBI
  profiles of any person he targets. The Justice Department has orders to give
  Suall everything he wants, when he wants it. Most of Suall’s activities centre
  around “keeping an eye on right-wing groups and individuals”. The ADL has
  an open door to the State Department and makes good use of State’s
  impressive intelligence-agency.
  The State Department has a layer of agents in the right-wing, posing as
  “fearless anti-Semitic fighters”. There are four leaders in this group of
  informers, three of whom are discreet Jewish homosexuals. This spy group
  has been in operation for the past two decades. They publish virulently antiJewish “newspapers” and sell a wide variety of anti-Semitic books. One of
  the principal operators works out of Louisiana. A member of this group is a
  writer who is dearly beloved in Christian right-wing circles. The group and
  the individuals who go to make it up are under the protection of the ADL.
  Suall was deeply involved in ABSCAM and is often called upon by lawenforcement-agencies to assist them in investigations and sting-operations.
  Suall was assigned to “dog Reagan”, in terms of the course laid-out for the
  newly-elected President by the Heritage Foundation, and to figuratively fire a
  few warning-shots if Reagan looked like deviating or taking off his blinders
  at any time. Suall helped to get rid of any troublesome right-wing advisor
  not beholden to Heritage for his or her job with the Reagan administration.
  Such a person was Ray Donovan, Reagan’s Secretary of Labour, who was
  eventually removed from his post thanks to the Dirty-Tricks department of
  the ADL. James Baker III, one of those on the list of 3000 recommendations
  made by the Heritage Foundation, was the go-between who carried Suall’s
  messages-of-hate about Donovan to the President.
  Another important conspirator was Philip Agee, the so-called CIA “defector”.
  Although not a member of the Committee, he was nevertheless its caseofficer for Mexico, and run by the (British) Royal Institute for International
  Affairs (RIIA) and the (U.S.) Council on Foreign Relations. For the record,
  nothing that happens in the U.S. happens without the sanction of the RIIA.
  It is a continuing and ongoing agreement first OPENLY entered into (there
  were many such secret-agreements before that) by Churchill and Roosevelt
  in 1938, under the terms of which U.S. intelligence-services are obliged to
  share intelligence-secrets with British Intelligence.
  This is the basis of the so-called “special-relationship” between the two
  countries about which Churchill and Lord Halifax boasted and which “special-
  28
  relationship” was responsible for the U.S. fighting the Gulf War against Iraq
  for, and on behalf of, British interests, more especially British Petroleum,
  one of the most important companies in the The Committee of 300 in which
  Queen Elizabeth’s immediate-family has a big stake.
  No intelligence-activity has taken-place since 1938 except through this
  special joint-command-structure. Philip Agee joined the CIA after graduating
  from Notre Dame where he was inducted into its Jesuit Freemason ring.
  Agee first came to my attention in 1968 as the intelligence-officer behind the
  riots at the University of Mexico. One of the most important things about the
  Mexican student-riots was that they occurred at the same time as studentrioting in New York, Bonn, Prague and West Berlin.
  With the co-ordination-expertise and its special intelligence-network of which
  INTERPOL is an integral part, it is not as difficult as it might seem, at firstsight, for the Committee to set in motion carefully-timed global-actions,
  whether they be student rioting or deposing leaders of supposedly sovereign
  nations. It is all in a day’s work for the “Olympians”. From Mexico, Agee
  moved on to align himself with Puerto Rican terrorist-groups. During this
  time he became a trusted confidant of the Cuban dictator, Fidel Castro.
  It should not be imagined that while Agee was carrying out these operations,
  he was doing so as a “rogue” agent. On the contrary, he was working for the
  CIA all-during these assignments. Trouble came when Castro’s DGI (Cuban
  Intelligence Service) was able to “turn” him. Agee continued to work in his
  capacity as a member of the CIA until his double role was uncovered. This
  involved the biggest Soviet listening-post in the West, located at Lourdes,
  Cuba. Staffed by 3000 Soviet specialists in signals monitoring and
  deciphering, Lourdes has the capability of monitoring thousands of
  electronic-signals simultaneously. Many a private phone-conversation
  between a member of Congress and his mistress was picked up at Lourdes
  and used to telling effect.
  Although we are told today in 1991 that “Communism is dead”, the United
  States has done nothing to close down the vast spy-operation which sits on
  our doorstep. Incidentally Lourdes has the capability of picking-up even the
  weakest “tempest” signal, which is the type given-off by a fax-machine or an
  electric typewriter which, when deciphered, will give the contents of
  whatever is being typed or faxed. Lourdes remains “dagger in the heart” of
  the United States. There is absolutely no reason for its continued existence.
  If the U.S. and USSR are truly at peace with each other, why the continued
  need for so-massive a spy-operation? The simple truth is that, rather than
  retrenching personnel as we are led to believe, the KGB has taken on
  additional recruits during 1990 and 1991.
  Bernard Levin is probably not a name that is well-known in the United
  States. Unlike decadent “pop-stars” or Hollywood’s latest miserable
  “discovery”, academics seldom if ever come before the public-eye. Of the
  hundreds of academics in the United States working under the Control of the
  Club of Rome, Levin is worthy of special mention, if for no reason other than
  29
  his role in undermining Iran, the Philippines, South Africa, Nicaragua and
  South Korea. The demise of the Shah of Iran was run to a plan devised by
  Bernard Levin and Richard Falk, and supervised by Robert Anderson’s Aspen
  Institute.
  Levin was the author of a work entitled “Time Perspective and Morale” which
  is a Club of Rome publication concerning how to break down the morale of
  nations and individual leaders. Here is an extract of the document:
  “One of the main techniques for breaking morale, through a strategy of
  terror, consists in exactly this tactic: keep the person hazy as to where he
  stands and just what he may expect. In addition, if frequent vacillations
  between severe disciplinary-measures and promise of good-treatment,
  together with the spreading of contradictory news, make the structure of the
  situation unclear, then the individual may cease to know whether a
  particular plan would lead toward or away from his goal. Under these
  conditions, even those individuals who have definite goals and are ready to
  take risks are paralysed by the severe inner-conflict in regard to what to
  do.”
  This Club of Rome blueprint applies to COUNTRIES as well as to individuals,
  particularly the government-leaders of those countries. We in the U.S. need
  not think that “Oh well, this is America, and those kinds of things just do not
  happen here.” Let me assure you that they ARE happening in the U.S., and
  perhaps more so than in any other country.
  The Levin-Club of Rome plan is designed to demoralise us all, so that in the
  end we feel we should follow whatever it is that is planned for us. We WILL
  follow Club of Rome orders like sheep. Any seemingly-strong leader who
  SUDDENLY APPEARS to “rescue” the nation must be regarded with the
  utmost suspicion. Remember that Khomeini was groomed for years by
  British-intelligence, especially during his time in Paris, before he suddenly
  appeared as the saviour of Iran. Boris Yeltsin is from the same MI6-SIS
  stable.
  The Club of Rome feels confident that it has carried-out its The Committee of
  300 mandate to “soften-up” the United States. After 45 years of waging-war
  on the people of this nation, who will doubt that it has indeed accomplished
  its task? Look-around and see how we have been demoralised. Drugs,
  pornography, rock and roll “music”, free sex, the family-unit all but totally
  undermined, lesbianism, homosexuality and finally the ghastly murder of
  millions of innocent babies by their own mothers. Has there ever been a
  crime so vile as mass abortion?
  With the U.S. spiritually, morally bankrupted, with our industrial-base
  destroyed throwing 30 million people out of work with our big cities ghastly
  cesspools of every imaginable crime with a murder-rate almost three times
  higher than any other country, with 4 million homeless, with corruption in
  government reaching endemic proportions, who will gainsay that the United
  30
  States is ready to collapse from within, into the waiting arms of the New
  Dark Age One World Government?
  The Club of Rome has succeeded in splitting the Christian churches; it has
  succeeded in building up an army of charismatic fundamentalists and
  evangelicals who will fight for the Zionist State of Israel. During the Gulf War
  of genocide I received scores of letters asking me how I could oppose “a just
  Christian war against Iraq”. How could I doubt that Christian fundamentalist
  support for the (Committee of 300’s) war against Iraq was not Biblical – after
  all didn’t Billy Graham pray with President Bush, just before the shooting
  started? Doesn’t the Bible speak of “wars and rumours of wars”?
  These letters give an insight into just how well the Tavistock Institute has
  done its work. The Christian fundamentalists will be a formidable force
  behind the state of Israel, exactly as planned. How sad that these fine
  people do not realise that they have been GROSSLY MISUSED by the Club of
  Rome and that their opinions and beliefs are NOT THEIR OWN, but those
  created for them by the hundreds of The Committee of 300 “think-tanks”
  that dot the American landscape. In other words, like any other segment of
  the United States population, the Christian fundamentalists and evangelicals
  have been thoroughly-brainwashed.
  We as a nation are ready to accept the demise of the United States of
  America and the American way of life, once the envy of the entire world. Do
  not think this has happened on its own – the old “times are changing”
  syndrome. Time does not change anything, PEOPLE do. It is a mistake to
  think of the The Committee of 300 and the Club of Rome as European
  institutions. The Club of Rome exercises great influence and power in the
  United States, and has its own chapter, based in Washington D.C.
  Senator Claiborne Pell is its leader, and one of its members is Frank M.
  Potter, a one-time staff-director of the House Subcommittee on Energy. It is
  not difficult to see how the Club of Rome has maintained its grip on U.S.
  energy-policies and where “environmentalist” opposition to nuclear-energy is
  coming from. Perhaps the Club’s greatest success-story is its hold over
  Congress in regard to nuclear-energy which has had the effect of preventing
  the U.S. from entering the 21st century as a strong industrial-nation. The
  effect of the anti-nuclear-policy of the Club of Rome can be measured in
  terms of silent blast-furnaces, derelict railroad-yards, rusting steel-mills,
  shipyards long since closed-down and a valuable trained-work-force
  scattered across the United States, which may never again be assembled.
  Other Club of Rome members in the U.S. are Walter A. Hahn of the
  Congressional Research Service, Ann Cheatham and Douglas Ross, both
  senior economists. Ross’s task, in his own words, was to “translate Club of
  Rome perspectives into legislation to help the country get away from the
  illusion of plenty.” Ann Cheatham was the director of an organisation called
  “Congressional Clearing-House For The Future.”
  31
  Her task was to profile members of Congress who would be susceptible to
  astrology and New Age mumbo-jumbo. At one stage she had in excess of
  100 Congressmen in her classes. Daily sessions were held, in which a variety
  of astrological “forecasts” were made, based on her “occult perceptions”.
  Besides Congressmen, other prominent-people who attended her sessions
  were Michael Walsh, Thornton Bradshaw – A LEADING MEMBER OF THE The
  Committee of 300 – and David Sternlight, a senior vice-president of Allstate
  Insurance Company. Some of the more important members of the The
  Committee of 300 are also members of NATO, a fact which we ought to
  remember. These The Committee of 300 members often hold several offices.
  Among the NATO-Club of Rome membership are found Harland Cleveland, a
  former U.S. ambassador to NATO, Joseph Slater, a director of the Aspen
  Institute, Donald Lesh, a former staffer in the U.S. National Security Agency,
  George McGhee and Claiborne Pell, to name a few examples.
  It is important that we remember these names, make a list of them if you
  wish, so as to recall who they are and what they stand for when their names
  come up in television-programs and news services. Following intelligence
  modus vivendi, leaders of the committee often appear on television, usually
  in the most innocent of guises. We ought to be aware that nothing they do is
  innocent.
  The The Committee of 300 has planted its agents in the muscle and sinew of
  the United States, in its government, in Congress, in advisory-posts around
  the President, as ambassadors and as Secretaries of State. From time to
  time the Club of Rome holds gatherings and conferences which, although
  they appear under innocuous titles, break up into action-committees, each
  of which is assigned a specific task and a specific target-date by which time
  their assignments must be completed. If it does nothing else, the The
  Committee of 300 is working to a very specific time-table. The first Club of
  Rome conference in the United States was called by the The Committee of
  300 in 1969 under the title: “The Association of the Club of Rome.” The next
  meeting was held in 1970 under the title “Riverdale Centre of Religious
  Research” and was directed by Thomas Burney. Then followed the
  Woodlands Conference held in Houston, Texas, starting in 1971 Thereafter,
  regular conferences have been held at Woodlands every year.
  Also in 1971, at a later date, the Mitchell Energy and Development
  Corporation held its energy-strategy-meeting for the Club of Rome: The
  recurring theme: LIMIT THE GROWTH OF THE U.S.A. Then to crown it all,
  the First Global Conference on the Future was held in July of 1980, attended
  by 4000 social-engineers and members of think-tanks, all of whom were
  members of, or affiliated with, various institutions operating under Club of
  Rome umbrella-organisations.
  The First Global Conference on the Future had the blessing of the White
  House which held its own conference, based on the transcripts of the First
  Global Conference forum. It was called the “White House Commission on the
  1980’s” and OFFIciaLLY recommended the policies of the Club of Rome “as a
  guide to future U.S. policies” and even went so far as to say that the United
  32
  States economy is moving out of the industrial-phase. This echoed the
  theme of Sir Peter Vickers-Hall and Zbibniew Brzezinsky and provides further
  proof of the control exercised by the The Committee of 300 over U.S. affairs,
  both domestic and foreign.
  As I said in 1981, we are set up, politically, socially and economically so that
  we remain locked-into the Club of Rome’s plans. Everything is RIGGED
  against us. If we are to survive then we must break the stranglehold the The
  Committee of 300 has on our government. In every election since Calvin
  Coolidge ran for the White House, the Committee of 300 has been able to
  plant its agents in key positions in government so that it matters not who
  gets the White House post. For example, every one of the candidates who
  ran for the Presidency, from the time of Franklin D. Roosevelt, were
  selected, some like to call it “hand-picked”, by the Council on Foreign
  Relations acting on the instructions of the RIIA.
  Especially in the 1980 election, every candidate for the highest office in the
  United States was run by the CFR. Therefore it was of no consequence to the
  conspirators who won the presidential-race. Through such Trojan Horses as
  the Heritage Foundation and the CFR, ALL key policy-making positions in the
  new administrations were filled by the Council on Foreign Relations
  nominees, and before that, since the 1960’s, by NATO-Club of Rome yesmen, thereby ensuring that key policy-decisions bore the indelible stamp of
  the Club of Rome and the CFR, acting as the executive-arms of the The
  Committee of 300.
  Both the 1984 and 1988 elections followed this long-established-pattern.
  Secretary of State George Schultz was the perfect choice of the Committee
  of 300 for the office of Secretary of State. Schultz was always a creature of
  Henry Kissinger, the ruling order-giver for the CFR. Moreover, his position
  with Bechtel, a key The Committee of 300 company of global-dimensions,
  gave him access to countries that might otherwise have been suspicious of
  his Kissinger-connection. The Carter Administration accelerated the process
  of key pro-conspiracy personnel in key positions. Before Carter was elected,
  his key campaign-strategist, Hamilton Jordan, said that if Cyrus Vance or
  Brzezinski received appointments in the Carter cabinet, he, Jordan, would
  resign. They did. Jordan did not resign.
  Carter’s choice of Paul Volcker (in fact he was told to appoint Volcker by
  David Rockefeller) started the collapse of the U.S. economy according to the
  plan laid down by the Club of Rome. We are up against powerful forces who
  are dedicated to the goal of a One World Government. We have been
  engaged in a devastatingly-crippling war for the past 45 years, only it is not
  perceived as such. We are brainwashed, methodically and systematically,
  without ever being aware of it. The Tavistock Institute provided the system
  for this to take place, and then set its operations in motion.
  The only way we can fight-back is by exposing the conspirators and their
  multiplicity of front-organisations. We need men with experience who can
  formulate strategy to defend our priceless heritage which, once lost, will
  33
  never again reappear. We need to learn the methods the conspirators use;
  learn them and adopt counter-measures. Only a crash-program will stop the
  rot which is consuming our nation.
  Some may have difficulty in accepting the idea of a global-conspiracy
  because so many writers have made financial-gain from it. Others doubt that
  activity, on a global scale, can be successfully advanced. They see the huge
  bureaucracy of our government and then say, “Well, how are we supposed
  to believe that private people can do more than the government does?” This
  overlooks the fact that government is part of the conspiracy. Hard evidence
  is what they want and hard evidence is difficult to come by.
  Others say, “So what. What do I care about a conspiracy, I don’t even
  bother to vote.” That is exactly the way the general population of America
  was profiled to react. Our people have become discouraged and confused,
  the results of 45 years of (psychological) warfare conducted against us. How
  this is done is explained in Bernard Levin’s book, but how many people
  would bother to read an academic’s non-fiction book? (Or finish reading all
  of this one?). We are reacting exactly as we were profiled to act.
  Demoralised and confused people will be far more ready to welcome the
  sudden appearance of a great man who promises to solve every problem
  and guarantee a well-ordered society in which people are fully-employed and
  domestic strife is minimal. Their dictator, for that is who it will be, will be
  welcomed with open-arms.
  Knowing WHO the enemy is, is a vital necessity. No one can fight and win
  against an unidentified enemy. This book could be used as a military fieldmanual. Study its content and memorise all names. I have mentioned
  profiling-techniques quite frequently in this chapter. A full explanation of
  “profiling” is contained in the next chapter. One of the most profound pieces
  of information to come out of the science of profiling is the relative ease in
  which this can be accomplished in individuals, party groups, political-entities
  and so-on right on down the line. Once we wake up as to how easy this is to
  do, the conspiracy will no longer be more than we can comprehend. The
  assassination of President Kennedy and the attempt on the life of President
  Reagan become easy to understand.

INSTITUTlONS THROUGH WHICH CONTROL IS EXERCISED.
Profiling is a technique developed in 1922 on command of the Royal Institute
for International Affairs (RIIA). Major John Rawlings Reese, a British Army
technician, was instructed to set up the largest brainwashing-facility in the
world at the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations as a part of Sussex
University. This became the core of Britain’s Psychological-Warfare Bureau.
When I first introduced the names of Reese and Tavistock into the United
States in 1970, very little interest was shown. But over the years, as I
revealed more and more about Tavistock and its vital role in the conspiracy,
it has become popular to imitate my earlier research.
34
Britain’s Psychological-Warfare Bureau made extensive use of the work done
by Reese on his 80,000 British Army guinea-pigs, captive soldiers who
underwent many forms of testing. It was Tavistock-designed methods that
got the United States into the Second World War and which, under the
guidance of Dr. Kurt Lewin, established the OSS, the forerunner of the cia.
Lewin became the director of the Strategic Bombing Survey, which was a
plan for the Royal Air Force to concentrate on bombing German workerhousing while leaving military-targets, such as munitions-plants, alone. The
munitions-plants, on both sides, belonged to the international bankers who
had no wish to see their assets destroyed.
Later, after the war was over, NATO ordered Sussex University to establish a
very special brainwashing-centre which became part of Britain’s
Psychological-Warfare Bureau, only now, its research was directed toward
civilian rather than military applications. We shall return to that super secret
unit which was called Science Policy Research Institute (SPRI) under our
chapters on drugs.
The idea behind saturation-bombing of civilian worker-housing was to break
the morale of the German worker. It was not designed to affect the wareffort against the German military-machine. Lewin and his team of actuaries
reached a target figure, that if 65% of German worker-housing was
destroyed by nightly RAF bombing, the morale of the civilian population
would collapse. The actual document was prepared by the Prudential
Assurance Company.
The RAF, under the command of “Bomber” Harris, carried out Lewin’s plans,
culminating in the terror firestorm-bombing of Dresden, in which over
125,000, mainly old men, women and children, were killed. The truth of
“Bomber” Harris’s horror raids on German civilians was a well-kept secret
until long after the end of WW II.
Tavistock provided most of the detailed programs that led to the establishing
of the Office of Naval Intelligence, (ONI) the number-one intelligence-service
in the United States, one which dwarfs the CIA in size and scope. Contracts
worth billions of dollars were given to Tavistock by the United States
Government and Tavistock’s strategic-planners provide most of what the
Pentagon uses for our defence-establishment, even today. Here again is
illustrated the grip that the Committee of 300 has on the United States, and
the majority of our institutions. Tavistock runs over 30 research-institutions
in the United States, all of which we will name in our charts at the end of the
book.
These Tavistock-U.S. institutions have in many cases grown into gargantuan
monsters, penetrating every aspect of our government-agencies and taking
command of all policy-making. One of Tavistock’s chief wreckers of our way
of life was Dr. Alexander King, a founder-member of NATO and a favourite
with the The Committee of 300, as well as an outstanding member of the
Club of Rome. Dr. King was assigned by the Club of Rome to destroy
America’s education by taking control of the National Teachers Association
35
and working in close-conjunction with certain law-makers and judges. If it
was not generally known how all-pervading is the influence of the The
Committee of 300, this book should dispel every vestige of that doubt.
The trial-run for the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), a Club
of Rome creation, came in a test-run against the nuclear-power-station at
Three Mile Island, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. Termed “an accident” by the
hysterical media, this was not an accident but a deliberately designed crisistest for FEMA. An additional benefit was the fear and hysteria created by the
news-media, which had people fleeing the area, when in fact they were
never in any danger. It was considered a success by FEMA and it scored a lot
of points for the anti-nuclear forces. TMI became the rallying-point for the
so-called “environmentalists”, a highly-financed and controlled group run out
of Aspen Institute, on behalf of the Club of Rome. Coverage was provided
free-of-charge by William Paley of CBS television, a former British
intelligence-agent.
FEMA is a natural successor to the Strategic Bombing Survey of WW II. Dr.
Kurt Lewin, theoretician for what the Tavistock conspirators called crisismanagement, was deeply-involved in the study. There is an unbroken chain
between Lewin and Tavistock that stretches back for thirty-seven years.
Lewin incorporated the Strategic Bombing Survey into FEMA, with only a few
small adjustments proving necessary, one of the changes being the target,
WHICH WAS NO LONGER GERMANY BUT THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
Forty-five years after the end of WW II it is still Tavistock that has its hands
on the trigger, and the weapon is pointed at the United States. The late
Margaret Mead conducted an intensive study of the German and Japanese
population, under the aegis of Tavistock, on how they reacted to stress
caused by aerial-bombardment. Irving Janus was an associate-professor on
the project which was supervised by Dr. John Rawlings Reese, promoted to
Brigadier-General in the British Army. The test-results were given to FEMA.
The Irving Janus report was of great value in formulating FEMA policies.
Janus used it in a book which he later wrote, entitled, AIR WAR AND
STRESS. The ideas in his book were followed TO THE LETTER BY FEMA
DURING THE THREE MILE ISLAND “CRISIS”. Janus had a really simple idea:
Simulate a succession of crises and manipulate the population following the
Lewin terror-tactics and they will do exactly as required.
In carrying out this exercise, Lewin discovered something new, that socialcontrol on a wide scale can be achieved by using the news-media to bring
home the horrors of a nuclear-war via the television-media. It was
discovered that women’s magazines were very effective in dramatising the
terrors of a nuclear-war. A trial-run, conducted by Janus, had Betty
Bumpers, wife of Senator Dale Bumpers of Arkansas, “writing” for McCalls
magazine on that subject.
The article appeared in McCalls January 1983 issue. Actually, Mrs. Bumpers
did not write the article, it was created for her by a group of writers at
Tavistock whose speciality such subject-matters are. It was a collection of
untruths, non-facts, innuendoes and conjectures based entirely upon false
36
premises. The Bumpers article was typical of the kind of psychological
manipulation at which Tavistock is so very good. Not one of the ladies who
read McCalls could have failed to be impressed by the terror/horror-story of
what a nuclear-war looks like.
The The Committee of 300 has a major bureaucracy at its disposal made-up
of hundreds of think-tanks and front-organisations that run the whole gamut
of private-business and government leaders. I will mention as many as I can
fit-in, starting with the German Marshall Fund. Its members, and remember
they are also members of NATO and the Club of Rome, consist of David
Rockefeller of Chase Manhattan Bank, Gabriel Hague of the prestigious
Manufactures Hanover Trust and Finance Corporation, Milton Katz of the
Ford Foundation, Willy Brandt, leader of Socialist International, KGB agent
and member of the Committee of 300, Irving Bluestone, chairman of the
United Auto-Workers Executive-Board, Russell Train, U.S. president of the
Club of Rome and Prince Philip’s World Wildlife Fund, Elizabeth Midgely, CBS
programs’ producer, B. R. Gifford, director of the Russell Sage Foundation,
Guido Goldman of the Aspen Institute the late Averill Harriman, The
Committee of 300 extraordinary-member, Thomas L. Hughes of the
Carnegie Endowment Fund, Dennis Meadows and Jay Forrestor of MIT
“world-dynamics”.
The The Committee of 300, although in existence for over 150 years, did not
take on its present form until around 1897. It was always given to issuing
orders through other fronts, such as the Royal Institute for International
Affairs. When it was decided that a super-body would control European
affairs, the RIIA founded the Tavistock Institute, which in turn created
NATO. For five years NATO was financed by the German Marshall Fund.
Perhaps the most important member of the Bilderbergers, a foreign policy
body of the Committee, was Joseph Rettinger, said to have been its founder
and organiser, whose annual meetings have delighted conspiracy-hunters for
several decades.
Rettinger was a well-trained Jesuit priest and a 33rd Degree Freemason.
Mrs. Katherine Meyer Graham who is suspected of having murdered her
husband in order to get control of the Washington Post, was another ranking
member of the Club of Rome, as was Paul G. Hoffman of the New York Life
Insurance Company, one of the largest insurance companies in the United
States and a leading Rank company, with ties directly to Queen Elizabeth of
England’s immediate-family. John J. McCloy, the man who attempted to wipe
post-World War II Germany off the map and last but not least, James A.
Perkins of the Carnegie Corporation, were also founding-members of the
Bilderbergers and the Club of Rome.
What a star-studded cast! Yet, strangely enough, few if any outside of
genuine intelligence-agencies had ever heard of this organisation until recent
times. The power exercised by these important personages and the
corporations, television-stations, newspapers, insurance-companies and
banks they represent matches the power and prestige of at least two
37
European countries, and still this is only the tip of The Committee of 300’s
enormous cross-gridding and interfaced interests.
Not mentioned in the foregoing line-up is Richard Gardner who, although an
early member of the The Committee of 300, was sent to Rome on a special
assignment. Gardner married into one of the oldest Black Nobility families of
Venice, thus providing the Venetian aristocracy a direct-line to the White
House. The late Averill Harriman was another of the committee’s direct links
with the Kremlin and the White House, a position which Kissinger inherited
after the death of Harriman.
The Club of Rome is indeed a formidable agency of the The Committee of

300. Although ostensibly working on American affairs, the group overlaps
     other The Committee of 300 agencies and its United States members are
     often found working with “problems” in Japan and Germany. Some of the
     front-organisations operated by the above committee include the following,
     although not limited to them:
     LEAGUE OF INDUSTRIAL DEMOCRACY.
     Officials: Michael Novak, Jeane Kirkpatrick, Eugene Rostow, IRWIN SUALL,
     Lane Kirkland, Albert Schenker.
     Purpose: To disrupt and disturb normal labour-relations between workers
     and employers by brain-washing labour-unions to make impossible demands
     with special attention to steel, automobile and housing industries.
     FREEDOM HOUSE.
     Officials: Leo Churn and Carl Gershman.
     Purpose: To spread socialist dis-information among American blue-collar
     workers, spread dissension and dis-satisfaction. Now that these objectives
     have been largely realised, Gershman has been drafted by Lawrence
     Eagleburger to CEDC, a newly-created body to stop a united Germany from
     expanding its trade into the Danube Basin.
     COMMITTEE FOR A DEMOCRATIC MAJORITY.
     Officials: Ben Wattenburg, Jeane Kirkpatrick, Elmo Zumwa and Midge
     Dector.
     Purpose: To provide a connecting-link between the educated socialist-class
     and minority-groups with the intent of setting-up a solid-block of voters who
     can be counted-on to vote for left-wing candidates at election-time. It was
     really a Fabianist-operation from start to finish.
     FOREIGN-POLICY RESEARCH-INSTITUTE.
     Officials: Robert Strausz Hupe.
     38
     Purpose: To undermine and eventually end NASA space-program.
     SOciaL DEMOCRATS U.S.A.
     Officials: Bayard Rustin, Lane Kirkland, Jay Lovestone, Carl Gershman,
     Howard Samuel, Sidney Hook.
     Purpose: To spread radical-socialism, especially among minority-groups, and
     forge links between similar organisations in socialist-countries. Lovestone
     was, for decades, the leading advisor to U.S. presidents on Soviet-affairs
     and a strong direct-link with Moscow.
     INSTITUTE FOR SOciaL RELATIONS.
     Officials: Harland Cleveland, Willis Harmon.
     Purpose: Change the way America thinks.
     THE CITIZENS LEAGUE.
     Officials: Barry Commoner.
     Purpose: To bring “common-cause” legal-suits against various governmentagencies, especially in the defence-industries.
     WAR RESISTERS LEAGUE.
     Officials: Noam Chomsky and David McReynolds.
     Purpose: To organise resistance to the Vietnam War among left-wing
     groups, students and the Hollywood “in crowd”.
     THE DEMOCRATIC SOciaLIST ORGANISING COMMITTEE OF THE
     INSTITUTE FOR DEMOCRATIC SOciaLISM.
     Officials: Frank Zeider, Arthur Redier and David McReynolds.
     Purpose: A clearing-house for left-wing socialist ideas and activities in the
     U.S and Europe.
     ANTI-DEFAMATION LEAGUE FACT-FINDING DIVISION.
     Officials: IRWIN SUALL, also known as John Graham.
     Purpose: A joint FBI-British Intelligence operation designed to single-out
     right-wing groups and their leaders and put them out of business, before
     they grow too large and too influential.
     INTERNATIONAL ASSOciaTION OF MACHINISTS.
     39
     Purpose: A labour-oriented front for the Socialist International and a hot-bed
     of organised labour-unrest, polarising workers and management.
     AMALGAMATED CLOTHING WORKERS.
     Officials: Murray Findley, IRWIN SUALL and Jacob Scheinkman.
     Purpose: Much the same as the Machinists’ Union, to socialise and polarise
     workers in the garment-trade.
     A. PHILIP RANDOLPH INSTITUTE.
     Officials: Bayard Rustin.
     Purpose: To provide a means of co-ordinating organisations with a commonpurpose, an example of which would be the spread of socialist ideas among
     college-students and workers.
     CAMBRIDGE POLICY STUDIES INSTITUTE.
     Officials: Gar Apelrovitz.
     Purpose: To expand on the work being done at the Institute for Policy
     Studies. Founded in February 1969 by international-socialist, Gar Apelrovitz,
     former assistant to Senator Gaylord Nelson. Apelrovitz wrote the
     controversial book ATOMIC DIPLOMACY for the Club of Rome which work
     was financed by the German Marshall Fund. It concentrates on research and
     action projects, with a stated goal of fundamentally changing American
     society, i.e., to create a Fabianist United States in preparation of the coming
     One World Government.
     ECONOMIC COMMITTEE OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC INSTITUTE.
     Officials: Dr. Aurellio Peccei.
     Purpose: NATO think-tank on global economic-issues.
     CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF DEMOCRATIC INSTITUTIONS.
     Officials: Founder Robert Hutchins of the Committee of 300, Harry Ashmore,
     Frank Kelly and a large group of “Fellows”.
     Purpose: To spread ideas that will bring on social-reforms of the liberal-kind
     with democracy as an ideology. One of its activities is to draft a new
     constitution for the U.S. which will be strongly monarchical and socialistic as
     found in Denmark.
     The Centre is an “Olympian” stronghold. Located in Santa Barbara, it is
     housed in what is affectionately called “the Parthenon”. Former
     Representative John Rarick called it “an outfit loaded with Communists.” By
     40
     1973 work on a new United States Constitution was in its thirty-fifth draft
     which proposes an amendment guaranteeing “environmental rights”, the
     thrust of which is to reduce the industrial-base of the U.S. to a mere whisper
     of what it was in 1969. In other words, this institution is carrying out Club of
     Rome zero-growth post-industrial policies laid down by the The Committee
     of 300.
     Some of its other aims are control of economic-cycles, welfare, regulation of
     business and national public-works, control of pollution. Speaking on behalf
     of the The Committee of 300, Ashmore says the function of the CSDI is to
     find ways and means of making our political-system work more effectively.
     “We must change education and we must consider a new U.S Constitution
     and a Constitution for the world,” Ashmore says.
     Further goals enunciated by Ashmore are as follows:
     1) Membership of the U.N . must be made universal.
     2) The U.N . must be strengthened.
     3) South-East Asia must be neutralised. (For neutralised, read
     “Communised”.)
     4) Cold War must be ended.
     5) Racial-discrimination must be abolished.
     6) Developing-nations must be assisted. (Meaning assisted to destruct.)
     7) No military-solutions to problems. (Pity they didn’t tell George Bush that
     before the Gulf War.)
     8) National-solutions are not adequate.
     9) Coexistence is necessary.
     HARVARD PSYCHOLOGICAL CLINIC.
     Officials: Dr. Kurt Lewin and staff of 15 new-science scientists.
     Purpose: To create a climate where the Committee of 300 can take unlimited
     power over the U.S.
     INSTITUTE FOR SOciaL RESEARCH.
     Officials: Dr. Kurt Lewin and staff of 20 new-science scientists.
     Purpose: To devise a whole new set of social-programs to steer America
     away from industry.
     41
     SCIENCE POLICY RESEARCH UNIT.
     Officials: Leland Bradford, Kenneth Dam, Ronald Lippert.
     Purpose: A “Future Shocks” research-institution at Sussex University in
     England and part of the Tavistock network.
     SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION.
     Officials: Sheldon Arenberg and a staff of hundreds, too numerous to
     mention here.
     Purpose: To co-ordinate all elements of the intelligence-communities of the
     U.S.A. and Britain. It analyses what “players” have to be assigned the role of
     a national-entity; for example, Spain would come under a supine watereddown Catholic Church, the U.N . under the Secretary General and so forth. It
     developed the system of “X RAY 2” where think-tank personnel, militaryinstallations and law-enforcement centres are all linked to the Pentagon
     through a nation-wide network of Teletypes and computers: To apply
     surveillance-techniques on a nation-wide scale. Arenberg says his ideas are
     non-military, but his techniques are mainly those he learned from the
     military. He was responsible for the New York State Identification and
     Intelligence System, a typical George Orwell “1984” project, which is
     completely-illegal under our Constitution. The NYSIIS system is in the
     process of being adopted nation-wide. It is what Brzezinski referred to as the
     ability to almost-instantaneously retrieve data about any person.
     NYSIIS shares data with all law-enforcement and government agencies in
     the state. It provides storage and rapid-retrieval of individual records,
     criminal and social. It is a TYPICAL The Committee of 300 project. There is a
     crying-need for a full-investigation to be conducted into just what it is that
     Systems Development Corporation is doing, but that is beyond the scope of
     this book. One thing is sure, SDC is not there to preserve freedom and
     liberty guaranteed by the U.S. Constitution. How convenient that it should
     be located in Santa Barbara in easy reach of Robert Hutchins’ “Parthenon”.
     Some publications put out by these Club of Rome institutions are as follows:
     “Centre Magazine”
     “Counterspy”
     “Coventry”
     “Covert Action Information Bulletin”
     “Dissent”
     “Human Relations”
     42
     “Industrial Research”
     “Inquiry”
     “Mother Jones”
     “One”
     “Progressive”
     “Raconteur”
     “The New Republic”
     “Working Papers for a New Society”
     These are by no-means all of the publications issued under the auspices of
     the Club of Rome. There are many hundreds more, in fact each of the
     foundations puts out its own publication. Given the number of foundations
     run by the Tavistock Institute and the Club of Rome, a partial-listing is all we
     can include here. Some of the more important foundations and think-tanks
     are in the following list, which includes Army think-tanks.
     The American public would be astounded if it only knew how deeply the
     Army is involved in “new war tactics” research with Committee of 300
     “think-tanks”. Americans are not aware that in 1946 the Club of Rome was
     ordered by the The Committee of 300 to further the progress of think-tanks
     which it said offered a new means of spreading the Committee’s philosophy.
     The impact of these think-tanks upon our military, just since 1959 when
     they suddenly proliferated, is truly astounding. There is no doubt that they
     will play an even greater role in the daily-affairs of this nation as we come to
     the close of the 20th century.
     THE MONT PELERIN SOCIETY.
     Mont Pelerin is an economic-foundation devoted to issuing misleading
     economic-theories and influencing economists in the Western world to follow
     models it lays out from time to time. Its leading practitioners are Von Hayek
     and Milton Friedman.
     THE HOOVER INSTITUTION.
     Founded originally to fight Communism, the institution has slowly but surely
     turned toward Socialism. It has an annual budget of $2 million, funded by
     companies under the umbrella of the Committee of 300. It now concentrates
     on “peaceful changes” with emphasis on arms-control and domestic U.S.
     problems. It is frequently used by the news-media as a “conservative”
     organisation whose views they seek when a conservative viewpoint is
     needed. The Hoover Institution is far from that, and following the 1953 take-
     43
     over of the Institution by a group allied to the Club of Rome, it has become a
     One World-New World Order outlet for “desirable” policies.
     HERITAGE FOUNDATION.
     Founded by brewery magnate Joseph Coors to act as a conservative thinktank, Heritage was soon taken-over by Fabianists Sir Peter Vickers-Hall,
     Stuart Butler, Steven Ayzlei, Robert Moss and Frederich Von Hayek under
     the direction of the Club of Rome. This institute played a major role in
     carrying out British Labour leader Anthony Wedgewood Benn’s order to
     “Thatcherize Reagan”. Heritage is certainly not a conservative-operation
     although at times it may look and sound like one.
     HUMAN RESOURCES RESEARCH OFFICE.
     This is an Army research-establishment dealing in “psychotechnology”. Most
     of its personnel are Tavistock-trained. “Psychotechnology” covers GI
     motivation, morale and music used by the enemy. In fact a lot of what
     George Orwell wrote about in his book “1984” appears to be remarkably
     similar to what is taught at HUMRRO. In 1969, the The Committee of 300
     took over this important institution and turned it into a private non-profitorganisation run under the auspices of the Club of Rome. It is the largest
     behavioural-research-group in the U.S.
     One of its specialities is the study of small groups under stress and HUMRRO
     teaches the Army that a soldier is merely an extension of his equipment and
     has brought great influence to bear on the “man/weapon” system and its
     “human quality-control”, so widely accepted by the United States Army.
     HUMRRO has had a very pronounced effect on how the Army conducts itself.
     Its mind-bending-techniques are straight out of Tavistock. HUMRRO’S
     applied-psychology-courses are supposed to teach Army brass how to make
     the human-weapon work. A good example of this is the manner in which
     soldiers in the war against Iraq were willing to disobey their field-manual
     standing-orders and bury 12,000 Iraqi soldiers alive.
     This type of brainwashing is terribly dangerous because today, it is applied
     to the Army, the Army applies it to brutally destroy thousands of “enemy”
     soldiers, and tomorrow the Army could be told that civilian populationgroups opposed to government-policies are “the enemy”. We are already a
     mindless brainwashed flock of sheep (We the sheeple[?]), yet it seems that
     HUMRRO can take mind-bending and mind-control a step further. HUMRRO
     is a valuable adjunct to Tavistock and many of the lessons taught at
     HUMRRO were applied in the Gulf War, which makes it a little easier to
     understand how it came to be that American soldiers behaved as ruthless
     and heartless killers, a far-cry from the concept of the traditional American
     fighting-man.
     RESEARCH ANALYSlS CORPORATION.
     44
     This is HUMRRO’S sister “1984” organisation situated in McLean, Virginia.
     Established in 1948, it was taken-over by the Committee of 300 in 1961
     when it became part of the Johns Hopkins bloc. It has worked on over 600
     projects, including integrating Negroes into the Army, the tactical use of
     nuclear-weapons, psychological-warfare-programs and mass-populationcontrol.
     Obviously there are many more major think-tanks, and we shall come to
     most of them in this book. One of the most important areas of co-operation
     between what think-tanks turn out and what becomes government and
     public policy are the “pollsters”. It is the job of the polling-companies to
     mould and shape public-opinion in the way that suits the conspirators. Polls
     are constantly being taken by CBS-NBC-ABC, the New York Times, the
     Washington Post. Most of these efforts are co-ordinated at the NationalOpinion Research-Centre where, as much as it will amaze most of us, a
     psychological-profile was developed for the entire nation.
     Findings are fed into the computers of Gallup Poll and Yankelovich, Skelley
     and White for comparative-evaluation. Much of what we read in our
     newspapers or see on television has first been cleared by the pollingcompanies. WHAT WE SEE IS WHAT THE POLLSTERS THINK WE SHOULD
     SEE. This is called “public-opinion-making”. The whole idea behind this bit of
     social-conditioning is to find out how responsive the public is to POLICYDIRECTIVES handed down by the The Committee of 300. We are called
     “targeted population groups” and what is measured by the pollsters is how
     much resistance is generated to what appears in the “Nightly News”. Later,
     we shall learn exactly how this deceptive practice got started and who is
     responsible for it.
     It is all part of the elaborate opinion-making-process created at, Tavistock.
     Today our people believe they are well-informed but what they do not
     realise is that the opinions they believe are their own, were in fact created in
     the research-institutions and think-tanks of America and that none of us are
     free to form our own opinions, because of the information we are provided
     with by the media and the pollsters.
     Polling was brought to a fine-art just before the United States entered the
     Second World War. Americans, unbeknown to themselves, were conditioned
     to look upon Germany and Japan as dangerous enemies who had to be
     stopped. In a sense, this was true, and that makes conditioned thinking all
     the more dangerous, because based on the INFORMATlON fed to them, the
     enemy did indeed appear to be Germany and Japan. Just recently we saw
     how well Tavistock’s conditioning-process works, when Americans were
     conditioned to perceive Iraq as a threat and Saddam Hussein as a personal
     enemy of the United States.
     Such a conditioning-process is technically-described as “the message
     reaching the sense-organs of persons to be influenced”. One of the most
     respected of all pollsters is The Committee of 300 member Daniel
     Yankelovich, of the company, Yankelovich, Skelley and White. Yankelovich is
     45
     proud to tell his students that polling is a tool to change public-opinion,
     although this is not original, Yankelovich having drawn his inspiration from
     David Naisbett’s book “TREND REPORT” which was commissioned by the
     Club of Rome.
     In his book Naisbett describes all of the techniques used by public-opinionmakers to bring about the public-opinion desired by the The Committee of
301. Public-opinion-making is the jewel in the crown of the OLYMPIANS, for
     with their thousands of new-science social-scientists at their beck and call,
     and with the news-media firmly in their hands, NEW public-opinions on
     almost any subject can be created and disseminated around the world in a
     matter of two weeks.
     This is precisely what happened when their servant George Bush was
     ordered to make war on Iraq. Within two weeks, not only the U.S. but
     almost the entire world public-opinion was turned against Iraq and its
     President Saddam Hussein. These media change-artists and newsmanipulators report directly to the Club of Rome which in turn reports to the
     The Committee of 300 at whose head sits the Queen of England ruling over
     a vast network of closely-linked corporations who never pay taxes and are
     answerable to no-one, who fund their research-institutions through
     foundations whose joint-activities have almost total control over our daily
     lives.
     Together with their interlocking companies, insurance-business, banks,
     finance-corporations, oil companies, newspapers, magazines, radio and
     television, this vast apparatus sits astride the United States and the world.
     There is not a politician in Washington D.C. who is not, somehow, beholden
     to it. The Left rails against it, calling it “imperialism” which indeed it is, but
     the Left is run by the same people, the very same ones who control the
     Right, so that the Left is no more free than we are!
     Scientists engaged in the process of conditioning are called “socialengineers” or “new-science social-scientists” and they play an integral-part
     in what we see, hear and read. The “old school” social-engineers were Kurt
     K. Lewin, Professor Hadley Cantril, Margaret Meade, Professor Derwin
     Cartwright and Professor Lipssitt who, together with John Rawlings Reese,
     made up the backbone of new-science scientists at Tavistock Institute.
     During the Second World War, there were over 100 researchers at work
     under the direction of Kurt Lewin, copying-slavishly the methods adopted by
     Reinhard Heydrich of the S.S. The OSS was based on Heydrich’s
     methodology and, as we know, the OSS was the forerunner of the Central
     Intelligence Agency. The point of all this is that the governments of Britain
     and the United States already have the machinery in place to bring us intoline in a New World Order with only a slight modicum of resistance
     materialising, and this machinery has been in place since 1946. Each
     passing year has added new refinements.
     46
     It is this The Committee of 300 which has established control-networks and
     mechanisms far more binding than anything ever seen in this world. Chains
     and ropes are not needed to restrain us. Our fear of what is to come does
     that job far more efficiently than any physical means of restraint. We have
     been brainwashed to give up our Constitutional-Right to bear arms; to give
     up our Constitution itself; to allow the United Nations to exercise control
     over our foreign-policies, and the IMF to take control of our fiscal and
     monetary policies; to permit the President to break United States law with
     impunity and to invade a foreign country and kidnap its head-of-state. In
     short we have been brainwashed to the extent where we, as a nation, will
     accept each and every lawless act carried-out by our government almost
     without question.
     I for one know that we will soon have to fight to reclaim our country from
     the Committee, or lose it forever. BUT when it comes right down to it, how
     many will actually take up arms? In 1776 only 3% of the populace took up
     arms against King George III. This time around, 3% will be woefully
     inadequate. We should not allow ourselves to be led down dead-end roads,
     for that is what our mind-controllers have planned for us by confronting us
     with such a complexity of issues that we simply succumb to long-rangepenetration and make no decisions at all on many vital issues.
     We shall be looking at the names of those who make up the The Committee
     of 300 but, before we do that, we should examine the massive interfacing of
     all important institutions, companies and banks under the Committee’s
     control. We must mark them well because these are the people who are
     deciding who shall live and who shall be eliminated as “useless eaters”;
     where we will worship God, what we must wear and even what we shall eat.
     According to Brzezinski, we shall be under endless-surveillance around the
     clock for 365 days a year ad infinitum.
     That we have been betrayed from within is being accepted by more and
     more people each year, and that is good, because it is through Knowledge, a word translated from the word BELIEF, that we shall be able to defeat the enemies of all-mankind. While we were being distracted by the bogeymen in the Kremlin, the Trojan Horse was moved into position in Washington D.C. The greatest danger free people face today is not from Moscow but from Washington D.C. We need first to conquer the DOMESTIC ENEMY, and after that we will be strong enough to mount an offensive to remove Communism from the Earth together with all of its attendant “isms”. “My people are destroyed for lack of [My] Knowledge.” – God, Hosea 4:6. The Carter Administration accelerated the collapse of our economy and our military strength, the latter begun by Club of Rome and Lucis Trust member Robert Strange McNamara. In spite of his promises, Reagan continued to undermine our industrial-base, starting where Carter left off. While we need to keep our defences strong, we cannot do that from a weak industrial-base for, without a well-run military-industrial-complex, we cannot have a viable 47 defence-system. The The Committee of 300 recognises this and planned from 1953 its zero-growth post-industrial policies now in full flower. Thanks to the Club of Rome our technology-potential has dropped below that of Japan and Germany, nations we are supposed to have defeated in the Second World War. How has this come about? Because of men like Dr. Alexander King and our blindfolded state-of-mind, we have failed to recognise the destruction of our educational institutions and systems of teaching. As a result of our blindness, we are no longer training engineers and scientist in sufficient numbers to keep us among the industrialised nations of the world. Thanks to Dr. King, a man very few people in America know about, education in the U.S. is at its lowest level since 1786. Statistics produced by the Institute for Higher Learning show that the reading and writing capabilities of high-school children the United States are LOWER than they were among high-school children in 1786. What we face today is not only the loss of our freedom and the very fabric of our nation, but far worse, the possibility of the loss of our souls. The steady chipping-away at the foundation upon which this republic rests has left an empty void, which Satanists and cultists are rushing to fill with their synthetic soul material. This truth is difficult to accept and appreciate because there was nothing SUDDEN about these events. If a sudden shock were to hit us, a cultural and religious shock, we would be shaken out of our apathy. But gradualism – which is what Fabianism is, does nothing to raise the alarm. Because the vast majority of Americans can see no MOTIVATION for the things I have described, they cannot accept it, and so the conspiracy (I am pointing out) is scorned and often mocked (as being a wild theory, or figment of the imagination). By creating chaos through presenting hundreds of daily choices our people have to make, we have come down to a position where, unless motivation can be clearly shown, all information is rejected. This is both the weak and the strong link in the conspiratorial chain. Most thrust-aside anything that has no motive, so the conspirators feel safe behind the ridicule poured upon those who point to the coming crisis in our nation and our individual lives. However, if we can get enough people to see the truth, the motivation-block gets weaker until it will eventually be forcedaside as more and more people become enlightened and the (false) notion that “this cannot happen in America” is dispensed with. The The Committee of 300 is counting on our mal-adaptive responses to govern our reaction to created events, and it will not be disappointed as long as we as a nation continue in the present way we respond. We must turn responses to created-crises into ADAPTIVE responses by identifying the conspirators and exposing their plans for us, so that these things become public knowledge. The Club of Rome has already made THE TRANSITION TO BARBARISM. Instead of waiting to be “raptured “, we must stop the The
     Committee of 300 before it can accomplish its goal of making us prisoners
     48
     (slaves) of the “New Dark Age” planned for us. It is not up to God, IT IS UP
     TO US. We have to take the necessary action.
     “Stopped they must be, on this ALL depends.”
     Revelation 11:7 “And when they shall have finished their Testimony
     (the 1260 “days” ended on 9/Dec./1917 – the day that Jerusalem
     was liberated from Gentile domination by Israel-British [and
     U.S]. forces – Ezekiel 25:14), the beast (system – Satanic) that
     ascendeth out of the Bottomless Pit shall make war against them
     (British and U.S.), and shall overcome them (British and U.S.),
     and KILL them (British and U.S.).”
     Deuteronomy 28:66 And thy life shall hang in doubt before thee;
     and thou shalt fear day and night, and shalt have none assurance
     of thy life:
     28:67 In the morning thou shalt say, Would God it were evening!
     and at evening thou shalt say, Would God it were morning! for
     the fear of thine heart wherewith thou shalt fear, and for the
     sight of thine eyes which thou shalt see.
     28:68 And the “I AM” shall bring thee into slavery AGAIN with
     ships, by the way whereof I spoke unto thee, Thou shalt see it
     no more again (if ye keep The Covenant): and there ye shall be
     sold unto your enemies for bondmen and bondwomen, and no man
     shall buy [you].
     29:1 These [are] the Words of The Covenant, which the “I AM”
     commanded Moses to make with the children of Israel in the land
     of Moab, beside The Covenant which He made with them in Horeb
     (Sinai).
     Malachi 4:4 Remember ye and return to The Law of Moses My servant,
     which I commanded unto him in Horeb for all Israel, [with] the
     Statutes and Judgments.

• The Rapture – Revelation 11:12 And they heard a great voice from
  heaven saying unto them, Come up here. And they ascended up to
  heaven in a “Cloud”; and their enemies beheld them.
  All information that I provide in this book comes from years of research
  backed-up by impeccable intelligence-sources. Nothing is exaggerated. It is
  factual and precise so do not fall into the trap set by the enemy that this
  material is “dis-information”. For the past two decades I have provided
  information which has proved to be highly accurate and which has explained
  a lot of puzzling events. My hope is that through this book, a better, clearer
  and wider understanding of the conspiratorial forces ranged against this
  nation will come about. That hope is being realised as more and more young
  people are beginning to ask questions and seek information about what is
  REALLY going on. It is difficult for people to comprehend that these
  conspirators are real and that they have the power I and many others have
  attributed to them. Many have written to ask how it is that our government
  does nothing about the terrible threat to civilisation? The problem is that our
  49
  government is PART of the problem, part of the conspiracy, and nowhere
  and at no time has this become more clearly evident than during the Bush
  Presidency. Of course President Bush knows precisely what the Committee of
  300 is doing to us. HE WORKS FOR THEM. Others have written to say, “We
  thought we were fighting the government.” Of course we are, but behind
  government stands a force so powerful and all-encompassing that
  intelligence-agencies are even afraid to mention the name “Olympians”.
  (The Hidden Hand.)
  Proof of the The Committee of 300 is found in the vast number of powerful
  institutions owned and controlled by it. Listed here are some of the more
  important ones, all of which come under the MOTHER OF ALL THINK-TANKS
  AND RESEARCH-INSTITUTIONS, THE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE OF HUMAN
  RELATIONS with its far-flung network of hundreds of “branches”.

STANFORD RESEARCH CENTRE.
Stanford Research Centre (SRC) was founded in 1946 by the Tavistock
Institute For Human Relations. Stanford was created to help Robert 0.
Anderson and his ARCO oil company, who had secured for the The
Committee of 300 the oil-rights on the North Slope of Alaska. Basically, the
job was too large for Anderson’s Aspen Institute to handle, so a new centre
had to be founded and funded. That new centre was Stanford Research
Centre. Alaska sold its rights on a down-payment of $900 million, a
relatively small amount for the The Committee of 300. The governor of
Alaska was steered to SRI for help and advice. This was no accident but the
result of judicious planning and a process of long-range conditioning.
Following the governor’s call for help, three SRI scientists set-up-shop in
Alaska where they met with the Alaskan Secretary of State and the State
Planning Office. Francis Greehan, who headed the SRI team, assured the
Governor that his problem of how to handle the rich oil-find would be safe in
the hands of SRI. Naturally Greehan did not mention the The Committee of
300 or the Club of Rome. In less than a month Greehan assembled a team
of economists, petroleum-scientists and new-science scientists numbering in
the hundreds. The report SRI gave to the Governor ran to eighty-eight
pages. The proposal was adopted virtually without change by the Alaska
legislature in 1970. Greehan had indeed done a remarkable job for the The
Committee of 300. From this beginning SRI developed into an institution
employing 4000 people with an annual budget of $160 million plus. Its
President, Charles A. Anderson, has seen much of this growth during his
tenure, as has Professor Willis Harmon, director of the SRI Centre for the
Study of Social Policies, employing hundreds of new-science scientists, many
of the top staffers having been transferred from Tavistock’s London base.
One of those was RCA board chairman and former British intelligence-agent,
David Sarnoff, who was closely involved with Harmon and his team for
twenty-five years. Sarnoff was something of a “watchdog” for the motherinstitute in Sussex.
50
Stanford claims to make no moral-judgements on projects it accepts,
working for Israel and the Arabs, South Africa and Libya but, as one would
imagine, by adopting this attitude it ensures an “inside-edge” with foreign
governments that the CIA has found most useful. In Jim Ridgeway’s book,
“THE CLOSED CORPORATION”, SRI spokesman Gibson brags about SRI’s
non-discriminatory stance. Although not on the Federal Contract Research
Centre lists, SRI is today the largest military think-tank, dwarfing Hudson
and Rand. Among SRI’s speciality-departments are chemical and biological
warfare experimental-centres.
One of Stanford’s more dangerous activities is counter-insurgency
operations aimed at civilian populations – just the sort of “1984” things
government is already using against its own people. The U.S. government
pays SRI millions of dollars each year for this kind of highly-controversial
“research”. Following student protests against chemical-warfare-experiments
conducted at Stanford, SRI “sold” itself to a private group for just $25
million. Of course nothing really changed, SRI was still a Tavistock project
and the The Committee of 300 still owned it, but the gullible appeared to be
satisfied by this meaningless cosmetic change. In 1958 a startling new
development arose. Advanced Research Products Agency (ARPA), a
contracting-agency for the Defence Department, approached SRI with a topsecret proposal. John Foster at the Pentagon told SRI that what was needed
was a program to insure the United States against “technological surprise”.
Foster wanted to perfect a condition where the environment became a
weapon; special bombs to trigger volcanoes and/or earthquakes,
behavioural-research on potential enemies and minerals and metals with
potential for new weapons. The project was accepted by SRI and codenamed “SHAKY”.
The massive electronic-brain in SHAKY was capable of carrying out many
commands, its computers having been constructed by IBM for SRI. Twentyeight scientists worked on what is called “Human Augmentation”. The IBM
computer even has the capability to solve problems by analogy and
recognises and identifies scientists who work with it. The “special
applications” of this tool can be better imagined than described. Brzezinski
knew what he was talking about when he wrote “THE TECHNOTRONIC ERA”.
Stanford Research Institute works closely with scores of civilian consultingfirms, trying to apply military technology to domestic situations. This has not
always been a success, but as techniques improve, the prospects for
massive all-pervading-surveillance, as described by Brzezinski, daily
becomes more real. IT ALREADY EXISTS AND IS IN USE, EVEN THOUGH
SLIGHT MALFUNCTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME HAVE TO BE IRONED OUT.
One such civilian consulting-firm was Schriever McKee Associates of McLean,
Virginia, run by retired General Bernard A. Schriever, a former chief of the
Air Force Systems Command, who developed the Titan, Thor, Atlas and
Minuteman rockets.
Schriever put together a consortium of Lockheed, Emmerson Electric,
Northrop, Control Data, Raytheon and TRW under the name of URBAN
51
SYSTEMS ASSOciaTES, INC. The purpose of the consortium? To solve social
and psychological “urban problems” by means of military techniques using
advanced electronic systems. It is interesting to note that TRW became the
largest credit-information-collecting company in the credit-reporting
business as a result and an outcome of its work with Urban Systems
Associates, Inc.
This should tell us a great deal about just how far this nation is already
under TOTAL SURVEILLANCE, which is the first requirement of the The
Committee of 300. No dictatorship, especially not one on a global scale, can
function without total control over each and every individual. SRI was well
on its way to becoming a key Committee of 300 research-organisation.
By the 1980’s, 60% of SRI’s contracts were devoted to “Futurism” with both
military and civilian applications. Its major clients were the U.S. Department
of Defence-Directorate of Defence Research and Engineering, Office of
Aerospace Research which dealt with “Applications of the BehaviouralSciences to Research Management”, Executive Office of the President, Office
of Science and Technology, U.S. Department of Health. On behalf of the
Department of Health, SRI ran a program called “Patterns in ESDEA Title I
Reading Achievement Tests.” Other clients were the U.S. Department of
Energy, the U.S. Department of Labour, U.S. Department of Transportation
and the National Science Foundation (NSF). Of significance was the paper
developed for NSF, entitled “Assessment of Future and International
Problems.”
Stanford Research, under the tutelage of Tavistock Institute in London, put
together a far-reaching and chilling system it called “Business Intelligence
Program.” In excess of 600 companies in the U.S. and abroad became
subscribers. The program covered research in Japanese Foreign Business
Relations, Consumer Marketing in a Period of Change, The Mounting
Challenge of International Terrorism, Sensory Evaluation in Consumer
Products, Electronic Funds Transfer System, Opto-Electric Sensing,
Exploratory Planning Methods, the U.S. Defence Industry and Capital
Availability. Among the TOP The Committee of 300 companies who became
clients of this program were Bechtel Corporation (George Schultz was on its
board), Hewlett Packard, TRW, Bank of America, Shell Company, RCA, Blyth,
Eastman Dillon, Saga Foods Corporation, McDonnell Douglas, Crown
Zellerbach, Wells Fargo Bank and Kaiser Industries. But one of the most
sinister of all SRI programs with the possibilities of doing tremendous
damage in altering the direction in which the United States will go, socially,
morally and religiously, was Stanford’s Charles F. Kettering Foundation’s
“CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN” under Stanford official reference “Contract
Number URH (489)-2150 Policy Research Report Number 4/4/74, Prepared
by the SRI Centre for the Study of Social Policy, Director Willis Harmon.”
This is probably one of the most far-reaching investigations into how man
might be changed that has ever been conducted.
The report, covering 319 pages, was written by 14 new-science scientists
under the supervision of Tavistock and 23 top controllers including B. F.
52
Skinner, Margaret Meade, Ervin Lazlo and Sir Geoffrey Vickers, a high-level
British intelligence-officer in MI6. It will be recalled that his son-in-law, Sir
Peter Vickers-Hall, was a founding-member of the so-called conservative
“Heritage Foundation”. Much of the 3000 pages of “recommendations” given
to the Reagan administration in January 1981 were based upon material
taken from Willis Harmon’s “CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN”.
I was privileged to receive a copy of “THE CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN” from
my intelligence-colleagues five days after it was accepted by the United
States government. What I read shocked me, as I realised I was looking at a
blueprint for a future America, unlike anything I had ever seen before. The
nation was to be programmed to change and become so accustomed to such
planned-changes that it would hardly be noticeable when profound changes
did occur. We have gone downhill so fast since “THE AQUARIAN
CONSPIRACY” (the book title of Willis Harmon’s technical paper) was
written, that today, divorce draws no stigma, suicide is at an all time high
and raises few eyebrows, social deviations from the norm and sexual
aberrations, once unmentionable in decent circles, are now commonplace
and excite no special protest.
As a nation we have not noticed how “CHANGING IMAGES OF MANKIND” has
radically altered our American way of life forever. Somehow we were
overcome by the “Watergate Syndrome”. For a while we were shocked and
dismayed to learn that Nixon was nothing but a cheap crook who hobnobbed
with Earl Warren’s Mafia friends at the beautiful home they built for him
adjoining the Nixon estate. When too many “future shocks” and newsheadlines demanded our attention, we lost our way, or rather, the huge
number of choices with which we were and still are daily confronted,
confused us to such a degree that we were no longer able to make the
necessary choices.
Worse yet, having been subjected to a barrage of crimes in high places, plus
the trauma of the Vietnam War, our nation seemed no longer to want
truths*. Such reaction is carefully explained in Willis Harmon’s technicalpaper, in short, the American nation was reacting exactly as profiled. Worse
yet, in not wishing to accept truth, we took matters a step further: We
looked to government to shield us from the truth.
*”Now go, write it before them in a table, and note it in a
Book, that it may be for the time to come for ever and ever:
That this [is] a rebellious people, lying children, children
[that] will not hear The Law of the “I AM”: Which say to the
Seers, See not; and to the Prophets, Prophesy not unto us right
things, speak unto us smooth things, prophesy deceits (lies):
Get you out of The Way, turn aside out of the path, cause the
Holy One of Israel to cease from before us. Wherefore thus saith
the Holy One of Israel, Because ye despise this Word, and trust
in oppression and perverseness, and stay thereon: Therefore this
iniquity shall be to you as a breach ready to fall, swelling out
in a high wall, whose breaking cometh suddenly at an instant.
53
And he shall break it as the breaking of the potters’ vessel
that is broken* in pieces; He shall not spare: so that there
shall not be found in the bursting of it a piece to take fire
from the hearth, or to take water [withal] out of the pit.” – The
Book of Isaiah 30:8-14.
“And he that overcometh, and keepeth my works unto the end, to him will I give power over the nations: And he shall rule them with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to shivers: even as I received of my Father.” – Christ in His Book of Revelation 2:26-27. I break down the wall (U.N . and NATO) that ye have daubed with untempered [mortar], and bring it down to the ground, so that the (Illuminati – Olympians – Hidden Hand – Synagogue of Satan – Guild) foundation thereof shall be discovered, and it shall fall, and ye shall be consumed in the midst thereof: and ye shall know that I [am] the “I AM”. Thus will I accomplish My wrath upon the wall, and upon them that have daubed it with untempered [mortar], and will say unto you, The wall [is] no [more], neither they that daubed it . . .” – God, Ezekiel 13:14-15. The corrupt stench of the Reagan-Bush Administrations we wanted covered with six feet of earth. The crimes committed under the title of Iran/Contra affair (or scandals), we didn’t want uncovered. We let our President lie to us regarding his whereabouts in the period October 20-23rd, 1980. Yet these crimes far exceed in quantity and scope anything Nixon did while he was in office. Do we as a nation recognise it as going downhill with our brakes off? No, we do not. When those whose business it is to bring the truth to the American people that a private, well-organised little government inside the White House was busy committing one crime after another, crimes which attacked the very soul of this nation and the republican institutions upon which it rested, we were told not to bother the public with such things. “We really don’t want to know about all this speculation,” became a standard response. Isaiah 30:10 Which say to the Seers, See not; and to the Prophets, Prophesy not unto us right things, speak unto us smooth things, prophesy deceits (lies): When the highest elected-official of the land blatantly put U.N . law above the Constitution of the United States – an impeachable offence, the majority accepted it as “normal”. When the highest elected-official of the land went to war without a Congressional declaration of war, the fact was censored out by the news-media and, again, we accepted it rather than face the truth. When the Gulf War, which our President plotted and planned, began, not only were we happy with censorship of the most blatant kind, we even took it to our hearts, believing that it was “good for the war-effort”. Our President lied,
April Glaspie lied, the State Department lied. They said the war was justified
54
because President Hussein had been warned to leave Kuwait alone. When
Glaspie’s cables to the State Department were finally made public, one
United States Senator after another went charging to defend Glaspie, the
harlot. It mattered not that they came from both the Democrats and the
Republicans. We, the people, let them get away with their vile lies.
And more recently again with Clinton’s lies about his affair with Monica Lewinski. In this public-attitude of the American people, the wildest dreams of Willis Harmon and his teams of scientists became a reality. The Tavistock Institute was elated at its success in destroying the self-respect and self-esteem of this once great nation. We are told that we won the Gulf War. What is not
yet perceived by the vast majority of Americans is that, in winning the war,
it cost the self respect and honour of our nation. That lies rotting in the
desert sands of Kuwait and Iraq, alongside the corpses of the Iraqi soldiers
we butchered in the agreed retreat from Kuwait and Basra – we could not
keep our word that we would abide by the Geneva Conventions and not
attack them. “What do you want,” our controllers asked us, “victory or self
respect? You can’t have both.”

• Hosea 4:6 As for My people they are destroyed for lack of [My]
  Knowledge.”
  One hundred years ago, this could not have happened, but now it has
  happened and excites no comment. We have succumbed to the long-rangepenetration-warfare waged against this nation by Tavistock. Like the
  German nation, defeated by the Prudential Bombing-Survey, enough of us
  have succumbed to make this nation the kind that totalitarian-regimes of the
  past would have only envisaged in their dreams. “Here,” they would say, “is
  a nation, one of the largest in the world, that doesn’t want the truth. All of
  our propaganda-agencies can be dispensed with. We don’t have to struggle
  to keep the truth from this nation, they have willingly rejected it* of their
  own volition. This nation is a pushover**.”
• Isaiah 30:10 Which say to the Seers, See not; and to the
  Prophets, Prophesy not unto us right things, speak unto us
  smooth things, prophesy deceits (lies):
  ** Hosea 4:6 “As for My people they are destroyed for lack of [My]
  Knowledge.”
  Our once proud Republic of the United States of America became no more
  than a series of criminal front-organisations, which history shows is always
  the start of totalitarianism. This is the stage of permanent-alteration we are
  at in America as 1991 drew to a close. We live in a throw-away society,
  programmed not to last. We do not even flinch at the 4 million homeless nor
  the 30 million jobless, nor the 15 million babies murdered thus far. They are
  “throwaways” of the Age of Aquarius, a conspiracy so damnable that, when
  55
  first confronted with it, the majority will disavow its existence, rationalising
  these events as “times have changed”.
  This is how the Tavistock Institute and Willis Harmon programmed us to
  react. Dismantling of our ideals goes on without protest. The spiritual and
  intellectual drive of our people has been destroyed! On May 27th, 1991,
  President Bush made a very profound statement, the thrust of which
  appears to have been totally misused by most political-commentators:
  “The moral-dimension of American-policy requires us to chart a moral course
  through a world of lesser evils. That is the real world, not black and white.
  Very few moral absolutes.”
  What else could we expect from a President who is most probably the most
  evil man ever to occupy the White House?
  Consider this in the light of his order to the military to bury alive 12,000
  Iraqi soldiers. Consider this in the light of his ongoing war of genocide
  against the Iraqi people. President Bush was delighted to characterise
  President Saddam Hussein as the “Hitler of our times”. He never bothered to
  offer a single scrap of proof. It was not needed. Because President Bush
  made the statement, we accepted it without question. Consider this in the
  bright light of truth, that he did all of these things in the name of the
  American people while secretly taking his orders from the The Committee of

1. 
   But, more than anything else, consider this: President Bush and his
   controllers feel so secure that they no longer deem it necessary to hide their
   evil control of the American people, or to lie about it. This is self-evident in
   the statement that he, as our leader, will make all manner of compromises
   with truth, honesty and decency if his controllers (and ours) deem it
   necessary. On May 27th, 1991, the President of the United States
   abandoned each and every principle embodied in our Constitution and boldly
   proclaimed that he was no longer bound by it. This is a great victory for the
   Tavistock Institute and the Prudential Bombing-Survey, whose target
   changed from German worker-housing in 1945 to the soul of the American
   people in a war that began in 1946 and runs through to 1992.
   Increased pressure on this nation for change was applied by Stanford
   Research Institute in the early 1960’s. SRI’s offensive gathered power and
   momentum. Switch on your television-set and you will see Stanford’s victory
   in front of your very eyes: talk-shows featuring heavy sexual details, special
   video-channels where perversion, rock and roll and drugs reign supreme.
   Where once John Wayne ruled, we now have a made-over apology for a man
   (or is he?) called Michael Jackson, a parody of a human+being who is held
   up as a hero, as he gyrates, shuffles, mumbles and screams his way across
   television-screens in millions of American homes.
   A woman who has been through a series of marriages gets national
   coverage. One filthy, half-washed drug-ridden decadent rock-band after
   56
   another has hours of air-time devoted to its inane sounds and madgyrations, clothes-fashions and language-aberrations. Soap-operas showing
   what is as near as “dammit” to pornographic scenes draw no comment.
   Whereas in early 1960 this would never have been tolerated, today it is
   accepted as normal. We have been subjected and we have succumbed to
   what Tavistock Institute calls “future shocks” whose future is NOW and we
   are so numbed by one cultural-shock after another, that to protest seems
   like a futile gesture and, therefore, logically we think, it does no good to
   protest.
   In 1986 the The Committee of 300 ordered the pressure turned up. The U.S.
   was not going down fast enough. The United States began the process of
   “recognising” the butchers of Cambodia, the criminal Pol Pot regime, selfconfessors to the murder of 2 million Cambodian citizens. In 1991, the wheel
   turned the full circle. The United States went to war against a friendly nation
   that had been programmed to trust the Washington traitors. We accused
   President Hussein of the small nation of Iraq of all manner of evil, NONE OF
   WHICH WAS EVEN REMOTELY TRUE. We killed and maimed its children, we
   left them to starve and to die of all manner of diseases.
   In the same breath we sent the Bush emissaries of the The Committee of
   300 to Cambodia to RECOGNISE THE EVIL MASS-MURDERERS OF 2 MILLION
   CAMBODIANS, who were sacrificed by the The Committee of 300’s
   depopulation of cities experiment, which the big cities of the United States
   will experience in the not too distant future. Now, President Bush and his
   The Committee of 300-ridden administration say, in effect, “Look people,
   what do you want from me? I told you that I will compromise where I see
   fit, even when that means sleeping with the Pol Pot murderers. SO WHAT –
   KISS MY HIPS.”
   The level of pressure-for-change will reach its peak in 1993 and we shall
   witness scenes such as we would never have thought possible. Punch-drunk
   America will react, but ever so slightly. Not even the latest-threat to our
   freedom, the personal computer-card disturbs us. Willis Harman’s
   “CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN” would have been too technical for most, so
   the service of Marilyn Ferguson was obtained to make it more easily
   understood. “THE AGE OF AQUARIUS” heralded nude stage-shows and a
   song which made the top of the charts: “The Dawning of the Age of the
   Aquarius” swept the globe.
   The personal computer-card which, when fully distributed, will deprive us of
   our familiar environment and, as we shall see, environment means a lot
   more than the usually accepted meaning of the word. The United States has
   gone through a period of intense trauma such as has never been visited on
   any other nation in the history of the world, and the worst is yet to come.
   Everything is going according to what Tavistock ordered and what the socialscientists at Stanford mapped out. Times do not change; they are made to
   change. All changes are pre-planned and come as the result of careful
   action. We have been changed gradually at first, but now the pace of change
   57
   is picking-up. The United States is being transformed from One Nation Under
   God to a polyglot of nations under several gods. The U.S. is no longer One
   nation under God. The framers of the Constitution have lost the battle.
   Our forebears spoke a common-language and believed in a common-religion

• Christianity, and held common-ideals. There were no aliens in our midst;
  that came later in a deliberately-planned-attempt to break up the United
  States into a series of fragmented nationalities, cultures and beliefs. If you
  doubt this, go down to the East Side of New York, or the West Side of Los
  Angeles on any given Saturday and look around you. The United States has
  become several nations struggling to coexist under a common system of
  government. When the floodgates of immigration were opened wide by
  Franklin D. Roosevelt, a cousin of the head of the The Committee of 300, the
  cultural-shock caused great confusion and dislocation and made “One
  Nation” an unworkable-concept. The Club of Rome and NATO have
  exacerbated the situation. “Love thy neighbour” is an ideal that will not work
  unless your neighbour “is as yourself”.
  To the framers of our Constitution, the truths they laid out for future
  generations were “self-evident” – to themselves. Being unsure that future
  generations would also find the truths to which they bound this nation selfevident, THEY SET ABOUT SPELLING THEM OUT. IT SEEMS THAT THEY
  WERE AFRAID OF A TIME THAT MIGHT COME WHEN THE TRUTHS THEY
  ESPOUSED WOULD NO LONGER BE SELF-EVIDENT. The Tavistock Institute
  for Human Relations has made sure that what the framers feared might
  come to pass has indeed come to pass. That time has arrived with Bush and
  his “no absolutes” and his New World Order under the The Committee of

1. 
   This is part of the concept of social-changes forced upon Americans which
   Harmon and the Club of Rome said would make for severe trauma and a
   great building-up of pressure. The social upheavals that have taken place
   since the advent of Tavistock, the Club of Rome and NATO will continue in
   the U.S. for as long as the limit of absorption is ignored. Nations are made
   up of individuals and, like individuals, there is a limit to their ability to
   absorb changes, no-matter how robust they may be.
   This psychological-truth was well-proven by the Strategic-Bombing-Survey
   which called for saturation-bombing of German worker-housing. As
   mentioned earlier, the project was the work of the Prudential Insurance
   Company and no-one doubts today that Germany suffered its defeat
   because of this operation. Many of the scientists who worked on that project
   are working on saturation-bombing of America, or else they have passed-on,
   leaving their skilled techniques in the hands of others who followed behind
   them.
   The legacy they left behind them can be found in the fact that we have not
   so much lost our way as a nation, but that we have been steered in a
   direction opposite to that which the framers of the Declaration guided us for
   over 200 years. We have, in short, lost contact with our historical-genes, our
   58
   faith, which inspired countless-generations of Americans to move forward as
   a nation, benefiting from the patrimony left to us by the framers of the
   Declaration of Independence and the United States Constitution. That we are
   lost (sheeple) is clear to all who seek the truth, as unpleasant as it may be.
   “For thus saith the Lord “I AM”; Behold, I, [even] I, will both
   search My sheep, and seek them out. As a shepherd seeketh out
   his flock in the day that he is among his sheep [that are]
   scattered; so will I seek out My sheep, and will deliver them
   out of all places where they have been scattered in the cloudy
   and dark day.” – God, Ezekiel 34:11-12.
   With President Bush and his “no absolute morals” guiding us, we blunder
   ahead as lost nations and individuals tend to do. We are collaborating with
   the The Committee of 300 (against God*) for our own downfall and our own
   enslavement. Some sense it – and feel a strong sense of unease. The various
   conspiracy-theories they are familiar-with do not seem to cover it all. This is
   because they know nothing of the Conspirators’ Hierarchy, The The
   Committee of 300.
   *”He that is not WITH me is AGAINST me; and he that gathereth
   not with me scattereth abroad.” – Christ, Matthew 12:30.
   These souls who feel a deep sense of unease and that something is radically
   wrong, yet cannot put their collective fingers on the problem, walk in
   darkness. They look to a future they see slipping away from them. The
   American-dream has become a mirage. They place their faith in religion but
   take no steps to help that faith along by ACTION. Americans will never
   experience a retracing of steps such as the Europeans experienced when at
   the height of the Dark Ages. By determined ACTION, they awoke in
   themselves a spirit-of-renewal which resulted in the glorious Renaissance.
   The enemy that has directed them to this point decided to make a strong
   move against the United States in 1980, so that Renaissance of America
   would be impossible. Who is the enemy? The enemy is no faceless “they”.
   The enemy is clearly identifiable as the The Committee of 300, the Club of
   Rome, NATO and all of its affiliated organisations, the think-tanks and
   research-institutions controlled by Tavistock. There is no need to use “they”
   or “the enemy” except as shorthand. WE KNOW WHO “THEY”, THE ENEMY,
   IS. The The Committee of 300 with its Eastern Liberal Establishment
   “aristocracy”, its banks, insurance-companies, giant corporations,
   foundations, communications-networks, presided over by a HIERARCHY OF
   CONSPIRATORS – THIS IS THE ENEMY.
   This is the power that brought to life the reign of terror in Russia, the
   Bolshevik Revolution, World Wars I and II, Korea, Vietnam, the fall of
   Rhodesia, South Africa, Nicaragua, and the Philippines. This is the secret
   upper-level government that brought into existence the controlleddisintegration of the U.S. economy and de-industrialised what was once the
   greatest industrial power, for good, that the world had ever known.
   59
   America today can be compared with a soldier who falls asleep in the thick
   of battle. We Americans have fallen asleep, given way to apathy caused by
   being confronted with a multiplicity of choices which has confused us. These
   are the changes that alter our environment, break down our resistance to
   change so that we become dazed, apathetic and eventually fall asleep* in
   the thick of battle.
   *Daniel 12:1 And at that time shall Michael [the Archangel] (Eno.
   20:5; 36:1; 40:8; 58:1; 59:9; 57:1-2; 70:4; Rev.12:1; Sura 2:98) stand
   up, the Great Prince which standeth for the children of thy
   people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was
   since there was a nation [even] to that same time: and at that
   time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be
   found written in the Book [of Life] (Rev. 13:8; 17:8; 20:15; 21:27;
   Sura 83:20).
   12:2 And many of them that sleep in “the dust of the earth” (Gen.
   13:16; 28:14) shall awake, some to Everlasting Life, and some to
   shame [and] everlasting contempt.
   12:3 And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the
   firmament; and they that turn many to Righteousness as the stars
   for ever and ever.
   There is a technical-term for this condition. It is called “long range
   penetration strain”. The art of subjecting a very large group of people to
   continued long-range-penetration-strain was developed by scientists working
   out of the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations and their U.S. subsidiaries,
   Stanford Research and Rand Corporation, and at least another 150 researchinstitutions here in the U.S.
   Dr. Kurt Lewin, the scientist who developed this fiendish-warfare, has
   caused the average American patriot to fret over various conspiracytheories, leaving him or her with a feeling of uncertainty and insecurity,
   isolated and perhaps even afraid, as he searches, but fails to understand the
   decay and rot caused by “THE CHANGING IMAGES OF MANKIND”, unable to
   identify or combat the social, moral, economic and political changes he
   deems undesirable and does not want, yet which increase in intensity on
   every hand.
   Dr. Lewin’s name will not be found in any of our establishment history-books
   which, in any event, are a record of events mostly from the side of the
   ruling-class or the victors of wars. Therefore, it is with pride that I introduce
   his name to you. As mentioned before, Dr. Lewin organised the Harvard
   Psychological Clinic and the Institute for Social Research under the auspices
   of the Tavistock Institute. The names do not give much indication of the
   purpose of the two organisations.
   This reminds me of the infamous bill to reform coinage and mint laws passed
   in 1827. The title of the bill was harmless enough or sounded harmless,
   which was the intention of its backers. Through this Act, Senator John
   Sherman betrayed the nation into the hands of the international bankers.
   60
   Sherman allegedly sponsored the bill “without reading it”. As we know, the
   bill’s true-purpose was to demonetise silver and give the thieving bankers
   unlimited-power over the credit of our nation; powers to which the bankers
   were clearly not entitled under the clear and unmistakable terms of the U.S.
   Constitution.
   Kurt Lewin gave the Tavistock Institute, the Club of Rome and NATO
   unlimited-power over America, to which no organisation, entity or society is
   entitled. These institutions have used the usurped-powers to destroy the will
   of the nation to resist the plans and intentions of the conspirators to rob us
   of the fruits of the American Revolution and steer us on a course leading
   directly to a New Dark Ages under a One World Government.
   Lewin’s colleagues in this long-range-penetration-objective were Richard
   Crossman, Eric Trist, H. V. Dicks, Willis Harmon, Charles Anderson, Garner
   Lindsay, Richard Price and W. R. Bion. Again, these names never appear in
   the evening news; in fact, they only appear in scientific journals – so very
   few Americans are aware of them and not at all aware of what the men
   behind the names have done and are doing to the United States.
   President Jefferson once said he pitied those who thought they knew what
   was taking-place through reading the newspaper. Disraeli, the British primeminister, said much the same thing. Indeed, down through the ages, rulers
   have delighted in running-things from behind the scenes. Man has always
   felt the need to dominate and nowhere and at no time is the desire more
   prevalent than in this modern era.
   If it were not so, why all the need for secret societies? If we are ruled by an
   open system, run by democratically-elected-officials, why the need for a
   secret Masonic-order in every village, town and city across the United
   States? How is it that Freemasonry can operate so openly and yet keep its
   secrets so well hidden? We can’t ask the Nine Unknown Men of the Nine
   Sisters Lodge in Paris that question, nor can we ask it of their nine fellows in
   the Quatuar Coronati Lodge in London. Yet these eighteen men form part of
   an even more secret government, the RIIA, and beyond that, the The
   Committee of 300.
   How is it that the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry could brainwash John
   Hinckley to shoot President Reagan? Why do we have such secret orders as
   the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, the Round Table, the Milner Group and
   so-on down line upon line of secret societies? They form part of a world-wide
   chain of command-and-control running through the Club of Rome, NATO, the
   RIIA and finally right up to the Conspirators’ Hierarchy, The The Committee
   of 300. Men need these secret societies because their deeds are evil and
   must be hidden. Evil cannot stand in the Light of Truth.
   John 3:19 And this is the condemnation, that Light is come into
   the world, and men loved darkness rather than Light, because
   their deeds were evil.
   3:20 For every one that doeth evil hateth the Light, neither
   61
   cometh to the Light, lest his deeds should be revealed.
   3:21 But he that doeth truth cometh to the Light, that his deeds
   may be made manifest, that they are wrought in God.
   “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against
   principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the
   DARKNESS of this world, against spiritual wickedness in HIGH
   [PLACES]. Wherefore take unto you the whole armour of God, that
   ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done
   all, to stand.” – Paul of Tarsus, Ephesians 6:12-13.

The Age of Aquarius.
In this book we shall find an almost complete list of the conspirators, their
institutions, fronts and publications. In 1980 the Aquarian Conspiracy was in
full-swing and its success can be seen in every facet of our private and
national life. The overwhelming rise in mindless-violence, serial-killers,
teenage-suicides, the unmistakable signs of lethargy – “long range
penetration” is a part of our new environment, as dangerous, if not more so,
than the polluted air that we breathe.
The coming of the Age of Aquarius caught America totally unprepared. We,
as a nation, were not prepared for the changes about to be forced upon us.
Who ever had heard of Tavistock, Kurt Lewin, Willis Harmon and John
Rawlings Reese? They were not even on the American political-scene. What
we would have noticed, if we bothered to look at all, was a falling-off of our
ability to withstand futuristic-shock as we became more fatigued, distressed
and eventually entered a period of psychological-shock followed by
widespread-apathy as an outward-manifestation of “long range penetration
warfare”.
The “Age of Aquarius” was best described by Tavistock Institute as the
vehicle for delivering turbulence: “There are three distinct-phases, in the
response and reaction to stress, displayed by large social-groups. First,
there is superficiality; the population under attack will defend itself with
slogans; this does not identify the source of the crisis and therefore does
nothing to address it, hence the crisis will persist. The second is
fragmentation. This occurs as the crisis continues and social order breaks
down. Then, there is the third phase where the population-group goes into
‘self-realisation’ and turns away from the induced-crisis and there follows a
mal-adaptive-response, accompanied with active synoptic idealism and
disassociation.”
Who can deny that with the huge increase in drug-usage – “crack” making
thousands of instant new addicts each day; the shocking rise in the murder
of infants each day (aborticide), which by now far-exceeds casualties
suffered by our armed-forces in both World Wars, Korea and Vietnam; the
open acceptance of homosexuality and lesbianism, whose “rights” are
62
protected by more and more laws each year; the terrible plague we call
“AIDS”, washing over our towns and cities; total failure of our educationsystem; the stunning increase in the divorce-rate; a murder-rate that shocks
the rest of the world into disbelief; satanic serial-killings; the disappearance
of thousands of young children, snatched off our streets by perverts; a
virtual tidal-wave of pornography accompanied by “permissiveness” on our
television-screens – who can deny that this nation is in crisis, which we are
not addressing and from which we are turning away.
Well-meaning people who specialise in these things blame a lot of the
problem on education, or what passes for it in the United States. Criminals
now abound in the age groups 9-15. Rapists are quite commonly as young
as 10. Our social-specialists, our teacher’s unions, our churches say it is all
due to a faulty education-system. Witness how test-scores keep dropping.
The specialists bewail the fact that the United States now ranks around 39th
in the level of education in the world.
Why do we bemoan what is so obvious? OUR EDUCATION-SYSTEM WAS
PROGRAMMED TO SELF-DESTRUCT. THAT WAS WHAT DR. ALEXANDER KING
WAS SENT HERE BY NATO TO ARRANGE. THAT IS WHAT JUSTICE HUGO
BLACK WAS ORDERED TO ARRANGE. THE FACT IS, THE The Committee of
300, WITH THE APPROVAL OF OUR GOVERNMENT, DOES NOT WANT OUR
YOUTH TO BE PROPERLY-EDUCATED. The education that Freemason Justice
Hugo Black, Alexander King, Gunnar Myrdal and his wife came to give the
children of the United States is that CRIME PAYS, EXPEDIENCY IS WHAT
COUNTS.
They taught our children that United States law is unequally-appled, and
that is perfectly in order. Our children were properly-educated by a decade
of corrupt examples; Ronald Reagan and George Bush were ruled by greed
and became totally corrupted by it. Our education-system hasn’t failed.
Under the guidance of King, Black and the Myrdals it is actually a great
success, but it all depends from whose point-of-view we look at it. The The
Committee of 300 is DELIGHTED with our education-system, and will not
allow one comma of it to be changed.
According to Stanford and Willis Harmon, the induced-trauma of long-rangepenetration of which our education is a part, has been going-on for 45 years,
yet how many are aware of the insidious pressures being applied to our
society and the constant exposure to brainwashing that goes on every day?
The mysterious gang-wars that broke out in New York in the 1950’s is an
example of how the conspirators can create and stage-manage any type of
disruptive elements they like. Where those gang-wars came from nobody
knew until the 1980’s when researchers uncovered the hidden controllers
who directed the so-called “social phenomena”.
Gang-wars were carefully planned at Stanford, deliberately designed to
shock society and cause ripples of disturbances. By 1958 there were in
excess of 200 of these gangs. They were made popular by a musical and a
Hollywood movie, “West Side Story”. After making the news for a decade,
63
suddenly, in 1966, they disappeared off the streets of New York; Los
Angeles; New York; New Jersey; Philadelphia and Chicago.
Throughout the near decade of gang-violence, the public reacted according
to the profiled-response Stanford expected; society as a whole could not
comprehend gang-warfare and the public responded in a mal-adaptive
manner. Had there been those wise-enough to recognise in gang-wars a
Stanford experiment in social-engineering and brainwashing, the
conspirator’s plot would have been exposed. Either we did not have trained
specialists who could see what was going-on – which is highly-unlikely – orelse they were threatened and remained silent. The co-operation with
Stanford by the news-media brought to light a “new-age” attack on our
environment just as predicted by the social-engineers and new-science
scientists at Tavistock.
In 1989 gang-warfare, as a social-conditioning to change, was reintroduced
to the streets of Los Angeles. Within a few short months of the first
incidents, gangs began to proliferate – first in the scores, then in the
hundreds on the streets of the East Side of Los Angeles. Crack-houses and
rampant prostitution proliferated; drug-dealers dominated the streets.
Anybody who got in their way was gunned down. The outcry in the press
was loud and long. Stanford’s targeted large-population-group began
defending itself with slogans. This is what Tavistock called the first phase,
with the targeted-group failing to identify the source of the crisis. The
second phase of the gang-war-crisis was “fragmentation”. People not living
in the areas frequented by gangs said, “Thank God they are not in our
neighbourhood.” This ignored the fact that the crisis continued with or
without recognition and that social order in Los Angeles had begun to break
down. As profiled by Tavistock, those groups not affected by gang war
“broke away to defend themselves” because the source of the crisis was not
identified, the so-called “mal-adaptation” process – the period of
disassociation.
Apart from the proliferation of drug-sales, what is the purpose of gang-wars?
First, it is to show the targeted group that they are not safe, i.e., insecurity
is generated. Secondly, it is to show that organised-society is helpless in the
face of such violence and thirdly to bring about a recognition of the fact that
our social-order is collapsing. The present wave of gang-violence will go
away just as quickly as it started, once the three phases of the Stanford
program are completed.
An outstanding example of “social-conditioning to accept change”, even
when it is recognised as unwelcome-change by the large-population-group in
the sights of Stanford Research Institute, was the “advent” of the BEATLES.
The Beatles were brought to the United States as part of a social-experiment
which would subject large-population-groups to brainwashing of which they
were not even aware.
64
When Tavistock brought the Beatles to the United States nobody could have
imagined the cultural disaster that was to follow in their wake. The Beatles
were an integral-part of “THE AQUARIAN CONSPIRACY”, a living-organism
which sprang From “THE CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN”, URH (489)-2150-
Policy Research Report No. 4/4/74. Policy Report prepared by SRI Centre for
the study of Social Policy, Director, Professor Willis Harmon.
The phenomenon of the Beatles was not a spontaneous rebellion by youth
against the old social-system. Instead it was a carefully crafted plot to
introduce; by a conspiratorial-body which could not be identified; a highly
destructive and divisive element into a large population-group targeted for
change against its will. New words and new phrases – prepared by Tavistock

• were introduced to America along with the Beatles. Words such as “rock” in
  relation to music-sounds, “teenager”, “cool”, “discovered” and “pop-music”
  were a lexicon of disguised code-words signifying the acceptance of drugs
  and they arrived with and accompanied the Beatles wherever they went, to
  be “discovered” by “teenagers”. Incidentally, the word “teenagers” was
  never used until just before the Beatles arrived on the scene, courtesy of the
  Tavistock Institute for Human Relations. (He’s right about the word
  “teenager” being invented by “they” and, the reason why the term was
  invented [divide and conquer]; he’s worng about the time period, though.
  The concept of the “teenager”, came about during the 1950’s; along with
  phrases such as “cool”, “rock and roll”, etc. Bill Haley and Elvis Presley came
  along, long before the Beatles)
  As in the case of gang-wars, nothing could or would have been accomplished
  without the co-operation of the media, especially the electronic-media and,
  in particular, the scurrilous Ed Sullivan who had been coached by the
  conspirators as to the role he was to play. Nobody would have paid much
  attention to the motley-crew from Liverpool and the 12-atonal system of
  “music” that was to follow had it not been for an overabundance of pressexposure. The 12-atonal-system consisted of heavy, repetitive sounds,
  taken from the music of the cult of Dionysus and the Baal priesthood by
  Adorno and given a “modern” flavour by this special friend of the Queen of
  England and hence the The Committee of 300.
  Tavistock and its Stanford Research Centre created trigger-words which then
  came into general-usage around “rock-music” and its fans. Trigger-words
  created a distinct new break-away, largely-young, population-group which
  was persuaded by social-engineering and conditioning to believe that the
  Beatles really were their favourite group. All trigger-words devised in the
  context of “rock-music” were designed for mass-control of the new targetedgroup, the youth of America.
  The Beatles did a perfect job, or perhaps it would be more correct to say
  that Tavistock and Stanford did a perfect job, the Beatles merely reacting
  like trained robots “with a little help from their friends” – code-words for
  using drugs and making it “cool”. The Beatles became a highly visible “new
  type” – more Tavistock jargon – and as such it was not long before the group
  made new styles (fads in clothing, hairstyles and language-usage) which
  65
  upset the older-generation, as was intended. This was part of the
  “fragmentation-mal-adaptation” process worked-out by Willis Harmon and
  his team of social-scientists and genetic-engineering-tinkerers and put into
  action. The role of the print and electronic media in our society is crucial to
  the success of brainwashing large population-groups. Gang-wars ended in
  Los Angeles in 1966 as the media withdrew its coverage. The same thing will
  happen with the current wave of gang-wars in Los Angeles. Street-gangs will
  wither on the vine once media-saturation-coverage is toned-down and then
  completely withdrawn. As in 1966, the issue would become “burned-out”.
  Street-gangs will have served their purpose of creating turbulence and
  insecurity. Exactly the same pattern will be followed in the case of “rock”
  music. Deprived of media-attention, it will eventually take its place in
  history.
  Following the Beatles, who incidentally were put together by the Tavistock
  Institute, came other “Made in England” rock-groups, who, like the Beatles,
  had Theo Adorno write their cult-lyrics and compose all the “music”. I hate
  to use these beautiful words in the context of “Beatlemania”; it reminds me
  of how wrongly the word “lover” is used when referring to the filthy
  interaction between two homosexuals writhing in pig-swill. To call “rock”
  music, is an insult, likewise the language used in “rock-lyrics”.
  Tavistock and Stanford Research then embarked on the second phase of the
  work commissioned by the The Committee of 300. This new phase turned up
  the heat for social-change in America. As quickly as the Beatles had
  appeared on the American scene, so too did the “beat-generation”, triggerwords designed to separate and fragment society. The media now focused
  its attention on the “beat-generation”. Other Tavistock-coined-words came
  seemingly out of nowhere: “beatniks”, “hippies”, “flower-children” became
  part of the vocabulary of America. It became popular to “drop out” and wear
  dirty jeans, go about with long unwashed hair. The “beat generation” cut
  itself off from mainstream America. They became just as infamous as the
  cleaner Beatles before them.
  The newly-created group and its “lifestyle” swept millions of young
  Americans into the cult. American-youth underwent a radical revolution
  without ever being aware of it, while the older-generation stood by
  helplessly, unable to identify the source of the crisis, and thus reacting in a
  mal-adaptive-manner against its manifestation, which were drugs of all
  types, marijuana, and later Lysergic acid, “LSD”, so conveniently provided
  for them by the Swiss pharmaceutical-company, SANDOZ, following the
  discovery by one of its chemists, Albert Hoffman, how to make syntheticergotamine, a powerful mind-altering drug. The The Committee of 300
  financed the project through one of their banks, S. C. Warburg, and the drug
  was carried to America by the philosopher, Aldous Huxley.
  The new “wonder drug” was promptly distributed in “sample” size packages,
  handed out free-of-charge on college-campuses across the United States
  and at “rock” concerts, which became the leading vehicle for proliferating
  the use of drugs. The question that cries out for an answer is, what was the
  66
  Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) doing at the time? There is compelling
  circumstantial-evidence that would appear to indicate that the DEA knew
  what was going on but was ordered not to take any action.
  With very substantial numbers of new British “rock” bands arriving in the
  U.S., rock-concerts began to become a fixture on the social-calendar of
  American-youth. In tandem with these “concerts”, the use of drugs among
  the youth rose in proportion. The devilish bedlam of discordant heavy beat
  sounds numbed the minds of listeners so that they were easily persuaded to
  try the new drug on the basis that “everybody is doing it”. Peer-pressure is a
  very strong weapon. The “new culture” received maximum-coverage from
  the jackal media, which cost the conspirators not one single thin dime.
  Great anger was felt by a number of civic-leaders and churchmen over the
  new cult but their energies were misdirected against the RESULT of what
  was going on and not against the CAUSE. Critics of the rock-cult made the
  same mistakes that had been made in the prohibition-era, they criticised
  law-enforcement-agencies, teachers, parents – anybody but the
  conspirators.
  Because of the anger and resentment I feel toward the great drug-plague, I
  make no apology for using language which is not customary for me to use.
  One of the worst drug-slobs ever to walk the streets of America was Alan
  Ginsberg. This Ginsberg pushed the use of LSD through advertising which
  cost him nothing, although under normal circumstances it would have cost
  millions of dollars in TV advertising-revenues. This free advertising for drugs,
  and LSD in particular, reached a new high in the late 1960’s, thanks to the
  ever-willing co-operation of the media. The effect of Ginsberg’s mass
  advertising-campaign was devastating; the American public was subjected
  to one cultural future-shock after another in rapid-succession.
  We became over-exposed and over-stimulated and, again, may I remind you
  that this is Tavistock jargon, lifted from the Tavistock training-manual,
  overwhelmed by its new development and, when we reached that point, our
  minds began to lapse into apathy; it was just too much to cope with, that is
  to say, “long range penetration had taken hold of us.” Ginsberg claimed to
  be a poet but no greater rubbish was ever written by anyone who ever
  aspired to becoming a poet. Ginsberg’s designated task had little to do with
  poetry; his main function was to push the new subculture and force
  acceptance of it upon the large targeted population-group.
  To assist him in his task, Ginsberg co-opted the services of Norman Mailer, a
  writer of sorts who had spent some time in a mental-institution. Mailer was a
  favourite of the left-wing Hollywood crowd and so had no problem with
  getting maximum television-time for Ginsberg. Naturally Mailer had to have
  a pretext – not even he could blatantly come out with the true nature of
  Ginsberg’s television-appearances. So a charade was adopted: Mailer would
  talk “seriously” on-camera with Ginsberg about poetry and literature.
  67
  This method of getting wide television-coverage at no cost to themselves
  was followed by every rock-group and concert-promoter who followed the
  example set by Ginsberg. The electronic-media-moguls had big hearts when
  it came to giving free time to these dirty verminous creatures and their even
  dirtier products and filthy ideas. Their promotion of horrible garbage spoke
  volumes and, without abundant help from the print and electronic media,
  the drug-trade could not have spread as rapidly as it did in the late 1960’searly 1970’s, and probably would have been confined to a few small local
  areas.
  Ginsberg was able to give several nationally-televised performances extolling
  the virtues of LSD and marijuana, under the guise of “new ideas” and “new
  cultures” developing in the art and music-world. Not to be outdone by the
  electronic-media, Ginsberg’s admirers wrote glowing articles about “this
  colourful man” in the art and social-columns of all of America’s largest
  newspapers and magazines. There had never been such an across-themedia-board free-advertising-campaign in the history of newspaper, radio
  and television and it cost the promoters of the Aquarian-conspiracy, NATO
  and the Club of Rome not one red cent. It was all absolutely-free-advertising
  for LSD, only thinly-disguised as “art” and “culture”.
  One of Ginsberg’s closest friends, Kenny Love, published a Five-page report
  in the New York Times. This is in-accordance with the methodology used by
  Tavistock and Stanford Research: If something is to be promoted which the
  public has not yet been fully brainwashed to accept, then have someone
  write an article, covering all sides of the subject-matter. The other method is
  to have live-television-talk-shows in which a panel of experts promotes the
  product and or idea under the pretext of “discussing” it. There are point and
  counter-point, both pro and con participants airing their support or
  opposition. When it is all over, the subject to be promoted has been dinned
  into the public-mind. While this was new in the early 1970’s, today it is
  standard-practice on which talk-shows thrive.
  Love’s Five-page pro-LSD pro-Ginsberg article was duly printed by the New
  York Times. Had Ginsberg tried to buy the same amount of space in an
  advertisement, it would have cost him at least $50,000. But Ginsberg didn’t
  have to worry; thanks to his Friend Kenny Love, Ginsberg got the massive
  advertising all for free. With newspapers like the New York Times and the
  Washington Post under the control of the The Committee of 300, this kind of
  free advertising is given to any subject-matter, and more especially to those
  promoting decadent life-styles – drugs-hedonism – anything that will confuse
  the American people. After the trial run with Ginsberg and LSD, it became
  standard Club of Rome practice to call upon major newspapers in America to
  give free advertising on demand to people and ideas they were promoting.
  Worse yet – or better yet, depending upon the viewpoint – United Press (UP)
  picked up Kenny Love’s free advertising for Ginsberg and LSD and telexed it
  to HUNDREDS of newspapers and magazines around the country under the
  guise of a “news” story. Even such highly-respectable establishment
  magazines as “Harpers Bazaar” and “TIME” made Mr. Ginsberg respectable.
  68
  If a nation-wide campaign of this magnitude were presented to Ginsberg and
  the promoters of LSD by an advertising agency, the price-tag would have
  run into at least $1 million in terms of 1970 dollars. Today the price-tag
  would be nothing less than $15-$16 million dollars. It is no wonder that I
  refer to the news-media as “jackals”.
  I suggest that we try to find any media-outlet to do an exposé on the
  Federal Reserve Board, which is what I did. I took my article, which was a
  good exposé of the greatest swindle on earth, to every major newspaper,
  radio and television station, magazine-house and several talk-show hosts. A
  few made promises that sounded good – they would definitely air the article
  and have me discuss it – give them about a week and they would get back to
  me. Not one of them ever did, nor did my article ever appear in the pages of
  their newspapers and journals. It was as if a blanket of silence had been
  thrown over me and the subject I was endeavouring to promote, and indeed
  that was precisely what had happened.
  Without massive media-hype, and without almost around the clock
  coverage, the hippie-beatnik rock, drug-cult would never have gotten off the
  ground; it would have remained a localised oddity. The Beatles, with their
  twanging guitars, silly expressions, drug-language and weird clothes, would
  not have amounted to a hill of beans. Instead, because the Beatles were
  given saturation-coverage by the media, the United States has suffered one
  cultural-shock after another.
  The men buried in the think-tanks and research-institutions, whose names
  and faces are still not known to but a few people, made sure that the press
  played its part. Conversely, the media’s important role in not-exposing the
  power behind the future-cultural-shocks made certain that the source of the
  crisis was never identified. Thus was our society driven mad through
  psychological shocks and stress. “Driven mad” is taken from Tavistock’s
  training-manual. From its modest beginnings in 1921, Tavistock was ready
  in 1966 to launch a major irreversible cultural-revolution in America, which
  has not yet ended. The Aquarian Conspiracy is part of it.
  Thus softened-up, our nation was now deemed ripe for the introduction of
  drugs which was to rival the prohibition-era in scope and the huge amounts
  of money to be made. This too was an integral-part of the Aquarian
  Conspiracy. The proliferation of drug-usage was one of the subjects under
  study at the Science Policy Research Unit (SPRU) at Tavistock’s Sussex
  University facility. It was known as the “future shocks” centre, a title given
  to so-called future oriented psychology designed to manipulate whole
  population-groups to induce “future shocks”. It was the first of several such
  institutions set up by Tavistock.
  “Future shocks” is described as a series of events which come so fast that
  the human brain cannot absorb the information. As I said earlier, science
  has shown that there are clearly-marked limits to the amount of changes
  and the nature of them that the mind can deal with. After continuous
  shocks, the large targeted-population-group discovers that it does not want
  69
  to make choices any more. Apathy takes over, often preceded by mindless
  violence such as is characteristic of the Los Angeles street-gangs, serialkillers, rapists and child-kidnappers.
  Such a group becomes easy to control and will docilely follow orders without
  rebelling, which is the object of the exercise. “Future shocks,” says SPRU, “is
  defined as physical and psychological distress arising from the excess-load
  on the decision-making mechanism of the human-mind.” That is Tavistock
  jargon lifted straight from Tavistock manuals – which they don’t know I
  have.
  Just as an overloaded electrical-circuit will activate a trip-switch, so do
  humans “trip-out”, which is a syndrome that medical-science is only now
  beginning to understand, although John Rawlings Reese conducted
  experiments in this field as far back as the 1920’s. As can be appreciated,
  such a targeted-group is ready to “trip-out” and take to drugs as a means of
  escape from the pressures of so many choices having to be made. This is
  how Drug-usage was spread so rapidly through America’s “beat generation”.
  What started with the Beatles and sample-packages of LSD has grown into a
  flood-tide of drug-usage which is swamping America.
  The drug-trade is controlled by the The Committee of 300 from the Top
  down. The drug-trade started with the British East India Company and was
  closely followed by the Dutch East India Company. Both were controlled by a
  “Council of 300”. The list of names of members and stockholders of the BEIC
  read like something out of Debretts Peerage. BEIC established the “China
  Inland Mission”, whose job it was to get The Chinese peasants, or coolies, as
  they were called, addicted to opium. This created the market for opium
  which the BEIC then filled.
  In much the same way the The Committee of 300 used “The Beatles” to
  popularise “social-drugs” with the youth of America and The Hollywood “incrowd”. Ed Sullivan was sent to England to become acquainted with THE first
  Tavistock Institute “rock group” to hit the shores of the United States.
  Sullivan then returned to the United States to draft the strategy for the
  electronic-media on how to package and sell the group. Without the full cooperation of the electronic-media and Ed Sullivan, in particular, “The
  Beatles” and their “music” would have died on the vine. Instead, our
  national life and the character of the United States was forever changed.
  Now that we know, it is all too clear how successful the “Beatles” campaign
  to proliferate the use of drugs became. The fact that “The Beatles” had their
  music and lyrics written for them by Theo Adorno was concealed from public
  view. The prime function to “The Beatles” was to be discovered by
  teenagers, who where then subjected to a non-stop barrage of “Beatle
  music”, until they became convinced that they liked the sound and adopted
  it, along with all that accompanied it. The Liverpool group performed up to
  expectations, and with “a little help from their friends”, i.e., illegal
  substances we call drugs, created a whole new class to young Americans in
  the precise mould ordained by the Tavistock Institute.
  70
  Tavistock had created a highly-visible “new type” to act as their drugrunners. The China Inland Mission “Christian missionaries” would not have
  fitted-in with the 1960’s. “New type” is social-science scientist jargon; what
  it meant was that the Beatles created new social-patterns, first and foremost
  being to normalise and popularise the use of drugs, new tastes in clothes
  and hair styles which really distinguished them from the older-generation as
  was intended by Tavistock.
  It is important to note the deliberate fragmentation-inducing language used
  by Tavistock. The “teenagers” never once dreamed that all the “different”
  things they aspired to were the product of older scientists working in thinktanks in England and Stanford Research. How mortified they would have
  been if they had discovered that most of their “cool” habits and expressions
  were deliberately-created for their use by a group of older social-science
  scientists!
  The role of the media was, and remains, very important in promoting the
  use of drugs on a nation-wide scale. When coverage of the street-warfare
  gangs was abruptly terminated by the media, they became “burned-out” as
  a social-phenomena; the “new age” of drugs followed. The media has always
  served as a catalyst and has always pushed “new causes” and now mediaattention was focused on drug-usage and its supporters, the “beat
  generation”, yet another phrase fashioned at Tavistock, in its determinedefforts to bring about social-changes in The United States.
  Drug-usage now became an accepted part of everyday-life in America. This
  Tavistock-designed program took in millions of American-youth, and the
  older-generation began to believe that America was undergoing a natural
  social revolution, failing all the while to realise that what was happening to
  their children was not a spontaneous movement, but a highly-artificial
  creation designed to force changes in America’s social and political life.
  The descendants of the British East India Company were delighted with the
  success of their drug-pushing-program. Their disciples became adept in the
  use of lysergic acid (LSD) so conveniently made available by patrons of the
  drug-trade like Aldous Huxley, courtesy of the highly-respected Sandoz
  company of Switzerland and financed by the great Warburg bankingdynasty. The new “wonder drug” was promptly distributed at all rock
  concerts and on college campuses in free-sample packages. The question
  that begs to be asked is, “What was the FBI doing while all this was going
  on?”
  The purpose of the Beatles had become abundantly clear. The British East
  India Company’s descendants in the upper-class society in London must
  have felt very good about the billions of dollars that began rolling in. With
  the coming of “rock” which shall henceforth be used as shorthand to
  describe Adorno’s fiendish satanic music, a tremendous increase in the use
  of social-drugs, especially marijuana, was observed. The entire dopebusiness was expanded under the control and direction of the Science Policy
  Research Unit (SPRU). SPRU was run by Leland Bradford, Kenneth Damm
  71
  and Ronald Lippert, under whose expert guidance a large number of newscience scientists were trained to promote “future shocks”, one of the chief
  being the dramatic increase in the use of drugs by America’s teenagers.
  SPRU’s policy-papers, planted in various government-agencies, including the
  Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA), dictated the course of the disastrous “drug
  war” allegedly waged by the Reagan and Bush Administrations.
  This was the forerunner of how the United States is run today, by one
  committee and/or council after another, by an inner-government fed on
  Tavistock papers which they firmly believe are their own opinions. These
  virtual-unknowns are making decisions that will forever change our form of
  government and the quality of life here in the United States. Through “crisis
  adaptation” we have already been changed so much as to barely compare
  with what we were in the 1950’s. Also, our environment has been changed.
  There is much talk about environment these days and, while it mostly refers
  to green surroundings, pure rivers and fresh air, there is another, equally
  important environment, namely, the drug-environment. The environment of
  our life-style has become polluted; our thinking has become polluted. Our
  ability to control our destiny has become polluted. We are confronted by
  changes that pollute our thinking to the extent that we do not know what to
  make of it all. The “Environment of Change” is crippling the nation; we
  appear to have so little control that it has produced anxiety and confusion.
  We now look to group-solutions instead of individual-solutions to our
  problems. We do not make use of our own resources to solve problems. In
  this the prolific rise in drug-usage is playing a leading-role. The strategy is a
  deliberate one, devised by the new-science scientists, the social-engineers
  and tinkerers, aimed at the most vulnerable of all areas, our self-image, or
  how we perceive ourselves, which leads us eventually to become like sheep
  (We the sheeple.) being led to the slaughter. We have become confused by
  the many choices we have to make, and we have become apathetic.
  We are manipulated by unscrupulous men without ever being aware of it.
  This is particularly true of the drug-trade and we are now in the transitionstage where we can be set up for a change from the present constitutional
  form of government, which has taken a giant step forward under the Bush
  Administration. While there are those who still persist, in the face of all of
  the evidence to the contrary in saying, “It can’t happen in America,” the fact
  is: IT HAS ALREADY HAPPENED. Our will to resist events not to our liking
  has been steadily eroded and undermined. We will resist, some of us say,
  but not so many of us will do that, and we will be in the minority.
  The drug trade has insidiously changed our environment. The alleged “war
  on drugs” is a farce; it does not exist in qualitative measure to make the
  slightest difference to the descendants of the British East India Company.
  Combined with computerisation, we are almost fully brainwashed, robbed of
  our ability to resist forced-changes. Which brings us to another environment,
  PEOPLE CONTROL, also known as personal-information-control, without
  which governments cannot play their numbers-game. As matters stand, we
  72
  the people have absolutely no way of knowing just what government does or
  does not know about us. Government computer-files are not subject to
  scrutiny by the public at large. Do we foolishly believe that personalinformation is sacrosanct? Remember, in every society there are rich and
  powerful families who control law-enforcement agencies. I have proved the
  existence of such families. Do not think that if these families wanted to findout about us, they could not do so. These are the families who often have a
  member in the The Committee of 300.
  Take Kissinger, for instance, who has his own private dossiers on hundreds
  of thousands of people, not only in the U.S. but all over the world. Are we on
  Kissinger’s enemy-list? Is this far-fetched? Not at all. Take P2 Masonic and
  Committee Monte Carlo who have such lists which run into tens of thousands
  of names. Incidentally, Kissinger is one of them. There are other “private”
  intelligence-agencies, such as INTEL, whom we shall meet later.
  One of the ways heroin is moved into Europe is through the Principality of
  Monaco. The heroin comes from Corsica carried in ferries that ply a busy
  trade between Corsica and Monte Carlo during the Summer. There is no
  check of what goes on or comes off these ferries. As there is no border
  between France and Monaco, drugs, and more especially heroin (partly
  processed opium), flows through the open border of Monaco into
  laboratories in France, or else if it has already been processed into heroin, it
  goes directly to the distributors.
  The Grimaldi family has been in the drug-smuggling-business for centuries.
  Because Prince Rainier got greedy and began skimming heavily and would
  not desist after three warnings, his wife, Princess Grace, was murdered in a
  car “accident”. Rainier underestimated the power of the Committee of which
  he is a member. The Rover car in which she was travelling had the brakefluid chambers tampered-with in such a way that each time the brakes were
  depressed, fluid was released in measured amount, until by the time the car
  reached the most dangerous of several hairpin-bends, there was no stopping
  power, and it sailed over a stone wall, hitting the ground fifty feet below in a
  sickening smash.
  Everything possible was done by the The Committee of 300 operatives to
  conceal the truth about the murder of Princess Grace. To this day the Rover
  car remains in the custody of French police, shrouded under a cover on a
  trailer which no-one is allowed to approach, let alone examine. The signal for
  the execution of Princess Grace was picked up by the British Army listeningpost in Cyprus and it is believed by a well-placed source that the Committee
  Monte Carlo and P2 gave the order.
  The drug-trade, controlled by the The Committee of 300, is a crime against
  humanity, but having been conditioned and softened-up by years of
  incessant bombardment by Tavistock Institute, we have more or less
  accepted our changed environment, regarding the drug-trade as a problem
  that is “too big” to handle. This is not the case. If we could marshal an entire
  nation, equip and send millions of American soldiers to fight in a war in
  73
  Europe in which we had no business intervening, if we could defeat a major
  power, then we can smash the drug-trade, using the same WW II tactics.
  The logistical problems that had to be solved when we entered the Second
  World War are even today still mind-boggling.
  Yet we successfully overcame all problems. Why then is it impossible to
  defeat a well-defined enemy, far smaller and weaker than Germany, given
  the immensely improved weapons and surveillance-equipment we have
  today? The real-reason that the drug-problem is not eradicated is because it
  is being run by the highest families in the entire world as part of a coordinated gigantic money-making machine.
  In 1930, British capital invested in South America greatly exceeded capital
  investment in British “dominions”. Graham, an authority on British
  investments abroad, stated that British investment in South America
  “exceeded one trillion pounds”. Remember, this was 1930, and one trillion
  pounds was a staggering sum of money in those days. What was the reason
  for such heavy investment in South America? In a word it was drugs.
  The plutocracy controlling British banks held the purse-strings and then, as
  now, put up a most respectable facade to cover their true business. No one
  ever caught them with dirtied hands. They always had front-men, even as
  they do today, willing to take the blame if things went awry. Then, as now,
  the connections with the drug trade were tenuous at best. No-one was ever
  able to lay a finger on the respectable and “noble” banking-families of
  Britain, whose members are on the Committee of 300.
  There is great significance in that only 15 members of Parliament were the
  controllers of that vast empire, of which the most prominent were Sir
  Charles Barry and the Chamberlain family. These overlords of finance were
  busy in places like Argentina, Jamaica and Trinidad, which became big
  money-spinners for them through the drug-trade. In these countries, British
  plutocrats kept “the locals” as they were contemptuously called, at baresubsistence-levels, hardly above slavery. The fortunes extracted from the
  drug-trade in the Caribbean were vast.
  The plutocrats hid behind faces like Trinidad Leaseholds Limited, but the
  REAL MEAT, then, as now, was drugs. This is true of today where we find
  that Jamaica’s Gross National Product (GNP) is made up almost entirely of
  sales of ganja, a very potent form of marijuana. The mechanism for handling
  the ganja-trade was set up by David Rockefeller and Henry Kissinger under
  the title “Caribbean Basin Initiative.”
  Up until a relatively short time ago, the true history of the China opiumtrade was quite unknown, having been as well-covered-up as it is possible to
  do. Many of my former students in the days when I was lecturing, would
  come and ask me why the Chinese were so fond of smoking opium? They
  were puzzled as are many still today, over contradictory accounts of what
  had actually taken place in China. Most thought it was merely a case of the
  Chinese workers buying opium on an open-market and smoking it, or going
  74
  to some of the thousands of opium-dens and forgetting their terrible
  existence for a while. The truth is that the supply of opium to China was a
  British monopoly, an OFFIciaL monopoly of the British government and
  official British policy. The Indo-British opium-trade in China was one of the
  best kept secrets, around which many misleading legends grew up, such as
  “Clive of India” and the tales of derring-do (valour) by the British Army in
  India for the glory of “the Empire”, so well written by Rudyard Kipling, and
  tales of “Tea Clippers” racing across the oceans with their cargoes of Chinatea for the high-society drawing-rooms of Victorian England. In reality, the
  history of British occupation of India and Britain’s Opium Wars are some of
  the most dastardly blots on Western civilisation.
  Almost 13% of the income of India under British rule was derived from the
  sale of good quality Bengal opium to the British-run opium-distributors in
  China. “The Beatles” of the day, the China Inland Mission (“Christian
  missionaries”), had done a great job in proliferating the use of opium among
  the poor Chinese labourers (coolies, as they were called). These addicts did
  not suddenly materialise out of thin-air, any more than did teenager addicts
  in the U.S. THE POINT TO REMEMBER IS THAT BOTH WERE CREATED. In
  China a market for opium was first created and then filled by opium from
  Bengal. In the same way, a market for marijuana and LSD was first created
  in the United States by methods already described, and then filled by British
  plutocrats and their American cousins with the help of the overlords of the
  British banking-establishment.
  The lucrative drug-trade is one of the worst examples of making money out
  of human misery; the other being the legal-drug-trade run by the
  pharmaceutical drug-houses under Rockefeller ownership, in the U.S. for the
  most part, but with substantial companies operating in Switzerland, France
  and Britain and fully backed by the American Medical Association (AMA). The
  dirty dope-transactions and the money it generates flows through the City of
  London, together with Hong Kong, Dubai and latterly, Lebanon, thanks to
  the invasion of that country by Israel.
  There will be those who doubt this statement. “Look at the business columns
  of the Financial Times”, they will tell us. “Don’t tell me that this is all related
  to drug-money?” OF COURSE IT IS, but don’t imagine for one minute that
  the noble lords and ladies of England are going to advertise the fact.
  Remember the British East India Company? Officially, its business was
  trading in tea!
  The London “Times” never dared tell the British public that it was impossible
  to make VAST PROFITS from tea, nor did the illustrious paper even hint at a
  trade in opium being plied by those who spent their time in London’s
  fashionable clubs or playing a chukka of polo at the Royal Windsor Club, or
  that the gentlemen-officers who went out to India in the service of the
  Empire were financed SOLELY by the enormous income derived from the
  misery of the millions of Chinese coolies addicted to opium.
  75
  The trade was conducted by the illustrious British East India Company,
  whose meddling in political, religious and economic affairs of the United
  States has cost us very dearly for over 200 years. The 300 members of the
  British East India Company’s board were a-cut-above the common herd.
  They were so mighty, as Lord Bertrand Russell once observed, “They could
  even give God advice when He had trouble in Heaven.” Nor should we
  imagine that anything has changed in the intervening years. EXACTLY the
  same attitude prevails today among members of the Committee of 300,
  which is why they often refer to themselves as the “Olympians”.
  Later the British Crown, i.e., the Royal Family, joined the British East India
  Company’s trade, and used it as a vehicle to produce opium in Bengal, and
  elsewhere in India, controlling exports through what was called “transit
  duties”, that is, the Crown levied a tax on all producers of opium duly
  registered with the state-authority, who were sending their opium to China.
  Prior to 1896, when the trade was still “illegal” – a word used to extract
  greater tribute from the producers of opium – there never having been the
  slightest attempt to stop the trade, colossal amounts of opium were shipped
  out of India on board “China Tea Clippers”, those sailing-ships around which
  legend and lore were built, which supposedly carried chests of tea from India
  and China to the London-exchanges.
  So audacious did the British East India Company lords and ladies become
  that they tried to sell this lethal-substance to the Union and Confederate
  Armies in pill-form as a pain-killer. Is it difficult to imagine just what would
  have happened had their plan succeeded? All those hundreds of thousands
  of soldiers would have left the battlefields totally hooked on opium. “The
  Beatles” were much more successful in turning out millions of teenage
  addicts in later years. (They were all given O.B.E.’s by queen Elizabeth the
  Second and Paul McCartney was even given a Knighthood).
  The Bengal merchants and their British controllers and bankers grew fat and
  intolerant on the enormous amounts of money that poured into the coffers
  of the British East India Company from the wretched Chinese coolies opiumtrade. BEIC profits, even in those years, far-exceeded the combined profits
  made in a single year by General Motors, Ford and Chrysler in their heydays.
  The trend in making huge profits out of drugs was carried over into the
  1960’s by such “legal” drug death-merchants as Sandoz, the makers of LSD
  and Hoffman la Roche, manufacturers of VALIUM. The cost of the raw
  material and manufacturing of Valium to Hoffman la Roche is $3 per kilo
  (2.2 pounds). It is sold to their distributors for $20,000 per kilo. By the time
  it reaches the consumer, the price of Valium has risen to $50,000 per kilo.
  Valium is used in huge quantities in Europe and the United States. It is
  possibly the most used (addictive) drug of its kind in the world.
  Hoffman la Roche does the same thing with Vitamin C, which costs them less
  than 1 cent a kilo to produce. It is sold for a profit of 10,000 percent. When
  a friend of mine blew the whistle on this criminal company, which had
  entered into a monopoly agreement with other producers, in contravention
  76
  of European Economic Community laws, he was arrested on the SwissItalian border and hustled into prison; his wife was threatened by the Swiss
  police until she committed suicide. As a British national he was rescued by
  the British consul in Berne as soon as word of his plight was received,
  removed from prison and flown out of the country. He lost his wife, his job
  and his pension because he dared to disclose Hoffman La Roche secrets. The
  Swiss take their Industrial Espionage law very seriously.
  Remember this the next time you see those lovely advertisements of Swiss
  ski slopes, beautiful watches, pristine mountains and cuckoo-clocks. That is
  not what Switzerland is about. It is about dirty multi-billion dollar moneylaundering which is carried out by major Swiss banking-houses. It is about
  the The Committee of 300 “legal” (addictive) drug-manufacturers.
  Switzerland is the Committee’s ultimate “safe-haven” for money and
  protection of their bodies in time of global calamity.
  Now mind you, one could get into serious trouble with the Swiss authorities
  for giving out any information on these nefarious activities. The Swiss regard
  it as “industrial espionage” which usually carries a 5-year term in prison. It
  is safer to pretend that Switzerland is a nice clean country rather than look
  under the covers or inside its garbage-can banks.
  In 1931 the managing-directors of the so-called “big Five” British companies
  were rewarded by being made Peers of the Realm for their activities in drug
  money-laundering. Who decided such matters and bestows such honours? It
  is the Queen of England who bestows honours upon the men in the top
  positions in the drug-trade.
  British banks engaged in this terrible trade are too numerous to mention,
  but a few of the top ones are:
  The British Bank of the Middle East. Midland Bank.
  National and Westminster Bank. Barclays Bank.
  Royal Bank of Canada. Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank.
  (HSBC)
  Baring Brothers Bank.

Many of the merchant-banks are up to their hocks in pig-swill drug-trade
profits, banks such as Hambros for example, run by Sir Jocelyn Hambro. For
a really interesting major study of the Chinese opium-trade, one would need
access to India Office in London. I was able to get in there because of my
intelligence service and received great assistance from the trustee of the
papers of the late Professor Frederick Wells Williamson, which provided
much information on the opium-trade carried on by the British East India
Company in India and China in the 18th and 19th centuries. If only those
papers could be made public, what a storm would burst over the heads of
the crowned vipers* of Europe. Today the trade has shifted somewhat in
that less expensive cocaine has taken over a good part of the North
77
American market. In the 1960’s the flood of heroin coming from Hong Kong,
Lebanon and Dubai threatened to engulf the United States and Western
Europe. When demand outpaced supply there was a switch to cocaine. But
now, at the end of 1991, that trend has been reversed; today it is heroin
that is back in favour, although it is true that cocaine still enjoys great
favour among the poorer-classes.
“Fill ye up then the measure of your fathers. [Ye] serpents, [ye] generation of vipers, how can ye escape the damnation of hell-fire?” – Christ, Matthew 23:32-33. Heroin, we are told, is more satisfying to addicts; the effects are far more intense and last longer than the effects of cocaine and there is less international attention on heroin producers than there is on Colombian cocaine-shippers. Besides which, it is hardly likely that the U.S. would make any real effort to stop the production of opium in the Golden Triangle which is under the control of the Chinese military, a serious war would erupt if any country tried to interdict the trade. A serious attack on the opium-trade would bring Chinese military intervention. The British know this; they have no quarrel with China, except for an
occasional squabble over who gets the larger share of the pie. Britain has
been involved in the China opium-trade for over two centuries. No-one is
going to be so foolish as to rock the boat when millions upon millions of
dollars flow into the bank-accounts of the British oligarchists and more gold
is traded on the Hong Kong gold-market than the combined total traded in
London and New York.

• On 21/10/1999 the Chinese President was given the “Red Carpet
  Treatment” by Buckingham Palace and he was transported in style, with the
  queen, in her Guilded Royal Horse-drawn Coach and Rolls Royce Limousine,
  with very lavish arrangements made to impress and entertain him. Whilst at
  the same time the British police forcefully-restrained anyone from
  demonstrating against China’s human rights record, so as not to upset him.
  Those individuals who fondly imagine they can do some kind of a deal with a
  minor Chinese or Burmese overlord in the hills of the Golden Triangle
  apparently have no idea of what is involved. If they had known, they would
  never have talked about stopping the opium-trade. Such talk reveals little
  knowledge of the immensity and complexity of China’s opium-trade.
  British plutocrats, the Russian KGB, the CIA, and U.S. bankers are all in
  league with China. Could one man stop or even make a small dent in the
  trade? It would be absurd to imagine it. What is heroin and why is it
  favoured over cocaine these days? According to the noted authority on the
  subject Professor Galen, heroin is a derivative of opium, a drug that
  stupefies the senses and induces long periods of sleep. This is what most
  addicts like, it is called “being in the arms of Morpheus.” Opium is the most
  habit-forming drug known to man. Many pharmaceutical-drugs contain
  opium in various degrees, and it is believed that paper used in the
  78
  manufacture of cigarettes is first impregnated with opium, which is why
  smokers become so addicted to their habit.
  The poppy seed from which it is derived was long known to the Moguls of
  India, who used the seeds mixed in tea offered to a difficult opponent. It is
  also used as a pain-killing drug which largely replaced chloroform and other
  older anaesthetics of a bygone era. Opium was popular in all of the
  fashionable clubs of Victorian London and it was no secret that men like the
  Huxley brothers used it extensively. Members of the Orphic-Dionysus cults of
  Hellenic Greece and the Osiris-Horus cults of Ptolemaic Egypt which Victorian
  society embraced, all smoked opium; it was the “in” thing to do. So did
  some of those who met at St. Ermins Hotel in 1903 to decide what sort of a
  world we would have. The descendants of the St. Ermins crowd are found
  today in the Committee of 300. It is these so-called world-leaders who
  brought about such a change in our environment that enabled drug-usage to
  proliferate to the point where it can no longer be stopped by regular lawenforcement tactics and policies. This is especially-true in big cities where
  big populations can conceal a great deal of what transpires.
  Many in the circles of royalty were regular opium-users. One of their
  favourites was the writer Coudenhove-Kalergi who wrote a book in 1932
  entitled “REVOLUTION THROUGH TECHNOLOGY” which was a blueprint for
  the return of the world to a medieval society. The book, in fact, became a
  working-paper for the The Committee of 300’s plan to de-industrialise the
  world, starting with the United States. Claiming that pressures of overpopulation are a serious problem, Kalergi advised a return to what he called
  “open spaces”. Does this sound like the Khmer Rouge and Pol Pot?
  Here are some extracts from the book:
  “In its facilities, the city of the future will resemble the city of the Middle
  Ages…and he who is not condemned to live in a city because of his
  occupation, will go to the countryside. Our civilisation is a culture of the
  major cities; therefore it is a marsh-plant, born by degenerated, sickly and
  decadent people, who have voluntarily, or involuntarily, ended up in this
  dead-end street of life.”
  Isn’t that very close to what “AnkarWat” gave as “his” reasons for
  depopulating Phnom Penh?
  The first opium-shipments reached England from Bengal in 1683, carried in
  British East India Company “Tea Clippers”. Opium was brought to England as
  a test, an experiment, to see whether the common-folk of England, the
  yeomen and the lower-classes, could be induced into taking the drug. It was
  what we would call today “test marketing” of a new product. But the sturdy
  yeomen and the much derided “lower classes” were made of stern stuff, and
  the test marketing-experiment was a total flop. The “lower classes” of British
  society firmly rejected opium-smoking.
  79
  The plutocrats and oligarchists in high-society in London began casting about
  for a market that would not be so resistant, so unbending. They found such
  a market in China. In the papers I studied at the India Office under the
  heading “Miscellaneous Old Records”, I found all the confirmation I could
  have wished for in proving that the opium-trade in China really took-off
  following the founding of the British East India Company-funded “China
  Inland Mission”, ostensibly a Christian missionary society but in reality the
  “promotion” men and women for the new product being introduced into the
  market, that new product being OPIUM.
  This was later confirmed when I was given access to the papers of Sir
  George Birdwood in India Office records. Soon after the China Inland Mission
  missionaries set out to give away their sample packages and show the
  coolies how to smoke opium, vast quantities of opium began to arrive in
  China. “The Beatles” could not have done a better job. (In both cases the
  trade was sanctioned by the British royal family, who openly supported the
  Beatles.) Where the British East India Company had failed in England, it now
  succeeded beyond its wildest expectations in China, whose teeming millions
  of poor looked upon smoking opium as an escape from their life of misery.
  Opium-dens began proliferating all across China, and in the big cities like
  Shanghai and Canton, hundreds of thousands of miserable Chinese found
  that a pipe of opium seemingly made life bearable. The British East India
  Company had a clear run for over a 100 years before the Chinese
  government woke-up to what was happening. It was only in 1729 that the
  first laws against opium-smoking were passed. The 300 board-members of
  BEIC did not like it one bit and, never one to back down, the company was
  soon engaged in a running battle with the Chinese government.
  The BEIC had developed poppy-seeds that brought the finest quality opium
  from the poppy-fields of Benares and Bihar in the Ganges Basin in India; a
  country they fully controlled; this fetched top price, while the lower grades
  of opium from other areas of India were sold for less. Not about to lose their
  lucrative market, the British Crown engaged in running battles with Chinese
  forces, and defeated them. In the same manner, the U.S. government is
  supposedly fighting a running battle against today’s drug barons* and, like
  the Chinese, are losing heavily. There is however one big difference: The
  Chinese government fought to win whereas the United States government is
  under no compunction to win the battle which explains why staff-turnover in
  the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) is so high.
• Ever wondered why these people are referred to as drug barons, rather
  than drug kings. If these people are only barons, who are the drug kings?
  Latterly, high grade quality opium has come out of Pakistan via Makra on the
  desolate coastline of the country from whence ships take the cargo to Dubai
  where it is exchanged for gold. This is said to account in part for heroin
  being favoured over cocaine today. The heroin trade is more discreet, there
  is no murder of prominent officials such as became an almost daily
  occurrence in Colombia. Pakistani opium does not sell for as much as Golden
  80
  Triangle or Golden Crescent (Iranian) opium. This has greatly spurred
  heroin-production and sales which threaten to overtake cocaine as the
  number one seller.
  The vile opium-trade was talked about in the upper-crust circles of English
  society for many years as “the spoils of the Empire”. The tall-tales of valor in
  the Khyber Pass covered a vast trade in opium. The British Army was
  stationed in the Khyber Pass to protect caravans carrying raw opium from
  being pillaged by hill tribesmen. Did the British royal family know this? They
  must have, what else would induce the Crown to keep an army in this region
  where there was nothing of much worth other than the lucrative opiumtrade? It was very expensive to keep men under arms in a far away country.
  Her Majesty must have asked why these military-units were there? Certainly
  not to play polo or billiards in the officers’ mess. The BEIC was jealous of its
  monopoly in opium. Would-be competitors received short shrift. In a noted
  trial in 1791, a certain Warren Hastings was put on charges that he helped a
  friend to get into the opium-trade at the expense of the BEIC. The actual
  wording which I found in the records of the case housed in India Office gives
  some insight into the vast opium-trade: “The charge is that Hastings has
  granted a contract for the Provision of Opium for four years to Stephen
  Sullivan, without advertising for the same, on terms glaringly-obvious and
  wantonly profuse, for the purpose of creating an INSTANT FORTUNE for the
  said William Sullivan Esq.” (Emphasis added.)
  As the BEIC-British government held the monopoly in opium-trading, the
  only people allowed to make instant fortunes were the “nobility”, the
  “aristocracy”, the plutocrats and oligarchical families of England, many of
  whose descendants sit on the The Committee of 300 just as their forbears
  sat on the Council of 300 who ran the BEIC. Outsiders like Mr. Sullivan soon
  found themselves in trouble with the Crown if they were so bold as to try
  and help themselves get into the multi-billion pound Sterling opiumbusiness.
  The honourable men of the BEIC with its list of 300 counsellors were
  members of all the famous gentlemen’s clubs in London and they were, for
  the most part, members of parliament, while others, both in India and at
  home, were magistrates. Company-passports were required to land in China.
  When a few busybodies arrived in China to investigate the British Crown’s
  involvement in the lucrative trade, BEIC magistrates promptly revoked their
  passports, thus effectively denying them entry into China. Friction with the
  Chinese government was common. The Chinese had passed a law, the Yung
  Cheny Edict of 1729, forbidding the importation of opium, yet the BEIC
  managed to keep opium as an entry in the Chinese Customs Tariff-books
  until 1753, the duty being three taels per chest of opium. Even when British
  special-secret-service (the 007 of the day) saw to it that troublesome
  Chinese officials were bought off, and in cases where that was not possible,
  they were simply murdered.
  Every British monarch since 1729 has benefited immensely from the drugtrade and this holds good for the present occupant of the throne. Their
  81
  ministers saw to it that wealth flowed into their family-coffers. One such
  minister of Victoria’s was Lord Palmerston. He clung obstinately to the belief
  that nothing should be allowed to stop Britain’s opium-trade with China.
  Palmerston’s plan was to supply the Chinese government with enough opium
  to make individual members become greedy. Then the British would
  withhold supplies and when the Chinese government was on its knees,
  supplies would be resumed – but at a much higher price, thus retaining a
  monopoly through the Chinese government itself, but the plan failed.
  The Chinese government responded by destroying large cargoes of opium
  stored in warehouses, and British merchants were required to sign
  INDIVIDUAL agreements not to import any more opium into Canton. BEIC
  responded by sending scores of fully-loaded opium-carrying ships to lie in
  the roads of Macao. Companies beholden to BEIC, rather than individuals,
  then sold these cargoes. Chinese Commissioner Lin said, “There is so much
  opium on board English vessels now lying in the roads of this place (Macao)
  which will never be returned to the country from which it came, and I shall
  not be surprised to hear of its being smuggled in under American colours.”
  Lin’s prophecy proved to be remarkably accurate.
  The Opium Wars against China were designed to “put the Chinese in their
  place” as Lord Palmerston once said, and the British Army did that. There
  was simply no stopping the vast, lucrative trade which provided the British
  oligarchical feudal lords with untold billions, while leaving China with millions
  of opium-addicts. In later years the Chinese appealed to Britain for help with
  their immense problem and received it. Thereafter respective Chinese
  governments realised the value in co-operating instead of fighting with
  Britain – and this held good during the bloody rule of Mao Tse Tung – so that
  today, as I have already mentioned, any quarrels that come about are only
  over the share of the opium-trade each is entitled to.
  To advance to more modern history, the Chinese-British partnership was
  solidified by the Hong Kong agreement which established an equalpartnership in the opium-trade. This has proceeded smoothly, with an
  occasional ripple here and there, but while violence and death, robbery and
  murder marked the progression of the Colombian cocaine-trade, no such
  baseness was allowed to disturb the heroin-trade, which, as I said earlier, is
  once-again coming into the ascendancy as we near the end of 1991.
  The major problem that arose in Sino-British relations during the past 60
  years concerned China’s demand for a larger slice of the opium-heroin pie.
  This was settled when Britain agreed to hand Hong Kong over to full Chinese
  government control; which will come into effect in 1997. Other than that,
  the partners retain their former equal-shares of the lucrative opium-trade
  based in Hong Kong.
  The British oligarchical families of the Committee of 300 who were
  entrenched in Canton at the height of the opium-trade left their descendants
  in position. Look at a list of prominent British residents in China and you will
  see the names of members of the Committee of 300 among them. The same
  82
  holds good for Hong Kong. These plutocrats of a feudal-era, that they seek
  to return to the world, control the gold and opium-trade of which Hong Kong
  is THE centre. Burmese and Chinese opium poppy-growers get paid in gold;
  they do not trust the U.S. paper $100 bill. This explains the very large
  volume of gold-trade in the Hong Kong exchange.
  The Golden Triangle is no longer the largest producer of opium. That dubious
  title has, since 1987, been shared by the Golden Crescent (Iran), Pakistan
  and Lebanon. These are the principle opium-producers, although smaller
  quantities are once again coming out of Afghanistan and Turkey. The drugtrade, and more especially the opium-trade, could not function without the
  help of banks as we shall demonstrate as we proceed.

Banks & Drugs.
How do banks with their great air of respectability fit into the drug-trade
with all of its attendant filth? It is a very long and complicated story, which
could be the subject of a book on its own. One way in which banks
participate is by financing front-companies importing the chemicals needed
to process raw-opium into heroin. The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank with a
branch-office in London is right in the middle of such trade through a
company called TEJAPAIBUL, which banks with Hong Kong and Shanghai
Bank. What does this company do? It imports into Hong Kong most of the
chemicals needed in the heroin-refining-process.
It is also a major supplier of acetic anhydride For the Golden Crescent and
the Golden Triangle, Pakistan, Turkey and Lebanon. The actual financing for
this trading is hived off to the Bangkok Metropolitan Bank. Thus, the
secondary-activities connected with processing opium, while not in the same
category as the opium-trade, nevertheless generates substantial income for
banks. But the real income of the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank and indeed
all banks in the region is financing the actual opium-trade.
It took a lot of research on my part to link the price of gold to the price of
opium. I used to tell anyone who would listen, “If you want to know the
price of gold, find out what the price of a pound or a kilo of opium is in Hong
Kong.” To my critics I answered, “Take a look at what happened in 1977, a
critical year for gold.” The Bank of China shocked the gold-pundits, and
those clever forecasters who are to be found in great numbers in America,
by suddenly and without warning, dumping 80 tons of gold on the market.
That depressed the price of gold in a big hurry. All the experts could say
was, “We never knew China had that much gold; where could it have come
from?” It came from the gold which is paid to China in the Hong Kong Gold
Market for large purchases of opium. The current policy of the Chinese
government toward England is the same as it was in the 18th and 19th
centuries. The Chinese economy, tied to the economy of Hong Kong – and I
don’t mean television sets, textiles, radios, watches, pirated cassette and
83
video tapes – I mean opium/heroin would take a terrible beating if it were
not for the opium-trade it shares with Britain. The BEIC is gone but the
descendants of the Council of 300 linger-on in the membership of the The
Committee of 300.
The oldest of the oligarchical British families who were leaders in the opiumtrade for the past 200 years are still in it today. Take the Mathesons, for
instance. This “noble” family is one of the pillars of the opium-trade. When
things looked a bit shaky a few years ago, the Mathesons stepped in and
gave China a loan of $300 million for real-estate investment. Actually it was
billed as a “joint-venture between the People’s Republic of China and the
Matheson Bank”. When researching India Office papers of the 1700’s I came
across the name of Matheson, and it kept on cropping-up everywhere –
London, Peking, Dubai, Hong Kong, wherever heroin and opium are
mentioned.
The problem with the drug-trade is that it has become a threat to national
sovereignty. Here is what the Venezuelan Ambassador to the United Nations
said about this world-wide threat:
“The problem of drugs has already ceased to be dealt with simply as one of
public-health or a social-problem. It has turned into something far more
serious and far-reaching which affects our national sovereignty; a problem of
national security, because it strikes at the independence of a nation. Drugs
in all their manifestations of production, commercialisation and consumption,
denaturalises us by injuring our ethical, religious and political life, our
historic, economic, and republican values.”
This is precisely the way the Bank of International Settlements and the IMF
are operating. Let me say without hesitation that both these banks are
nothing more than bully-boy clearing-houses for the drug-trade. The BIS
undermines any country that the IMF wants to sink by setting up ways and
means for the easy outflow of flight-capital. Nor does BIS recognise nor
make any distinction when it comes down to what is flight-capital and what
is laundered-drug-money.
The BIS operates on gangster lines. If a country will not submit to assetstripping by the IMF, then it says in effect, “Right, then we will break you by
means of the huge cache of narco-dollars we are holding.” It is easy to
understand why gold was demonetised and substituted with the paper
“dollar” as the world’s reserve-currency. It is not as easy to blackmail a
country holding gold reserves as it is one having its reserves in paperdollars.
The IMF held a meeting in Hong Kong a few years ago which was attended
by a colleague of mine and he told me the seminar dealt with this very
question. He informed me that the IMF agents told the meeting that they
could literally cause a run on any country’s currency, using narco-dollars,
which would precipitate a flight of capital. Rainer-Gut, a Credit Suisse
delegate and member of the The Committee of 300, said he foresaw a
84
situation where national credit and national financing would be under one
umbrella-organisation by the turn of the century. While Rainer-Gut did not
spell it out, everybody at the seminar knew exactly what he was talking
about.
From Colombia to Miami, from the Golden Triangle to the Golden Gate, from
Hong Kong to New York, from Bogota to Frankfurt, the drug-trade, and more
especially the heroin-trade, is BIG BUSINESS and it is run from the top down
by some of the most “untouchable”* families in the world, and each of those
families have at least one member who is on the The Committee of 300. It is
not a street-corner business, and it takes a great deal of money and
expertise to keep it flowing smoothly. The machinery under control of the
The Committee of 300 ensures this.

• The British royal family has set up the British Courts; established their own
  laws and legal-system in such a way that legal-action cannot be taken
  against the Monarch; by anyone.
  Such talents are not found on the street-corners and subways of New York.
  To be sure the pushers and peddlers are an integral part of the trade, but
  only as very small part-time salesmen. I say part-time because they are
  caught and rivalry gets some of them shot. But what does that matter?
  There are plenty of replacements available.
  No, it is not anything the Small Business Administration would be interested
  in. IT IS BIG BUSINESS, a vast empire, this dirty drug-business. Of
  necessity, it is operated from the top down in every single country in the
  world. It is, in fact, the largest single enterprise in the world today,
  transcending all others. That it is protected from the top down is borne out
  by the fact that, like international terrorism, it cannot be stamped-out which
  should indicate to a reasonable person that some of the biggest names in
  royal circles, the oligarchy, the plutocracy are running it, even if it is done
  through intermediaries.
  The main countries involved in growing poppies and the coca-bush are
  Burma; Northern China; Afghanistan; Iran; Pakistan; Thailand; Lebanon;
  Turkey; Peru; Ecuador; Bolivia. Colombia does not grow the coca-bush but,
  next to Bolivia, is the main refiner of cocaine and the chief financial-centre of
  the cocaine-trade which, since General Noriega was kidnapped and
  imprisoned by President Bush, is being challenged by Panama for first place
  in money-laundering and capital-financing of the cocaine-trade.
  The heroin-trade is financed by Hong Kong banks, London banks and some
  Middle East banks such as the British Bank of the Middle East. Lebanon is
  fast becoming the “Switzerland of the Middle East”. Countries involved in the
  distribution and routing of heroin are Hong Kong; Turkey; Bulgaria; Italy;
  Monaco; France (Corsica and Marseilles); Lebanon and Pakistan. The United
  States is the largest consumer of narcotics, first-place going to cocaine,
  which is being challenged by heroin. Western Europe and Southwest Asian
  85
  countries are the biggest users of heroin. Iran has a huge heroin-addict
  population – in excess of 2 million as of 1991.
  There is not a single government that does not know precisely what is
  going-on with regard to the drug-trade, but individual members holding
  powerful positions are taken care of, by the Committee of 300 through its
  world-wide network of subsidiaries. If any government member is “difficult”,
  he or she is removed, as in the case of Pakistan’s Ali Bhutto and Italy’s Aldo
  Moro. No-one is beyond the reach of this all-powerful Committee, even
  though Malaysia has been successful in holding-out up until now. Malaysia
  has the strictest anti-drug laws in the world. Possession of even small
  amounts is punishable by the death penalty.
  Like the Kintex Company of Bulgaria, most smaller countries have a direct
  hand in these criminal enterprises. Kintex trucks regularly ferried heroin
  through Western Europe in its own fleet of trucks bearing the EEC marker
  Triangle Internationale Routier (TIR). Trucks bearing this marker and the
  EEC recognition-number are not supposed to be stopped at customs border
  posts. TIR trucks are allowed to carry only perishable items. They are
  supposed to be inspected in the country from whence they originated and
  documentation to this effect is supposed to be carried by each truck-driver.
  Under international-treaty-obligations this is what happens; thus Kintex
  trucks were able to load their cargoes of heroin and certify it as “fresh fruit
  and vegetables”; and then make their way through Western Europe, even
  entering high-security NATO-bases in Northern Italy. In this manner,
  Bulgaria became one of the principal countries through which heroin was
  routed.
  The only way to stop the huge amounts of heroin and cocaine presently
  finding their way to markets in Europe is to end the TIR system. That will
  never happen. The international-treaty-obligations I have just mentioned
  were set up by the The Committee of 300, using its amazing networks and
  control-mechanisms, to facilitate passage of all manner of drugs to Western
  Europe. Forget perishable goods! A former DEA-agent stationed in Italy told
  me, “TIR=DOPE.”
  Remember this the next time you read in the newspapers that a big haul of
  heroin was found in a false-bottom-suitcase at Kennedy Airport, and some
  unlucky “mule” pays the price for his criminal activity. This kind of action is
  only “small potatoes”, sand in the eyes of the public, to make us think our
  government is really doing something about the drug-menace. Take for
  example, “The French Connection”, a Nixon program embarked-upon
  without the knowledge and consent of the committee of 300.
  The entire amount of opium/heroin seized in that massive effort is somewhat
  less than one quarter of what a single TIR truck carries. The The Committee
  of 300 saw to it that Nixon paid a heavy price for a relatively small seizure of
  heroin. It was not the amount of heroin involved, but a matter of one whom
  they had helped up the ladder, to the White House, believing that he could
  86
  now do without their help and backing, and even go against direct-orders
  from above.
  The mechanics of the heroin-trade go like this: wild Thai and Burmese Hill
  tribesmen grow the opium-poppy. At harvest-time, the seed-bearing pod is
  cut with a razor or sharp knife. A resinous substance leaks through the cut
  and starts to congeal. This is raw opium. The crop of raw opium is made up
  into sticky roundish balls. The tribesmen are paid in 1 kilo gold bars – known
  as 4/10ths – which are minted by Credit Suisse. These small bars are used
  ONLY to pay the tribesmen – the normal-weight gold bars are traded on the
  Hong Kong market by the big-buyers of raw opium or partly processed
  heroin. The same methods are used to pay hill tribesman in India – the
  Baluchis – who have been in this business since the days of the Moguls. The
  “Dope Season”, as it is called, sees a flood of gold traded on the Hong Kong
  market. Mexico has started producing relatively small amounts of heroin
  called “Mexican Brown” which is much in demand by the Hollywood crowd.
  Here again the heroin-trade is run by top government officials who have the
  military on their side. Some producers of “Mexican Brown” are making a
  million dollars a month by supplying their U.S. clients. On occasions when a
  few Mexican Federal police are prodded into taking action against the heroinproducers, they are “taken out” by military-units who seem to appear as if
  from nowhere.
  Such an incident occurred in November 1991 at an isolated airstrip in
  Mexico’s opium producing region. Federal narcotics-agents surrounded the
  strip and were about to arrest people who were in the act of loading heroin
  when a squad of soldiers arrived. The soldiers rounded up the Federal
  narcotics police-agents and systematically killed all of them. This action
  posed a serious threat to Mexican President Goltarin, who is faced with loud
  demands for a full-scale investigation into the murders. Goltarin is over a
  barrel; he can’t back-off from calling for an inquiry, and neither can he
  afford to offend the military. It is the first such crack in the tight chain of
  command in Mexico, that stretches all the way back to the The Committee of

1. Raw opium from the Golden Triangle is pipelined to the Sicilian Mafia
   and the French-end of the business for refining in the laboratories that infest
   the French coastline from Marseilles to Monte Carlo. Nowadays, Lebanon and
   Turkey are turning-out increasing amounts of refined heroin and a large
   number of laboratories have sprung-up in these two countries in the past
   four years. Pakistan also has a number of laboratories but it is not in the
   same league as France, for example.
   The route taken by the raw-opium-carriers of the Golden Crescent goes
   through Iran, Turkey and Lebanon. When the Shah of Iran was in control of
   the country, he refused to allow the heroin-trade to continue and it was
   forcibly discontinued up until the time that he was “dealt with” by the The
   Committee of 300. Raw opium from Turkey and Lebanon finds its way to
   Corsica, from where it is shipped to Monte Carlo with the connivance of the
   Grimaldi family. Pakistani laboratories, under the guise of “military defence
   laboratories” are doing a bigger share of refining than they were two years
   ago, but the best refining is still done along the French Mediterranean
   87
   coastline and in Turkey. Here again, banks play a vital role in financing these
   operations.
   Let us stop here for a moment. Are we to believe that with all the modern
   and vastly-improved surveillance-techniques, including satellitereconnaissance, available to law-enforcement agencies in these countries,
   that this vile trade cannot be pinpointed and stopped? How is it that lawenforcement agencies cannot go in and destroy these laboratories once they
   are discovered? If this IS the case, and we still cannot interdict the herointrade, then our anti-narcotics services ought to be known as “The Geriatrics”
   and not drug-enforcement agencies.
   Even a child could tell our alleged “drug watchers” what to do. Simply keep a
   check on all factories making acetic anhydride, THE most essential chemical
   component needed by laboratories to refine heroin from raw opium. THEN
   FOLLOW THE TRAIL! It is as simple as that! I am reminded of Peter Sellers
   in the “Pink Panther” series when I think of law-enforcement efforts to locate
   heroin-refining laboratories. Even someone as bumbling as the imaginary
   inspector would have had no trouble in following the route taken by acetic
   anhydride shipments to their final destination.
   Governments could make laws that would oblige manufacturers of acetic
   anhydride to keep scrupulous records showing who buys the chemical and
   for what purposes it is to be used. But do not hold your breath on this one,
   remember Dope=Big Business and Big Business is done by the oligarchical
   families of Europe and the United States Eastern Liberal Establishment. The
   drug-business is not a Mafia-operation, nor one run by the Colombian
   cocaine-cartels. The noble families of Britain and America’s top people are
   not going to advertise their role in the shop windows; they always have a
   layer of front-men to do the dirty-work.
   Remember British and AMERICAN “nobility” never dirtied their hands in the
   China opium-trade. The lords and ladies were much too clever for that, as
   were the American elite: the Delanos, Forbes, Appletons, Bacons,
   Boylestons, Perkins, Russells, Cunninghams, Shaws, Coolidges, Parkmans,
   Runnewells, Cabots and Codmans; by no means a complete-list of families in
   America who grew immensely-wealthy from the China opium-trade.
   Since this is not a book about the drug-trade, I cannot, of necessity, cover
   the subject in an in-depth manner. But its importance to the The Committee
   of 300 must be emphasised. America is run not by 60 families but by 300
   families and England is run by 100 families and, as we shall see, these
   families are intertwined through marriage, companies, banks, not to mention
   ties to the Black Nobility, Freemasonry, the Order of St. John of Jerusalem
   and so on. These are the people who, through their surrogates, find ways to
   protect huge shipments of heroin from Hong Kong, Turkey, Iran and
   Pakistan and ensure they reach the market-places in the U.S. and Western
   Europe with the minimum cost of doing business.
   88
   Shipments of cocaine are sometimes interdicted and seized That is mere
   window-dressing. Often times the shipments seized belong to a new
   organisation trying to break into the trade. Such competition is put out of
   business by informing the authorities exactly where it is going to enter the
   U.S. and who the owners are. The big-stuff is never touched; heroin is too
   expensive. It is worthy of note that U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency
   operatives are not allowed into Hong Kong. They cannot examine any ship’s
   manifest before it leaves the port. One wonders why, if there is so much
   “international co-operation” going on – what the media likes to characterise
   as “smashing the dope-trade”. Clearly the trade-routes for heroin are
   protected by “a higher authority”. In South America, apart from Mexico,
   cocaine is king. The production of cocaine is very simple, unlike heroin, and
   great fortunes are to be made by those willing to take risks for and on behalf
   of the “higher-ups”. As in the heroin-trade, interlopers are not welcome and
   often finish up as casualties, or victims of family-feuds. In Colombia the
   drug-mafia is a closely-knit family. But such has been the bad publicity
   generated by the M19 guerrilla-attack on the Justice Building in Bogota (M19
   is the private army of the cocaine barons) and the murder of Rodrigo Lara
   Bonilla, a prominent prosecutor and a judge, that the “higher authority” had
   to rearrange matters in Colombia.
   Accordingly, the Ochoas of the Medellin Cartel turned themselves in after
   being assured that they would not suffer any loss of fortune, harm of any
   kind, nor would they be extradited to the United States. A deal was struck
   that, provided they repatriated the bulk of their huge narco-dollar fortunes
   to Colombian banks, no punitive-action would be taken against them. The
   Ochoas – Jorge, Fabio, and their top man, Pablo Escobar, would be held in
   private-jails that resemble a luxury-class motel-room, and then be
   sentenced to a maximum term of two years – to be served in the same
   motel jail. This deal is ongoing. The Ochoas have also been guaranteed the
   right to continue to manage their “business” from their motel-prison.
   But that does not mean that the cocaine-trade has come to a screeching
   halt. On the contrary, it has simply been transferred to the second-string
   Cali cartel, and it is business-as-usual. For some strange reason the Cali
   cartel, which is equal in size to the Medellin cartel, has been – at least up
   until now – largely ignored by the DEA. Cali differs from the Medellin cartel in
   that it is run by BUSINESSMEN, who eschew all forms of violence and never
   break agreements.
   Even more significant is that Cali does virtually no business in Florida. My
   source told me that the Cali cartel is run by shrewd businessmen unlike any
   seen in the cocaine-business. He believes that they were “specially
   appointed”, but does not know by whom. “They never call attention to
   themselves,” he said. “They do not go around importing red Ferraris like
   Jorge Ochoa did, attracting immediate attention, because it is forbidden to
   import such cars into Colombia.”
   Cali cartel markets are in Los Angeles, New York and Houston, which closely
   parallel the heroin-markets. Cali has not shown any signs of moving into
   89
   Florida. A former DEA-operative who is a colleague of mine said recently,
   “These Cali people are sure smart. They are a different breed to the Ochoa
   brothers. They act like professional-businessmen. They are now larger than
   the Medellin cartel and I think we are going to see a lot more cocaine get
   into the United States than ever before. The kidnapping of Manuel Noriega
   will facilitate an easier flow through Panama of cocaine and money, what
   with so many banks there. So much for President George Bush’s ‘Operation
   Just Cause’. All it did was make life a great deal easier for Nicolas Ardito
   Barletta who used to be run by the Ochoa brothers and who is fixing to front
   for the Cali cartel.” Based on my experience with the heroin-trade I believe
   that the Committee of 300 has stepped-in and taken-over full control of the
   South American cocaine-trade. There is no other explanation for the rise of
   the Cali cartel which is coupled with the kidnapping of Noriega. Did Bush
   take his orders from London regarding Noriega? There is every indication
   that he was literally PUSHED into invading Panama and kidnapping Noriega,
   who had become a serious impediment to “trade” in Panama, especially in
   the banking-business.
   Several former intelligence-agents have given me their opinions which
   coincide with my own. Like the Gulf War that followed in the wake of
   Panama, it was only after several calls from the British Ambassador in
   Washington that Bush finally plucked-up enough courage to make his totally
   illegal move on General Noriega. That he was supported by the British press
   and the New York Times, a British intelligence-run newspaper, speaks
   volumes.
   Noriega was formerly the darling of the Washington establishment. He
   frequently hob-knobbed with William Casey and Oliver North and even met
   with President George Bush on at least two occasions. Noriega was often
   seen at the Pentagon where he was treated like one of those Arab
   potentates, and the red carpet was always laid out for him at CIA
   headquarters in Langley Virginia. U.S. Army Intelligence and the CIA are on
   record as having paid him $320,000.
   Then storm-clouds began to appear on the horizon at about the same time
   the Cali cartel was taking-over the cocaine-trade from the Ochoa brothers
   and Pablo Escobar. Led by Senator Jesse Helms, who sold-out to Ariel
   Sharon and the Israeli Histradut Party in 1985, there suddenly began an
   agitation for the removal of Noriega. Jesse Helms and those of a like-mind
   were backed-up by Simon Hersh, a British intelligence-agent working for the
   New York Times, which has been a British intelligence mouthpiece in the
   U.S. since the time that MI6 boss, Sir William Stephenson, occupied the RCA
   building in New York.
   It is very significant that Helms should have chosen to lead the charge
   against Noriega. Helms is the darling of the Sharon faction in Washington
   and Sharon was the principal gun-runner in Central America and Colombia.
   Moreover, Helms has the respect of the Christian fundamentalists who
   believe in the maxim: “Israel, my country, right or wrong.” Thus a powerful
   momentum was created to “get Noriega”. It is evident that Noriega could
   90
   well prove a serious impediment to the international drug-merchants and
   their The Committee of 300 bankers, so he had to be removed before he
   could do some significant damage.
   Bush was pressured by his British masters to conduct an illegal search and
   seizure operation in Panama that resulted in the deaths of no less than
   7,000 Panamanians and wanton destruction of property. Nothing to implicate
   Noriega as a “drug dealer” was ever found, so he was kidnapped and
   brought to the U.S. in one of the most blatant examples of international
   brigandry in history. This illegal action probably best meets the Bush
   philosophy: “The moral dimensions of American (read British royal familyThe Committee of 300) foreign-policy require us to chart a moral course
   through a world of lesser evils. That’s the real world, not black and white.
   Very few absolutes.”
   It was a “lesser evil” to kidnap Noriega, rather than have him up-end the
   banks in Panama [that are] working for the Committee of 300. The Noriega
   case is a prototype of monstrous One World government actions waiting in
   the wings. An emboldened Bush came right out in the open, unafraid,
   because we, the people have put on a spiritual mantle that accommodates
   LIES and wants no part of TRUTH*. This is the world we have decided to
   accept. If it were not so, a firestorm of anger would have swept the country
   over the invasion of Panama, which would not have stopped until Bush was
   hounded from office. Nixon’s Watergate-transgressions pale into
   insignificance next to the many impeachable-offences committed by
   President Bush when he ordered the invasion of Panama to kidnap General
   Noriega.

• Isaiah 30:10 Which say to the Seers, See not; and to the
  Prophets, Prophesy not unto us right things, speak unto us
  smooth things, prophesy deceits (lies):
  The government case against Noriega is based upon perjured-testimony by a
  group of big men, for the most part, already convicted and lying through
  their individual and collective teeth to get their own sentences lightened.
  Their performance would have pleased Gilbert and Sullivan immensely, were
  they alive today. “They made them the rulers of DEA”, might be apropos
  instead of, “They made them the rulers of Queen’s Navy”, from “HMS
  Pinafore.” It is an altogether grotesque scene to see how these con-artists
  are performing like not-so-well-trained seals for the U.S. Justice
  Department; that is if we care to insult such a nice clean animal by such an
  unworthy comparison.
  Key dates conflict wildly, key details are altogether conspicuous by their
  absence, lapses of memory on crucial points all add up to the obvious fact
  that the government has no case against Noriega, but that does not matter;
  the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA) says “convict him anyway”
  and that is what poor Noriega can expect. One of the Justice Department’s
  star-witnesses is one Floyd Carlton Caceres, a former pilot for the Ochoa
  91
  brothers. Following his arrest in 1986, Carlton tried to ease his position at
  the expense of Noriega.
  He told his DEA interrogators that the Ochoa brothers had paid Noriega
  $600,000 to allow three planes loaded with cocaine to land and refuel in
  Panama. But once in court in Miami, it soon became apparent that what was
  billed as the “star witness” for the prosecution was, at best, a damp squib.
  Under cross-examination the true story emerged: Far from being paid to
  allow the flights, Noriega wasn’t even approached by the Ochoas. Worse yet,
  in December of 1983, Noriega had ordered that all flights to Panama from
  Medellin be refused permission to land in Panama. Carlton is not the only
  discredited witness. One who is even a sorrier liar than Carlton is Carlos
  Lehder, who was a kingpin in the Medellin Cartel until he was arrested in
  Spain and sent to the U.S. Who gave the DEA the most vital information that
  Lehder was in Madrid? The DEA reluctantly concedes that they owe this
  important catch to Noriega. Now, however, the Justice Department is using
  Lehder as a witness against Noriega. If nothing else, this single witness
  demonstrates the wretchedness of the United States government’s case
  against Manuel Noriega.
  In return for services rendered, Lehder has been granted an easing of his
  sentence and far nicer quarters – a room with a view and television – and his
  family was given permanent residence in the U.S. Robert Merkel, a former
  U.S. attorney who prosecuted Lehder in 1988 told the Washington Post “I
  don’t think the government should be in the business of dealing with Carlos
  Lehder, period. This guy is a liar from beginning to end.”
  The Justice Department, purely a name which bears no resemblance to what
  it is supposed to stand for, has pulled out all its dirty tricks against Noriega:
  illegally wire-tapping his conversations with his lawyer; appointing a
  government-lawyer to pretend he was serving Noriega but who quit in the
  middle of everything; freezing his bank-accounts so that Noriega is unable to
  conduct a proper defence; kidnapping, illegal search and seizure. You name
  it, the government has broken more laws than Noriega has ever done – if
  indeed he has broken any laws at all.
  It is the U.S. Justice Department that is on trial tenfold more than General
  Noriega. The Noriega case shows the glaringly evil system that passes for
  “justice” in this country. The U.S. “war on drugs” is on trial as is the Bush
  Administration’s so-called drug-policy. The Noriega trial, although it will end
  in a violent and flagrant rape of justice, will nevertheless offer some
  compensation to those who are not blind, deaf and dumb. It proves for once
  and for all that Britain is in charge of our government and it will reveal the
  utterly bankrupt ideology of the Bush Administration which ought to have as
  its motto, “No Matter What, The End Always Justifies The Means. There Are
  Very Few Moral Absolutes”. Like the majority of politicians, for Bush to have
  a standard of ABSOLUTE MORALITY WOULD BE SUICIDAL. Only in this
  climate could we have allowed President Bush to violate at least six United
  States laws and DOZENS OF INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS in going to war
  against Iraq.
  92
  What we are witnessing in Colombia and Washington is a complete revision
  of how the cocaine-trade is to be run; no more wild-stuff, no more blazingguns. Let the gentlemen of the Cali cartel in pin-stripe suits conduct the
  business in a gentlemanly way. In short, the Committee of 300 has taken a
  direct hand in the cocaine-trade which henceforth will go as smoothly as the
  heroin-trade. The new government of Colombia is geared to the change in
  tactics and direction. It is on-notice to perform according to the Committee’s
  game-plan.
  There is need to mention U.S. participation in the China opium-trade which
  began in the southern United States prior to the War Between The States.
  How can we tie the opium-trade in with the great cotton-plantations of the
  South? To do that, we have to start in Bengal, India, producers of the finest
  (if one can call such a foul substance fine) opium which was much in
  demand. Cotton was THE biggest trade in England, after opium-sales
  through the BEIC. Most of the cotton from Southern-plantations was worked
  in the slave-mills of Northern England, where women and children earned a
  pittance for a 16-hour day’s work. The cloth-mills were owned by the
  wealthy socialites in London, the Barings, Palmerstons, Keswicks and most
  of all the Jardine Mathesons who owned the Blue Star Shipping Line, on
  which the finished cotton-cloth goods were shipped to India. They could not
  care less about the hapless conditions endured by Her Majesty’s subjects.
  After all, that is what they were for, and their husbands and sons were
  useful for fighting wars to preserve Her Majesty’s far-flung empire as they
  had done for centuries, and latterly, in the bloody Boer War. That was British
  tradition, wasn’t it?
  Cotton-cloth finished-goods exported to India undercut and destroyed the
  long-standing Indian producers of the cotton finished-goods trade. Terrible
  privation was endured by thousands of Indians thrown out of work as a
  result of cheaper British goods taking over their markets. India then became
  utterly dependent upon Britain to earn enough currency to pay for its
  railroads and finished cotton-goods imports. There was only one solution to
  India’s economic-woes. Produce more opium and sell it for less to the British
  East India Company. This was the rock upon which British trade grew and
  flourished. Without its opium-trade, Britain would have been as bankrupt.
  Did the Southern plantation-owners know about the ugly secret of opiumfor-cotton goods? It is unlikely that some of them didn’t know what was
  going on. Take, for instance, the Sutherland family, one of the largest cotton
  plantation-owners in the South. The Sutherlands were closely related to the
  Matheson family – Jardine Matheson – who in turn had as their businesspartners the Baring Brothers, founders of the famous Peninsular and Orient
  Navigation Line (P&O), the largest of Britain’s many merchant shipping lines.
  The Barings were big investors in Southern plantations as they were in the
  U.S. Clipper-ships which plowed through the seas between Chinese ports
  and all the important ports along the eastern-seaboard of the United States.
  Today the Barings run a number of very substantial financial-operations in
  93
  the United States. All of those names mentioned were, and their
  descendants still are, members of the The Committee of 300.
  The majority of families who go to make up the Eastern Liberal
  Establishment, among whom are the wealthiest to be found in this country,
  derived their fortunes from either the cotton-trade or the opium-trade and in
  some instances from both. Of these the Lehmans are an outstanding
  example. When it comes to fortunes made solely from the China opiumtrade, the first names that come to mind are the Astors and the Delanos.
  President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s wife was a Delano. John Jacob Astor made
  a huge-fortune out of the China opium-trade and then he went respectable
  by buying-up large tracts of Manhattan real-estate with his dirty money.
  During his lifetime Astor played a big role in the The Committee of 300’s
  deliberations. In fact, it was the Committee of 300 who chose who would be
  allowed to participate in the fabulously lucrative China opium-trade, through
  its monopolist BEIC, and the beneficiaries of their largess remained forever
  wedded to the The Committee of 300.
  That is why, as we shall discover, most real-estate in Manhattan belongs to
  various Committee-members, even as it has since the days when Astor
  began buying it up. With the benefit of access to records that would be
  closed to others outside of British intelligence, I discovered that Astor had
  long been an asset of British intelligence in the United States. Astor’s
  financing of Aaron Burr, the murderer of Alexander Hamilton, proves the
  point beyond any reasonable doubt.
  John Jacob Astor’s son, Waldorf Astor, had the additional honour bestowed
  upon him of being appointed to the Royal Institute for International Affairs
  (RIIA), through which organisation the Committee of 300 controls every
  facet of our lives in the United States. The Astor family is believed to have
  selected Owen Lattimore to carry on their association with the opium-trade
  which he did through the Laura Spelman-funded Institute for Pacific
  Relations (IPR). It was the IPR that oversaw China’s entry into the opiumtrade as an equal-partner and not merely as a supplier. It was IPR that
  paved the way for the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbour. Attempts to turn
  the Japanese into opium-addicts met with dismal failure.
  By the turn of the century the oligarchical plutocrats of Britain were like
  over-gorged vultures on the Serengeti Plain at the time of the annual
  Wildebeest march. Their income from the China opium-trade exceeded David
  Rockefeller’s income by SEVERAL BILLION DOLLARS PER ANNUM. Historic
  records made available to me in the British Museum in London and from
  India Office and other sources – former colleagues in well-placed positions,
  proves this completely.
  By 1905, the Chinese government, deeply concerned about the rise in the
  number of opium-addicts in China, tried to get help from the international
  community. Britain pretended to co-operate, but made no move whatsoever
  to abide by the 1905 protocols it had signed. Later Her Majesty’s
  94
  government did an about-face after showing China that it was better to join
  them in the opium-business rather than to try and end it.
  Even The Hague Convention was scoffed-at by the British. Delegates to the
  convention had agreed that Britain must abide by the protocols it had
  signed, which was to drastically reduce the amount of opium sold in China
  and elsewhere. The British, while paying lip-service, had no intention of
  giving up their trade in human-misery, which included the so-called “pig
  trade”.
  Their servant, President George Bush, in prosecution of the cruel war of
  genocide waged against the Iraqi nation SOLELY for and on behalf of British
  interests, likewise showed his contempt by flouting the Hague Agreement on
  Aerial Bombardment, and a whole slew of international conventions to which
  the U.S. is a signatory, including ALL of the Geneva Conventions.
  When evidence was produced two years later, notably by the Japanese, who
  were growing very concerned about British smuggling of opium into their
  country, that opium-sales had increased instead of decreased, then Her
  Majesty’s delegate to the Fifth Hague Convention produced a set of statistics
  which were at variance with those provided by Japan. The British delegate
  turned the tables by saying that it made a very strong case for legalising the
  sale of opium, which would have the effect of doing-away with what he
  called “the black market”.
  He suggested on behalf of Her Majesty’s government that the Japanese
  government would then have a monopoly and full control of the trade. THIS
  IS PRECISELY THE SAME ARGUMENT BEING ADVANCED BY THE FRONT-MEN
  FOR THE BRONFMANS AND OTHER BIG-TIME DOPE DEALERS – LEGALISE
  COCAINE, MARIJUANA AND HEROIN, LET THE U.S. GOVERNMENT HAVE THE
  MONOPOLY AND THEREBY STOP WASTING BILLIONS ON THE PHONY WARON-DRUGS AND SAVE THE TAXPAYERS BILLIONS OF DOLLARS.
  In the period of 1791-1894, the number of licensed opium-dens in the
  Shanghai International Settlement rose from 87 to 663. Opium flowing into
  the United States was also stepped-up. Sensing that they might have some
  problems in China with the spotlight of world-concern shining upon them,
  the plutocrats of the Knights of St. John and the Order of the Garter,
  transferred some of their attention to Persia (Iran).
  Lord Inchcape, who founded the biggest steamship-company in the world at
  the turn of the 19th century, the legendary Peninsula and Orient Steam
  Navigation Company, was the principal mover and shaker in establishing the
  Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, which remains the largest and least
  controlled clearinghouse-bank for the opium-trade, which also financed the
  “pig trade” with the United States.
  The British had set up a scam whereby Chinese “coolies” were sent to the
  U.S. as so-called indentured-labourers. The rapacious Harriman family’s
  railroad needed “coolies” to push the rail-connection westward to the
  95
  California coast, or so they said. Strangely enough, very few Negroes were
  given the manual-labour jobs they were used to at that time and could have
  done a better job than the emaciated opium-addicts who arrived from China.
  The problem was that there was no market for opium among the Negroes
  and, moreover, Lord Inchcape, son of the founder of P&O, needed the
  “coolies” to smuggle-in thousands of pounds of raw opium into North
  America, something the Negroes could not do. It was the same Lord
  Inchcape who in 1923 warned that there must be no diminishing of opiumpoppy-cultivation in Bengal. “This most important source of revenue must be
  safeguarded,” he told the commission allegedly investigating the production
  of opium-gum in India.
  By 1846, some 120,000 “coolies” had already arrived in the U.S. to work on
  Harriman’s railroad, pushing westward. The “pig trade” was in full profitable
  swing because, of this number, it was estimated by the U.S. government
  115,000 were opium-addicts. Once the railroad was finished, the Chinese did
  not go back to where they came from, but settled in San Francisco, Los
  Angeles, Vancouver and Portland. They created a huge culture-problem that
  has never ceased to exist.
  It is interesting to note that Cecil John Rhodes, a The Committee of 300
  member who fronted for the Rothschilds in South Africa, followed the
  Inchcape pattern, bringing hundreds of thousands of Indian “coolies” to work
  on the sugar-cane plantations in Natal province. Among them was Mahatma
  Ghandi, a Communist agitator and troublemaker. Like the Chinese coolies,
  they were not returned to their country of origin once their contracts
  expired. They, too, went on to create a massive social-program, and their
  descendants became lawyers who spearheaded the drive to infiltrate the
  government on behalf of the Africa National Congress.
  By 1875 the Chinese “coolies” operating out of San Francisco had set up an
  opium supply-ring that resulted in 129,000 American opium-addicts. What
  with the known 115,000 Chinese addicts, Lord Inchcape and his family were
  raking in hundreds of thousands of dollars a year from this source alone,
  which, in terms of today’s dollar, would represent at least a $100 million
  dollar income every year.
  The very same British and American families who had combined to wreck the
  Indian textile-industry in the promotion of the opium-trade, and who
  brought African slaves to the U.S. combined to make the “pig trade” a
  valuable source of revenue. Later they were to combine to cause and
  promote the terrible War Between The States, also known as the American
  Civil War.
  The decadent American families of the unholy-partnership, thoroughly
  corrupted and wallowing in filthy lucre*, went on to become what we know
  today as the Eastern Liberal Establishment whose members, under the
  careful guidance and direction of the Crown and subsequently its foreignpolicy executive-arm, the Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA), ran
  96
  this country – and still does – from top to bottom through their secret upperlevel, parallel government, which is tightly-meshed with the The Committee
  of 300, the ULTIMATE secret society. By 1923, voices were being raised
  against this menace that had been allowed to be imported into the United
  States. Believing the United States to be a free and sovereign nation,
  Congressman Stephen Porter, Chairman of the House of Representatives
  Foreign Affairs Committee, introduced a bill which called for the British to
  account for their opium export-import business on a country-by-country
  basis. The resolution set up quotas for each country, which if observed,
  would have reduced the opium-trade by l0%. The resolution was passed into
  law and the bill accepted by the Congress of the United States.
• 1 Peter 5:1 The elders (of the twelve) which are among you I
  exhort, who am also an elder, and a witness of the sufferings of
  Christ, and also a sharer of the glory that shall be revealed:
  5:2 Feed the flock of God which is among you, taking the
  oversight [thereof], not by constraint, but willingly; not for
  filthy lucre, but of a ready mind;
  But the Royal Institute of International Affairs had other ideas. Founded in
  1919 in the wake of the Paris Peace Conference held at Versailles, this was
  one of the earliest “foreign policy” executors of the The Committee of 300.
  Research I have done on the Congressional Records’ House, show that
  Porter was totally unaware of the powerful forces he was up-against. Porter
  was not even aware of the existence of the RIIA, much less that its specific
  purpose was to control every facet of the United States.
  Apparently Congressman Porter received some kind of an intimation from
  the Morgan Bank on Wall Street that he should drop the whole affair.
  Instead, an enraged Porter took his case to the League of Nations Opium
  Committee. Porter’s total unawareness of who he was up-against is
  demonstrated in some of his correspondence to colleagues on the House
  Foreign Affairs Committee in response to open British opposition to his
  proposals.
  Her Majesty’s representative chided Porter and then, acting like a father
  toward an errant son, the British delegate – on instructions from the RIIA –
  presented Her Majesty’s proposals to INCREASE opium-quotas to account for
  an increase in the consumption of opium for medicinal-purposes. According
  to documents that I was able to find in The Hague, Porter was at first
  confused, then amazed and then enraged. Joined by the Chinese delegate,
  Porter stormed-out of the plenipotentiary session of the Committee session,
  leaving the field to the British.
  In his absence, the British delegate got the League to rubber-stamp Her
  Majesty’s government proposals for a creation of a tame-tiger Central
  Narcotics Board, whose chief function was information-gathering, the terms
  of which were purposely vague. What was to be done with the “information”
  was never made clear. Porter returned to the U.S. a shaken and much wiser
  man.
  97
  Another British intelligence asset was the fabulously rich William Bingham,
  into which family one of the Barings married. It was stated in papers and
  documents that I saw, that the Baring Brothers ran the Philadelphia Quakers
  and owned half of the real-estate of that city, all made possible because of
  the fortune the Baring Brothers had amassed from the China opium-trade.
  Another beneficiary of the Committee of 300’s largess was Stephen Girard,
  whose descendants inherited the Girard Bank and Trust.
  The names of the families, whose history is intertwined with that of Boston
  and who would never give us ordinary-folk the time of day, were wrapped in
  the arms of the The Committee of 300 and its vastly lucrative BEIC China
  opium-trade. Many of the famous families became associated with the
  notorious Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank which is still the clearing-house for
  billions of dollars that flow from the opium-trade in China.
  Such famous names as Forbes, Perkins and Hathaway appear in the records
  of the British East India Company. These genuine American “bluebloods”
  created Russell and Company, whose main trade was in opium, but also ran
  other shipping-enterprises from China to South America and all points in
  between. As a reward for their services to the British Crown and the BEIC,
  the The Committee of 300 granted them a monopoly in the slave-trade in

1. 
   Boston owes its celebrated past to the cotton-opium-slave-trade granted to
   it by the The Committee of 300 and it is stated in the records I was
   privileged to see in London that Boston’s merchant-families were the chief
   supporters of the British Crown in the United States. John Murray Forbes is
   mentioned as the majordomo of the “Boston Blue Bloods” in India House
   records and in bank-records in Hong Kong.
   Forbe’s son was the first American allowed by the The Committee of 300 to
   sit on the board of the most prestigious drug bank in the world – even today

• the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank. When I was in Hong Kong in the early
  1960’s as “an historian interested in the British East India Company”, I was
  shown some old records, including past board members of this notorious
  drug bank, and sure enough, Forbes’ name was among them.
  The Perkins family, so illustrious that their name is still mentioned in awed
  whispers, were deeply involved in the nefarious filthy China opium-trade. In
  fact Perkins the elder was one of the first Americans to be elected to the The
  Committee of 300. His son, Thomas Nelson, was Morgan’s man in Boston,
  and as such also an agent for British intelligence. His unsavoury – I would
  say disgusting – past was not in question when he richly endowed Harvard
  University. After all, Canton and Tientsin are a long way from Boston, and
  who would have cared anyway?
  What helped The Perkinses a lot was that Morgan was a powerful member of
  the The Committee of 300, which enabled Thomas N. Perkins to rapidly
  further his career in the China opium-trade. All the Morgans and Perkinses
  were Freemasons, which was another tie that bound them together, for only
  98
  Freemasons of highest rank have any hope of being selected by the The
  Committee of 300. Sir Robert Hart, who for almost three decades was chief
  of the Imperial Chinese Customs Service and the British Crown’s numberone agent in the opium-trade in China was subsequently appointed to the
  board of Morgan Guarantee Bank’s Far-Eastern Division.
  Through access to the historical records in London and Hong Kong, I was
  able to establish that Sir Robert developed an intimate relationship with
  Morgan operations in the United States. It is worthy of note that Morgan
  interests in the opium/heroin-trade have continued in an unbroken line;
  witness the fact that David Newbigging is on the advisory-board of Morgan’s
  Hong Kong operation, run in conjunction with Jardine Matheson.
  To those who know Hong Kong, the name of Newbigging will be familiar as
  the most powerful name in Hong Kong. In addition to his membership of
  Morgan’s elite bank, Newbigging doubles as an advisor to the Chinese
  government. Opium for missile-technology, opium for gold, opium for hightech computers – it is all the same to Newbigging. The way these banks;
  financial-houses; trading-companies and the families who run them are
  intertwined would perplex Sherlock Holmes, yet somehow they must be
  unravelled and followed, if we are to understand their connections with the
  drug-trade and their membership in the The Committee of 300.
  The two-track entry into the United States of alcohol and drugs were
  products of the same stable occupied by the same thoroughbreds. First,
  prohibition had to be introduced into the United States. This was done by the
  British East India Company heirs, who, acting upon experience gained
  through the well-documented China Inland Mission records found in India
  House, set up the Women’s Christian Temperance Union (WCTU),
  supposedly to oppose consumption of alcohol in America.
  We say that history repeats itself, and in a sense, this is true except that it
  repeats itself in an ever-upward spiral. Today we find that some of the
  largest companies, allegedly “polluting” the earth, are the largest
  contributors of funds to the environmentalist movement. The “big names”
  send forth their message. Prince Philip is one of their heroes, yet his son
  Prince Charles owns a million acres of forested land in Wales from which
  timber is regularly harvested and, in addition, Prince Charles is one of the
  largest owners of slum-housing in London, where pollution thrives.
  In the case of those who railed against the “evils of drink”, we find they
  were financed by the Astors, the Rockefellers, the Spelmans, the Vanderbilts
  and the Warburgs who had a vested-interest in the liquor-trade. On the
  instructions of the Crown, Lord Beaverbrook came over from England to tell
  these wealthy American families that they were to invest in the WCTU. (It
  was the same Lord Beaverbrook who came to Washington in 1940 and
  ORDERED Roosevelt to get involved in Britain’s war.)
  Roosevelt complied by stationing a U.S. Navy flotilla in Greenland that spent
  the 9 months prior to Pearl Harbour hunting and attacking German U-boats.
  99
  Like his successor, George Bush, Roosevelt thought the Congress a
  confounded nuisance so, acting like a king – a sense he felt strongly since he
  is related to the British royal family – FDR never sought the permission of
  Congress for his illegal action. This is what the British are most fond of
  referring to as their “special-relationship with America”.
  The drug-trade has a connection with the murder of President John F.
  Kennedy, which foul deed stains the national character and will continue to
  do so until the perpetrators are found and brought to justice. There is proof
  that the Mafia was involved in this through the CIA, which brings to mind
  that it all started with the old Meyer Lansky network which evolved into the
  Irgun terrorist-organisation, and Lansky proved to be one of the best
  vehicles for peddling cultural-warfare against the West.
  Lansky was, through more respectable fronts, associated with the British
  higher-ups in bringing gambling and dope-distribution to Paradise Island in
  the Bahamas under the cover of The Mary Carter Paint Company – a joint
  Lansky-British MI6 venture. Lord Sassoon was later murdered because he
  was skimming money and was threatening to blow the whistle if he was
  punished. Ray Wolfe was more presentable, representing the Bronfmans of
  Canada. While the Bronfmans were not privy to Churchill’s massive Nova
  Scotia Project, they were and still are nevertheless an important asset of the
  British royal family in the business of dope-peddling.
  Sam Rothberg, close associate of Meyer Lansky, also worked with Tibor
  Rosenbaum and Pinchas Sapir, all kingpins in the Lansky drug-ring.
  Rosenbaum ran a drug-money-laundering-operation out of Switzerland
  through a bank he established for this purpose; Banque du Credite
  International. The bank quickly expanded its activities and became the
  principal bank used by Lansky and his mobster associates for laundering
  money garnered from prostitution, drugs and other Mafia rackets.
  It is worthy of note that Tibor Rosenbaum’s bank was used by the shadowy
  chief of British Intelligence, Sir William Stephenson, whose right-hand-man,
  Major John Mortimer Bloomfield, a Canadian citizen, ran Division Five of the
  FBI throughout the Second World War. Stephenson was an early member of
  the 20th century The Committee of 300, although Bloomfield never made it
  that far. As I revealed in my series of monographs on the Kennedy
  assassination, it was Stephenson who master-minded the operation which
  was run as a hands-on project by Bloomfield. Fronting for the Kennedy
  assassination was done through another drug-related front, Permanent
  Industrial Expositions (PERMINDEX), created in 1957 and centred in the
  World Trade Mart building in downtown New Orleans.
  Bloomfield just happened to be the attorney for the Bronfman family. The
  World Trade Mart was created by Colonel Clay Shaw and FBI Division Five
  station-chief in New Orleans, Guy Bannister. Shaw and Bannister were close
  associates of Lee Harvey Oswald, accused of shooting Kennedy, who was
  murdered by CIA contract agent Jack Ruby before he could prove that he
  was not the assassin who shot President Kennedy. In spite of the Warren
  100
  Commission and numerous official-reports, it has NEVER been established
  that Oswald owned the Mannlicher rifle said to be the murder weapon (it was
  not) nor that he had ever fired it. The connection between the drug-trade,
  Shaw, Bannister and Bloomfield has been established several times, and
  need not concern us here. In the immediate post-WW II period, one of the
  most common methods used by Resorts International and other drug-related
  companies to clean money was by courier-service to a money-laundering
  bank. Now all that has changed. Only the small-fry still use such a risky
  method. The “big fish” conduit their money via the CHIPS system, an
  acronym for Clearing House International Payments System, run by a
  Burroughs computer-system centred at the New York Clearing-House.
  Twelve of the largest banks use this system. One of them is the Hong Kong
  and Shanghai Bank. Another is Credite Suisse, that oh so respectable
  paragon of virtue in banking – until the lid is lifted. Combined with the SWIFT
  system based in Virginia, dirty drug-money becomes invisible. Only wanton
  carelessness results in the FBI getting lucky now and then, if and when it is
  told not to look the other way.
  Only low-echelon drug-dealers get caught with drug-money in their hands.
  The elite, Drexel Burnham, Credite Suisse, Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank,
  escape detection. But this, too, is changing with the collapse of Bank of
  Credit and Commerce International (BCCI) which is likely to expose a great
  deal about the drug-trade if ever a proper investigation is carried out.
  One of the largest assets in the portfolio of the Committee of 300 companies
  is American Express (AMEX). Its presidents regularly occupy positions on the
  The Committee of 300. I first got interested in AMEX when I was carryingout an on-the-spot investigation that led me to the Trade Development Bank
  in Geneva. Later, this got me into a lot of trouble. I discovered that Trade
  Development Bank, then run by Edmund Safra, key man in the gold for
  opium trade, was supplying tons of gold to the Hong Kong market via Trade
  Development Bank.
  Before going to Switzerland, I went to Pretoria, South Africa, where I talked
  with Dr. Chris Stals, at that time the deputy-governor of the South African
  Reserve Bank which controls all bulk-dealings in South African-produced
  gold. After several discussions over a period of a week, I was told that the
  bank could not supply me with the ten tons of gold that I was authorised to
  buy on behalf of clients I was supposed to be representing. My friends in the
  right places knew how to produce the documentation which passed without
  question.
  The Reserve Bank referred me to a Swiss company whom I cannot name,
  because it would blow cover. I was also given the address of Trade
  Development Bank in Geneva. The purpose of my exercise was to find-out
  the mechanics of how gold is moved and traded, and secondly to test bogusdocuments which had been prepared for me by ex-intelligence friends of
  mine who specialised in this kind of thing. Remember “M” in the “James
  Bond” series? Let me assure you that “M” does exist, only his correct initial
  101
  is “C”. The documents I had, consisted of “buying orders” from Liechtenstein
  companies, with supporting-papers to match.
  On approaching Trade Development Bank I was at first greeted cordially but,
  as discussions progressed with more and more suspicion until, when I felt it
  was no longer safe for me to visit the bank, without telling anyone at the
  bank, I left Geneva. Later the bank was sold to American Express. American
  Express was briefly investigated by former Attorney General Edwin Meese,
  after which he was quickly removed from office and labelled “corrupt”. What
  I found was that American Express was and still is a conduit for laundering
  drug-money and, thus far, no-one has been able to explain to me why a
  private company has the right to print dollars – aren’t American Express
  travellers-checks, dollars? I subsequently exposed the Safra-AMEX drugconnections which upset a lot of people, as can be imagined.
  The Committee of 300 member, Japhet, controls Charterhouse Japhet, which
  in turn controls Jardine Matheson as a direct-link to the Hong Kong opiumtrade. The Japhets are reportedly English Quakers. The Matheson family,
  also members of the The Committee of 300, were kingpins in the China
  opium-trade, at least up until 1943. The Mathesons have appeared in the
  Queen of England Honours List since the early 19th century.
  The top controllers of the drug-trade in the Committee of 300 have no
  conscience about the millions of lives they ruin each year. They are Gnostics,
  Cathars, members of the Cult of Dionysus, Osiris, or worse. To them,
  “ordinary” people are there to be used for their purposes. Their high-priests,
  Bulwer-Lytton and Aldous Huxley, preached the gospel of drugs as a
  beneficial substance.
  To quote Huxley:
  “And for private everyday use, there have always been chemical intoxicants.
  All the vegetable sedatives and narcotics, all the euphorics that grow on
  trees, the hallucinogens that ripen in berries, have been used by humans
  since time-immemorial. And to these modifiers of conscience, modernscience has added its quota of synthetics. For unrestricted use the West has
  permitted only alcohol and tobacco. All other chemical Doors in the Wall are
  labelled DOPE.”
  To the oligarch’s and plutocrats of the Committee of 300, drugs have a twofold purpose, firstly to bring-in colossal sums of money and secondly, to
  eventually turn a major part of the population into mindless drug-zombies
  who will be easier to control than people who don’t need drugs, as
  punishment for rebellion will mean withholding of supplies of heroin,
  cocaine, marijuana, etc. For this it is necessary to legalise drugs so that a
  MONOPOLY SYSTEM, which has been readied for introduction once severe
  economic conditions, of which the 1991 depression is the forerunner, cause
  drug-usage to proliferate as hundreds of thousands of permanently jobless
  workers turn to drugs for solace.
  102
  In one of the Royal Institute of International Affairs top-secret papers, the
  scenario is laid-out as follows (in part): “…having been failed by Christianity,
  and with unemployment on every hand, those who have been without jobs
  for five years or more will turn away from the church and seek solace in
  drugs. That is when full control of the drug-trade must be completed in
  order that the governments of all countries who are under our jurisdiction
  will have a MONOPOLY which we will control through supply…. Drug-bars
  will take care of the unruly and the discontent, would-be revolutionaries will
  be turned into harmless addicts with no will of their own….”
  There is ample evidence that the CIA and British intelligence, specially MI6,
  have already spent at least a decade working toward this goal.
  The Royal Institute of International Affairs used the life-time work of Aldous
  Huxley and Bulwer-Lytton as its blueprint to bring about a state where
  mankind will no longer have wills of their own in the One World
  Government-New World Order of the fast-approaching New Dark Age. Again,
  let us see what high priest Aldous Huxley had to say about this:
  “In many societies at many levels of civilisation, attempts have been made
  to fuse drug-intoxication with God-intoxication. In ancient Greece, for
  example, ethyl-alcohol had its place in the established religions. Dionysus,
  Bacchus, as he was often called, was a true divinity. Complete prohibition of
  chemical changes can be decreed but cannot be enforced.”
  (THE LANGUAGE OF THE PRO-DRUG LOBBY ON CAPITOL HILL.)
  “Now let us consider another type of drug – still undiscovered, but probably
  just around the corner – a drug making people happy in situations where
  they would normally feel miserable. (Is there anyone more miserable than a
  person who has sought and been unable to find work?) Such a drug would
  be a blessing, but a blessing fraught with grave social and political dangers.
  By making a harmless chemical-euphoria freely-available, a dictator could
  reconcile an entire-population to a state of affairs to which self-respecting
  human+beings ought not to be reconciled.”
  Quite a dialectical masterpiece. What Huxley was advocating and which is
  official-policy of the The Committee of 300 and its surrogate, RIIA, can be
  quite simply stated as mass mind-control. As I have often said, all wars are
  wars for the souls of mankind. Thus far it has not dawned on us that the
  drug-trade is irregular low-intensity warfare against the whole human-race
  of free men. Irregular-warfare is the most terrible form of warfare which,
  while it has a beginning, has no ending.
  Some will question the involvement of the British royal families, past and
  present, in the drug-trade. To see it in print appears on the surface to be
  preposterous, and it is being seen in print more often these days to make it
  appear exactly that, preposterous. The oldest maxim in the intelligencebusiness is, “If you want to hide something, put it where everyone can see
  it.” F. S. Turner’s book, “BRITISH OPIUM-POLICY”, published in 1876, shows
  103
  how the British monarchy and its hangers-on family-relatives were deeply
  involved in the opium-trade. Turner was the secretary of the Anglo-Oriental
  Society of the Suppression of the Opium Trade. He declined to be silenced
  by Crown spokesperson Sir R. Temple. Turner stated that the government,
  and therefore the Crown, had to withdraw from the opium monopoly, “and if
  it takes any revenues at all, take only that which accrues from taxation
  honestly-meant to have a restrictive force”.
  Turner was answered by a spokesman for the monarchy, Lord Lawrence,
  who fought against the BEIC losing its monopoly. “It would be desirable to
  get rid of the monopoly, but I myself am disinclined to be the agent of
  change. If it is a question of moderate loss that we could afford, I would not
  hesitate to undertake it.” (Taken from the Calcutta Papers 1870.)
  By 1874 the war against the British monarchy and the aristocracy over its
  deep involvement in the China opium-trade was getting heated. The Society
  for the Suppression of the Opium Trade violently assailed the aristocracy of
  the day and pressed-home its attacks in a fearless-manner we would do well
  to emulate. The society said that the Treaty of Tientsin, which Forced China
  to accept the importation of enormous amounts of opium, was a dastardly
  crime against the Chinese people.
  There arose a mighty warrior, Joseph Grundy Alexander, a barrister by
  profession who, in 1866, led a strong attack on British Crown opium-policy
  in China in which he openly mentioned the involvement of the royal family
  and the aristocracy. For the first time Alexander brought India, “the Jewel in
  the Crown”, into the picture. He laid the blame squarely where it belonged,
  on the monarchy, the so-called aristocracy and its servants in the British
  government.
  Under the direction of Alexander, the society committed itself to the total
  destruction of the cultivation of opium-poppies in Bengal, India. Alexander
  proved to be a doughty opponent. Through his leadership, the drugaristocracy began to falter and, in the face of his open denouncements of the
  royal family and its hangers-on, several Members of Parliament began siding
  with him; Conservatives, Unionists, Labour. Alexander made it clear that the
  drug-trade was not a party-political-issue; it was for all parties to join
  together in helping to eradicate the menace.
  Lord Kimberly, spokesman for the royal family and the entrenched
  oligarchists, threatened that any attempts to interfere with what he called
  “the commerce of the nation, will run into serious opposition from the
  cabinet”. Alexander and his society pressed-on in the face of innumerable
  threats and finally parliament agreed to appoint a Royal Commission to
  inquire into the opium-trade, with Lord Kimberly, who was Secretary of
  India, as its chairman. A more inappropriate-person to head the commission
  could not have been found. It was akin to Dulles being appointed to the
  Warren Commission. In his first statement, Lord Kimberly made it clear that
  he would rather resign from his august position than consent to a resolution
  that would surrender Indian Opium Revenues. It is worthy of note that
  104
  “Indian Opium Revenue” implied money shared by the nation. Like the idea
  that the people of South Africa share in the enormous profits from the sale
  of gold and diamonds, this was just not the case. Indian opium-revenues
  went straight into the royal-coffers and the pockets of the nobility and the
  oligarchists and plutocrats, and made them billionaires.
  Rowntree’s book, “THE IMPERIAL DRUG-TRADE” gives a fascinating account
  of how Prime Minister Gladstone and his fellow plutocrats lied, cheated,
  twisted and turned, to keep the astonishing truth of the involvement of the
  British monarchy in the opium-trade from being exposed. Rowntree’s book is
  a treasure-house of information on the deep involvement of the British royal
  family and the lords and ladies of England and the huge-fortunes they
  accumulated from the misery of the Chinese opium-addicts.
  Lord Kimberly, secretary of the commission of inquiry, was himself deeply
  involved in the opium-trade so he did everything in his power to close the
  proceedings to all who sought the truth. Finally, under a great deal of
  pressure from the public, the Royal Commission was forced to open the door
  to this inquiry just a crack, so that it became apparent that the highest in
  the land were running the opium-trade and receiving huge benefits from it.
  But the door was quickly slammed shut again, and the Royal Commission
  called no expert witnesses, thereafter sitting for an absurdly short period of
  time. The commission was nothing but a farce and a cover-up, such as we
  have become accustomed to in 20th century America.
  The Eastern Liberal Establishment families of the United States were just as
  deeply involved in the China opium-trade as were the British, indeed they
  still are. Witness recent history when James Earl Carter toppled the Shah of
  Iran. Why was the Shah deposed and then murdered by the United States
  government? in a word, because of DRUGS. The Shah had clamped-down
  and virtually put-an-end to the immensely-lucrative opium-trade being
  conducted out of Iran by the British. At the time that the Shah took-over in
  Iran, there were already one million opium/heroin-addicts.
  This the British would not tolerate, so they sent the United States to do their
  dirty-work for them in terms of the “special relationship” between the two
  countries. When Khomeini took over the U.S. Embassy in Teheran, armssales by the United States, which had begun with the Shah, were not
  discontinued. Why not? Had the United States done so, Khomeini would
  have cancelled the British monopoly of the opium-trade in his country. To
  prove the point, after 1984, Khomeini’s liberal attitude toward opium had
  increased the number of addicts to 2 million, according to United Nations
  and World Health Organisation statistics.
  Both President Carter and his successor, Ronald Reagan, willingly and with
  full-knowledge of what was at stake, went on supplying arms to Iran even
  while American-hostages languished in captivity. In 1980 I wrote a
  monograph under the title, “What Really Happened in Iran”, which set-out
  the facts. The arms-trade with Iran was sealed at a meeting between Cyrus
  Vance, a servant of the The Committee of 300, and Dr. Hashemi, which
  105
  resulted in the U.S. Air Force beginning an immediate airlift of arms to Iran,
  carried-on even at the height of the hostage-crisis the arms came from U.S.
  Army stockpiles in Germany and some were even flown directly from the
  United States with refuelling-stops at the Azores.
  With the advent of Khomeini, who was put in power in Iran by the The
  Committee of 300, opium-production skyrocketed. By 1984 Iran’s opiumproduction exceeded 650 metric tons of opium per annum. What Carter and
  Reagan did was ensure that there was no further interference in the opiumtrade and they carried-out the mandate given to them by the oligarchical
  families in Britain in this connection. Iran presently rivals the Golden
  Triangle in the volume of opium produced.
  The Shah was not the only victim of the Committee of 300. William Buckley,
  CIA station-chief in Beirut, in all his lack of experience on who is behind the
  opium-trade, began conducting investigations in Iran, Lebanon and even
  spent time in Pakistan. From Islamabad, Buckley began sending back
  damning reports to the CIA in Langley about the burgeoning opium-trade in
  the Golden Crescent and Pakistan. The U.S. Embassy in Islamabad was
  firebombed, but Buckley escaped the mob-attack and returned to
  Washington because his cover was blown by forces unknown.
  Then a very strange thing happened. Contrary to all procedures laid-down
  by the CIA when an agent’s cover has been blown, Buckley was sent back to
  Beirut. Buckley was in-effect sentenced to death by the CIA in order to
  silence him, and this time the sentence was carried-out. William Buckley was
  kidnapped by agents of the Committee of 300. Under brutal interrogation by
  General Mohammed el Khouili of Syrian-intelligence to force him to disclose
  the names of all field-officers of the DEA in these countries, he was brutallymurdered. His efforts to expose the huge opium-trade developing out of
  Pakistan, Lebanon and Iran cost Buckley his life.
  If the remaining free men in this world believe that single-handedly or in
  small groups they can smash the drug-trade, they are sorely mistaken. They
  could cut off the tentacles of the opium and cocaine trade here and there,
  but never the head. The crowned cobras of Europe and their Eastern Liberal
  Establishment family will not tolerate it. The war-on-drugs which the Bush
  administration is allegedly fighting, but which it is not, is for TOTAL
  legalisation of ALL types and classes of drugs. Such drugs are not solely a
  social-aberration, but a full-scale attempt to gain control of the minds of the
  people of this planet, or as the “Aquarian Conspiracy” authors put it, “to
  bring about radical changes in the United States”. THIS IS THE PRINCIPAL
  TASK OF THE COMMITTEE OF 300, THE ULTIMATE SECRET SOCIETY.
  Nothing has changed in the opium-heroin-cocaine-trade. It is still run by the
  same “upper class” families in Britain and the United States. It is still a
  fabulously profitable trade where what seem to be big losses through
  seizures by the authorities are written-off in panelled-boardrooms in New
  York, Hong Kong and London over port and cigars as “merely the cost of
  doing business, old boy”.
  106
  British colonial capitalism has always been the mainstay of the oligarchical
  feudal-system of privilege in England and remains so to the present-day.
  When the poor, untutored pastoral people in South Africa who became
  known as the Boers fell into the bloodstained-hands of the British aristocracy
  in 1899, they had no idea that the revoltingly cruel war so relentlessly
  pursued by Queen Victoria, was financed by the incredible amounts of
  money which came from the “instant fortunes” of the BEIC opium-trade in
  China into the pockets of the plutocrats.
  The Committee of 300 members Cecil John Rhodes, Barney Barnato and
  Alfred Beit instigated and engineered the war. Rhodes was the principleagent for the Rothschilds, whose banks were awash in cash flowing from the
  opium-trade. These robbers, thieves and liars – Rhodes, Barnato,
  Oppenheimer, Joel and Beit – dispossessed the South African Boers of their
  birthright, the gold and diamonds that lay beneath their soil. The South
  African Boers received nothing out of the BILLIONS UPON BILLIONS of
  dollars derived from the sale of THEIR gold and diamonds.
  The The Committee of 300 quickly took full control of these vast treasures,
  control which it even now maintains through one of its members, Sir Harry
  Oppenheimer. The average South African receives $100 per annum per
  capita from the gold and diamond industry. The BILLIONS which flow out
  annually go to the bankers of the The Committee of 300. It is one of the
  most foul and vile stories of greed, theft and the murder of a nation ever
  recorded in the annals of history.
  How could the British Crown have succeeded in pulling-off this stunning
  fraud of gigantic proportion? To accomplish such a Herculean-task requires
  skilled-organising with devoted agents-in-place to carry-out the daily
  instructions passed down from the conspirators’ hierarchy. The first step was
  a press propaganda-campaign portraying the Boers as uncivilised
  barbarians, only slightly-human, who were denying British citizens the right
  to vote in the Boer Republic. Then, demands were made on Paul Kruger,
  leader of the Transvaal Republic, which of course could not be met. After
  that, a series of incidents were staged to provoke the Boers into retaliation,
  but that didn’t work either. Then came the infamous Jameson Raid where a
  certain Jameson led a party of several-hundred armed-men in an attack on
  the Transvaal. War followed immediately thereafter.
  Queen Victoria mounted the largest and best-equipped army that the world
  had ever seen at that time (1898). Victoria thought the war would be over in
  two weeks, since the Boers had no standing-army and no trained-militia and
  would be no-match for her 400,000 soldiers drawn from the ranks of
  Britain’s under-classes. The Boers never numbered more than 80,000
  farmers and their sons – some were as young as fourteen – Rudyard Kipling
  also thought the war would be over in less than a week.
  Instead, with rifle in one hand and the Bible in the other, the Boers held-out
  for three years. “We went to South Africa thinking the war would be over in
  a week,” said Kipling. “Instead, the Boers taught us no-end of a lesson.”
  107
  That same “lesson” could be taught to the The Committee of 300 today if we
  could but muster 10,000 leaders, good men and true to lead this nation in
  battle against the gargantuan-monster threatening to devour everything our
  Constitution stands for.
  After the war ended in 1902, the British Crown had to consolidate its grip on
  the unimaginable fortune of gold and diamonds that lay beneath the barren
  veldt of the Boer Republics of Transvaal and Orange Free State. This was
  done through the Round Table of the legend of King Arthur and his Knights.
  The Round Table is strictly a British MI6 intelligence-operation established by
  the The Committee of 300 which, together with the Rhodes Scholarship
  program, is a dagger in the heartland of America.
  The Round Table was established in South Africa by Cecil Rhodes and funded
  by the English Rothschild family. Its purpose was to train business-leaders
  loyal to the British Crown who would secure the vast gold and diamond
  treasures for the British Crown. South Africans had their birthright stolen
  from them in a coup so massive and all-pervading that it was apparent only
  a central unified-command could have pulled it off. That unified-command
  was the The Committee of 300.
  That this was accomplished is not in dispute. By the early 1930’s, the British
  Crown had a stranglehold on the biggest supplies of gold and diamonds ever
  found in the world. NOW THE The Committee of 300 HAD AT ITS DISPOSAL
  BOTH THE VAST FORTUNE COMING FROM THE DRUG-TRADE AND THE
  EQUALLY VAST FORTUNE OF THE MINERAL AND METAL WEALTH OF SOUTH
  AFRICA. Financial control of the world was complete.
  The Round Table played a pivotal-role in the coup. The express purpose of
  the Round Table, after swallowing up South Africa, was to blunt the benefits
  to the United States of the American War of Independence, and once more
  bring the United States under British-control. Organising-ability was
  essential for such an enterprise and it was provided by Lord Alfred Milner,
  protégé of the London Rothschild family. Using Scottish Rite Freemason
  principles in selecting members of Round Table, those chosen underwent a
  period of intense-training at Cambridge and Oxford Universities under the
  watchful eyes of John Ruskin, a self-confessed “old school communist”, and
  T. H. Green, an operative of MI6.
  It was Green, the son of a Christian evangelical-cleric, who spawned Rhodes,
  Milner, John Wheeler Bennet, A. D. Lindsay, George Bernard Shaw and
  Hjalmar Schacht, Hitler’s finance-minister. I pause here to remind readers
  that the Round Table is only ONE SECTOR of this vast and all-encompassing
  The Committee of 300. Yet the Round Table itself consists of a maze of
  companies, institutions, banks and educational-establishments, which in
  itself would take qualified insurance-actuaries a year to sort-out.
  Round Tablers fanned-out throughout the world to take control of fiscal and
  monetary-policies and political-leadership in all countries where they
  operated. In South Africa, General Smuts, who had fought against the
  108
  British in the Boer War, was “turned” and became a leading British
  intelligence, military and political agent who espoused the cause of the
  British Crown. In the United States, in later years, the task of boring-away
  at the United States from the inside fell to William Yandell Elliot, the man
  who spawned Henry Kissinger and who was responsible for his meteoric rise
  to power as chief U.S. advisor to the The Committee of 300.
  William Yandell Elliot was “an American at Oxford”, (President William
  Jefferson Clinton was also “an American at Oxford”.) who had already served
  the The Committee of 300 well, which is a prerequisite for higher office in
  the service of the committee.
  After graduating from Vanderbilt University in 1917, Elliot was drafted by the
  Rothschild-Warburg banking-network. He worked at the Federal Reserve
  Bank in San Francisco and rose to be a director. From there he acted as a
  Warburg-Rothschild intelligence-officer, reporting on the important areas of
  the United States he was overseeing. Elliot’s “Freemason” talent-spotters
  recommended him for a Rhodes Scholarship and, in 1923, he went to Balliol
  College at Oxford University whose “dreaming spires” hid a network of
  intrigue and future traitors to the West.
  Balliol College was, and still is, the centre of recruiting for the Round Table.
  After a thorough-brainwashing conducted by the Tavistock Institute of
  Human Relations representative, A.D. Lindsay, who had succeeded Master of
  Balliol T. H. Green, Elliot was received into the Round Table and sent to The
  Royal Institute of International Affairs to be given his assignment, which was
  that he return to the United States to become a leader in the academiccommunity.
  The Round Table’s driving philosophy was to have Round Tablers in positions
  to formulate and carry-out social-policies through social-institutions whereby
  what Ruskin called “the masses” could be manipulated. Members infiltrated
  the highest levels of banking after under-going a course at the Tavistock
  Institute. The course was drawn up by Lord Leconsfield, an intimate of the
  British royal family, and later run by Robert Brand who went on to manage
  Lazard Freres. The Royal Institute of International Affairs was and remains
  totally-interfaced with the British monarchy. Some of the spin-offs of the
  Round Table are the Bilderbergers, set up and run by Duncan Sandys, a
  prominent politician and son-in-law of the late Winston Churchill, the
  Ditchley Foundation, a secret banker’s club which I exposed in my 1983
  work, “International Banker’s Conspiracy: The Ditchley Foundation”, the
  Trilateral Commission, the Atlantic Council of the United States and the
  Aspen Institute for Humanistic Studies, whose well-hidden, behind the
  scenes founder was Lord Bullock of the RIIA for whom Robert Anderson
  fronted.
  The way in which Henry Kissinger, the RIIA’s chief asset in the United
  States, came to power is a story of the triumph of the institution of the
  British monarchy over the Republic of the United States of America. It is a
  tale of horror, too long to be included here. Nevertheless, it would be remiss
  109
  of me if I did not mention just a few of the highlights of Kissinger’s rise to
  fame, fortune and power.
  After a stint in the United States Army, beginning with the job of driving
  General Fritz Kraemer around war-torn Germany, thanks to the
  Oppenheimer-family Kissinger was picked to attend Wilton Park for further
  training. At the time he held the rank of private first class. In 1952 Kissinger
  was sent to the Tavistock Institute where R. V. Dicks took him in hand and
  turned him inside-out. Thereafter there was no holding Kissinger back. He
  was later drafted to serve under George Franklin and Hamilton Fish of the
  Council on Foreign Relations’ New York office.
  It is believed that the official nuclear-policy adopted by the United States
  was delivered to Kissinger during his stay at Tavistock and further-shaped
  by his participation in “Nuclear Weapons and Foreign Policy”, a Round Table
  seminar which brought forth the doctrine known as “flexible response”, a
  total irrationality, which became known by the acronym MAD. Thanks to
  William Yandell Elliot and under the tutelage of John Wheeler Bennett, top
  intelligence-director of the Round Table and chief of MI6 field-operations in
  the United States, Kissinger became Elliot’s “favourite son” as he explained
  in his book, “The Pragmatic Revolt in Politics”. Kissinger was co-opted into
  the Round Table to push monetarist-policies he studied at Harvard
  International Seminars.
  Kissinger avidly absorbed Elliot’s teachings and was no-longer recognisable
  as the man General Kraemer once described as “my little Jew-boy driver”.
  Kissinger was inculcated with the spirit of the Master of Balliol, becoming an
  ardent disciple of decadent British aristocracy. Adopting the philosophies of
  Toynbee, chief intelligence-director for MI6 at the Royal Institute of
  International Affairs, Kissinger used its papers to write his undergraduate
  “dissertation”. By the mid 1960’s Kissinger had proved his worth to the
  Round Table and the RIIA, and thus to the British monarchy. As a reward
  and a test of what he had learned, Kissinger was placed in charge of a small
  group consisting of James Schlessinger, Alexander Haig and Daniel Ellsberg,
  that the Round Table was using to conduct a series of experiments. Cooperating with this group was the Institute of Policy Studies chieftheoretician Noam Chomsky. Haig, like Kissinger, worked for General
  Kraemer, albeit not as a driver, and the general found a number of varied
  openings in the Department of Defence for his protégé. Once Kissinger was
  installed as National Security Advisor, Kraemer got Haig the job as his
  deputy. Ellsberg, Haig, and Kissinger then set in motion the RIIA’s
  Watergate-plan to oust President Nixon for disobeying direct-instructions.
  Haig played the lead-role in brainwashing and confusing President Nixon,
  and in-effect it was Kissinger who ran the White House during this softeningup of the President. As I mentioned in 1984, Haig was the White House gobetween known as “Deep Throat”, passing information to the Washington
  Post team of Woodward and Bernstein.
  110
  The Watergating of Nixon was the biggest coup yet pulled-off by the Round
  Table as an agency and an arm of the RIIA. All the tangled threads led back
  to the Round Table; from there to the RIIA, and right back to the Queen of
  England. The humiliation of Nixon was an object-lesson and a warning to
  future Presidents of the United States not to imagine they could go against
  the The Committee of 300 and win. Kennedy was brutally murdered in fullview of the American people for the same reason; Nixon was not considered
  worthy-enough to suffer the same fate as John F. Kennedy.
  But whatever the method used, the The Committee of 300 made sure that
  all would-be aspirants for the White House got the message: “Nobody is
  beyond our reach.” That this message remains just as forceful as it was
  when Kennedy was murdered and Nixon hounded out of office, is evidenced
  by the character of President George Bush, whose eagerness to please his
  masters should be cause for grave concern among those who worry about
  the future of the United States.
  The purpose of the exercise was made clear in the Pentagon Papers episode
  and the drafting of Schlessinger into the Nixon Administration to act as a
  spoiler in the defence-establishment and a counterforce to the development
  of atomic-energy, which role Schlessinger carried-out from the shelter of his
  position in the Atomic Energy Commission, one of the key factors in deindustrialising the United States in the planned Club of Rome Post-IndustrialZero-growth strategies. From this beginning we can trace the roots of the
  1991 recession/depression which has thus far cost the jobs of 30 million
  Americans.
  It is virtually-impossible to penetrate the Committee of 300 and the
  oligarchical families that go to make it up. The camouflage they pull over
  themselves as protective-covering is very hard to rip off. This fact should be
  noted by every freedom-loving American: The The Committee of 300
  dictates what passes for United States foreign and domestic policies and has
  done so for over 200 years. Nowhere was this more strikingly portrayed than
  when a cocky President Truman had the wind knocked out of him by
  Churchill ram-rodding the so-called “Truman Doctrine” down the throat of
  the little man from Independence, Missouri.
  Some of their former-members, whose descendants filled vacancies caused
  by death, and present-members include Sir Mark Turner, Gerald Villiers,
  Samuel Montague, the Inchcapes, Keswicks, Peases, Schroeders, Airlies,
  Churchills, Frasers, Lazars and Jardine Mathesons. The full list of members is
  presented elsewhere in this book; these people on the Committee ORDERED
  President Wilson to go to war against Germany in the First World War; this
  Committee ordered Roosevelt to engineer the Japanese attack on Pearl
  Harbour with the object of getting the United States into the Second World
  War.
  These people, this Committee, ordered this nation to war in Korea, Vietnam
  and the Persian Gulf. The plain truth is that the United States has fought in 5
  wars this century for and on behalf of the infamous The Committee of 300.
  111
  It seems that, apart from just a few, no-one has stopped to ask, “WHY ARE
  WE FIGHTING THESE WARS?” The big drum of “patriotism”, martial-music
  and waving flags and yellow-ribbons, it seems, caused a great nation to
  become bereft of its senses.
  On the 50th anniversary of Pearl Harbour, a new “hate Japan” campaign is
  being waged, not by the Institute of Pacific Relations (IPR), but in the most
  direct and brazen manner by the Bush Administration and the Congress. The
  object is the same as it was when Roosevelt inspired the attack on Pearl
  Harbour, paint the Japanese as aggressors and wage economic-war, then
  ready our forces for the next phase – armed aggression against Japan.
  This is already in the works; it is only a matter of time before more of our
  sons and daughters are sent-off to be slaughtered in the service of the
  feudal-lords of the The Committee of 300. We ought to shout from the
  housetops, “It is not for freedom nor for love of country that we are going to
  die, but for a system of tyranny that will shortly envelop the entire world.”
  So tight is the grip of this organisation on Britain that 95% of British citizens
  have, since the 1700’s, been forced to accept as their share, less than 20%
  of the national-wealth of the country. This is what the oligarchical feudallords of England like to call “democracy”. These nice, proper English
  gentlemen are, in reality, utterly ruthless – what they did in India, Sudan,
  Egypt, Iraq, Iran and Turkey will be repeated in every country under the
  New World Order-One World Government. They will use every nation and its
  wealth to protect their privileged way of life. It is this class of British
  aristocracy whose fortunes are inextricably-woven and intertwined with the
  drug-trade, the gold, diamond and arms trades, banking, commerce and
  industry, oil, the news-media and entertainment-industry.
  Apart from the rank and file of the Labour Party (but not its leaders), the
  majority of British political-leaders are descendants of titled families, the
  titles being hereditary and handed-down from father to eldest son. This
  system ensures that no “outsiders” aspire to political-power in England.
  Nevertheless, some aliens have been able to squeeze their way in.
  Take the case of Lord Halifax, former British Ambassador to Washington and
  the man who delivered The Committee of 300 orders to our government
  during the Second World War. Halifax’s son, Charles Wood, married a Miss
  Primrose, a blood-relative of Lord Rothschild. Behind such names as Lord
  Swaythling is hidden the name of Montague, director of the Bank of England
  and adviser and confidant of the majority-stockholder of the Shell Oil
  Company, Queen Elizabeth II. All are members of the The Committee of

1. Some of the old barriers have been broken down. Title is today not the
   only criteria for admission to the Club of Rome.
   It is appropriate to provide an overview of what the The Committee of 300
   hopes to achieve, what its aims and objectives are before we proceed to its
   vast, far-flung interlocking interfacing of banks, insurance-companies,
   corporations, etc. The following information has taken years of investigative-
   112
   research to put together from hundreds of documents and sources of mine
   who gave me access to some of the papers in which the details are hidden.
   The The Committee of 300 consists of certain individuals, specialists in their
   own fields, including Cultus Diabolicus, mind-altering-drugs, and specialists
   in murder by poison, intelligence; banking, and every facet of commercial
   activity. It will be necessary to mention former-members since deceased,
   because of their former roles and because their places were given to family
   members of new members considered worthy of the honour.
   Included in the membership are the old families of the European Black
   Nobility, the American Eastern Liberal Establishment (in Freemason
   hierarchy and the Order of Skull and Bone), the Illuminati, or as it is known
   by the Committee “MORIAH CONQUERING WIND”, the Mumma Group, The
   National and World Council of Churches, the Circle of Initiates, the Nine
   Unknown Men, Lucis Trust, Jesuit Liberation Theologists, The Order of the
   Elders of Zion, the Nasi Princes, International Monetary Fund (IMF), the
   Bank of International Settlements (BIS), the United Nations (U.N .), the
   Central, British Quator Coronati, Italian P2 Masonry – especially those in the
   Vatican hierarchy – the Central Intelligence Agency, Tavistock Institute
   selected personnel, various members of leading foundations and insurancecompanies named in the lists that follow, the Hong Kong and Shanghai
   Bank, the Milner Group-Round Table, Cini Foundation, German Marshall
   Fund, Ditchley Foundation, NATO, Club of Rome, Environmentalists, The
   Order of St. John of Jerusalem, One World Government Church, Socialist
   International, Black Order, Thule Society, Anenherbe-Rosicrucianists, The
   Great Superior Ones and literally HUNDREDS of other organisations.
   What then are we looking at? A loosely-knit gathering of people with weird
   ideas? Certainly not. In the Committee of 300, which has a 150-year history,
   we have some of the most brilliant intellects assembled to form a
   completely-totalitarian, absolutely-controlled “new” society only it isn’t new,
   having drawn most of its ideas from the Clubs of Cultus Diabolicus. It strives
   toward a One World Government rather well described by one of its late
   members, H. G. Wells, in his work commissioned by the Committee which
   Wells boldly called: “THE OPEN CONSPIRACY – PLANS FOR A WORLD
   REVOLUTION.” It was a bold statement-of-intent, but not really so bold since
   nobody believed Wells except the Great Superior Ones, the Anenherbes and
   those who were what we would call “insiders” today.
   Here is an extract of what Wells proposed:
   “The Open Conspiracy will appear first, I believe as a conscious organisation
   of intelligent, and in some cases wealthy men, as a movement having
   distinct social and political aims, confessedly ignoring most of the existingapparatus of political-control, or using it only as an incidental implement in
   the stages, a mere movement of a number of people in a certain direction,
   who will presently discover, with a sort of a surprise, the common-object
   toward which they are all moving. In all sorts of ways, they will be
   influencing and controlling the ostensible government.”
   113
   Like George Orwell’s 1984 , Wells’ account is a mass-appeal for a One World
   Government. Summarised, the intent and purpose of the The Committee of
   300 is to bring to pass the following conditions:
   A One World Government and one-unit monetary-system under permanent
   non-elected hereditary oligarchists who self-select from among their
   numbers in the form of a feudal-system as it was in the Middle Ages. In this
   One World entity, population will be limited by restrictions on the number of
   children per family, diseases, wars, famines, until 1 billion (1,000,000,000)
   people who are useful to the ruling class, in areas which will be strictly and
   clearly defined, remain as the total world population.
   There will be no middle-class, only rulers and servants. All laws will be
   uniform under a legal-system of world-courts practising the same unified
   code of laws, backed up by a One World Government police-force and a One
   World unified-military to enforce laws in all former countries where no
   national boundaries shall exist. The system will be on the basis of a welfarestate; those who are obedient and subservient to the One World
   Government will be rewarded with the means to live; those who are
   rebellious will simply be starved to death or be declared outlaws, thus a
   target for anyone who wishes to kill them. Privately-owned firearms or
   weapons of any kind will be prohibited.
   Only one religion will be allowed and that will be in the form of a One World
   Government Church, which has been in existence since 1920 as we shall
   see. Satanism, Luciferianism and Witchcraft shall be recognised as legitimate
   One World Government curricula with no private or church schools. All
   Christian churches have already been subverted and Christianity will be a
   thing of the past in the One World Government.
   To induce a state where there is no individual freedom or any concept of
   liberty surviving, there shall be no such thing as republicanism, sovereignty
   or rights residing with the people. National-pride and racial-identity shall be
   stamped-out and in the transition-phase it shall be subject to the severest
   penalties to even mention one’s racial origin.
   Each person shall be fully-indoctrinated that he or she is a creature of the
   One World Government with an identification-number clearly-marked on
   their person so as to be readily-accessible, which identifying-number shall be
   in the master-file of the NATO computer in Brussels, Belgium, subject to
   instant-retrieval by any agency of the One World Government at any time.
   The master-files of the CIA, FBI, state and local police-agencies, IRS, FEMA,
   Social Security shall be vastly expanded and form the basis of personalrecords of all individuals in the United States.
   Marriage shall be outlawed and there shall be no family-life as we know it.
   Children will be removed from their parents at an early-age and brought up
   by wards as state-property. Such an experiment was carried out in East
   Germany under Erich Honnecker when children were taken-away from
   parents considered by the state to be disloyal-citizens. Women will be
   114
   degraded through the continued process of “women’s liberation”
   movements. Free sex shall be mandatory.
   Failure to comply at least once by the age of 20 shall be punishable by
   severe reprisals against her person. Self-abortion shall be taught and
   practised after two children are born to a woman; such records shall be
   contained in the personal-file of each woman in the One World Government’s
   regional-computers. If a woman falls pregnant after she has previously given
   birth to two children, she shall be forcibly removed to an abortion-clinic for
   such an abortion and sterilisation to be carried out.
   Pornography shall be promoted and be compulsory showing in every theatre
   of cinema, including homosexual and lesbian pornography. The use of
   “recreational” drugs shall be compulsory, with each person allotted drugquotas which can be purchased at One World Government stores throughout
   the world. Mind-control-drugs will be expanded and usage become
   compulsory. Such mind-control-drugs shall be given in food and/or watersupplies without the knowledge and/or consent of the people. Drug-bars
   shall be set up, run by One World Government employees, where the slaveclass shall be able to spend their free-time. In this manner the non-elite
   masses will be reduced to the level and behaviour of controlled animals with
   no will of their own and easily regimented and controlled.
   The economic-system shall be based upon the ruling oligar-ethical class
   allowing just enough foods and services to be produced to keep the mass
   slave-labour-camps going. All wealth shall be aggregated in the hands of the
   elite members of the The Committee of 300. Each individual shall be
   indoctrinated to understand that he or she is totally-dependent upon the
   state for survival. The world shall be ruled by Committee of 300 Executive
   Decrees which become instant law. Boris Yeltsin is using The Committee of
   300 decrees to impose the Committee’s will on Russia as a trial-run. Courts
   of punishment and not courts of justice shall exist. Industry is to be totally
   destroyed along with nuclear-powered energy-systems. Only the The
   Committee of 300 members and their elitists shall have the right to any of
   the earth’s resources. Agriculture shall be solely in the hands of the The
   Committee of 300 with food-production strictly controlled. As these
   measures begin to take effect, large populations in the cities shall be
   forcibly-removed to remote areas and those who refuse to go shall be
   exterminated in the manner of the One World Government experiment
   carried-out by Pol Pot in Cambodia.
   Euthanasia for the terminally-ill and the aged shall be compulsory. No cities
   shall be larger than a predetermined number as described in the work of
   Kalgeri. Essential-workers will be moved to other cities if the one they are in
   becomes overpopulated. Other non-essential workers will be chosen at
   random and sent to under-populated cities to fill “quotas”.
   At least 4 billion “useless eaters” shall be eliminated by the year 2050 by
   means of limited wars, organised epidemics of fatal rapid-acting diseases
   and starvation. Energy, food and water shall be kept at subsistence-levels
   115
   for the non-elite, starting with the White-populations of Western Europe and
   North America and then spreading to other races. The population of Canada,
   Western Europe and the United States will be decimated more rapidly than
   on other continents, until the world’s population reaches a manageable-level
   of 1 billion, of which 500 million will consist of Chinese and Japanese races,
   selected because they are people who have been regimented for centuries
   and who are accustomed to obeying authority without question.
   From time to time there shall be artificially-contrived food and water
   shortages and medical-care to remind the masses that their very existence
   depends on the goodwill of the The Committee of 300.
   After the destruction of housing, auto, steel and heavy-goods-industries,
   there shall be limited housing, and industries of any kind allowed to remain
   shall be under the direction of NATO’s Club of Rome as shall all scientific and
   space exploration development, limited to the elite under the control of the
   The Committee of 300. Space-weapons of all former nations shall be
   destroyed along with nuclear-weapons.
   All essential and non-essential pharmaceutical-products, doctors, dentists
   and health-care workers will be registered in the central-computer databank and no medicine or medical-care will be prescribed without express
   permission of regional-controllers responsible for each city, town and village.
   The United States will be flooded by peoples of alien cultures who will
   eventually overwhelm White America; people with no concept of what the
   United States Constitution stands for and who will, in consequence, do
   nothing to defend it, and in whose minds the concept of liberty and justice is
   so weak as to matter little. FOOD and shelter shall be the main concern. No
   central bank except the Bank of International Settlement and the World
   Bank shall be allowed to operate. Private banks will be outlawed.
   Remuneration for work-performed shall be under a uniform predeterminedscale throughout the One World Government. There shall be no wagedisputes allowed, nor any diversion from the standard uniform scales of pay
   laid-down by the One World Government. Those who break the law will be
   instantly executed.
   There shall be no cash or coinage in the hands of the non-elite. All
   transactions shall be carried out by means of a debit-card which shall bear
   the identification-number of the holder. Any person who in any way infringes
   the rules and regulations of the Committee of 300 shall have the use of his
   or her card suspended for varying times according to the nature and severity
   of the infringement.
   Such persons will find, when they go to make purchases, that their card is
   blacklisted and they will not be able to obtain services of any kind. Attempts
   to trade “old” coins, that is to say silver coins of previous and now defunct
   nations, shall be treated as a capital-crime subject to the death-penalty. All
   such coinage shall be required to be surrendered within a given time along
   with guns, rifles, explosives and automobiles. Only the elite and One World
   116
   Government high-ranking functionaries will be allowed private transport,
   weapons, coinage and automobiles.
   If the offence is a serious-one, the card will be seized at the checking-point
   where it is presented. Thereafter that person shall not be able to obtain
   food, water, shelter and employment medical-services, and shall be
   officially-listed as an outlaw. Large bands of outlaws will thus be created and
   they will live in regions that best afford subsistence, subject to being
   hunted-down and shot on sight. Persons assisting outlaws in any way
   whatsoever, shall likewise be shot. Outlaws who fail to surrender to the
   police or military after a declared period of time, shall have a former familymember selected at random to serve prison-terms in their stead.
   Rival factions and groups such as Arabs and Jews and African tribes shall
   have differences magnified and be allowed to wage wars-of-extermination
   against each other, under the eyes of NATO and U.N . observers. The same
   tactics will be used in Central and South America. These wars-of-attrition
   shall take place BEFORE the take-over of the One World Government and
   shall be engineered on every continent where large groups of people with
   ethnic and religious differences live, such as the Sikhs, Moslem Pakistanis
   and the Hindu Indians. Ethnic and religious differences shall be magnified
   and exacerbated and violent conflict as a means of “settling” their
   differences shall be encouraged and fostered.
   All information-services and print-media shall be under the control of the
   One World Government. Regular brainwashing-control-measures shall be
   passed-off as “entertainment” in the manner in which it was practised and
   became a fine-art in the United States. Youths removed from “disloyal
   parents”, shall receive special-education designed to brutalise them. Youth
   of both sexes shall receive training to qualify as prison-guards for the One
   World labour-camp system. It is obvious from the foregoing that much work
   remains to be done before the dawning of the New World Order can occur.
   The The Committee of 300 has long-ago perfected plans to destabilise
   civilisation as we know it, some of which plans were made known by
   Zbigniew Brzezinski in his classic work “THE TECHNOTRONIC ERA” and the
   works of Aurellio Peccei who founded the Club of Rome, especially in his
   book, “THE CHASM AHEAD”.
   In “THE CHASM AHEAD”, Peccei spelled out Committee of 300 plans to tame
   man, whom he called “THE ENEMY”. Peccei quoted what Felix Dzerzinski
   once said to Sydney Reilly at the height of the Red Terror when millions of
   Russians were being murdered: “Why should I concern myself with how
   many die? Even the Christian Bible says what is man that God should be
   mindful of him? For me men are nothing but a brain at one end and a shitfactory at the other.”
   It was from this brutish view of man that Emmanuel The Christ came to
   rescue the world. Sydney Reilly was the MI6 operative sent to watch-over
   Dzerzinski’s activities. Reilly was allegedly shot by his friend Felix while
   attempting to flee Russia. The elaborate plot was devised when certain
   117
   members of the British Parliament raised a hue-and-cry and began to loudly
   demand an accounting of Reilly’s activities in Russia; which threatened to
   expose the role of the The Committee of 300 in gaining-control of the Baku
   oil-fields and its major role in assisting Lenin and Trotsky during the
   Bolshevik Revolution. Rather than have the truth dragged-out of Reilly, MI6
   thought it expedient to stage his death. Reilly lived out his days in utter
   luxury in a Russian villa usually reserved for the Bolshevik-elite.
   Arguing that chaos would ensue unless the “Atlantic Alliance”, a euphemism
   for the The Committee of 300 ruled post-industrial America, Peccei proposed
   a Malthusian triaging on a global scale. He envisioned a collision between the
   scientific-technological-military apparatus of the Soviet Union and the
   Western world. Thus the Warsaw Pact countries were to be offered a
   convergence with the West in a One World Government to run global-affairs
   on the foundations of crisis-management and global-planning.
   Events unfolding in what was formerly the USSR and the emergence of
   several independent-states in a loose federation in Russia, is exactly what
   was envisaged by Peccei and the Club of Rome and this is clearly spelled-out
   in both the books I have mentioned. A USSR thus divided will be easier to
   cope-with, than a strong, united Soviet nation. Plans that were laid-down by
   the The Committee of 300 for a One World Government, which included the
   prospect of a divided Russia, are now approaching a point of rapid
   escalation. Events in Russia at the close of 1991 are all the more dramatic
   when viewed against the 1960 long-range-planning by the The Committee of
2. 
   In Western Europe the people are working toward a federation of states
   within a one-government framework with a single currency. From there the
   EEC system will be transferred bit by bit to the United States and Canada.
   The United Nations is being slowly but surely transformed into a rubberstamp of One World Government, with policies dictated to it by the United
   States, as we saw in the case of the Gulf War. Precisely the same thing is
   happening with the British Parliament. Discussion on Britain’s participation in
   the Gulf War was kept to a ridiculously minimal level and belatedly took
   place only during a motion to adjourn the House. This has neverhappened
   before in the ancient history of parliament, where so important a decision
   had to be made and so little time was allowed for discussion. One of the
   most noteworthy events in parliamentary history has gone virtually
   unnoticed.
   ‘And the Word of the “I AM” came unto me, saying, Son of man,
   prophesy against the prophets of Israel that prophesy, and say
   thou unto them that prophesy out of their own hearts, Hear ye
   the Word of the “I AM”; Thus saith the Lord “I AM”; Woe unto the
   foolish prophets (politicians), that follow their own spirit,
   and have seen nothing! O Israel (Britain and USA – the Two
   Witnesses and related nations), thy prophets (politicians) are
   like the “foxes in the deserts” (Operation “Desert Fox”[?]). Ye
   have not gone up into the gaps, neither made up the hedge for
   118
   the “House of Israel” (the Ten “Lost” Tribes of Israel, which
   include and are led by America and Britain) to stand in the
   battle in The Day of the “I AM” (Armageddon). They have seen
   vanity and lying divination, saying, The “I AM” saith: and the
   “I AM” hath not sent them: and they have made [others] to hope
   that their words would be confirmed. Have ye not seen a vain
   vision, and have ye not spoken a lying divination, whereas ye
   say, The “I AM” saith [it]; albeit I have not spoken? Therefore
   thus saith the Lord “I AM”; Because ye have spoken vanity, and
   seen lies, therefore, behold, I [am] against you, saith the Lord
   “I AM”. And Mine hand shall be upon the prophets (politicians)
   that see vanity, and that divine lies: they shall not be in the
   assembly of My people, neither shall they be written in the
   writing of the “House of Israel”, neither shall they enter into
   the land of Israel; and ye shall know that I [am] the Lord “I
   AM”. Because, even because they have seduced My people, saying,
   Peace; and [there was] NO peace; and one built up a wall (U.N
   .O. and NATO), and, lo, others daubed it with untempered
   [mortar]: Say unto them which daub [it] with untempered
   [mortar], that it shall fall: there shall be an overflowing
   shower; and ye, O great hailstones, shall fall; and a stormy
   wind (Operation “Desert Storm”[?]) shall rend [it]. Lo, when the
   wall is fallen, shall it not be said unto you, Where [is] the
   daubing wherewith ye have daubed [it]? Therefore thus saith the
   Lord “I AM”; I will even rend [it] with a stormy wind in my
   fury; and there shall be an overflowing shower in Mine anger,
   and great hailstones in [My] fury to consume [it]. So will I
   break down the wall (U.N .) that ye have daubed with untempered
   [mortar], and bring it down to the ground, so that the
   (Illuminati – Olympian) foundation thereof shall be discovered,
   and it shall fall, and ye shall be consumed in the midst
   thereof: and ye shall know that I [am] the “I AM”. Thus will I
   accomplish My wrath upon the wall (U.N .O. and NATO), and upon
   them that have daubed it with untempered [mortar], and will say
   unto you, The wall [is] no [more], neither they that daubed it .
   . . .’ – God, Ezekiel 13:1-15.
   We are close to the point where the United States will send its militaryforces to settle any and all disputes brought before the United Nations.
   Departing Secretary General Perez de Cuellar, heavily-laden with bribemoney, was the most compliant U.N . leader in history in granting demands
   of the United States without discussion. His successor will be even more
   inclined to go along with whatever the U.S. government places before him.
   This is an important step along the road to a One World Government.
   The International Court of Justice at The Hague will be used in increasing
   measure in the next two years to settle legal-arguments of all types. It is of
   course the prototype for a One World Government legal-system that will
   supplant all others. As for central banks, essential in the planning of the New
   World Order, this is already very much a fait-accompli with the Bank of
   International Settlements dominating the scene at the close of 1991. Private
   119
   banks are fast disappearing in preparation for the Big Ten banks that will
   control banking the world over under the guidance of BIS and the IMF.
   Welfare-states abound in Europe, and the United States is fast becoming the
   largest welfare-state in the world. Once people come to depend on
   government for their subsistence, it will be very hard to wean them away
   from it as we saw in the results of the last mid-term election held in the
   United States where 98% of incumbents were returned to Washington to
   enjoy the good-life in spite of their utterly deplorable records.
   The abolition of privately-owned firearms is already in force in three quarters
   of the world. Only in the United States can the populace still own guns of all
   types, but that legal right is being chipped-away at an alarming rate by local
   and state laws which violate the Constitutional Right of all citizens to bear
   arms. Private gun-ownership will have become a thing of the past in the
   United States by the year 2010.
   SIMILARLY, EDUCATION IS BEING ERODED AT AN ALARMING RATE.
   PRIVATE SCHOOLS ARE BEING FORCED TO CLOSE BY A VARIETY OF LEGALSTRATAGEMS AND LACK OF FUNDING. The standard of education in the
   United States has already sunk to such a deplorable level that today it can
   barely be classified as education at all. This is according to plan; as I
   described earlier, the One World Government does not want our youth to be
   properly educated.
   Destruction of national-identity proceeds apace. It is no-longer a good-thing
   to be patriotic, unless it is in the cause of some One World Government
   project such as the war-of-genocide being waged against the nation of Iraq,
   or the impending destruction of Libya. Racial pride is now frowned-upon and
   deemed to be an illegal-act in many parts of the world, INCLUDING THE
   UNITED STATES, BRITAIN, WESTERN EUROPE AND CANADA; ALL
   COUNTRIES HAVING THE LARGEST CONCENTRATIONS OF THE WHITE RACE.
   Led by the secret societies in America, destruction of republican forms of
   government has proceeded apace, since the close of WW II. A list of such
   governments destroyed by the U.S. is long, and it is difficult for the noninformed to accept that government of a country, allegedly wedded to
   republicanism under a unique constitution, would engage in such conduct,
   but the facts speak for themselves.
   This is a goal which was set, over a century ago, by the The Committee of
3. The United States has led the attacks on such governments and
   continues to do so, even as the United States republican base is being
   steadily undermined. Starting with James Earl Carter’s legal-counsel, Lloyd
   Cutler; a committee of constitutional-lawyers has been working to change
   the U.S. Congress into a non-representative parliamentary-system. Work
   has been in progress since 1979 on the blueprint for such a change, and
   because of his devotion to the cause, Cutler was made a member of the The
   Committee of 300. The final draft for a parliamentary-type of government is
   to be presented to the The Committee of 300 at the end of 1993.
   120
   In the new parliamentary-system, members will not be responsible to their
   constituents, but to parliamentary-whips and will vote the way they are told
   to vote. Thus, by judicial and bureaucratic subversion the Constitution will
   vanish, as will individual liberty. Pre-planned degrading of man through
   licentious sexual-practices will be stepped-up. New sexually-degenerate cults
   are even-now being set up by the British Crown – working through the SIS
   and MI6 services. As we already know, all cults operating in the world today
   are the product of British intelligence, acting for the oligarchical rulers.
   We may think this phase of creating a whole new cult which specialises in
   sexual-degenerate-behaviour is still far-off, but my information is that it is
   due to be stepped-up in 1992. By 1994 it will be quite commonplace to have
   “live shows” in the most prestigious clubs and places of entertainment. This
   type of “entertainment” is already in the process of having its image cleaned
   and brightened.
   Soon the big names in Hollywood and the entertainment-world will be
   recommending this or that club as a “must” for live sex-shows. Lesbianism
   and homosexuality will not be featured. This new socially-acceptable
   “entertainment” will consist of heterosexual-displays and will be written-up
   in reviews as one finds in today’s newspapers about shows on Broadway, or
   the latest hit movie.
   An unprecedented assault on moral-values will go into high-gear in 1992.
   Pornography will no longer be called “pornography”, but adult-sexentertainment. Sloganeering will take the form of “why hide it when
   everybody does it. Let’s take away the image that public displays of sex are
   ugly and dirty”. No more will those who care for this type of unbridled
   sexual-lust have to go to seedy porno-parlours. Instead, the upper-class
   supper-clubs and places favoured by the rich and famous will make public
   sexual-displays a highly “artistic” form of entertainment. Worse yet, some
   church “leaders” will even recommend it.
   The voluminous all-pervading and enormous social-psychiatry-apparatus put
   in place by the Tavistock Institute and its huge web of related capabilities
   has been under the control of one single entity, and that entity is still in
   control as we enter 1992. That single entity, the conspirators’ hierarchy, is
   called THE The Committee of 300. It is a power-structure and a powercentre that operates far-beyond the reach of any single world leader or any
   government, including the United States government and its Presidents – as
   the late John F. Kennedy found out. The Kennedy murder was an operation
   of the The Committee of 300 and we shall return to that.
   The The Committee of 300 is the ultimate secret society made up of an
   untouchable ruling class, which includes the Queen of England, the Queen of
   the Netherlands, the Queen of Denmark and the royal families of Europe.
   These aristocrats decided at the death of Queen Victoria, the matriarch of
   the Venetian Black Guelphs, that, in order to gain world-wide control, it
   would be necessary for its aristocratic-members to “go into business” with
   the non-aristocratic but extremely powerful leaders of corporate-business on
   121
   a global-scale, and so the doors to ultimate-power were opened to what the
   Queen of England likes to refer to as “the commoners”.
   From my days in the intelligence-business I know that heads of foreign
   governments refer to this all-powerful body as “The Magicians”. Stalin coined
   his own phrase to describe them: “The Dark Forces”, and President
   Eisenhower, who was never able to get beyond the “hofjuden” (court Jew)
   grade, referred to it in a colossal understatement as “the military-industrial
   complex”. Stalin kept the USSR heavily-armed with conventional and nuclear
   forces because he did not trust what he called “the family”. His ingrainedmistrust and fear of the Committee of 300 proved to be well-founded.
   Popular entertainment, especially the medium of movie-making, was used to
   bring discredit upon those who tried to warn of this most dangerous threat
   to individual liberty and freedom of mankind. Freedom is a God-given Law
   which man has constantly sought to subvert and undermine; yet the
   yearning for freedom by each individual is so great that up to now, no
   system has been able to tear that feeling from the heart of man. The
   experiments that have gone on in the USSR, Britain and the USA, to blunt
   and dull man’s yearnings for freedom, have thus far proved to be
   unsuccessful.
   But with the coming of the New World Order-One World Government, farreaching experiments will be stepped-up to drive man’s God-given yearning
   for freedom out of his mind, body and soul. What we are already
   experiencing is but nothing, a mere bagatelle, when compared with what is
   to come. Attacking the soul is the thrust of a host of experiments being
   readied, and I regret to say that institutions in the United States will play a
   leading role in the terrible experiments which have already been carried out
   on local small-scale levels at such places as Bethesda Naval Hospital and
   Vacaville prison in California.
   The movies we have seen thus far include the James Bond series; the
   “Assassination Bureau”; the “Matarese Circle” and so on. They were makebelieve movies, designed to hide the truth that such organisations do exist
   and on a far greater scale than even Hollywood’s fertile idea-men could
   dream-up.
   Yet the Assassination Bureau is absolutely real. It exists in Europe and the
   United States solely to do the bidding of the The Committee of 300 to carryout high-level assassinations where all other remedies have failed. It was
   PERMINDEX which ran the Kennedy-assassination under the direction of Sir
   William Stephenson, for years the Queen of England’s number one “pestcontrol” operative.
   Clay Shaw, a contract-agent of the CIA, ran PERMINDEX out of the Trade
   Mart Centre in New Orleans. Former New Orleans District Attorney Jim
   Garrison came very close to cracking the Kennedy assassination-plot up to
   the level of Clay Shaw until Garrison was “dealt with” and Shaw was found
   not guilty of involvement in the Kennedy assassination-plot. The fact that
   122
   Shaw was eliminated in the manner of Jack Ruby, another CIA contract
   agent – both died of induced quick-acting cancer – speaks volumes that
   Garrison was on the right track. (Jack Ruby died of cancer in prison, in
   January 1967.)
   A second assassination-bureau is located in Switzerland and was, until
   recently, run by a shadowy figure of whom no photographs existed after
4. The operations were and probably still are financed by the Oltramaire
   family – Swiss Black Nobility, owners of the Lombard Odier Bank of Geneva,
   a The Committee of 300 operation. The primary contact-man was Jacques
   Soustelle – this according to U.S. Army-G2 intelligence-files.
   This group was also closely-allied with Allen Dulles and Jean de Menil, an
   important member of the The Committee of 300 and a very prominent name
   in the oil-industry in Texas. Army-G2 records show that the group was
   heavily involved in the arms-trade in the Middle East, but more than that,
   the assassination-bureau made no less than 30 attempts to assassinate
   General de Gaulle, in which Jacques Soustelle was directly-involved. The
   same Soustelle was the contact-man for the Sendero Luminosa-Shining
   Pathway guerrilla-group protecting the Committee’s Peruvian cocaineproducers.
   When all of the best that the assassination-bureau could do had failed,
   thanks to the excellent work done by DGSE (French intelligence-formerly
   SDECE) the job was assigned to MI6 – Military Intelligence Department Six,
   and also known as Secret Intelligence Service (SIS), under the code-name
   “Jackal”. SDECE employed clever young graduates and was not infiltrated by
   MI6 or the KGB to any measurable extent. Its record in tracking-down
   foreign-agents made it the envy of the secret-services of every nation, and it
   was this group that followed “Jackal” to his final destination and then killed
   him before he could fire on General de Gaulle’s motorcade.
   It was the SDECE who uncovered a Soviet mole in the cabinet of De Gaulle,
   who also happened to be a liaison-man with the CIA in Langley. In order to
   discredit the SDECE, Allen Dulles, who hated De Gaulle (the feeling was
   mutual), had one of its agents, Roger De Louette, caught with $12 million
   worth of heroin in his possession. After a great deal of expert
   “interrogation”, De Louette “confessed” but was unable to say why he was
   smuggling drugs into the United States. The whole thing stank to high
   heaven of a set-up.
   Based upon an examination of SDECE methods in protecting De Gaulle,
   especially in motorcades, the FBI, Secret Service and the CIA knew exactly
   how to strip President Kennedy of his security and make it easy for the three
   PERMINDEX shooters to murder him in Dealey Plaza in November 1963.
   Another example of FACT disguised as fiction is the Leon Uris novel,
   “TOPAZ”. In “TOPAZ” we find a factual-account of the activities of Thyraud
   de Vosjoli, the very KGB agent uncovered by SDECE and denounced as the
   123
   KGB’s liaison-man with the CIA. There are many fictionalised-accounts of the
   MOSSAD’s activities, nearly all of which are based on fact.
   The MOSSAD is also known as “The Institute”. Many would-be writers make
   nonsensical statements about it, especially one writer who is much in favour
   with the Christian right wing, which is accepted as truth. One can pardon the
   offender because he has no intelligence-training, but that does not stop him
   from dropping “Mossad names” all over the place.
   Such dis-information-exercises are routinely run against American right wing
   patriotic-groups. Originally the MOSSAD consisted of three groups, the
   Bureau of Military Intelligence, the Political Department of the Foreign Office
   and the Department of Security (Sherut Habitachon). David Ben Gurion, a
   member of the The Committee of 300, received some considerable help from
   MI6 in putting it together.
   But it was not a success, and in 1951 Sir William Stephenson of MI6
   restructured it into a single unit as arm of the Political Department of the
   Israeli Foreign Office, with a special-operations-group for espionage and
   “black job” operations. British intelligence gave further assistance in training
   and equipping for servicing the Sarayet Maktal, also known as the General
   Staff Reconnaissance-unit, in the format of Britain’s Special Air Service
   (SAS). This service-unit of the MOSSAD is never mentioned by name and is
   known simply as “The Guys”.
   “The Guys” are merely an extension of British intelligence’s SAS unit, who
   continually train and update them in new methods. It was “The Guys” who
   killed the leaders of the P.L.0. and kidnapped Adolph Eichmann. “The Guys”
   and indeed ALL MOSSAD agents, operate on a war-time footing. The
   MOSSAD has a tremendous advantage over other intelligence-services in
   that every country in the world has a large Jewish-community.
   By studying social and criminal-records, the MOSSAD is able to pick agents
   among local Jews it can have a hold over AND MAKE THEM WORK FOR IT
   WITHOUT PAY. The MOSSAD also has the advantage of having access to the
   records of all U.S. law-enforcement-agencies and U.S. intelligence-services.
   The Office of Naval Intelligence (OM) ELINT services the Mossad at no cost
   to Israel. Citizens of the United States would be shocked, angered and
   dismayed if ever it was discovered just how much the MOSSAD knows about
   the lives of millions of Americans, in every walk of life, even those who are
   not political in any way.
   The first head of the MOSSAD, Reuben Shiloach, was made a member of the
   The Committee of 300, but it is not known whether his successor enjoyed
   the same privilege. Chances are that he does. The MOSSAD has a skilful disinformation service. The amount of dis-information it feeds to the American
   “market” is embarrassing, but even more embarrassing is how it is
   swallowed, hook, line and sinker, and all.
   124
   What we are actually witnessing in the microcosm of the MOSSAD is the
   extent of control exercised by the “Olympians” via the intelligence-services,
   entertainment, publishing, opinion-making (polls) and the television “news”
   media on a global scale. Ted Turner was recently given a seat on the The
   Committee of 300 in recognition for his “news” (making) CNN broadcasts.
   The Committee has the power and the means to tell the people of this world
   ANYTHING, and it will be believed by the vast majority,
   On every occasion that a researcher happens upon this astounding centralcontrol-group, he is either successfully bought-off, or else he undergoes
   some “speciality-training” at the Tavistock Institute after which he becomes
   a contributor to more fiction, of the James Bond type, i.e., he is derailed and
   well-rewarded. If such a person as John F. Kennedy should stumble onto the
   truth about who directs world-events, and cannot be bought, he is
   assassinated.
   In the case of John F. Kennedy, the assassination was carried out with great
   attendant publicity and with the utmost brutality to serve as a warning to
   world-leaders not to get out of line. Pope John Paul I was quietly murdered
   because he was getting close to the The Committee of 300 through
   Freemasons in the Vatican-hierarchy. His successor, Pope John Paul II, was
   publicly humiliated as a warning to cease and desist – which he has done. As
   we shall see, certain Vatican leaders are today seated on the The Committee
   of 300.
   It is easy to put serious researchers off-track of the The Committee of 300
   because Britain’s MI6 (SIS) promotes a wide variety of kookery, such as the
   New Age, Yogaism, Zen Buddhism, Witchcraft, Delphic Priesthood of Apollo
   (Aristotle was a member) and hundreds of small “cults” of all kinds. A group
   of “retired” British intelligence-agents who stayed on the track labelled the
   conspirators’ hierarchy “Force X”, and declared that it possesses a superintelligence-service that has corrupted the KGB, the Vatican Intelligence, the
   CIA, the ONI, DGSE, U.S. military-intelligence, the State Department
   intelligence-service and even the most secret of all U.S. intelligenceagencies, the Office of National Reconnaissance.
   The existence of the National Reconnaissance Office (NRO) was known to
   only a handful of people outside of the Committee of 300, until Truman
   stumbled upon it quite by accident. Churchill had a hand in setting up the
   NRO and he was reportedly livid when Truman discovered its existence.
   Churchill more than any other servant of the The Committee of 300,
   considered Truman, His-Little-Man from Independence “without an
   independence at all”. This referred to Truman’s every move being controlled
   by Freemasonry. Even today, NRO’s annual-budget is not known to the
   Congress of the United States, and it is responsible to only a selected-few in
   Congress. But it is a creature of the Committee of 300 to whom its reports
   are routinely sent every few hours.
   Thus the fictionalised-spoofs one sees about the various branches and arms
   of control of the Committee were designed to take suspicion away from the
   125
   real thing, but we should never doubt that the real thing does indeed exist.
   Take another example of what I mean; the book “THE DAY OF THE JACKAL”,
   from which a highly successful movie was created. The events related in the
   book are factual. Although for obvious reasons the names of some of the
   players and the locales were changed, but the thrust of the story, that a
   single MI6 operative was assigned to get rid of General Charles De Gaulle, is
   absolutely correct. General De Gaulle had become unmanageable, refusing
   to co-operate with the Committee – whose existence he knew very well,
   since he had been invited to join it – came to a climax when De Gaulle
   withdrew France from NATO and immediately began building his own
   nuclear-force – the so-called “force de frappe”.
   This so-angered the Committee that De Gaulle’s assassination was ordered.
   But the French secret-intelligence-service was able to intercept “Jackal’s”
   plans and keep De Gaulle safe. In the light of the record of MI6, which I
   might add is the The Committee of 300’s main resource when it comes to
   intelligence, the work done by French-intelligence borders on the
   miraculous.
   Military Intelligence Department Six dates back to Sir Francis Walsingham,
   paymaster of Queen Elizabeth I for dirty-tricks-operations. Over hundreds of
   years, MI6 has established a record which no other intelligence-agency can
   come near to duplicating. MI6 agents have gathered information from the
   four corners of the earth and have carried-out secret-operations that would
   astound even the most knowledgeable if ever they were to be made public,
   which is why it rates as the Master service of the The Committee of 300.
   Officially, MI6 does not exist, its budget comes out of the Queen’s purse and
   “private funds”, and is reported to be in a range of $350-$500 million per
   annum, but no-one knows for sure what the exact amount is. In its present
   form MI6 dates back to 1911, when it was under the leadership of Sir
   Mansfield Cumming, a captain in the Royal Navy, who was always identified
   by the letter “C”, from which “M” of James Bond fame is taken.
   No official-record of MI6’s failures and successes exist – it is that secret,
   although the Burgess-Maclean-Blake-Blunt disasters did great damage to the
   morale of MI6 officers. Unlike other services, future-members are recruited
   from universities and other areas of learning by highly-skilled “talent-scouts”
   as we saw in the case of Rhodes Scholars inducted into the Round Table.
   One of the requirements is an ability to speak foreign languages. Candidates
   undergo a rigorous “blooding”.
   With the backing of such a formidable force, the Committee of 300 had little
   fear from ever being exposed, and this will go on for decades. What makes
   the Committee incredible is the incredible secrecy that prevails. None of the
   news-media has ever made mention of this conspiratorial-hierarchy;
   therefore, as is to be expected, people doubt its existence.

126
The Committee’s structure.
The The Committee of 300 is for the most part under the control of the
British monarch, in this case, Elizabeth II. Queen Victoria is believed to have
been quite paranoid about keeping it secret and went to great lengths to
cover-up MASONIC writings left at the scene of “Jack the Ripper” murders
which alluded to the The Committee of 300’s connections with “experiments”
carried out by a family-member who was also a highly-placed member of the
Scottish Rite of Freemasonry. The The Committee of 300 is filled with
members of British aristocracy which has corporate-interests and associates
in every country of the world, including the USSR.
The Committee’s structure is as follows:
The Tavistock Institute at Sussex University and London-sites is owned and
controlled by the Royal Institute for International Affairs whose “hofjuden” in
America is Henry Kissinger. The EAGLE STAR GROUP, which changed its
name to the STAR GROUP after the close of the Second World War, is
composed of a group of major international companies involved in
overlapping and interfaced areas (1) Insurance, (2) Banking, (3) RealEstate, (4) Entertainment, (5) High-technology, including cybernetics,
electronic-communications, etc.
Banking, while not the mainstay, is vitally-important, especially in the areas
where banks act as clearing-houses and money-launderers of drug-money.
The main “big name banks” are The Bank of England, the Federal Reserve
Banks, Bank of International Settlements, the World Bank and the Hong
Kong and Shanghai Bank. American Express Bank is a means of recycling
drug-dollars. Each of these banks is affiliated with and/or controls hundreds
of thousands of large and small banks throughout the world.
Banks large and small in the thousands are in the The Committee of 300
network, including Banca Commerciale d’Italia, Banca Privata, Banco
Ambrosiano (Roberto Calvi – read “In God’s Name” by David Yallop), the
Netherlands Bank, Barclays Bank, Banco del Colombia, Banco de IberoAmerica. Of special-interest is Banca del la Svizzeria Italiana (BSI) – since it
handles flight-capital-investments to and from the United States – primarily
in dollars and U.S. bonds – located and isolated in “neutral” Lugano, the
flight-capital-centre for the Venetian Black Nobility. Lugano is not in Italy or
in Switzerland, and is a kind of a twilight-zone for shady flight-capitaloperations. George Ball, who owns a large block of stock in BSI, is a
prominent “insider” and the bank’s U.S. representative.
BCCI, BNL, Banco Mercantil de Mexico, Banco Nacional de Panama, Bangkok
Metropolitan Bank, Bank Leumi, Bank Hapoalim, Standard Bank, Bank of
Geneva, Bank of Ireland, Bank of Scotland, Bank of Montreal, Bank of Nova
Scotia, Banque de Paris et Pays Bas, British Bank of the Middle-East and the
Royal Bank of Canada to name but a very small number in a huge-list of
“speciality” banks.
127
The Oppenheimers of South Africa are much bigger “heavyweights” than the
Rockefellers. For instance, in 1981 Harry Oppenheimer, chairman of the
giant Anglo American Corporation that controls gold and diamond mining,
sales and distribution in the world, stated that he was about to launch into
the North American banking-market. Oppenheimer promptly invested $10
billion in a specially created vehicle for the purpose of buying into big banks
in the U.S., among which was Citicorp. Oppenheimer’s investment-vehicle
was called Minorco, which set-up-shop in Bermuda, a British royal family
preserve. On the board of Minorco was to be found Walter Wriston of
Citicorp and Robert Clare, its chief counsel.
The only other company to rival Oppenheimer in the field of precious metals
and minerals was Consolidated Gold Fields of South Africa, but Oppenheimer
took control of it with a 28% stake – the largest single stockholder. Thus
gold, diamonds, platinum, titanium, tantalite, copper, iron-ore, uranium and
52 other metals and minerals, many of them of absolutely-vital strategic
value to United States, passed into the hands of the The Committee of 300.
Thus was the vision of one of the earlier South African members of the The
Committee of 300, Cecil John Rhodes, fully-realised; a vision which started
with the spilling of the blood of thousands upon thousands of White farmers
and their families in South Africa, whom history records as the “Boers”.
While the United States stood-by with folded-hands as did the rest of the
world, this small nation was subjected to the most vicious war of genocide in
history. The United States will be subjected to the same treatment by the
The Committee of 300 when our turn comes and it will not be long in
coming.
Insurance-companies play a key-role in the business of the The Committee
of 300. Among these are found such top insurance-companies as
Assicurazioni Generali of Venice and Riunione Adriatica di Sicurta, the largest
and second-largest insurance-companies in the world, who keep their bankaccounts at Bank of International Settlements in Swiss gold-francs. Both
control a multiplicity of investment-banks whose turnover in stocks on Wall
Street double that of U.S. investors.
Prominent on the board of these two insurance giants are The Committee of
300 members: the Giustiniani family, Black Nobility of Rome and Venice who
trace their lineage to the Emperor Justianian; Sir Jocelyn Hambro of
Hambros (Merchant) Bank; Pierpaolo Luzzatti Fequiz, whose lineage dates
back six centuries to the most ancient Luzzatos, the Black Nobility of Venice,
and Umberto Ortolani of the ancient Black Nobility family of the same name.
Other old Venetian Black Nobility The Committee of 300 members and
board-members of ASG and RAS are the Doria family, the financiers of the
Spanish Hapsburgs, Elie de Rothschild of the French Rothschild family, Baron
August von Finck (Finck, the second richest man in Germany is now
deceased), Franco Orsini Bonacassi of the ancient Orsini Black Nobility that
traces its lineage to an ancient Roman Senator of the same name, the Alba
128
family whose lineage dates back to the great Duke of Alba, and Baron Pierre
Lambert, a cousin of the Belgian Rothschild family.
The English companies controlled by the British royal family are Eagle Star,
Prudential Assurance Company, the Prudential Insurance Company, which
own and control most American insurers, including Allstate Insurance. At the
head of the list is Eagle Star, probably the most powerful “front” for Military
Intelligence Department Six (MI6). Eagle Star, although nowhere near as
large as Assicurazioni Generale, is perhaps equally important simply because
it is owned by members of the Queen of England’s family and, as titular
head of the Committee of 300, Eagle Star makes a tremendous impact.
Eagle Star is more than a major “front” for MI6, it is also a “front” for major
British banks, including Hill-Samuels, N. M. Rothschild and Sons (one of the
gold-price “fixers” who meet daily in London), and Barclays Bank (one of the
funders of the African National Congress-ANC). It can be said with a great
degree of accuracy that the most powerful British oligarchical families
created Eagle Star as a vehicle for “black operations” against those who
oppose The Committee of 300 policies.
Unlike the CIA, British law makes it a serious crime to name MI6 officials, so
the following is only a partial-list of “top brass” of MI6, who are (or were)
also members of the The Committee of 300:
Lord Hartley Shawcross. Sir Brian Edward Mountain.
Sir Kenneth Keith. Sir Kenneth Strong.
Sir William Stephenson. Sir William Wiseman.

All of the fore-going are (or were) heavily involved in key The Committee of
300 companies which interface with literally thousands of companies
engaged in every branch of commercial activity as we shall see.
Some of these companies include Rank Organisation, Xerox Corporation,
ITT, IBM, RCA, CBS, NBC, BBC and CBC in communications, Raytheon,
Textron, Bendix, Atlantic Richfield, British Petroleum, Royal Dutch Shell,
Marine Midland Bank, Lehman Brothers, Kuhn Loeb, General Electric,
Westinghouse Corporation, United Fruit Company and a great many more.
MI6 ran a large number of these companies through British-intelligence
stationed in the RCA building in New York, which was the headquarters of its
chief officer, Sir William Stephenson. Radio Corporation of America (RCA)
was formed by G.E., Westinghouse, Morgan Guarantee and Trust (acting for
the British Crown), and United Fruit, back in 1919 as a British intelligencecentre. RCA’s first president was J.P. Morgan’s Owen Young, after whom the
Young Plan was named. In 1929 David Sarnoff was appointed to run RCA.
Sarnoff had acted as an assistant to Young at the 1919 Paris Peace
Conference where a fallen Germany was stabbed in the back by the
victorious “allies”.
129
A network of Wall Street banks and brokerage-houses takes care of the
stock-market for the Committee, and prominent among these are Blyth,
Eastman Dillon, the Morgan groups, Lazard Freres and Kuhn Loeb Rhodes.
Nothing happens on Wall Street that is not controlled by the Bank of
England, whose instructions are relayed through the Morgan groups and
then put into action through key brokerage-houses whose top-executives
are ultimately responsible for carrying-out Committee directives.
Before it overstepped the limits laid down by Morgan Guarantee, Drexel
Burnham Lambert was a favourite of the Committee of 300. In 1981 almost
every major brokerage-house on Wall Street had sold-out to the Committee,
Phibro merging with Salomon Brothers. Phibro is the business-arm of the
Oppenheimers of Anglo American Corporation. By this control-mechanism,
the The Committee of 300 ensures that its members and their far-flung
business-corporations turned their investments on Wall Street over at a rate
of double that of the “non-insider” foreign investors.
Remember, some of the richest families in the world live in Europe, so it is
natural that they should have a preponderance of members on the
Committee. The Von Thurn and Taxis family who once owned the German
postal-franchise, make David Rockefeller look like a very poor relation. The
Von Thurn und Taxis dynasty dates back 300 years and generation after
generation of family-members have had seats on the Committee which they
occupy to this day. We have already mentioned by name many of the most
wealthy Venetian Black Nobility members of the The Committee of 300 and
other names will be added as we come across them in their various fields of
endeavour. Now we shall include some American members of the The
Committee of 300 and try to trace their affiliations and connections to the
British Crown.
How can these facts be verified? Actually, some of them cannot be verified
because the information comes straight out of intelligence-files, but with a
lot of legwork, there are many sources which can verify at least part of the
facts. The work would involve a diligent search of Dun and Bradstreet
Reference Book of Corporations, Standard and Poors, British and American
“Who’s Who”, with long hours of hard work in cross-referencing names with
their corporate affiliations.
The Committee of 300 corporations, banks, and insurance-companies
operate under the unified-command covering every conceivable matter of
strategy and cohesive action. The Committee is the ONLY organised powerhierarchy in the world transcending all governments and individuals,
however powerful and secure they may feel themselves to be. This covers
finance, defence-matters and political-parties of all colours and types.
There is no entity the Committee cannot reach and control, and that includes
organised religions of the world. This then, is the all powerful OLYMPIAN
GROUP whose power-base is in London and the City of London’s financialcentres with its grip on minerals, metals and precious gems, cocaine, opium
and pharmaceutical-drugs, rentier-financier bankers, cult-promoters and
130
founders of rock-music. The British Crown is the control-point from which all
things radiate. As the saying goes, “They have a finger in every pie.”
It is obvious that the communications-field is tightly-controlled. Going back
to RCA, we find that its directorate is composed of British-American
establishment-figures who feature prominently in other organisations such
as the CFR, NATO, the Club of Rome, the Trilateral Commission,
Freemasonry, Skull and Bones, Bilderbergers, Round Table, Milner Society
and the Jesuits-Aristotle Society. Among them was David Sarnoff who
moved to London at the same time Sir William Stephenson moved into the
RCA building in New York.
All three major-television-networks came as spin-offs from RCA, especially
the National Broadcasting Company (NBC) which was first, closely followed
by the American Broadcasting Company (ABC) in 1951. The third bigtelevision-network was Columbia Broadcasting System (CBS) which, like its
sister-companies was, and still is, dominated by British Intelligence. William
Paley was trained in mass-brainwashing-techniques at the Tavistock
Institute prior to being passed as qualified to head CBS. Thus, if we the
people of the United States but knew it, all our major-television-networks
are subject to British-oversight, and information they provide first goes to
London for clearance. It is interesting to note that the Tavistock intelligencepaper written by Stanford Research Institute, commonly-named “The
Aquarian Conspiracy” was funded by donations from all three majortelevision-networks.
All three major networks are represented on the Committee of 300 and are
affiliated with the giant of the mass-communication business, the Xerox
Corporation of Rochester, New York, whose Robert M. Beck holds a seat on
the Committee. Beck is also a director of the Prudential Life Insurance
Company, which is a subsidiary of the London Prudential Assurance
Company Limited.
Others on the board of Xerox are Howard Clark of the American Express
Company, one of the main conduits for moving drug-money through
“travellers-checks”, former Secretary of the Treasury, William Simon, and
Sol Linowitz, who negotiated the Panama Canal Treaties for the Committee.
Linowitz is important to the Committee by virtue of his long-standing
expertise in laundering drug-money through Marine Midland and the Hong
Kong and Shanghai Bank.
Another Xerox board-member is Robert Sproull, who is of real interest
because, as president of the University of Rochester, he allowed the
Tavistock Institute, working through the CIA, to use the university’s facilities
for the 20-year MK-Ultra LSD experiments. Some 85 other universities in the
U.S. also allowed their facilities to be misused in this manner. As giant-sized
as Xerox is, it is dwarfed by the Rank Organisation, a London-based
conglomerate fully controlled by members of Queen Elizabeth’s immediatefamily.
131
Notable members of the board of Rank Organisation who are also members
of the The Committee of 300 are the following:
Lord Helsby, chairman of the drug-money clearing-house, Midland Bank.
Helsby’s other positions include a directorship in the giant Imperial Group
and the Industrial and Commercial Finance Corporation.
Sir Arnold France, a director of Tube Investments who runs the London
underground-train-service. France is also a director of the BANK OF
ENGLAND which has so much control over the Federal Reserve Banks.
Sir Dennis Mountain, chairman of the mighty Eagle Star group and a director
of English Property Corp., one of the rentier-financier companies of the
British royal family. One such member is the Honourable Angus Ogilvie,
“Prince of Companies”, who is married to Her Royal Highness Princess
Alexandria, sister of the Duke of Kent, leader of the Scottish Rite of
Freemasonry and who takes the place of the Queen when she is outside of
Britain. Ogilvie is a director of the Bank of England and chairman of the giant
LONRHO conglomerate. It was LONRHO that ended the rule of Ian Smith in
Rhodesia, so that he could be replaced by Robert Mugabe. At stake was
Rhodesia’s chrome-mines which produce the finest high-grade chrome-ore in
the world.
Cyril Hamilton, chairman of the Standard and Chartered Bank (the old Lord
Milner-Cecil Rhodes bank) and a board-member of the Bank of England.
Hamilton is also on the board of the Xerox Corporation, the Malta
International Banking Corporation (A Knights of Malta bank), a director of
the Standard Bank of South Africa – the largest bank in that country, and a
director of the Banque Belge d’Afrique.
Lord O’Brien of Lotherby, past president of the British Bankers Association,
director of Morgan Grenfell – a powerful bank, director of Prudential
Assurance, director of J. P. Morgan, director of the Bank of England, a
board-member of the Bank of International Settlements, a director of the
giant Unilever conglomerate.
Sir Reay Geddes, chairman of the giant Dunlop and Pirelli tyre companies,
director of the Midland and International Banks, director of the Bank of
England. Note how many of these powerful men are directors of the Bank of
England, which makes control of American fiscal-policies simple.
Many of these organisations and institutions, companies and banks are so
interfaced and interlocked as to make it an almost impossible task to sort
them out. On RCA’s board sits Thornton Bradshaw, president of Atlantic
Richfield and a member of NATO, World Wildlife Fund, the Club of Rome, The
Aspen Institute for Humanistic Studies, the Council on Foreign Relations.
Bradshaw is also chairman of NBC. The most important function of RCA
remains its service to British Intelligence.
132
It is not generally known how powerful was the role played by the The
Committee of 300 in stopping the investigation into the CIA which Senator
McCarthy almost succeeded in pulling off. Had McCarthy been successful, it
is very likely that President John F. Kennedy would be alive today.
When McCarthy said he was going to summon William Bundy to appear
before his commission of inquiry, panic swept Washington and London.
Bundy, had he been called to testify, would most probably have cracked and
opened the door to the “special relations” that existed between British
oligarchical circles and their cousins in the United States Government.
Such a possibility could not be entertained. The Royal Institute of
International Affairs was called in to put-an-end to McCarthy. The RIIA chose
Allen Dulles, a man who was totally enamoured of decadent British society,
to attack McCarthy head-on. Dulles put Patrick Lyman and Richard Helms in
charge of the McCarthy-case. Helms was later rewarded for his service
against McCarthy by being made head of the CIA.
General Mark Clark, a member of the CFR and a well-liked military-man in
London circles, was appointed by General Eisenhower to turn-back
McCarthy’s full-fledged-attack on the CIA. McCarthy was pre-empted when
Clark announced that a special-committee was to be appointed to examine
the agency. Clark, on instructions from the RIIA, recommended a
Congressional watchdog-committee to “periodically examine the work of
government-intelligence-agencies”. The whole thing was a super tragedy for
America and a victory for the British, who feared that McCarthy would
accidentally stumble onto the The Committee of 300 and its control over
every aspect of United States affairs.
Lehman Brothers-Kuhn Loeb’s former chairman, Peter G. Peterson, served
under former MI6 chief Sir William Wiseman and as-such was no stranger to
British royalty. Peterson is tied in with Aspen Institute, yet another arm of
British Intelligence.
John R. Petty is president and chairman of the Marine Midland Bank – a bank
whose drug-trade connections have been well established long before it was
taken over by the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, probably the number one
bank in the opium-trade, a position it has held since 1814.
But the best proof I can offer of the existence of the The Committee of 300
is the Rank Organisation which, in conjunction with Eagle Star, IS THE
BRITISH CROWN. It is also the black-operations-centre of MI6 (SIS).
Between them, these two The Committee of 300 companies control Her
Majesty’s Dominion of Canada, using the “hofjuden” Bronfman family to
carry-out their orders.
Trizec Holdings, ostensibly owned by the Bronfman family, is in reality the
main asset of the Queen of England’s in Canada. The entire Southeast Asian
opium-trade interfaces with the Bronfman-empire and is one of the means
whereby heroin is brought to America. In a sense, Canada is like
133
Switzerland: pristine snow-covered landscapes, big cities, a place of great
beauty, but underneath lies a deep layer of filth and dirt arising from its
massive heroin-trade.
The Bronfman family are “cut-outs” what is known in MI6 as “front-men”
controlled from London by MI6 “deskmen”, intelligence-jargon for controllers
at headquarters. Edgar Bronfman, the family leader, was sent to “Moscow
Centre” – cover-name for the KGB headquarters at 2 Dzerzhinsky Square,
Moscow, on a large number of occasions.
At a low level, Bronfman was probably very useful as a contact-man with
Moscow. Bronfman was never at any stage a contract-agent for MI6 and so
never carried the title “Paroles”, a key intelligence-word for mutual
identification between agents, which greatly disappointed the eager
Bronfman family-head. At one stage when it was thought that some of the
family were acting suspiciously, “watchers” – intelligence-jargon for
intelligence-officers keeping persons under surveillance, were put on the
Bronfman family, but found only that one of the Bronfmans had been
bragging to a United States “cousin” (the word MI6 uses for the CIA) who
was unaware of the role of Edgar Bronfman. This was quickly corrected.
Two Eagle Star directors, who were also the two top MI6 operatives, took
control of the Bronfman family about six months after the war ended. Sir
Kenneth Keith and Sir Kenneth Strong, whom we have already met,
legitimated the Bronfman family by setting up Trizec Holdings. There is noone in the world who can do a better job of “fronting”, through companies,
than MI6
Yet, like Switzerland, there is a dirty-side to Canada that has been wellhidden from view by the The Committee of 300 under cover of the Official
Secrets Act, a carbon-copy of the British law passed in 1913. Drugs, dirtymoney-laundering, crime and racketeering are all covered by their infamous
Act.
Not known to many is that, if charged under the Official Secrets Act, which
can be interpreted any way the Crown-agents choose, persons could face
the death-penalty. As I have said so many times since 1980, Canada is not a
nation like South Africa, or Holland or Belgium; it always was, and remains
tied to the Queen of England’s apron-strings. Canada, we find, is always first
in carrying-out Queen Elizabeth’s wishes. Canadian troops have fought in
every one of Her Majesty’s wars, including the Boer War (1899-1903).
Like its American counterpart, the Canadian Institute of International Affairs
is a child of the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA) and runs
Canadian-politics. Its members have filled the position of Secretary of State
ever since it was founded in 1925. The Institute for Pacific Relations, the
body that fostered the attack on Pearl Harbour, was welcomed in Canada
after Owen Lattimore and his fellow-members had their treasonous activities
exposed in 1947 and left the United States before they could be charged.
134
The Canadian Institute for International Affairs is connected with the Rank
Organisation through Sir Kenneth Strong, who was second-in-charge of MI6
at the end of the Second World War. As a member of the Order of St. John
of Jerusalem, Strong is the number-two man in Canada for Rank and the
British Crown’s commercial-interests. He is on the board of one of the most
prolific drug-banks in the world after the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, the
Bank of Nova Scotia, through which proceeds of the Canadian heroin-trade
are handled.
First in line is Sir Brian Edward Mountain, the ranking member of the Knights
of the Order of St. John of Jerusalem. It is well to remember that, when the
British Crown wanted the United States to enter the Second World War, it
sent Lord Beaverbrook and Sir Brian Mountain to meet with President
Roosevelt to deliver the Crown’s orders in this regard. Roosevelt complied by
ordering the United States Navy to operate out of a base in Greenland, from
where attacks on German submarines were carried-out nine months before
Pearl Harbour. This was done without the knowledge and consent of the
Congress.
Another big name in the Rank-Canadian interfacing was Sir Kenneth Keith, a
director of Canada’s equivalent of the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, the
Bank of Nova Scotia, dripping in drug-money laundering. He was also on the
board of Britain’s oldest and most venerable newspaper-institution, the
London Times and the Sunday Times. For over 100 years the “Times” has
been the Crown’s voice on foreign-affairs, finance-matters and political-life
in England.
Like so many The Committee of 300 members, Sir Kenneth circulated
between MI6 and the opium-supply-chain, chain-of-command in Hong Kong
and China, ostensibly on business for the Canadian Institute for International
Affairs, of which he was a member. Furthermore, as a director of the Hill
Samuel banking-house, his presence in China and Hong Kong could be
explained without any problem. One of his closest associates outside of MI6
circles was Sir Philip de Zuleta, the Committee of 300’s direct-controller of
all British prime-ministers, both Conservative and Labour. Sir Kenneth
Strong tied in all the spokes of the drug-wheel, including terrorism,
production of opium, the gold-markets, dirty-money-laundering and banking
to its central core, the British Crown.
At the top of British Crown control of Canada was Walter Gordon. A formermember of the Queen’s hands-on oversight-committee, also known as the
Privy Council, Gordon sponsored the Institute for Pacific Relations via the
Canadian Institute of International Affairs. As a former minister of finance,
Gordon was able to place Committee of 300 selected accountants and
lawyers inside the three main chartered banks: the Bank of Nova Scotia, the
Canadian Imperial Bank and the Toronto Dominion Bank.
Through these three “Crown Banks” a network of Committee of 300 agents
responsible to Gordon oversaw the world’s second-largest dirty drug-moneylaundering-operation, with a direct open-door to China. Before his death,
135
Gordon controlled James Endicott, Chester Ronning and Paul Linn, identified
by MI6 as Canada’s top “China specialists”. All three men worked closely
with Chou-En-lai, who once told Gamal Abdul Nasser that he would do to
Britain and the USA what they had done to China, i.e., turn them into
nations of heroin-addicts. Chou-En-lai made good on his promise, starting
with American GI’s in Vietnam. Other close collaborators in the Canadian
heroin drug-ring were John D. Gilmer and John Robert Nicholson, both
members of the Order of the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem. Lord Hartley
Shawcross, who is believed to report directly to Queen Elizabeth II, was on
the board of the Royal Institute for International Affairs and chancellor of
Sussex University where the notorious Tavistock Institute for Human
Relations is located, with extensive connections in Canada.
As part of Rank’s United States operation, no other single company has been
more successful for Rank than the Corning Group, owners of the
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and the New York Life Insurance
Company. The Committee of 300 members, Amory Houghton and his
brother James Houghton, have long served the British Crown through the
above-named insurance-companies, and Corning Glass, Dow Corning and
Corning International. Both sit on the board of IBM and Citicorp. James
Houghton is a director of the Princeton Institute for Advanced Studies, a
director of the J. Pierpont Morgan Library, a stronghold of the RIIA and the
CFR, and he is also a director of CBS.
It was the Houghton brothers who donated hundreds of acres known as Wye
Plantation in Maryland to the British Crown’s Aspen Institute. Also on the
Corning Glass board sits the Bishop of the Archdiocese of the Anglican
(Episcopalian) Church of Boston. All this gives the group its much-vaunted
air-of-respectability, which insurance-company executives must carry, and
as we shall see, in addition to James Houghton, Keith Funston and John
Harper, both on Corning’s board, run the Metropolitan Life Insurance
Company.
The MASSIVE gridding and interfacing of just this one single unit of the The
Committee of 300 will give us a good indication of the vast power at the
disposal of the conspirators’ hierarchy, before which all knees are bowed,
including the knee of the President of the United States, whomever that
happens to be.
What is important to note is how this American company, one of
HUNDREDS, is interfaced with British Intelligence, with Canada, the Far-East
and South Africa, not to mention its gridding of corporate-officials and
directors reaching into every aspect of business and politics in the United
States.
While Metropolitan Life Insurance Company does not begin to compare with
the The Committee of 300’s giant Assicurazioni Generale, it is nevertheless a
good indicator of how the Houghtons’ power extends right across the
business-spectrum of the U.S. and Canada. Starting with R. H. Macy, (whose
floor walkers no longer wear red carnations to honour the company’s
136
affiliation with Communism), the Royal Bank of Canada, National and
Westminster Bank, Intertel (a virulent and vile private intelligence-agency),
Canadian Pacific, The Reader’s Digest, RCA, AT&T, the Harvard Business
School, W. R. Grace Shipping Company, Ralston Purina Company, U.S.
Steel, Irving Trust, Consolidated Edison of New York and the ABC , the
Houghtons’ power-grid extends as far as the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank.
Another successful Rank company in the United States is the Reliance
Insurance Group. As an integral-part of the Strategic Bombing Survey,
Reliance established the initial structural-base for brainwashing, opinionmaking, polling, survey and the systems-analysis used by the Tavistock
Institute in the United States. The Reliance Insurance Company, based in
Philadelphia, set up the corporate-structure which enabled the Strategic
Bombing Survey to be turned against the people of the United States, who,
although unaware of it, have been subjected to savage psychologicalwarfare for the past 45 years.
A key-operative in this assault on the United States was David Bialkin of the
The Committee of 300 law-firm, Wilkie, Farr and Gallagher. Bialkin ran the
Anti-Defamation League (ADL) for many years. The ADL is a British
intelligence-operation founded in the U.S. by MI6 and run by Saul Steinberg
and Eric Trist of Tavistock. Saul Steinberg is the U.S. representative and
business-partner of the Jacob de Rothschild family of London.
Reliance Corporation is home for Carl Lindner who succeeded Eli Black when
he “fell” from a 44th floor window of a New York skyscraper. Reliance
Company interfaces with the powerful United Fruit Company of Boston and
New Orleans run by Max Fisber who, before he was sheep-dipped, was a
well-known Detroit underworld figure. United Fruit Company has long been a
conveyer of heroin and cocaine into the U.S. under the expertise of
Misbulam Riklis of Rapid American Corporation who masterminds shipments
from Canada to the U.S. Remember, all this is under the aegis of a single
company, gridding and interfacing with a myriad of smaller companies and
operations to give the The Committee of 300 full control of a multiplicity of
operations, each one carefully interlocked in the grid.
Reliance Group is a spin-off of the parent-company whose function it is to
brainwash the American people through a network of pollsters and opinionmakers and relies on Operations Research for direct-links with the Tavistock
Institute. Another associate company is Leasco, which is closely interfaced
with AT&T; Disclosure Incorporated; Western Union International; Imbucon
Ltd. and Yankelovich, Skelly and White.
Daniel Yankelovich is the emperor of the polling/opinion-making corporatestructure in the United States, a vast apparatus which provides “publicopinions on social, economic and political-matters of substance,” to quote
Edward Bernays. It was this vast apparatus that turned the majority of
Americans, who had never even heard of Saddam Hussein and vaguely knew
that Iraq was a country somewhere in the Middle East, into a people howling
for his blood and the extermination of Iraq as a nation.
137
Yankelovich utilised to the full, all knowledge gained during the Second
World War. As a second-generation warrior, Yankelovich has no equal, which
is why ABC polls, conducted by his company, are always in the forefront of
“public-opinion”. The population of the United States was targeted in the
same manner of German worker-housing by attacking the sense of reality.
This technique is, of course, standard-training for certain intelligencegroups, which includes the CIA.
Yankelovich’s task was to destroy traditional-American-values and replace
them with New Age/Age of Aquarius-values. As the Committee of 300’s most
senior public-opinion-maker, no-one can doubt that Yankelovich has done a
superb job.
Probably the best way to explain what methods are used and what results
are expected to be achieved is to quote John Naisbitt’s work, as explained in
his “Trend Report”. Naisbitt has acted as advisor to Lyndon Johnson,
Eastman Kodak, IBM, American Express, the Centre for Policy Study, Chase
Manhattan, General Motors, Louis Harris Polls, the White House, Institute of
Life Insurance, the American Red Cross, Mobil Oil, B.P. and a host of The
Committee of 300 companies and institutions. His methodology, derived
from MI6 Tavistock procedures, is of course not unique:
“I will briefly outline our methodology. In developing Trend Report for our
clients we rely mostly on a system of monitoring local-events and behaviour.
We are overwhelmingly impressed with the extent to which this is a bottomup society, so we monitor what is going on locally, rather than what is going
on in Washington or New York. Things start in Los Angeles, in Tampa, in
Hartford, in Wichita, Portland, San Diego and Denver. It is a very much
‘from the bottom-up’ society.
“The tracking-concept employed in determining these trends has its roots in
WW II. During the war, intelligence-experts sought to find a method for
obtaining information on enemy-nations that public-opinion-polls would
normally have provided. Under the leadership of Paul Lazarsfeld and Harold
Laswell, a method was developed for monitoring what was going on in these
societies, that involved doing a content-analysis of the daily press.
“Although this method of monitoring public-thinking continues to be the
choice of the intelligence-community the nation annually spends millions of
dollars doing newspaper-content-analyses in all parts of the world…. The
reason this system of monitoring-changes in society works so-well is that
‘news holes’ in newspapers is a closed-system. For economic-reasons the
amount of space devoted to news in a newspaper doesn’t change over time.
“So when something new is introduced into that news-hole, something or a
combination of things has to go out or be omitted. The principle involved
here is classified as a forced choice within a closed-system. In this forced
situation societies add new preoccupation’s and forget old ones. We keep
track of the ones that are added and the ones that are given-up.
138
“Evidently, societies are like human+beings. I do not know what the number
is, but a person can only keep so many problems and concerns in his head
at any one time. If new problems or concerns are added, some existing-ones
must be given up. We keep track of what Americans have given-up and have
taken-up.
“The United States is rapidly shifting from a mass industrial-society to an
information-society and the final impact will be more profound than the 19th
century shift from an agricultural to an industrial society. Starting in 1979,
the number one occupation in the U.S. became clerking, replacing labourer
and farmer. In this latter statement is a brief history of the United States.”
It is not by chance that Naisbitt is a member of the Club of Rome and, as
such, a “senior staffer” of the The Committee of 300. He is also one of the
senior vice-presidents of Yankelovich, Skelly and White. What Naisbitt is
doing is not forecasting trends but MAKING them. We have seen how the
industrial-base of the United States has been destroyed, starting with the
steel-industry. In 1982 I wrote a work I called “Death of the Steel Industry”,
in which I stated that by the mid-1990’s, steel-production in the U.S. will
have declined to a point of no-return, and that the auto and housing
industries would go the same way.
All this has come to pass, and what we are witnessing today (1992) is an
economic-recession due not only to unsound economic-policies, but the
deliberately-planned destruction of our industrial-base – and along with it the
destruction of America’s unique middle class – the backbone of the country –
which depends on a progressive industrial expansion for growth and for
steady employment.
This is one of the reasons why the recession, which started in earnest in
January of 1991, has turned into a depression from which the United States
as we knew it in the 1960’s-1970’s will most probably never reappear. The
economy will not come out of the depression of 1991 until at least 1995-
1996, at which time the United States will have become an entirely different
society from the one it was when the recession began. (Dr.Coleman’s
prediction came True. Look at E-commerce.)
Opinion-makers have played no-small-part in this war on the United States;
we need to examine the role of the Committee of 300 in bringing-about
these far-reaching changes and how the social-engineers have used centralsystems-analyses to keep public-opinion from expressing anything other
than the policies of the invisible government. How and where did it all begin?
From documents covering the First World War that I was able to gather and
examine in the War Office in Whitehall, London, it appears that the Royal
Institute for International Affairs was commissioned by the The Committee
of 300 to do a study of manipulating war-information. This task was given to
Lord Northcliffe and Lord Rothmere and Arnold Toynbee, who was MI6’s
agent at the RIIA. Lord Rothmere’s family owned a newspaper which was
used to support various government positions, so it was thought that the
139
paper could change public-perceptions, especially among the ranks of
growing opposition to the war.
The project was housed in Wellington House, named after the Duke of
Wellesly. American specialists drafted to help Lords Rothmere and Northcliffe
included Edward Bernays and Walter Lippmann. The group held “brain
storming” sessions to work-out techniques for mobilising mass-support for
the war, especially among the working-class people whose sons were
expected to go to the slaughter-fields of Flanders in record-numbers.
Using Lord Rothmere’s newspaper, new manipulative techniques were triedout and, after a period of about 6 months, it was apparent that they were a
success. What the researchers discovered was that only a very small group
of people understood the process of reasoning and the ability to observe the
problem as opposed to passing an opinion on it. This, said Lord Rothmere,
was the way in which 87% of the British public approached the war, and that
the same principle applied not only to the war, but to every conceivable
problem in society in general.
In this manner, irrationality was elevated to a high level of publicconsciousness. The manipulators then played-upon this to undermine and
distract the public’s grasp of reality governing any given situation and, the
more complex the problems of a modern industrial society became, the
easier it became to bring greater and greater distractions to bear, so that
what we ended-up-with was that the absolutely-inconsequential-opinions of
masses of people, created by skilled-manipulators, assumed the position of
scientific-fact.
Having literally stumbled upon so profound a conclusion, the manipulators
put it to one test after another during the war, so that in spite of hundreds
of thousands of the youth of Britain being slaughtered on the battlefields of
France, there was virtually no opposition to the bloody war. Records of the
time show that by 1917, just before the United States entered the war, 94%
of the British working-class bearing the brunt of the war did not have the
faintest idea what they were fighting for, other than the image created by
the media-manipulators that the Germans were a horrible race, bent upon
destroying their monarch and their country, and who had to be wiped off the
face of the earth.
Certainly nothing has changed because, in 1991, we had the exact same
situation created by the news-media which allowed President Bush to
flagrantly violate the Constitution in waging a war-of-genocide against the
nation of Iraq with the full consent of 87% of the American people. Woodrow
Wilson can be credited – if that is the proper expression to use – with
jumping on the public-opinion-manipulators’ band-wagon and using it to
further the causes whispered in his ear by his controller, Colonel House.
On instructions from President Wilson, or rather Colonel House, the Creel
Commission was created and, as far as can be ascertained, the Creel
Commission was the first organisation in the United States to use the RIIA
140
techniques and methodology for polling and mass-propaganda. The
psychological-warfare experiments perfected at Wellington House were used
in the Second World War with equal success, and have been in continuous
use in the massive psychological-war against the United States which began
in 1946. The methods did not change, only the target. Now it was not
German worker-housing but the middle class of the United States that
became the focus of the attack.
As so often happens, the conspirators could not contain their glee. After WW
I, in 1922 to be precise, Lippmann detailed the work done by the RIIA in a
book he called “PUBLIC OPINION”:
“Public opinion deals with indirect, unseen and puzzling facts, and there is
nothing obvious about them. The situations to which public opinion refers
are known only as opinions, pictures inside heads of human+beings, pictures
of themselves, of others, of their needs, purposes and relationships, are
their public-opinions. These pictures which are acted-upon by groups of
people, or by individuals acting in the name of groups are PUBLIC OPINION
with capital letters. The picture inside the head often misleads men in their
dealings with the world outside of their heads.”
No wonder Lippmann was chosen to make the people of the United States
“like” the Beatles when they arrived on our shores and were thrust upon an
unsuspecting country. Combined with the propaganda sent forth night and
day from radio and television it was only a comparatively short time before
The Beatles became “popular”. The technique of radio-stations allegedly
receiving hundreds of requests from imaginary listeners for Beatle-music,
led to charts and ratings for first, the “top ten” and gradually escalated until,
by 1992, it has expanded to “the top 40 on the charts”.
In 1928, Lippmann’s compatriot Edward Bernays wrote a book called
“CRYSTALLISING PUBLIC OPINION” and in 1928 a second book of his was
published entitled simply “PROPAGANDA”. In it Bernays described his
experiences at Wellington House. Bernays was a close friend of Master
Manipulator H.G. Wells, whose many quasi-novels were used by Bernays to
help formulate mass-mind-control-techniques.
Wells was not shy about his role as a leader in changing lower-class society,
mainly because he was a close friend of members of the British royal family,
and spent a great deal of time with some of the most highly-placed
politicians of the day, men like Sir Edward Grey, Lord Haldane, Robert Cecil
of the Jewish Cecil family that had controlled the British monarchy since a
Cecil became the private-secretary and lover of Queen Elizabeth I, Leo
Amery, Halford Mackinder of MI6 and later head of the London School of
Economics, whose pupil, Bruce Lockhart, would become MI6 controller of
Lenin and Trotsky during the Bolshevik Revolution, and even the great man
himself, Lord Alfred Milner. One of Well’s favourite watering-holes was the
prestigious St. Ermins Hotel, meeting-place of the Coefficient Club, a club to
which only certified-gentlemen were admitted and where they met once a
month. All of the men mentioned above were members and also members of
141
the Souls Club. Wells claimed that any nation could be defeated, not by
direct-confrontation but by understanding the human-mind – what he called,
“the mental-hinterlands hidden behind the persona.”
With such a powerful backer, Bernays felt confident-enough to launch his
“PROPAGANDA”:
“As civilisation becomes more complex, AND AS THE NEED FOR INVISIBLE
GOVERNMENT HAS BEEN INCREASINGLY DEMONSTRATED (emphasis addedJC), the technical-means have been invented and developed BY WHICH
PUBLIC OPINION MAY BE REGIMENTED (emphasis added-JC). With printingpress and newspaper, the telephone, telegraph, radio and aeroplanes, ideas
can be spread rapidly, and even instantaneously, across the whole of
America.” Bernays had not yet seen how much better television, which was
to follow, would do the job.
“The conscious and intelligent manipulation of organised-habits and opinions
of the masses is an important element in a democratic-society. Those who
manipulate this unseen-mechanism of society constitute an INVISIBLE
GOVERNMENT WHICH IS THE TRUE RULING POWER IN OUR COUNTRY.” To
back up his position, Bernays quoted H. G. Wells’ article published in the
New York Times in which Wells enthusiastically backed the idea of modern
means of communication “opening up a new world of political-processes
which will allow the common design to be documented and sustained against
perversion and betrayal” (of the invisible government).
To continue with the revelations contained in “PROPAGANDA”:
“We are governed, our minds are moulded, our tastes formed, our ideas
suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. What ever attitude one
chooses to take toward this condition, it remains a fact that in almost every
act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, our
social-conduct or our ethical-thinking, we are dominated by a relatively
small number of persons, a trifling fraction of our hundred and twenty
million (in 1928), who understand the mental-processes and social-patterns
of the masses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public-mind,
and who harness old social-forces and contrive new ways TO BIND AND
GUIDE THE WORLD” (emphasis added-JC).
Bernays was not bold enough to tell the world who the “THEY” are who “pull
the wires which control the public-mind…,” but in this book we shall make
up for his intentional-oversight by disclosing the existence of that “relatively
small number of persons,” the Committee of 300. Bernays was roundly
applauded for his work by the CFR whose members voted to place him in
charge of CBS. William Paley became his “undergraduate” and eventually
replaced Bernays, having acquired thorough knowledge of the new-science
science of public-opinion-making, which made CBS the leader of the field, a
role which CBS television and radio has never relinquished.
142
Political and financial control by the “relatively small number,” as Bernays
called them, is exercised through a number of secret societies, most notably
the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, and perhaps even more importantly,
through the Venerable Order of the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, an
ancient order consisting of the British monarch’s hand-picked executives
chosen for their expertise in areas vital to the continued control of the
Committee.
In my work “The Order of St. John of Jerusalem” published in 1986, I
described The Order in the following manner:
“…It is therefore not a secret society, except where its purposes have been
perverted in the inner-councils like the Order of the Garter, which is a
prostituted oligarchical creation of the British royal family, which makes a
mockery of what the Sovereign Order of St. John of Jerusalem stands for.
“As an example, we find the atheist Lord Peter Carrington, who pretends to
be an Anglican Christian but who is a member of the Order of Osiris and
other demonic sects, including Freemasonry, installed as a Knight of the
Garter at St. George’s Chapel, Windsor Castle, by Her Majesty, Queen
Elizabeth II of England, of the Black Nobility Guelphs, also head of the
Anglican Church, which she thoroughly despises.”
Carrington was selected by the The Committee of 300 to bring-down the
government of Rhodesia, sign-over the mineral-wealth of Angola and South
West Africa to City of London control, wreck the Argentine and turn NATO
into a left-wing political-organisation beholden to the The Committee of 300.
Another strange face we see attaching itself to the Holy Christian Order of
St. John of Jerusalem, and I use the word strange as it is used in the original
Hebrew of the Old Testament to denote the lineage of an individual, is that
of Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield, the man who helped plan the murder of
John F. Kennedy. We see photos of this “strange” man wearing with pride
the Cross of Malta, the same cross worn on the sleeve of the Knights of the
Order of the Garter.
We have been so brainwashed that we believe the British royal family is just
a nice, harmless and colourful-institution, and fail to realise just how corrupt
and therefore highly-dangerous is this institution called the British
Monarchy. The Knights of the Order of the Garter are the INNERMOST circle
of the most corrupt public-servants who have utterly betrayed the trust
placed in them by their nation, their people.
The Knights of the Order of the Garter are the leaders of the The Committee
of 300, Queen Elizabeth II’s most trusted “Privy Council”. When I did my
research on the Order of St. John of Jerusalem some years ago, I went to
Oxford to talk with one of the Masters who is a specialist on ancient and
modern British traditions. He told me that the Knights of the Garter are the
inner-sanctum, the elite of the elite of Her Majesty’s Most Venerable Order of
St. John of Jerusalem. Let me say this is not the original-order founded by
143
the true Christian warrior, Peter Gerard, but is typical of many fine
institutions that are taken-over and destroyed from the inside, while yet
appearing to the uninitiated to be the original.
From Oxford I went to the Victoria and Albert Museum and gained access to
the papers of Lord Palmerston, one of the founders of the Opium Dynasty in
China. Palmerston, like so many of his kind, was not only a Freemason, but
a dedicated servant of Gnosticism…. Like the present ‘royal family’,
Palmerston made a pretence of being a Christian but was in fact a servant of
Satan. Many Satanists became leaders of British aristocracy and made
immense-fortunes out of the China opium-trade.
I learned from the papers in the museum named-after Victoria that she
changed the name of the Order of St. John of Jerusalem in 1885 in order to
break away from the Catholic connection of the Order’s founder, Peter
Gerard, and renamed it the “Protestant Most Venerable Order of Jerusalem”.
Membership was open to every oligarchical family that had made its fortune
in the China opium-trade and every thoroughly-decadent family received
place in the ‘new order’.
Many of these venerable-gentlemen were responsible for overseeing the
prohibition-era in the United States from Canada, where several of its
members supplied the whisky, ferried to the United States. Notable among
this group was The Committee of 300 member Earl Haig, who gave his
whisky-franchise to old Joe Kennedy. Both prohibition and the distilleries
who met the demand for alcohol were creations of the British Crown acting
through the Committeemen of 300. It was an experiment which became the
forerunner of today’s drug-trade, and the lessons learned from the
prohibition-era are being applied to the soon to be legalised drug-trade.
Canada is the route most used by Far-East heroin-suppliers. The British
Monarchy sees to it that this information never becomes public. Using her
powers, Queen Elizabeth rules over Canada through the Governor-General
(one wonders how modern Canadians can accept such an archaic
arrangement?), who is the Queen’s PERSONAL representative, and on down
the line to the Privy Council (yet another archaic hang-over from colonialistdays) and the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, who control Canadian
commerce in all of its facets. Opposition to British-rule is suppressed.
Canada has some of the most restrictive laws in the world, including socalled “hate crime” laws imposed upon the country by Jewish members of
the House of Lords in England. At present there are four major trials in
various stages in Canada involving persons charged with “hate crimes”.
These are the Finta, Keegstra, Zundel and Ross cases. Anyone who dares to
try and show proof of Jewish control of Canada (which the Bronfmans
exercise), is immediately arrested and charged with so-called “hate crimes”.
This will give us some idea of the vastness of the reach of the The
Committee of 300 which quite literally sits on top of everything in this world.
Testifying to the truth of this statement is the fact that the The Committee
of 300 set up the International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) under
144
the auspices of the Round Table. This institute is the vehicle for MI6-
Tavistock black-propaganda and wet-jobs (an intelligence cover-name
denoting an operation where bloodshed is required), nuclear and terrorist,
which goes to the world’s press for dissemination, as well as to government
and military-establishments.
Membership of IISS includes representatives of 87 major wire-services and
press-associations as well as 138 senior editors and columnists drawn from
international newspapers and magazines. Now you know where your
favourite columnist gets all of his information and opinions from. Remember
Jack Anderson, Tom Wicker, Sam Donaldson, John Chancellor, Mary
McGrory, Seymour Hersh, Flora Lewis and Anthony Lewis, et al? The
information provided by IISS, especially scenarios like those prepared to
blacken President Hussein and to justify the coming attack on Libya and
condemn the PLO are all specially tailor-made for the occasion. The Mai Lai
massacre-story published by Seymour Hersh came straight out of IISS, just
in case we wrongly suppose that men like Hersh do their own research work.
The International Institute for Strategic Studies is nothing more than a
higher echelon opinion-maker as defined by Lippmann and Bernays. Instead
of writing books, newspapers report opinions presented by chosen
columnists, and IISS was formed to be a co-ordinating-centre for not only
creating opinions, but to get those opinions and scenarios out much faster
and to a greater audience than could be reached by a book, for example.
IISS is a good example of the gridding and interfacing of The Committee of
300 institutions.
The idea of bringing IISS into-being arose at the 1957 Bilderberger meeting.
It will be recalled that the Bilderberger Conference is a creation of MI6 under
the direction of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. The idea came
from Alastair Buchan, son of Lord Tweedsmuir. Buchan was chairman at the
time, and a board-member of the RIIA and a member of the Round Table
reportedly very close to the British royal family. This was the same
conference that welcomed Labour Party leader Dennis Healey to its ranks.
Others in attendance were Francois Duchene, whose mentor, Jean Monet
Duchenes, ran the Trilateral Commission under the tutelage of H. V. Dicks
from Tavistock’s Columbus Centre.
Among the governing-council of this gigantic propaganda opinion-making
apparatus is included the following:
Frank Kitson, a one time controller of The IRA PROVISIONALS, the man who
started the Mau-Mau insurgency in Kenya.
Lazard Freres, represented by Robert Ellsworth.
N. M. Rothschild, represented by John Loudon.
145
Paul Nitze, representative of Schroeder Bank. Nitze has played a very
prominent and substantial role in matters of Arms Control agreements,
which have ALWAYS been under the direction of the RIIA.
C. L. Sulzberger of the New York Times.
Stansfield Turner, a former director of the CIA.
Peter Calvocoressi, representing Penguin Books.
Royal Institute for International Affairs, represented by Andrew Schoenberg.
Columnists and Reporters, represented by Flora Lewis, Drew Middleton,
Anthony Lewis, Max Frankel.
Daniel Ellsberg.
Henry Kissinger.
Robert Bowie, a former director of the CIA’s National Intelligence Estimates.
Flowing from the 1957 Bilderberger meeting, Kissinger was instructed to
open a Round Table office in Manhattan, the nucleus of which consisted of
Haig, Ellsberg, Halperin, Schlessinger, McNamara and the McBundy brothers.
Kissinger was directed to fill all executive-positions in the Nixon
administration with Round Tablers, loyal to the RIIA and therefore to the
Queen of England. It was no accident that Kissinger chose President Nixon’s
old hangout, the Hotel Pierre, as his centre of operations.
The significance of the Round Table-Kissinger operation was thus: On orders
of the RIIA chairman Andrew Schoeberg, a block was placed on all agencies
involved in intelligence, preventing them from giving information to
President Nixon. This meant Kissinger and his staff were getting ALL
INTELLIGENCE, FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC, LAW-ENFORCEMENT
INFORMATION, INCLUDING FBI DIVISION 5, before any of it was released to
the President. This made certain that all MI6-controlled terrorist-operations
in the U.S. would have no chance of being leaked. This was Halperin’s
bailiwick.
By working this methodology, Kissinger at once established hegemony over
the Nixon presidency, and after Nixon was disgraced by the Kissinger group
and hounded from office, Kissinger emerged with unprecedented powers
such as have not been equalled before or since Watergate. Some of these
seldom-enumerated powers included the following:
Kissinger ordered National Security Decision Memorandum No. 1 to be
drafted by Halperin, who got the actual wording directly from the RIIA
through Round Table circles. The memorandum appointed Kissinger as the
supreme U.S. authority, chairman of the Verification Panel. All SALT
146
negotiations were directed from here, using Paul Nitze, Paul Warnke and a
nest of traitors inside the Arms Control-mission at Geneva.
In addition, Kissinger was appointed to The Vietnam Special Studies Group,
which oversaw and made evaluations of all reports, civilian and military,
including intelligence-reports coming out of Vietnam. Kissinger also
demanded and got oversight of the “40 Committee”, a super-secret agency
that has the task of deciding when and where to initiate covert-activities and
then monitors the progress of operations it sets in motion.
Meantime Kissinger ordered a blizzard of wire-taps by the FBI, even on his
closest assistants, so as to give the impression that he was on top of
everything. Most of his circle were told that wire-taps on them were in force.
This nearly backfired when an MI6 operative by the name of Henry Brandon
was ordered wire-tapped, but was not informed by Kissinger. Brandon was
doubling as a reporter for the London Times and Kissinger very nearly got
thrown-out because nobody does this to the London Times.
The full story of the Ellsberg break-in and the subsequent Watergating of
Nixon is too long to be included here. Suffice to say, Kissinger had control of
Ellsberg from the day that Ellsberg was recruited while at Cambridge.
Ellsberg had always been a hard-liner in favour of the Vietnam War, but was
gradually “converted” to a radical-leftist activist. His “conversion” was only a
shade less miraculous than St. Paul’s Damascus Road experience.
The entire spectrum of the new-left in the United States was the work of
British intelligence MI6 acting through Round Table assets and the Institute
for Policy Studies (IPS). Just as it did with all countries with a republican
base, whose policies had to be changed, IPS played a leading role, even as it
does today in South Africa and South Korea. Much of IPS’s activities are
explained in my work “IPS Revisited” published in 1990.
IPS had one main function, that being to sow discord and spread disinformation resulting in chaos. One such program, aimed at America’s youth,
centred on drugs. Through a series of IPS fronts, acts like the stoning of
Nixon’s motorcade and a large number of bombings, a climate of deception
was effectively created which led a majority of Americans to believe that the
United States was under threat from the KGB, the GRU and Cuban DGI. The
word went out that a lot of these imaginary agents had close ties to the
Democrats through George McGovern. It was in fact, a model disinformation campaign for which MI6 is justly famous.
Haldeman, Ehrlichman and Nixon’s closest aides had no clue as to what was
happening, hence a flurry of statements emanating from the White House
that East Germany, The Soviet Union, North Korea and Cuba were training
terrorists and funding their operations in the United States. I doubt whether
Nixon knew very much about IPS, let alone suspected what it was doing to
his presidency. We suffered the same kind of dis-information during the Gulf
War when the word went out that terrorists of all stripes were about to
invade the United States and blow up everything in sight.
147
President Nixon was literally left in the dark. He didn’t even know that David
Young, a Kissinger pupil, was working in the basement of the White House,
supervising “leaks”. Young was a graduate of Oxford and a long-time
Kissinger associate through Round Table assets such as the law-firm of
Milbank Tweed. President Nixon was no match for the forces arrayed against
him under the direction of MI6 on behalf of the Royal Institute for
International Affairs and hence the British royal family. About the only thing
that Nixon was guilty of, in so far as Watergate is concerned, was his
ignorance of what was going on all around him. When James McCord
“confessed” to Judge John Sirica, Nixon should have been on to it like a flash
that McCord was playing a double game. He ought to have challenged
Kissinger about his relationship with McCord there and then. That would
have thrown a spanner in the works and derailed the whole MI6-Watergateoperation.
Nixon did not abuse his presidential powers. His crime was not-defending
the Constitution of the United States of America and not charging Mrs.
Katherine Meyer Graham and Ben Bradley with conspiracy to commit
insurrection. Mrs. Katherine Meyer Graham’s pedigree is of the most
doubtful kind, as “Jessica Fletcher” of “Murder She Wrote” would soon have
discovered. But even knowing that, Mrs. Graham’s controllers in the Round
Table would have fought hard to keep the lid on things. The role of the
Washington Post was to keep the pot boiling by one “revelation” after
another, thereby engendering a climate of public-distrust of President Nixon,
even when there was not one shred of evidence to support wrong doing by
him.
Yet it shows the immense power of the press, as Lippmann and Bernays had
quite properly anticipated, in that Mrs. Graham, long suspected of the
murder of her husband, Philip L. Graham – officially classed as “suicide” –
should have retained any credibility at all. Other traitors who should have
been indicted for insurrection and treason were Kissinger, Haig, Halperin,
Ellsberg, Young, McCord, Joseph Califano and Chomsky of IPS and those
CIAoperatives who went to McCord’s house and burned all of his papers.
Again, it is worth repeating that Watergate, like many other operations we
do not have the space to include here, demonstrated the COMPLETE
CONTROL exercised over the United States by the The Committee of 300.
While Nixon kept company with people like Earl Warren and some Mafia dons
who had built Warren’s house, that does not mean that he should have been
disgraced over the Watergate Affair. My dislike of Nixon stems from his
willingness to sign the infamous ABM Treaty in 1972 and his all-too-cosy
relationship with Leonid Brezhnev. One of the sorriest slip-ups of the
Minority Council was its abject-failure to expose the dirty role played by
INTERTEL, the Corning Group’s ugly private intelligence-agency whom we
have already met, who “leaked” a lot of Watergate material to Edward
Kennedy. Private intelligence-agencies like INTERTEL have no right to exist
in the United States. They are a MENACE to our right to privacy and an insult
to all free men everywhere.
148
Blame must also fall on those who were supposed to protect President Nixon
from the kind of steel-mesh net that was thrown around him to isolate him.
The intelligence-personnel around Nixon were a poor lot who had no
knowledge of just how thorough British intelligence-operations are; indeed,
they had no inkling that Watergate was a British intelligence-operation in its
entirety. The Watergate-plot was a coup d’état against the United States of
America, as was the murder of John F. Kennedy. Although this fact is not
recognised as such today, I am confident that when all the secret papers are
finally opened, history will record that two coup d’états, one against
Kennedy and one against Nixon, did indeed take place, and which in their
wake brought the most violent rape and assault on the institutions upon
which the Republic of the United States stands.
The individual who most deserves the title of traitor and who is most guilty
of sedition is General Alexander Haig. This desk-man office-colonel whose
paper-shuffling career did not include commanding any troops in battle, was
suddenly thrust upon the scene by the invisible upper-level parallel
government. President Nixon once described him as a man who had to ask
Kissinger’s permission to go to the bathroom.
Haig was a product of the Round Table. He was noticed by Round Tabler
Joseph Califano, one of Her Majesty’s most trusted Round Tablers in the
United States. Joseph Califano, legal-council of the Democratic National
Convention, had actually interviewed Alfred Baldwin, one of the plumbers A
MONTH BEFORE THE BURGLARY TOOK PLACE. Califano was stupid-enough
to write a memorandum on his interview with Baldwin, in which he gave
details of information on McCord’s background and why McCord had selected
Baldwin to be on the “team”.
Even more damaging, Califano’s memorandum contained all details of
transcripts of wire-taps of conversations between Nixon and the re-electioncommittee, all this BEFORE the break-in occurred. Califano should have been
indicted on a score of federal-offences; instead he got away cleanly with his
criminal activity. Sanctimonious Sam Ervin refused to allow Fred Thompson,
Minority Council, to introduce this highly damaging evidence at the
Watergate-hearings – on the spurious grounds that it was “too speculative”.
On Round Table orders, Kissinger had Haig promoted from colonel to fourstar general in the most meteoric rise ever recorded in the annals of United
States military-history, in the course of which Haig was leap-frogged over
280 senior U.S. Army generals and high-ranking officers.
During Haig’s “promotion”, and as a result of it, 25 senior generals were
forced to resign. As a reward for his treachery toward President Nixon, AND
THE UNITED STATES, Haig was subsequently given the plum job of
Commanding General of the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation forces
(NATO), although he was THE LEAST QUALIFIED COMMANDER EVER TO
HOLD THAT POSITION. Here again he was leapfrogged over 400 senior
generals from NATO countries and the United States.
149
When the news of his appointment reached the Soviet Armed Forces High
Command, Marshall Orgakov recalled his three top Warsaw Pact generals
from Poland and East Germany, and there was much merrymaking, clinking
of glasses and quaffing of champagne until well into the night. All through
Haig’s tenure as commander of NATO forces the professional elite cadre of
the Soviet Armed Forces, men who have never been anything else but
professional soldiers, held Haig in the utmost contempt and openly referred
to him as the “office manager of NATO”. They knew that Haig owed his
appointment to the RIIA and not to the United States military.
But before his military-promotion took him out of Washington, let it be
known that Alexander Haig, in conjunction with Kissinger, all but destroyed
the office of the President of the United States and its government. The
chaos left by Kissinger and Haig in the wake of Watergate has never been
chronicled to the best of my knowledge. On the insistence of the RIIA, Haig
virtually took over the management of the Government of the United States
after the April 1973 coup d’état. Bringing 100 Round Table agents chosen
from the Brookings Institution, Institute Policy Studies and the Council on
Foreign Relations, Haig filled the top one hundred posts in Washington with
men who, like himself, were beholden to a foreign power. In the ensuing
debacle, the Nixon Administration was torn-asunder and the United States
along with it.
Thrusting-aside the pious platitudes and posturings of defending the
Constitution, Senator Sam Ervin did more to change the United States than
anything President Nixon was alleged to have done, and the United States
has not yet recovered from the near-mortal-wound of Watergate, a The
Committee of 300 sponsored operation conducted by the Royal Institute for
International Affairs, the Round Table and “hands on” MI6 officers based in
the United States.
The way President Nixon was first isolated, surrounded by traitors and then
confused, followed to the letter the Tavistock method of gaining full control
of a person according to the methodology laid down by Tavistock’s chief
theoretician, Dr. Kurt Lewin. I have already given details of Lewin’s
methodology elsewhere in this book, but in view of the text-book-case of
President Richard M. Nixon, I think it is worth repeating:
“One of the main techniques for breaking morale, through a strategy of
terror, consists in exactly this tactic – keep the person hazy as to where he
stands and just what he may expect. In addition, if frequent vacillations
between severe disciplinary-measures and promises of good treatment,
together with the spreading of contradictory-news, make the cognitive
structure of this situation utterly-unclear, then the individual may cease
even to know whether a particular plan would lead toward or away from his
goal. Under these conditions even those individuals who have definite-goals
and are ready to take risks are paralysed by severe inner-conflict in regard
to what to do.”
150
Kissinger and Haig followed Tavistock training-manuals to the letter. The
result was a distraught, confused, frightened and demoralised President
Nixon, whose only course-of-action – he was told by Haig – was to resign. In
1983 I wrote two works, “The Tavistock Institute: Sinister and Deadly” and
“The Tavistock Institute: Britain’s Control of U.S. Policy”, based upon
Tavistock secret manuals which had fallen into my hands. Tavistock
Institute’s methods and actions are spelled out in these two works.
So successfully were Tavistock methods applied to unseat President Nixon
that the people of this nation fully believed the calumny of lies, distortions
and set-piece contrived-situations mounted by the conspirator as truth,
when in fact Watergate was a diabolical lie from end to end. It is important
to stress this because we have certainly not seen the last of Watergate-type
operations.
What were the alleged impeachable-offences committed by President Nixon,
and the so-called “smoking gun” evidence which was supposed to back up
the charges? First, the “smoking gun”. This piece of FICTION was created by
Kissinger and Haig around the June 23rd tape, which Haig coerced Nixon
into surrendering to Leon Jaworski.
Haig spent hours convincing President Nixon that this tape would sink him,
because it proved “beyond any doubt” that Nixon was guilty of serious
wrong-doing and a co-conspirator in the Watergate break-in. President
Nixon’s first response was to tell Haig, “It’s utter nonsense to make such a
big deal of this,” but Haig chipped-away until Nixon became convinced that
he could not make a successful defence before the Senate, based solely on
this particular June 23rd tape!
How had Haig accomplished his mission? Acting out a scenario prepared for
him by his Round Table controllers, Haig had an unedited transcript of the
“smoking gun” tape typed by his staff. In reality there was nothing in the
tape that President Nixon could not have explained. Sensing this, Haig then
circulated his unauthorised unedited transcript of the tape among Nixon’s
staunchest supporters in the House and Senate and the Republican Party
high-command. Peppered with “smoking gun” and “devastating”, and
coming from Nixon’s trusted aide, the transcript had the effect of a falcon
hitting a flock of pigeons; Nixon’s supporters panicked and ran for cover.
Following up his sedition and insurrection, Haig summoned to his office
Congressman Charles Wiggins, a staunch Nixon-supporter who had agreed
to lead the fight in the House to head-off impeachment-proceedings. In a
bare-faced blatant lie, Wiggins was informed by Haig, “The fight is lost.”
After that, Wiggins lost all interest in defending Nixon, believing that Nixon
himself had agreed to give up. Haig then dealt with Senator Griffin, a leading
supporter of the president in the Senate in the same way. AS A RESULT OF
HAIG’S SEDITIOUS, TREASONOUS ACTIVITIES, SENATOR GRIFFIN
IMMEDIATELY WROTE A LETTER TO PRESIDENT NIXON CALLING UPON HIM
TO RESIGN.
151
THREE MONTHS EARLIER, Round Table controlled Institute for Policy
Studies, child of James Warburg, founder and a fellow, Marcus Raskin,
delivered EXACTLY the same ultimatum that President Nixon resign, using
the British Intelligence propaganda-journal, The New York Times of May
25th to deliver the ultimatum. The Watergate tragedy was a step in the
irreversible transition to barbarism which is enveloping the United States,
and which is leading us into the One World Government/New World Order.
The United States is now at the same place that Italy found itself when Aldo
Moro tried to rescue it from created-instability.
With what wrongdoing was Nixon charged? John Doar, whose brutish
character was well-suited to his task of bringing so-called articles of
impeachment against the president, was the author and finisher of one of
the most far-reaching ILLEGAL domestic-surveillance counterintelligenceoperations ever run in the United States.
Heading the Interdepartmental Intelligence Unit (IDIU), Doar garnered
information from every conceivable agency of the federal government,
including the Internal Revenue Service. The program was linked to the
Institute for Policy Studies. One of the highlights of John Doar’s career was
to provide the CIA – which is forbidden by law to engage in domestic
surveillance, with 10,000-12,000 names of citizens he suspected as politicaldissidents, for further investigation.
On July 18th, 1974, this great upholder of the law, with measured
pomposity, delivered the “charges” against President Nixon, which episode
was nationally televised. THERE WAS NOT A SINGLE PIECE OF EVIDENCE
THAT NIXON HAD DONE ANYTHING IMPEACHABLE; indeed, Doar’s pathetic
litany of Nixon’s alleged “crimes” were so trivial that it is a wonder the
proceedings went beyond this point. Income tax fiddling, unauthorised
bombing of Cambodia and a vague “abuse of power” charge, that would
never have stuck in a court of law, was the best that Doar could do. The
United States was as unstable as it would ever be when President Nixon
resigned on August 8th, 1974.
Nowhere more-so than in our economic and fiscal policies. In 1983 the
international bankers met in Williamsburg, Virginia, to work out a strategy to
prepare the United States for a total disintegration of its banking-system.
This planned-event was to stampede the U.S. Senate into accepting control
of our monetary and fiscal policies by the International Monetary Fund
(IMF). Dennis Weatherstone of Morgan Guarantee on Wall Street stated that
he was convinced this was the only way for the United States to save itself.
The proposal was endorsed by the Ditchley Group which had its beginning in
May of 1982 at Ditchley Park in London. On January l0th-11th, l983, this
alien group met in Washington D.C., in violation of the Sherman Anti-Trust
Act and the Clayton Act, and conspired to overthrow the sovereignty of the
United States of America in its monetary and financial freedom. The United
States Attorney General knew of the meeting and its purpose. Instead of
152
charging members of the group with conspiracy to commit a federal crime,
he simply looked the other way.
Under the above mentioned acts, proof of a conspiracy is all that is needed
for a felony-conviction, and there was ample evidence that a conspiracy did
indeed take place. But as the Ditchley Foundation had met at the request of
the Royal Institute for International Affairs and was hosted by the Round
Table, no-one in the Justice Department had the courage to take-action as
required by those who had sworn to uphold the laws of the United States.
The Ditchley Plan to usurp control of the fiscal and monetary policies of the
United States was the brainchild of Sir Harold Lever, a strong backer of
Zionism and a close confidant of members of the British royal family and a
member of the The Committee of 300. Sir Harold Lever was a director of the
giant UNILEVER conglomerate, an important The Committee of 300
company. Lever’s plan called for the IMF’s influence to be broadened so that
it could influence central-banks of all nations, including the U.S. and guide
them into the hands of a One World Government Bank.
This was considered a vital step in bringing about a situation where the IMF
would become the supreme-arbiter of world banking. The ultra-secret
January meeting was preceded by an earlier meeting in October 1982, and
was attended by representatives of 36 of the world’s top banks who met at
the New York Vista Hotel. Security for the October 26th-27th seminar was as
tight as anything ever seen in the Big Apple. This earlier Ditchley Group
meeting also violated United States law.
Addressing the meeting, Sir Harold Lever said it was essential that national
sovereignty as an archaic hang-over must be ended before the year 2000.
“The United States will soon have to realise that it will be no better than any
Third World country when the IMF takes control,” said Sir Harold. It was
later reported to the delegates that plans to appoint the IMF as the
controller of United States fiscal-policies were being readied to bring before
the United States Senate by the year 2000.
Rimmer de Vries, speaking for Morgan Guarantee, said it was high time that
the United States became a member of the Bank of International
Settlements. “There must be a reconsideration of U.S. hesitancy over the
past 50 years,” De Vries declared. Some British and German bankers,
fearing possible violations of U.S. law, said that the Ditchley Group is
nothing but a committee to iron out exchange-rate problems. Felix Rohatyn
also spoke of the great need to change U.S. banking-laws so that the IMF
could play a greater role in this country. Rohatyn headed Lazard Freres, a
Club of Rome bank and part of the Eagle Star Group which we have already
met.
Round Tablers William Ogden and Werner Stang spoke enthusiastically in
support of surrendering U.S. fiscal sovereignty to the International Monetary
Fund and the Bank of International Settlements. Delegates representing the
Alpha ranking Group, a P2 Freemasonry bank, said the United States must
153
be forced to surrender to “the higher authority of a world bank”, before any
progress toward the New World Order could be made.
On January 8th, 1983, before their big meeting on January l0th-11th, Hans
Vogel, a leading Club of Rome member, was received at the White House.
President Ronald Reagan had invited George Schultz, Caspar Weinberger,
George Kennan and Lane Kirkland to be present at his meeting with Vogel,
who explained to President Reagan what the aims and objectives of the
Ditchley Group were. From that day, President Reagan did an about-face and
worked with the The Committee of 300’s various agencies to advance the
International Monetary Fund and the Bank of International Settlements as
the authority on U.S. domestic and foreign monetary-policies.
The invisible government of the Committee of 300 has put tremendous
pressure on America to change its ways – for the worse. America is the last
bastion of freedom and unless our freedoms are taken away from us,
progress toward a One World Government will be considerably slowed. Such
an undertaking as a One World Government is a massive one, requiring a
great deal of skill, organising-abilities, control of governments and their
policies. The only organisation that could possibly have undertaken this
mammoth-task with any hope of success is the The Committee of 300, and
we have seen just how far it has come toward total success.
Above all, the battle is a spiritual one. Unfortunately, the Christian churches
have become little more than social clubs run by the infinitely evil World
Council of Churches (WCC), whose beginnings lie not in Moscow but in the
City of London, as we see from the chart at the end of the book which gives
the structure of the One World Government Church. This body was set up in
the 1920’s to serve as a vehicle for One World Government policies, and
stands as a monument to the long-range-planning-capabilities of the The
Committee of 300.
Another corrupt body similar in structure and design to the WCC is the Union
of Concerned Scientists, set up by the Trilateral Commission, and funded by
the Carnegie Endowment Fund, the Ford Foundation and Aspen Institute.
This is the group that has led the fight to prevent the United States from
mounting an effective deterrent against Soviet Cosmospheres, space-based
laser-beam-weapons which can destroy selected targets in the United States
or elsewhere from outer-space.
The United States SDI program was designed to counter the threat posed by
Soviet Cosmospheres, a threat which still exists in spite of the assurances
that “communism is dead”. Soviet spokesman Georgi Arbatov told a meeting
of the Union of Concerned Scientists that it is important for them to oppose
the SDI program, because if the SDI program became operational, “it will be
a military-catastrophe”. Year after year the Union of Concerned Scientists
has opposed every budget which included funding for the vital SDI program,
until by the end of 1991, there is not even enough money to fund further
research still required let-alone place the system in orbit. The Union of
154
Concerned Scientists is run by the Royal Institute for International Affairs
and is heavily infiltrated with MI6 British-intelligence-agents.
There is not one single aspect of life in America that is not watched-over,
steered in the “right” direction, manipulated, and controlled by the invisible
government of the The Committee of 300. There is not one elected-official or
political-leader that is not subject to its rule. No-one thus far has got away
with defying our secret rulers, who do not hesitate to make “a horrible
example” of anyone, including the President of the United States of America.
From 1776 when Jeremy Bentham and William Petty, the Earl of Shelburne,
fresh from the triumph of the French Revolution which they planned and ran,
were drafted by the British Crown to bring their combined experience to bear
against the colonists; to 1812 when the British sacked and burned
Washington, destroying secret documents that would have exposed the
treason being worked against the young United States of America; to the
Watergating of President Nixon and assassination of President Kennedy; the
hand of the The Committee of 300 is clearly visible. This book is an attempt
to open the eyes of the American people to this terrible truth: We are not an
independent nation, nor can we ever be, as long as we are ruled by an
invisible government, the The Committee of 300.

PAST AND PRESENT INSTITUTIONS/ORGANISATIONS AND THOSE
DIRECTLY UNDER INFLUENCE OF THE The Committee of 300.
Academy for Contemporary
Problems.
Africa Fund.
Agency of International
Development.
Albert Previn Foundation.
Alliance Israelite Universalle. American Civil Liberties Union
American Council of Race
Relations.
American Defence Society.
American Press Institute. American Protective League.
Anti-Defamation League. Arab Bureau.
Arab Higher Committee. ARCA Foundation.
Armour Research Foundation. Arms Control and Foreign Policy
Caucus.
Arthur D. Little, Inc. Asian Research Institute.
Aspen Institute. Association for Humanistic
Psychology.
Augmentation Research Centre. Baron De Hirsh Fund.
Battelle Memorial Institute. Berger National Foundation.
Berlin Centre for Future Research. Bilderbergers.
Black Order. Boycott Japanese Goods
Conference.
British Newfoundland Corporation. British Royal Society.
Brotherhood of Co-operative Bureau of International
155
Commonwealth. Revolutionary Propaganda.
Canadian Jewish Congress. Cathedral of St. John the Divine,
New York.
Centre for Advanced Studies in the
Behavioural Sciences.
Centre for Constitutional Rights.
Centre for Cuban Studies. Centre for Democratic Institutions.
Centre for International Policy. Centre for the Study of Responsive
Law.
Christian Socialist League. Cini Foundation.
Club of Rome. Cominform.
Committee for the Next Thirty
Years.
Committee of Fourteen.
Committee on National Morale. Committee to Frame A World
Constitution.
Communist League. Congress of Industrial
Organisations.
Council on Foreign Relations. David Sassoon Company.
De Beers Consolidated Mines. Democratic League of Brussels.
East India The Committee of 300. Economic and Social Control
(ECOSOC).
Environmental Fund. Environmetrics Inc.
Esalen Institute. Fabian Society.
Federation of American Zionists. Fellowship for a Christian Social
Order.
Fellowship of Reconciliation. Ford Foundation.
Fordham University Institution
Educational Research.
Foundation for National Progress.
Garland Fund. German Marshall Fund.
Governing Body of the Israelite
Religious Community.
Gulf South Research Institute.
Haganah. Harvard University.
Hells Fire Club. Horace Mann League.
Hudson Guild. Hudson Institute.
Hudson Bay Company. Imperial College, University of
London.
Industrial Christian Fellowship. Institute for Brain Research.
Institute for Pacific Relations. Institute for Policy Studies.
Institute for Social Research. Institute for the Future.
Institute for World Order. Institute on Drugs, Crime and
Justice.
Inter-Alpha. Inter-American Social Development
Institute.
International Institute for Strategic
Studies.
Interreligious Peace Colloquium.
Irgun. Knights of Malta.
League of Nations. Logistics Management Institute.
London Board of Deputies of British
Jews.
London School of Economics.
Mary Carter Paint Company. Massachusetts Institute of
156
Technology.
Mellon Institute. Metaphysical Society.
Milner Group. Mocatto Metals.
Mont Pelerin Society. NAACP.
National Action Research on
Military/Industrial Complex.
National Centre for Productivity
Institute.
National Council of Churches. National Opinion Research Centre.
National Training Laboratories. New Democratic Coalition.
New World Foundation. New York Rand Institute.
NORML. North Atlantic Treaty Organisation
(NATO).
Odd Fellows. Order of St. John of Jerusalem.
Order of The Golden Dawn. OXFAM.
Oxford Univac. Pacific Studies Centre.
Palisades Foundation. Peninsula and Orient Navigation
Company (P&O.).
PERMINDEX. Princeton University.
Rand Corporation. Rand School of Social Sciences.
Research Triangle Institution. Rhodes Scholarship Committee.
Rio Tinto Zinc Company. Riverside Church Disarmament
Program.
Round Table. Royal Institute for International
Affairs.
Russell Sage Foundation. San Francisco Foundation.
Sharps Pixley Ward. Social Science Research Council.
Socialist International. Socialist Party of the United States.
Society for Promotion of Study of
Religions.
Society of Heaven (TRIADS).
Soviet State Committee for Science
and Technology.
Stanford Research Institute.
Stockholm International Peace
Research Institute.
Sun Yat Sen Society.
Systems Development Corporation. Tavistock Institute of Human
Relations.
Tempo Corporation. The High Twelve International.
The Public Agenda Foundation. The Quality of Life Institute.
Theosophist Society. Thule Society.
Trans-Atlantic Council. Trilateral Commission.
U.S. Association of the Club of
Rome.
U.S. Institute for Peace.
Union of Concerned Scientists. UNITAR.
University of Pennsylvania Wharton
School.
Warburg, James P. and Family.
Western Training Laboratories. Wilton Park.
Women’s Christian Temperance
Union.
Wong Hong Hon Company.
Work in America Institute. World Council of Churches.
157

SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS AND INTEREST GROUPS.
Arab Bureau. Aristotelian Society.
Asian Research Institute. Bertrand Russell Peace Foundation.
British American Canadian
Corporation.
Brotherhood of Eternal Love.
Cambridge Apostles. Canadian Histadrut Campaign.
Canadian Pacific Ltd. Caribbean-Central American Action
Group.
China Everbright Holdings Ltd. Chinese People’s Institute of Foreign
Affairs.
Council of South America. Endangered Peoples’ Society.
English Property Corporation Ltd. Hospice Inc.
International Brotherhood of
Teamsters.
International Red Cross.
Jerusalem Foundation, Canada. Kissinger Associates.
Kowloon Chamber of Commerce. Organisation of American States.
Overseas Chinese Affairs
Committee.
Radio Corporation of America
(RCA).
Royal Police of Hong Kong. YMCA.

BANKS.
American Express. Banca de la Svizzera d’Italia.
Banca Andioino. Banca d’America d’Italia.
Banca Nazionale del Lavoro. Banca Privata.
Banco Ambrosiano. Banco Caribe.
Banco Commercial Mexicana. Banco Consolidato.
Banco d’Espana. Banco de Colombia.
Banco de Commercio. Banco de Iberio-America.
Banco de la Nacion. Banco del Estada.
Banco Internacional. Banco Latino.
Banco Mercantile de Mexico. Banco Nacional de Cuba.
Banco Nacional de Panama and 54
smaller Panamanian banks.
Bangkok Commercial d’Italian.
Bangkok Metropolitan Bank. Bank al Meshreq.
Bank America. Bank for International Settlements.
Bank Hapoalim. Bank Leu.
Bank Leumi. Bank of Bangkok.
Bank of Boston. Bank of Canada.
Bank of Credit and Commerce Bank of East Asia.
158
International.
Bank of England. Bank of Escambia.
Bank of Geneva. Bank of Ireland.
Bank of London and Mexico. Bank of Montreal.
Bank of Norfolk. Bank of Nova Scotia.
Bank Ohio. Banque Bruxelles-Lambert.
Banque Commerciale Arabes. Banque du Credit International.
Banque de Paris et Pays-Bas. Banque Francais et Italienne por
l’Amerique du Sud.
Banque Louis Dreyfus de Paris. Banque Privée.
Banques Sud Ameris. Barclays Bank.
Baring Brothers Bank. Barnett Banks.
Baseler Handeslbank. Basel Committee on Bank
Supervision.
BCCI.* Canadian Imperial Bank of
Commerce.
Centrust Bank. Chartered Bank.
Charterhouse Japhet Bank. Chase Manhattan Bank.
Chemical Bank. Citibank.
Citizens and Southern Bank of
Atlanta.
City National Bank of Miami.
Claridon Bank. Cleveland National City Bank.
Corporate Bank and Trust Company. Credit and Commerce American
Holdings.
Credit and Commerce Holdings,
Netherlands Antilles.
Credit Suisse.
Crocker National Bank. de’Neuflize, Schlumberger, Mallet
Bank.
Dresdener Bank. Dusseldorf Global Bank.
First American Bank of Georgia. First American Bank of New York.
First American Bank of Pensacola. First American Bank of Virginia.
First American Banking Corp. First Empire Bank.
First Fidelity Bank. First National Bank of Boston.
First National City Bank. Florida National Bank.
Foreign Trade Bank. Franklin National Bank.
Hambros Bank. Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking.
Independence Bank of Encino. Israeli Discount Bank.
Litex Bank. Ljubljanska Bank.
Lloyds Bank. Marine Midland Bank.
Midland Bank. Morgan Bank.
Morgan Et Cie. Morgan Grenfell Bank.
Narodny Bank. National Bank of Cleveland.
National Bank of Florida. National Westminster Bank.
Orion Bank. Paravicini Bank Ltd.
Republic National Bank. Royal Bank of Canada.
Schroeder Bank. Seligman Bank.
Shanghai Commercial Bank. Soong Bank.
Standard and Chartered Bank. Standard Bank.
159
Swiss Bank Corporation. Swiss Israel Trade bank.
Trade Development Bank. Unibank.
Union Bank of Israel. Union Bank of Switzerland.
Vanying Bank. White Weld Bank.
World Bank. World Commerce Bank of Nassau.
World Trade Bank. Wozchod Handelsbank.

Note: With the exception of the Basel Committee on Banking each of the
above mentioned banks have been, and may still be involved in the drug,
diamond, gold and weapons trade.

• BCCI. This bank has been indicted on several charges of being heavily
  involved in drug-money-laundering throughout the world. Its structure girds
  every operation of the The Committee of 300. Of interest is its corporate
  structure. Middle East Interests, 35% of stock held by:

Ruling Family of Bahrain. Ruling Family of Sharjah.
Ruling Family of Dhubai. Ruling Family of Saudi Arabia.
Ruling Family of Iran. Group of Middle-East Businessmen.
BCCI Cayman Islands 41%. Bank of America 24%.

BCCI Cayman Islands and BCCI Luxembourg established Agency-offices in
Miami, Boca Raton, Tampa, New York, San Francisco and Los Angeles.
LEGAL ASSOciaTIONS AND LAWYERS.
American Bar Association. Clifford and Warnke.
Coudert Brothers. Cravaith, Swain and Moore.
Wilkie, Farr and Gallagher.

ACCOUNTANTS/AUDITORS.
Price, Waterhouse.
TAVISTOCK INSTITUTIONS IN THE UNITED STATES FLOW LABORATORIES
Gets contracts from the National Institute of Health.
MERLE THOMAS CORPORATION
160
Gets contracts from the U.S. Navy, analyses data from satellites.
WALDEN RESEARCH
Does work in the field of pollution-control.
PLANNING RESEARCH CORPORATION, ARTHUR D. LITTLE, G.E. “TEMPO”,
OPERATIONS RESEARCH INC.
Part of approximately 350 firms who conduct research and conduct surveys,
make recommendations to government. They are part of what President
Eisenhower called “a possible danger to public-policy that could itself
become captive of a scientific-technological elite”.
BROOKINGS INSTITUTION
Dedicates its work to what it calls a “national agenda”. Wrote President
Hoover’s program, President Roosevelt’s “New Deal”, the Kennedy
Administration’s “New Frontiers” program (deviation from it cost John F.
Kennedy his life), and President Johnson’s “Great Society”. Brookings has
been telling the United States Government how to conduct its affairs for the
past 70 years and is still doing-so on behalf of the The Committee of 300.
HUDSON INSTITUTE
Under the direction of Herman Khan, this institution has done more to shape
the way Americans react to political and social events, think, vote and
generally conduct-themselves than perhaps any except the BIG FIVE.
Hudson specialises in defence-policy research and relations with the USSR.
Most of its military-work is classified as SECRET. (One idea during the
Vietnam War was to build a moat around Saigon.) Some of its earlier papers
were entitled “Stability and Tranquillity Among Older Nations,” and
“Analytical Summary of U.S. National Security Policy Issues.” Hudson prides
itself on its diversity; it helped NASA with its space-programs and helped to
promote new youth fashions and ideas, youth-rebellion and alienation for
the The Committee of 300, ostensibly funded by Coca Cola. Hudson may be
quite properly classified as one of the The Committee of 300’s
BRAINWASHING establishments. Some of its nuclear-war scenarios make for
very interesting reading and, if they can be obtained, I would recommend
“The 6 Basic Thermonuclear Threats” and Possible Outcomes of
Thermonuclear War” and one of its more frightening papers entitled “IsraeliArab Nuclear War.” Hudson also does corporate advising for The Committee
of 300 companies, Rank, Xerox, General Electric, IBM and General Motors, to
name but a few of them, but its really-big client remains the U. S.
Department of Defence which includes matters of civil-defence, nationalsecurity, military-policy and arms-control. To date it has not got into “wet
NASA”, that is to say, the National Oceanographic Agency.
NATIONAL TRAINING LABORATORIES
161
NTL is also known as the International Institute for Applied Behavioural
Sciences. This institute is definitely a brainwashing-centre based on Kurt
Lewin principles which include so-called T-Groups (training-groups),
artificial-stress-training whereby participants suddenly find themselves
immersed in defending themselves against vicious accusations. NTL takes in
the National Education Association, the largest teacher-group in the United
States.
While officially decrying “racism”, it is interesting to note that NTL, working
with NEA, produced a paper proposing education-vouchers which would
separate the hard-to-teach children from the brighter ones, and funding
would be allocated according to the number of difficult children who would
be separated from those who progressed at a normal rate. The proposal was
not taken up.
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, WHARTON SCHOOL OF FINANCE &
COMMERCE
Founded by Eric Trist, one of the “brain trusts” of Tavistock, Wharton has
become one of the more important Tavistock institutions in the U.S. in so far
as “Behavioural Research” is concerned. Wharton attracts clients such as the
U.S. Department of Labour – which it teaches how to produce “cooked”
statistics at the Wharton Econometric Forecasting Associates Incorporated.
This method is very much in demand as we come to the close of 1991 with
millions more out of work than is reflected in USDL statistics.
Wharton’s ECONOMETRIC MODELLING is used by every major The
Committee of 300 company in the United States, Western Europe and by the
International Monetary Fund, the United Nations and the World Bank.
Wharton has produced such noteworthy persons as George Schultz and Alan
Greenspan.
INSTITUTE FOR SOciaL RESEARCH
This is the institute set up by “brain trusters” from Tavistock – Rensis Likert,
Dorwin Cartwright and Ronald Lippert. Among its studies are “The Human
Meaning of Social Change”, “Youth in Transition” and “How Americans View
Their Mental Health”. Among the institute’s clients are The Ford Foundation,
U.S. Department of Defence, U.S. Postal Service and the U.S. Department of
Justice.
INSTITUTE FOR THE FUTURE
This is not a typical Tavistock institution in that it is funded by the Ford
Foundation, yet it draws its long-range-forecasting-methodology from the
mother of all think-tanks. Institute for the Future projects what it believes to
be changes that will be taking-place in time frames of fifty years. The
institute is supposed to be able to forecast socio-economic-trends and to
blow the whistle on any departures from what it has laid down as normal.
Institute for the Future believes it is possible and normal to intervene now
162
and give decisions for the future. So-called “Delphi Panels” decide what is
normal and what is not, and prepare position-papers to “steer” government
in the right direction to head-off such groups as “people creating civildisorder”. (This could be patriotic groups demanding abolition of graduatedtaxes, or demanding that their “Right to Bear Arms” is not infringed.) The
institute recommends actions such as liberalising abortion laws, drug-usage
and that cars entering an urban-area pay tolls, teaching birth-control in
public schools, requiring registration of firearms, making the use of drugs a
non-criminal offence, legalising homosexuality, paying students for
scholastic achievements, making zoning-controls a preserve of the state,
offering bonuses for family-planning and last, but by no means least, a Pol
Pot Cambodia-style proposal that new communities be established in rural
areas. As will be observed, many of the Institute for the Future’s goals have
already been more than fully realised.

INSTITUTE FOR POLICY STUDIES (IPS)
One of the “Big Three”, IPS has shaped and reshaped United States policies,
foreign and domestic, since it was founded by James P. Warburg and the
Rothschild entities in the United States, bolstered by Bertrand Russell and
the British Socialists through its networks in America which include the
League for Industrial democracy in which Leonard Woodcock played a
leading, if behind-the-scenes role. Local lead players in the League for
Industrial Democracy included “conservative” Jeane Kirkpatrick, Irwin Suall
(of the ADL), Eugene Rostow (Arms Control negotiator), Lane Kirkland
(Labour leader), and Albert Shanker.
For record purposes only; IPS was incorporated in 1963 by Marcus Raskin
and Richard Barnett, both highly-trained Tavistock Institute graduates. Most
of the funding came from Rothschild associates in America like the James
Warburg Family, the Stern Family Foundation and the Samuel Rubin
Foundation. Samuel Rubin was a registered member of the Communist Party
who stole the Fabergé name (Fabergé was “Jeweller of the Imperial Russian
Court”) and made a fortune out of the Fabergé name.
The objectives of IPS came from an agenda laid down for it by the British
Round Table, which agenda in turn came from Tavistock Institute, one of the
most notable being to create the “New Left” as a grass-roots-movement in
the U.S. IPS was to engender strife and unrest and spread chaos like a
wildfire out of control, proliferate the “ideals” of left-wing nihilistic-socialism,
support unrestricted use of drugs of all types, and be the “big stick” with
which to beat the United States political-establishment.
Barnett and Raskin controlled such diverse elements as the Black Panthers,
Daniel Ellsberg, National Security Council staff-member Halperin, The
Weathermen Underground, the Venceramos and the campaign-staff of
candidate George McGovern. No scheme was too big for IPS and its
controllers to take on and manage.
163
Take the plot to “kidnap” Kissinger, which was in the hands of Eqbal Ahmed,
a British MI6 intelligence-agent of Pakistani origin, laundered through
“TROTS” (Trotskyite terrorists based in London). The “plot” was “discovered”
by the FBI so that it could not go too-far. Ahmed went on to become the
director of one of IPS’s most influential agencies, The Transnational Institute
which, chameleon-like, changed from its former name, Institute of Race
Relations, when intelligence-agents of BOSS (Bureau of State Security) in
South Africa unmasked the fact that it was tied directly to Rhodes
Scholarship-Harry Oppenheimer and Anglo-American-British mining-interests
in South Africa. BOSS also discredited the South Africa Foundation at the
same time.
Through its many powerful lobbying-groups on Capitol Hill, IPS relentlessly
used its “big stick” to beat Congress. IPS has a network of lobbyists, all
supposedly operating independently but in actual fact acting cohesively, so
that Congressmen are pummelled from all sides by seemingly different and
varied lobbyists. In this way, IPS was, and is still, able to successfully sway
individual Representatives and Senators to vote for “the trend, the way
things are going”. By using key point-men on Capitol Hill, IPS was able to
break-into the very infrastructure of our legislative-system and the way it
works.
To give only a single concrete-example of what I am talking-about: in 1975,
an IPS point-man persuaded representative John Conyers (D-Michigan) and
forty-seven members of the House to request IPS to prepare a budget-study
that would oppose the budget being prepared by President Gerald Ford.
Although not adopted, the request was reinstated in 1976, 1977, and 1978
gathering sponsors as it went.
Then in 1978, fifty-six Congressmen signed their names to sponsor an IPS
budget-study. This was prepared by Marcus Raskin. Raskin’s budget called
for a fifty percent cut in the Defence Budget, a socialist housing-program
“that would compete with and steadily replace private-housing and
mortgage-markets”, a national health service, “radical changes in the
educational-system that would disrupt capitalist control over the distribution
of knowledge”, and several other radical ideas.
The influence of IPS on Arms Control negotiations was a major factor in
getting Nixon to sign the treasonous ABM Treaty in 1972, which left the
United States virtually defenceless against ICBM attack for almost 10 years.
IPS became, and remains to this day one of the most prestigious “thinktanks” controlling foreign-policy-decisions, which we, the people, foolishly
believe are those of our law-makers.
By sponsoring militant-activism at home and with links to revolutionaries
abroad, by engineering such victories as “The Pentagon Papers”, besieging
the corporate structure, bridging the credibility-gap between underground
movements and acceptable political-activism, by penetrating religious
organisations and using them to sow discord in America, such as radical
racial politics under the guise of religion, using the establishment media to
164
spread IPS ideas, and then supporting them, IPS has lived-up-to the role
which it was founded to play.

STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE
Jesse Hobson, the first president of Stanford Research Institute, in a 1952
speech made it clear what lines the institute was to follow. Stanford can be
described as one of the “jewels” in Tavistock’s Crown in its rule over the
United States. Founded in 1946 immediately after the close of WW II, it was
presided over by Charles A. Anderson, with emphasis on mind-controlresearch and “future sciences”. Included under the Stanford umbrella was
Charles F. Kettering Foundation which developed the “Changing Images of
Man” upon which the Aquarian Conspiracy rests.
Some of Stanford’s major clients and contracts were at first centred around
the defence-establishment but, as Stanford grew, so did the diversity of its
services:
Applications of Behavioural Sciences to Research Management
Office of Science and Technology.
SRI Business Intelligence Program.
U.S. Department of Defence Directorate of Defence Research and
Engineering.
U.S. Department of Defence Office of Aerospace Research.
Among corporations seeking Stanford’s services were Wells Fargo Bank,
Bechtel Corporation, Hewlett Packard, Bank of America, McDonnell-Douglas
Corporation, Blyth, Eastman Dillon and TRW Company. One of Stanford’s
more secret projects was extensive work on chemical and bacteriological
warfare (CAB) weapons. Stanford Research is plugged-into at least 200
smaller “think-tanks” doing research into every facet of life in America. This
is known as ARPA networking and represents the emergence of probably the
most far-reaching effort to control the environment of every individual in the
country. At present Stanford’s computers are linked with 2500 “sister”
research-consoles which include the Central Intelligence Agency (cia), Bell
Telephone Laboratories, U.S. Army Intelligence, the Office of Naval
Intelligence (ONI), RANI, MIT, Harvard and UCLA. Stanford plays a key role
in that it is the “library”, cataloguing all ARPA documentation.
“Other agencies” – and one can use one’s imagination here, are allowed to
search through SRI’s “library” for key words, phrases, look through sources
and update their own master-files with those of Stanford Research Centre.
The Pentagon, for instance, uses SRI’s “master-files” extensively, and there
165
is little doubt that other U.S. Government agencies do the same. Pentagon
“command and control” problems are worked out by Stanford.
While ostensibly these apply only to weapons and soldiers, there is
absolutely no guarantee that the same research could not, and will not, be
turned to civilian-applications. Stanford is known to be willing to do anything
for anyone, and it is my belief that if ever SRI were to be fully exposed, the
hostility which would arise from revelations as to what it actually does would
most probably force SRI to close.

MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, ALFRED P. SLOAN SCHOOL
OF MANAGEMENT
This major institute is not generally recognised as being a part of Tavistock
U.S.A. Most people look upon it as a purely American institution, but that is
far from being the case. MIT-Alfred Sloan can be roughly divided into the
following groups:
Contemporary Technology.
Industrial Relations.
Lewin Group Psychology.
NASA-ERC Computer Research Laboratories.
Office of Naval Research Group, Psychology.
Systems Dynamics. Forrestor and Meadows wrote The Club of Rome’s
“Limits of Growth” zero-growth-study.
Some of MIT’s clients include the following:
American Management Association. American Red Cross.
Committee for Economic
Development.
GTE.
Institute for Defence Analysis
(IDA).
NASA.
National Academy of Sciences. National Council of Churches.
Sylvania. TRW.
U.S. Army. U.S. Department of State.
U.S. Navy. U.S. Treasury.
Volkswagen Company.

So vast is the reach of IDA that it would take hundreds of pages to describe
the activities in which it is engaged, and IDA is fully described in my book on
166
the role played by Institutions and Foundations in committing treason
against the United States of America, which will be published early in 1992.

RAND RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
Without a doubt, RAND is THE “think-tank” most beholden to Tavistock
Institute and certainly the RIIA’s most prestigious vehicle for control of
United States policies at every level. Specific RAND policies that became
operative include our ICBM program, prime analyses for U.S. foreign-policymaking, instigator of space-programs, U.S. nuclear-policies, corporateanalyses, hundreds of projects for the military, the Central Intelligence
Agency (cia) in relation to the use of mind-altering-drugs like peyote, LSD
(the covert MK-Ultra operation which lasted for 20 years).
Some of RAND’s clients include the following:
American Telephone and Telegraph
Company (AT&T).
Chase Manhattan Bank.
International Business Machines
(IBM).
National Science Foundation.
Republican Party. TRW.
U.S. Air Force. U.S. Department of Energy.
U.S. Department of Health.

There are literally THOUSANDS of highly important companies, government
institutions and organisations that make use of RAND’s services, and to list
them all would be an impossible task. Among RAND’s “specialities” is a
study-group that predicts the timing and the direction of a thermonuclearwar, plus working-out the many scenarios based upon its findings. RAND
was once accused of being commissioned by the USSR to work out terms-ofsurrender of the United States Government, an accusation that went all the
way to the United States Senate, where it was taken-up by Senator
Symington and subsequently fell-victim to articles of scorn poured out by
the establishment press. BRAIN WASHING remains the primary function of
RAND.
To summarise, the major Tavistock institutions in the United States engaged
in brainwashing at all levels, including government, the military, business,
religious organisations and education are the following:
Brookings Institution. Hudson Institute.
Institute for Policy Studies. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology.
National Training Laboratories. Rand Research and Development
Corporation.
Stanford Research Institute. Wharton School at University of
167
Pennsylvania.

It is estimated by sources of mine that the total number of people employed
by these institutions is in the region of 50,000 with funding close to $10
billion dollars.
Some major world-wide The Committee of 300 institutions and organisations
are as follows:
Americans for a Safe Israel. Biblical Archaeology Review.
Bilderbergers. British Petroleum.
Canadian Institute of Foreign
Relations.
Christian Fundamentalism.
Council on Foreign Relations, New
York.
Egyptian Exploration Society.
Imperial Chemical Industries. International Institute for Strategic
Studies.
Order of Skull and Bones. Palestine Exploration Fund.
Poor Knights of the Templars. Royal Dutch Shell Company.
Socialist International. South Africa Foundation.
Tavistock Institute of Human
Relations.
Temple Mount Foundation.
The Atheist Club. The Fourth State of Consciousness
Club.
The Hermetic Order of the Golden
Dawn.
The Milner Group.
The Nasi Princes. The Order of Magna Mater.
The Order of the Divine Disorder. The RIIA.
The Round Table. Trilateral Commission.
Universal Freemasonry. Universal Zionism.
Vickers Armament Company. Warren Commission.
Watergate Committee. Wilton Park.
World Council of Churches.

PAST AND PRESENT MEMBERS OF THE The Committee of 300.
Abergavemy, Marquis of. Acheson, Dean.
Adeane, Lord Michael. Agnelli, Giovanni.
Alba, Duke of. Aldington, Lord.
Aleman, Miguel. Allihone, Professor T. E.
Alsop Family Designate. Amory, Houghton.
168
Anderson, Charles A. Anderson, Robert 0.
Andreas, Dwayne. Asquith, Lord.
Astor, John Jacob and successor,
Waldorf.
Aurangzeb, Descendants of.
Austin, Paul. Baco, Sir Ranulph
Balfour, Arthur. Balogh, Lord.
Bancroft, Baron Stormont. Baring.
Barnato, B. Barran, Sir John.
Baxendell, Sir Peter. Beatrice of Savoy, Princess.
Beaverbrook, Lord. Beck, Robert.
Beeley, Sir Harold. Beit, Alfred.
Benn, Anthony Wedgewood. Bennet, John W.
Benneton, Gilberto or alternate
Carlo.
Bertie, Andrew.
Besant, Sir Walter. Bethal, Lord Nicholas.
Bialkin, David. Biao, Keng.
Bingham, William. Binny, J. F.
Blunt, Wilfred. Bonacassi, Franco Orsini.
Bottcher, Fritz. Bradshaw, Thornton.
Brandt, Willy. Brewster, Kingman.
Buchan, Alastair. Buffet, Warren.
Bullitt, William C. Bulwer-Lytton, Edward.
Bundy, McGeorge. Bundy, William.
Bush, George. Cabot, John. Family Designate.
Caccia, Baron Harold Anthony. Cadman, Sir John.
Califano, Joseph. Carrington, Lord.
Carter, Edward. Catlin, Donat.
Catto, Lord. Cavendish, Victor C. W. Duke of
Devonshire.
Chamberlain, Houston Stewart. Chang, V. F.
Chechirin, Georgi or Family
Designate.
Churchill, Winston.
Cicireni, V. or Family Designate. Cini, Count Vittorio.
Clark, Howard. Cleveland, Amory.
Cleveland, Harland. Clifford, Clark.
Cobold, Lord. Coffin, the Rev William Sloane.
Constanti, House of Orange. Cooper, John. Family Designate.
Coudenhove-Kalergi, Count. Cowdray, Lord.
Cox, Sir Percy. Cromer, Lord Evelyn Baring.
Crowther, Sir Eric. Cumming, Sir Mansfield.
Curtis, Lionel. d’Arcy, William K.
D’Avignon, Count Etienne. Danner, Jean Duroc.
Davis, John W. de Benneditti, Carlo.
De Bruyne, Dirk. De Gunzberg, Baron Alain.
De Lamater, Major General Walter. De Menil, Jean.
De Vries, Rimmer. de Zulueta, Sir Philip.
de’Aremberg, Marquis Charles
Louis.
Delano. Family Designate.
169
Dent, R. Deterding, Sir Henri.
di Spadaforas, Count Guitierez,
(House)
Douglas-Home, Sir Alec.
Drake, Sir Eric. Duchene, Francois.
DuPont. Edward, Duke of Kent.
Eisenberg, Shaul. Elliott, Nicholas.
Elliott, William Yandel. Elsworthy, Lord.
Farmer, Victor. Forbes, John M.
Foscaro, Pierre. France, Sir Arnold.
Fraser, Sir Hugh. Frederik IX, King of Denmark
Family Designate.
Freres, Lazard. Frescobaldi, Lamberto.
Fribourg, Michael. Gabor, Dennis.
Gallatin, Albert. Family Designate. Gardner, Richard.
Geddes, Sir Auckland. Geddes, Sir Reay.
George, Lloyd. Giffen, James.
Gilmer, John D. Giustiniani, Justin.
Gladstone, Lord. Gloucestor, The Duke of.
Gordon, Walter Lockhart. Grace, Peter J.
Greenhill, Lord Dennis Arthur. Greenhill, Sir Dennis.
Grey, Sir Edward. Gyllenhammar, Pierres.
Haakon, King of Norway. Haig, Sir Douglas.
Hailsham, Lord. Haldane, Richard Burdone.
Halifax, Lord. Hall, Sir Peter Vickers.
Hambro, Sir Jocelyn. Hamilton, Cyril.
Harriman, Averill. Hart, Sir Robert.
Hartman, Arthur H. Healey, Dennis.
Helsby, Lord. Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II.
Her Majesty Queen Juliana. Her Royal Highness Princess
Beatrix.
Her Royal Highness Queen
Margreta.
Heseltine, Sir William.
Hesse, Grand Duke descendants,
Family Designate.
Hoffman, Paul G.
Holland, William. House of Braganza.
House of Hohenzollern. House, Colonel Mandel.
Howe, Sir Geoffrey. Hughes, Thomas H.
Hugo, Thieman. Hutchins, Robert M.
Huxley, Aldous. Inchcape, Lord.
Jamieson, Ken. Japhet, Ernst Israel.
Jay, John. Family Designate. Jodry, J. J.
Joseph, Sir Keith. Katz, Milton.
Kaufman, Asher. Keith, Sir Kenneth.
Keswick, Sir William Johnston, or
Keswick, H.N.L.
Keswick, William Johnston.
Keynes, John Maynard. Kimberly, Lord.
King, Dr. Alexander. Kirk, Grayson L.
Kissinger, Henry. Kitchener, Lord Horatio.
170
Kohnstamm, Max. Korsch, Karl.
Lambert, Baron Pierre. Lawrence, G.
Lazar. Lehrman, Lewis.
Lever, Sir Harold. Lewin, Dr. Kurt.
Linowitz, S. Lippmann, Walter.
Livingstone,Robert R. Family
Designate.
Lockhart, Bruce.
Lockhart, Gordon. Loudon, Sir John.
Luzzatto, Pieipaolo. Mackay, Lord, of Clashfern.
Mackay-Tallack, Sir Hugh. Mackinder, Halford.
MacMillan, Harold. Matheson, Jardine.
Mazzini, Gueseppi. McClaughlin, W. E.
McCloy, John J. McFadyean, Sir Andrew.
McGhee, George. McMillan, Harold.
Mellon, Andrew. Mellon, William Larimer or Family
Designate.
Meyer, Frank. Michener, Roland.
Mikovan, Anastas. Milner, Lord Alfred.
Mitterand, Francois. Monett, Jean.
Montague, Samuel. Montefiore, Lord Sebag or Bishop
Hugh.
Morgan, John P. Mott, Stewart.
Mountain, Sir Brian Edward. Mountain, Sir Dennis.
Mountbatten, Lord Louis. Munthe, A., or family designate.
Naisbitt, John. Neeman, Yuval.
Newbigging, David. Nicols, Lord Nicholas of Bethal.
Norman, Montague. O’Brien of Lotherby, Lord.
Ogilvie, Angus. Okita, Saburo.
Oldfield, Sir Morris. Oppenheimer, Sir Earnest, and
successor, Harry.
Ormsby Gore, David (Lord
Harlech).
Orsini, Franco Bonacassi.
Ortolani. Umberto. Ostiguy, J.P.W.
Paley, William S. Pallavacini.
Palme, Olaf. Palmerston.
Palmstierna, Jacob. Pao, Y.K.
Pease, Richard T. Peccei, Aurellio.
Peek, Sir Edmund. Pellegreno, Michael, Cardinal.
Perkins, Nelson. Pestel, Eduard.
Peterson, Rudolph. Petterson, Peter G.
Petty, John R. Philip, Prince, Duke of Edinburgh.
Piercy, George. Pinchott, Gifford.
Pratt, Charles. Price Waterhouse, Designate.
Radziwall. Rainier, Prince.
Raskob, John Jacob. Recanati.
Rees, John. Reese, John Rawlings.
Rennie, Sir John. Rettinger, Joseph.
Rhodes, Cecil John. Rockefeller, David.
171
Role, Lord Eric of Ipsden. Rosenthal, Morton.
Rostow, Eugene. Rothmere, Lord.
Rothschild Elie de or Edmon de
and/or Baron Rothschild
Runcie, Dr. Robert.
Russell, Lord John. Russell, Sir Bertrand.
Saint Gouers, Jean. Salisbury, Marquisse de Robert
Gascoigne Cecil. Shelburne, The
Salisbury, Lord.
Samuel, Sir Marcus. Sandberg, M. G.
Sarnoff, Robert. Schmidheiny, Stephan or alternate
brothers Thomas, Alexander.
Schoenberg, Andrew. Schroeder.
Schultz, George. Schwartzenburg, E.
Shawcross, Sir Hartley. Sheridan, Walter.
Shiloach, Rubin. Silitoe, Sir Percy.
Simon, William. Sloan, Alfred P.
Smutts, Jan. Spelman.
Sproull, Robert. Stals, Dr. C.
Stamp, Lord Family designate. Steel, David.
Stiger, George. Strathmore, Lord.
Strong, Sir Kenneth. Strong, Maurice.
Sutherland. Swathling, Lord.
Swire, J. K. Tasse, G. or Family Designate.
Temple, Sir R. Thompson, William Boyce.
Thompson, Lord. Thyssen-Bornamisza, Baron Hans
Henrich.
Trevelyn, Lord Humphrey. Turner, Sir Mark.
Turner, Ted. Tyron, Lord.
Urquidi, Victor. Van Den Broek, H.
Vanderbilt. Vance, Cyrus.
Verity, William C. Vesty, Lord Amuel.
Vickers, Sir Geoffrey. Villiers, Gerald Hyde family
alternate.
Volpi, Count. von Finck, Baron August.
von Hapsburg, Archduke Otto,
House of Hapsburg-Lorraine.
Von Thurn and Taxis, Max.
Wallenberg, Peter or Family
Designate.
Wang, Kwan Cheng, Dr.
Warburg, S. C. Ward Jackson, Lady Barbara.
Warner, Rawleigh. Warnke, Paul.
Warren, Earl. Watson, Thomas.
Webb, Sydney. Weill, David.
Weill, Dr. Andrew. Weinberger, Sir Caspar.
Weizman, Chaim. Wells, H. G.
Wheetman, Pearson (Lord
Cowdray).
White, Sir Dick Goldsmith.
Whitney, Straight. Wiseman, Sir William.
Wittelsbach. Wolfson, Sir Isaac.
172
Wood, Charles. Young, Owen.

CONSPIRATORS’ HIERARCHY: THE The Committee of 300
BIBLIOGRAPHY, SUMMARIES AND NOTES

1980’s PROJECT, Vance, Cyrus and Yankelovich, Daniel.
1984, Orwell, George.
AFTER TWENTY YEARS: THE DECLINE OF NATO AND THE SEARCH FOR A
NEW POLICY IN EUROPE, Raskin, Marcus and Barnett, Richard.
AIR WAR AND STRESS, Janus, Irving.
AN AMERICAN COMPANY; THE TRAGEDY OF UNITED FRUIT,
Scammel, Henry and McCann, Thomas.
AN INTRODUCTION TO THE PRINCIPLES AND MORALS OF LEGISLATION,
Bentham, Jeremy. In this 1780 work Bentham claimed that “nature has
placed mankind under the governance of two sovereign masters, pain and
pleasure… They govern us in all we do.” Bentham went on to justify the
horrors of the Jacobin terrorists in the French Revolution.
ANNUAL REPORT OF BANK LEUMI, 1977.
AT THAT POINT IN TIME: THE INSIDE STORY OF THE SENATE WATERGATE
COMMITTEE, Thompson, Fred. I was told where to find Thompson, who was
the Minority Counsel on the Ervin Committee, by Bernard Barker, one of the
Watergate Burglars. My meeting with Barker took place outside an A&P
supermarket quite close to the Coral Gables Country Club in Coral Gables,
Florida. Barker said Thompson was with his law-partner who was on a short
visit to his mother in Coral Gables, which was only about five minutes away
from the A&P Supermarket. I went there and met Thompson who expressed
his disappointment over the way Ervin had imposed such severe restrictions
on evidence he, Thompson, could admit.
BAKU AN EVENTFUL HISTORY, Henry, J. D.
BEASTS OF THE APOCALYPSE, O’Grady, Olivia Maria. This remarkable book
gives details about a large number of historical figures, including William C.
Bullitt, who conspired with Lloyd George to pull the rug out from under
173
White Russian Generals Denekin and Rangle at a time when they had the
Bolshevik Red Army on the very brink of defeat. It also gives a great deal of
information about the utterly corrupt Petroleum Industry. Of particular
interest is the information it provides on Sir Moses Montefiore, of the ancient
Venetian Black Nobility Montefiores.
BRAVE NEW WORLD, Aldous Huxley.
BRITISH OPIUM POLICY IN CHINA, Owen, David Edward.
BRITISH OPIUM POLICY, F. S. Turner.
CECIL RHODES, Flint, John.
CECIL RHODES, THE ANATOMY OF AN EMPIRE, Marlow, John.
CONFERENCE ON TRANSATLANTIC IMBALANCE AND COLLABORATION,
Rappaport, Dr. Anatol.
CONVERSATIONS WITH DZERZHINSKY, Reilly, Sydney. In British
Intelligence documents not published.
CREATING A PARTICULAR BEHAVIOURAL STRUCTURE, Cartwright, Dorwin.
CRYSTALLISING PUBLIC OPINION, Bernays, Edward.
DEMOCRATIC IDEALS AND REALITY, Mackinder, Halford.
ERVIN, SENATOR SAM. Apart from obstructing the introduction of vital
evidence in the Watergate hearings, Ervin, in my opinion, while holding
himself out as a Constitutional-authority, consistently betrayed this nation
by opposing aid to church schools, citing the judicial opinions in the Everson
case. Ervin, a Scottish Rite Freemason – which in my opinion is why he was
given the Watergate Committee chair, was eventually honoured, receiving
the prestigious Scottish Rite “Individual Right’s Support” award. In 1973,
Ervin held a luncheon in the Senate Dining Room in honour of Sovereign
Grand Commander Clausen.
EVERSON VS. BOARD OF EDUCATION, 33O U.S. I, 1947.
FRANKFURTER PAPERS, Box 99 and Box 125, “HUGO BLACK
CORRESPONDENCE.”
GNOSTICISM, MAMCHEANISM, CATHARISM, The New Columbia
Encyclopaedia.
GOALS OF MANLL, Lazlo, Ernin.
GOD’S BANKER, Cornwell, Rupert. This book gave some insight into P2 and
the murder of Roberto Calvi – P2 Masonry.
174
HUMAN QUALITY, Peccei, A.
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ELECTRONICS.
INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIOLOGY OF MUSIC, Adorno, Theo. Adorno was
kicked-out of Germany by Hitler because of his Cult of Dionysus musicexperiments. He was moved to England by the Oppenheimers where the
British royal family gave him facilities at Gordonstoun School and their
support. It was here that Adorno perfected “Beatlemusic Rock”, “Punk Rock”
“Heavy Metal Rock” and all of the decadent clamour that passes for music
today. It is worthy of note that the name “The Beatles” was chosen to show
a connection between modern rock, the Isis cult and the Scarab Beetle, a
religious symbol of ancient Egypt.
INVASION FROM MARS, Cantril. In this work Cantril analyses the behaviourpatterns of people who fled in panic following the Orson Wells experiment in
mass-hysteria, using H.G Wells’ “WAR OF THE WORLDS”.
INVESTIGATION OF THE KENNEDY ASSASSINATION, THE
UNCOMMISSIONED REPORT ON JIM GARRISON FINDINGS. Paris,
Flammonde.
IPS REVISITED, Coleman, Dr. John.
ISIS UNVEILED, A MASTER KEY TO THE ANCIENT AND MODERN SCIENCE
AND THEOLOGY, Blavatsky, Madame Helena.
JOHN JACOB ASTOR, BUSINESSMAN, Porter, Kenneth Wiggins.
JUSTICE BLACK’S PAPERS, Box 25, General Correspondence, Davies.
KING MAKERS, KING BREAKERS, THE STORY OF THE CECIL FAMILY,
Coleman, Dr. John.
LIBERATION THEOLOGY. Information was drawn from work by Juan Luis
Segundo, who in turn drew heavily upon the writings of Karl Marx. Segundo
savagely attacked the Catholic Church instruction against Liberation
Theology as found in “Instruction on Certain Aspects of the ‘Theology of
Liberation'” published August 6th, 1984.
LIES CLEARER THAN TRUTH, Barnett, Richard (Founder member of IPS).
McCalls Magazine, January 1983.
McGRAW HILL GROUP, ASSOciaTED PRESS. Portions of reports from 28
magazines owned by McGraw Hill, and AP stories.
MEMOIRS OF A BRITISH AGENT, Lockhart, Bruce. In this book we are told
how the Bolshevik Revolution was controlled out of London. Lockhart was
Lord Milner’s representative who went to Russia to watch over Milner’s
investment in Lenin and Trotsky. Lockhart had access to Lenin and Trotsky
175
at short-notice even though Lenin frequently had a waiting-room full of highranking officials and foreign delegates, some having been waiting to see him
for as long as five days. Yet Lockhart never had to wait more than a few
hours to see either man. Lockhart carried a letter signed by Trotsky
informing all Bolshevik officials that Lockhart had special status and should
be given the utmost co-operation at all times.
MIND GAMES, Murphy, Michael.
MISCELLANEOUS OLD RECORDS, India House Documents, London.
MK ULTRA LSD EXPERIMENT, CIAFiles 1953-1957.
MR. WILLIAM CECIL AND QUEEN ELIZABETH, Read, Conyers.
MURDER, Anslinger, Henry. Anslinger was at one time the Number 1 agent
in the Drug Enforcement Agency and his book is highly critical of the socalled war-on-drugs allegedly being waged by the U.S. Government.
MY FATHER, A REMEMBRANCE, Black, Hugo L., Jr.
NATIONAL COUNCIL OF CHURCHES, Josephson, Emmanuel in his book
“ROCKEFELLER, INTERNATIONALIST.”
OIL IMPERIALISM, THE INTERNATIONAL STRUGGLE FOR PETROLEUM,
Fischer, Louis.
PAPERS OF SIR GEORGE BIRDWOOD, India House Documents, London.
PATTERNS IN EASDEA TITLE I READING ACHIEVEMENT TESTS, Stanford
Research Institute.
POPULATION BOMB, Erlich, Paul.
PROFESSOR FREDERICK WELLS WILLIAMSON, India House Documents,
London.
PUBLIC AGENDA FOUNDATION. Founded in 1975 by Cyrus Vance and Daniel
Yankelovich.
PUBLIC OPINION, Lippmann, Walter.
REVOLUTION THROUGH TECHNOLOGY, Coudenhove Kalergi, Count.
ROCKEFELLER, INTERNATIONALIST. Josephson details how the Rockefellers
used their wealth to penetrate the Christian Church in America and how they
later used their Number 1 agent, John Foster Dulles – who was related to
them – to maintain their grip on every aspect of church life in this country.
176
ROOM 3603, Hyde, Montgomery. The book gives some detail about MI6
British Intelligence-operations run by Sir William Stephenson out of the RCA
Building in New York; but, as is usual with “cover stories”, the REAL events
have been omitted.
SPECIAL RELATIONSHIPS: AMERICA IN PEACE AND WAR, Wheeler-Bennet,
Sir John.
STEPS TO THE ECOLOGY OF THE MIND, Bateson, Gregory. Bateson was one
of the Tavistock new-science scientists in the top-five at Tavistock and later
did much to formulate and manage the 46-year war on America conducted
by Tavistock.
STERLING DRUG. William C. Bullitt was once on its board of directors and
was also on the board of I.G. Farben.
TECHNOTRONIC ERA, Brzezinski, Z.
TERRORISM IN THE UNITED STATES INCLUDING ATTACKS ON U.S.
INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES: FBI Files #100-447935, #100-447735, and

100-446784.

THE CAIRO DOCUMENTS, Haikal, Mohammed. Haikal was the grand-old-man
of Egyptian journalism, and he was present at the interview given to Chou
En-lai by Nasser in which the Chinese leader vowed to “get even” with
Britain and the U.S over their opium-trade in China.
THE CHASM AHEAD, Peccei, A.
THE DIARIES OF SIR BRUCE LOCKHART, Lockhart, Bruce.
THE ENGINEERING OF CONSENT, Bernays. In this 1955 book, Bernays lays
out the modus operandi of how to persuade targeted groups to change their
minds on important issues that can and do alter the national direction of a
country. The book also deals with the unleashing of psychiatric shock troops
such as we see in lesbian and homosexual organisations, environmental
groups, abortion rights groups and the like. “Psychiatric shock troops” was a
concept developed by John Rawlings Reese, the founder of the Tavistock
Institute of Human Relations.
THE FEDERAL BUDGET AND SOciaL RECONSTRUCTION, IPS Fellows Raskin
and Barnett. A list of Members of Congress who asked IPS to produce the
alternative budget study and/or supported it is too long to include here but
contained such prominent names as Tom Harkness, Henry Ruess, Patricia
Schroeder, Les Aspin, Ted Weiss, Don Edwards, Barbara Mikulski, Mary Rose
Oakar, Ronald Dellums and Peter Rodino.
THE HUXLEYS, Clark.
THE IMPERIAL DRUG TRADE, Rowntree.
177
THE JESUITS, Martin, Malachi.
THE LATER CECILS, Rose, Kenneth.
THE LEGACY OF MALTHUS, Chase, Allan.
THE MANAGEMENT OF SUSTAINABLE GROWTH, Cleveland, Harlan. Cleveland
was commissioned by NATO to report on just how far the Club of Rome’s
Post Industrial Society-Zero Growth blueprint to wreck the industrial base of
the United States had succeeded. This shocking document should be read by
every patriotic American who feels an urgent need for an explanation as to
why the U.S. is in a deep economic depression at the end of 1991.
THE MEN WHO RULED INDIA, Woodruff, Philip.
THE OPEN CONSPIRACY, Wells, H. G. In this work, Wells describes how in
the New World Order (which he calls the New Republic) “useless eaters”,
excess population, will be gotten rid of: “The men of the New Republic will
not be squeamish either in facing or inflicting death…. They will have an
ideal that will make killing worthwhile; like Abraham, they will have the faith
to kill, and they will have no superstitions about death…. They will hold, I
anticipate, that a certain portion of the population exists only on sufferance
out of pity and patience, and, on the understanding that they do not
propagate, and I do not foresee any reason to oppose that they will not
hesitate to kill when that sufferance is abused…. All such killings will be
done with an opiate…. If deterrent punishments are used at all in the code
of the future, the deterrent shall be neither death, nor mutilation of the
body…but good scientifically caused pain.” The United States has a very
large contingent of Wells converts who would not hesitate to follow the
dictates of Wells, once the New World Order becomes a reality. Walter
Lippmann was one of Wells’ most ardent disciples.
THE POLITICS OF EXPERIENCE, Laing, R.D. Laing was the Staff Psychologist
at Tavistock and, under Andrew Schofield, a member of the Governing
Council.
THE POLITICS OF HEROIN IN SOUTH EAST ASIA, McCoy, Alfred W., Read,
C.B and Adams, Leonard P.
THE PROBLEM OF CHINA, Russell, Bertrand.
THE PUGWASH CONFEREES, Bertrand Russell. In the early 1950’s Russell led
a movement urging a nuclear attack on Russia. When it was discovered,
Stalin warned that he would not hesitate to retaliate in kind. This led to a
quick “rethink” on he part of Russell, who almost overnight became a
pacifist; thus was born the “Ban the Bomb” Campaign for Nuclear
Disarmament (CND) out of which arose the Pugwash anti-nuclear scientists.
In 1957 the first group met at the home of Cyrus Eaton in Nova Scotia, a
long-time American Communist. The Pugwash Conferees dedicated
178
themselves to anti-nuclear and environmental issues and were a thorn in the
side of U.S. efforts to develop nuclear weapons.
THE ROUND TABLE MOVEMENT AND IMPERIAL UNION, Kendle, John.
THE STRUCTURE OF THE POPULAR MUSIC INDUSTRY; THE FILTERING
PROCESS WHEREBY RECORDS ARE SELECTED FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION,
Institute for Social Research. This work explains how “Hit Parades,” “The Top
Ten” – now expanded to the “Top Forty” – and other charades are
constructed to deceive listeners and convince them what they hear is what
“THEY” like!
THE WORKS OF JEREMY BENTHAM, Bowering, John. Bentham was the liberal
of his day and the agent for Lord Shelburne, British Prime Minister at the
end of the American War of Independence. Bentham believed that man was
no more than a common animal, and Bentham’s theories were later written
up by his protégé, David Hume. Writing about instinct in animals Hume said,
“…which we are so apt to admire as extraordinary and inexplicable. But our
wonder will perhaps cease or diminish when we consider that the
experimental reasoning itself which we possess in common with beasts, and
upon which the whole conduct of life depends, is nothing but a species of
instinct, or mechanical power that acts in us unknown to ourselves….
Though the instincts be different, yet still it is an instinct.”
TIME PERSPECTIVE AND MORALE, Levin B.
TOWARD A HUMANISTIC PSYCHOLOGY, Cantril.
TREND REPORT, Naisbitt, John.
U.S. CONGRESS, HOUSE COMMITTEE ON INTERNAL SECURITY, REPORTING
ON THE INSTITUTE FOR POLICY STUDIES (IPS) AND THE PENTAGON
PAPERS. In the spring of 1970, FBI operative William McDermott went to see
Richard Best, who at that time was Rand’s top security officer, to warn him
of the possibility that Ellsberg had removed Vietnam study-papers done by
Rand and had copied them outside of Rand premises. Best took McDermott
to see Dr. Harry Rowan who headed Rand and who was also one of
Ellsberg’s closest friends. Rowan told the FBI that a Defence Department
inquiry was going on and on his assurance, the FBI apparently dropped its
investigation of Ellsberg. In fact, no inquiry was in progress, nor did the DOD
ever conduct one. Ellsberg retained his security clearance at Rand and
blatantly went on removing and copying Vietnam War documents right up to
the time of his exposure during the Pentagon Papers affair which rocked the
Nixon Administration to its foundations.
UNDERSTANDING MAN’S SOciaL BEHAVIOUR, Cantril. Cantril was primarily
responsible for establishing the Association for Humanistic Psychology based
in San Francisco that taught Tavistock methods. It is in institutions of this
type that we find the lines between pure science and social-engineering
become totally obliterated. The term “social-engineering” covers every
179
aspect of methods used by Tavistock to bring about massive changes in
group orientation toward social, economic, religious and political events and
brainwashing of target-groups who then believe that opinions expressed and
viewpoints taken are their own. Selected individuals underwent the same
Tavistockian treatment, resulting in major shifts in personality and
behaviour. The effect of this on the national scene was, and still is,
devastating and is one of the principal factors in bringing the United States
into the twilight, decline-and-fall state-of-being in which the country finds
itself at the close of 1991. I did a report on this national condition under the
title: “Twilight, Decline-and-Fall of the United States of America” which was
published in l987. The Association for Human Psychology was founded by
Abraham Maselov in l957 as a Club of Rome project. Another Tavistock-Club
of Rome Commissioned opinion-making research-centre was established by
Risis Likhert and Ronald Lippert who called it The Centre for Research in the
Utilisation of Scientific Knowledge. The facility was under the directorship of
Club of Rome’s Donald Michael. The centre drew heavily on the Office of
Public Opinion Research established at Princeton University in l940. It was
from here that Cantril taught many of the techniques used by today’s
pollsters-opinion makers.
UNPUBLISHED LETTERS, Kipling, Rudyard. Kipling was a Wells disciple and,
like Wells, believed in Fascism, as a means of world control. Kipling adopted
the Running Cross as his personal emblem. The Running Cross was later
adopted by Hitler and with slight modifications became known as the
swastika.
UNPUBLISHED LETTERS, Wells, H. G. Gives interesting details of how Wells
sold the rights to “WAR OF THE WORLDS” to RCA.
WHO OWNS MONTREAL, Aubin, Henry.
180
181
Some Illustration Of Links
THE ILLUMINATI AND THE
COUNCIL ON FOREIGN
RELATIONS (CFR).
By MYRON C. FAGAN.
(A Transcript)

Important:
Please download this
document immediately
and distribute it to as
many people as possible.

ABOUT THE SPEAKER:
“WHO’S WHO IN THE THEATER” has always been the Bible of the People in
the Legitimate Theater. It never played Favorites, it told no lies, it Glorified
nobody. It always was an unbiased HISTORY of the men and women in the
Theater. It recorded only those who proved their worth in the one – AND
ONLY ONE – testing place of the Theater. BROADWAY: That “WHO’S WHO”
records the plays Myron C. Fagan wrote, directed and produced … Dramas,
Comedies, Melodramas, Mysteries, Allegories, Farces – many of them the
most resounding “HITS” of their years. He arrivedon Broadway in 1907, 19
years old, the younxgest playwright in the history of the American Theater.
In the following years he wrote and directed plays for many of the GREATS
of those days … Mrs. Leslie Carter, Wilton Lackaye, Fritz Leiber, Alla
Nazimova, Jack Barrymore, Douglas Fairbanks, Sr., E.H. Southern, Julia
Marlowe, Helen Morgan, etc, etc. He directed Charles M. Frohman, Belasco,
Henry W. Savage, Lee Shubert, Abe Erlanger, George M. Cohan, etc, etc.. In
the 5 years between 1925 and 1930 he wrote, personally directed, and
produced twelve plays: “THE WHITE ROSE,” “THUMBS DOWN,” “TWO
STRANGERS FROM NOWHERE,” “MISMATES,” “THE FASCINATING DEVIL,”
182
“THE LITTLE SPITFIRE,” “JIMMY’S WOMEN,” “THE GREAT POWER,”
“INDISCRETION,” “NANCY’S PRIVATE AFFAIR,” “SMART WOMAN,” and
“PETER FLIES HIGH.”
During his early years; Mr. Fagan was also “Dramatic Editor” for “The
Associated Newspapers,” including the “New York Globe” and various Hearst
newspapers. But in 1916 he took a “SABBATICAL” from the Theater and
served as “Director of Public Relations” for Charles Evens Hughes; the
Republican Candidate for the Presidency – he refused a similar post offered
him for the Hoover campaign in 1928; thus, Mr. Fagan’s career
encompassed the Theater, Journalism and National Politics, and he is a
proven expert in all those fields.
In 1930; Mr. Fagan came to Hollywood where he served as “Writer Director”
with “Pathe Pictures, Inc.,” then owned by Joseph P. Kennedy, father of the
late President Jack Kennedy, and also at 20th Century Fox, and other
Hollywood Film Studios. But he also continued in the Broadway Legitimate
field.
In 1945, at the urgent request of John T. Flynn, the famous author of “THE
ROOSEVELT MYTH,” “WHILE WE SLEPT,” “THE TRUE STORY OF PEARL
HARBOR,” etc.; Mr. Fagan attended a meeting in Washington D.C. where he
was shown a set of micro-films and recordings of the SECRET meetings at
Yalta attended only by Franklin Roosevelt, Alger Hess, Harry Hopkins, Stalin,
Molotov, and Vishinsky when they hatched the plot to deliver the Balkans,
Eastern Europe and Berlin to Stalin. As a result of that meeting; Mr. Fagan
wrote two plays: “RED RAINBOW” (in which he revealed that entire plot) and
“THIEVES PARADISE” (in which he revealed how those men plotted to create
the “UNITED NATIONS” to be the “housing” for a so-called Communist OneWorld Government).
At the same time; Mr. Fagan launched a “ONE-MAN” crusade to unmask the
Red Conspiracy in Hollywood to produce films that would aid that “ONE
WORLD GOVERNMENT” plot. Out of that came into being the “CINEMA
EDUCATIONAL GUILD.” As a result of the work of this “C. E. G.” organization
(headed by Mr. Fagan, in 1947); came the Congressional Hearings at which
more than 300 of Hollywood’s, (also Radio and T.V.) most famous Stars,
Writers, and Directors were unmasked as the chief activist of the Red
Conspiracy. That was when the infamous “HOLLYWOOD TEN” were sent to
prison.

IT WAS THE MOST SENSATIONAL EVENT OF THAT DECADE!
From that time on Mr. Fagan has devoted all of his time and efforts to
writing monthly “NEWS BULLETINS” for “C. E. G.” in which he has kept up
the fight to alert the American people to the plot to destroy the sovereignty
of the United States of America and the ensuing enslavement of the
American people in a UNITED NATIONS’ “One World Government.”
183
In his sensational recording (this transcript); he reveals the beginning of the
One World enslavement plot that was launched two centuries ago by one
Adam Weishaupt, an apostate Catholic Priest who; FINANCED BY THE
HOUSE OF ROTHSCHILD, created what he called: “THE ILLUMINATI.” Mr.
Fagan describes (WITH DOCUMENTARY EVIDENCE) how this ILLUMINATI
became the instrument of the House of Rothschild to achieve a “One World
Government” and how every War during the past two centuries was
fomented by this ILLUMINATI. He describes how one Jacob H. Schiff was
sent to the United States by the Rothschilds to further the ILLUMINATI plot
and how Schiff plotted to get control of both the Democratic and the
Republican Parties. How Schiff seduced our Congress and our Presidents to
achieve control of our entire Money-System and create the Income Tax
CANCER and how Schiff and his co-conspirators created the “COUNCIL ON
FOREIGN RELATIONS” to control our elected officials to gradually drive the
U.S. into becoming an enslaved unit of a “UNITED NATIONS” One World
Government.
In short this Recording (Transcript) is the most interesting and the most
horrifying – AND FACTUAL – story of the most sensational plot in the history
of the World. Everybody who loves our Country – who loves God – who would
save Christianity, WHICH THE ILLUMINATI IS DEDICATED TO DESTROY –
who would save our sons from dying on Korean, on Vietnam, on South
African, and now on the battlefields of the Middle East, should hear this
Recording. There is absolutely no doubt that anyone who DOES hear (read)
this amazing story will join in the fight to save our Country and our Nation’s
Youth.
Myron Fagan’s recording took place sometime in the 1960’s. Please take the
time to “VERIFY” the statements made herein. We don’t expect you to take
Mr. Fagan’s word at face value. We suggest that you visit the “Law” and
“Depository” libraries that are located throughout your state. The telephone
numbers and addresses listed herein are most likely out of date as Mr.
Fagan is no longer with us.

THE ILLUMINATI AND THE
COUNCIL ON
FOREIGN RELATIONS.
By Myron Fagan

184
“The question of how and why the United Nations is the crux of the great
conspiracy to destroy the sovereignty of the United States and the
enslavement of the American people within a U.N. one-world dictatorship is
a complete and unknown mystery to the vast majority of the American
people. The reason for this unawareness of the frightening danger to our
country and to the entire free world is simple. The masterminds behind this
great conspiracy have absolute control of all of our mass-communications
media, especially television, the radio, the press, and Hollywood. We all
know that our State Department, the Pentagon, and the White House have
brazenly proclaimed that they have the right and the power to manage the
news, to tell us not the truth but what they want us to believe. They have
seized that power on orders from their masters of the great conspiracy and
the objective is to brainwash the people into accepting the phony peace bait
to transform the United States into an enslaved unit of the United Nations’
one-world government.
“First of all, bear in mind that the so-called U.N. police-action in Korea,
fought by the United States in which 150,000 of our sons were murdered
and maimed, was part of the plot; just as the undeclared by Congress war in
Vietnam in which our sons are dying is part of the plot; just as the plot
against Rhodesia and South Africa in which our sons will be dying is part of
the U.N. plot. However, the vitally important thing for all Americans, all you
mothers of the boys who died in Korea and are now dying in Vietnam, to
know is that our so-called leaders in Washington, who we elected to
safeguard our nation and our Constitution, are the betrayers and that behind
them are a comparatively small group of men whose sole-objective is to
enslave the whole world of humanity in their satanic-plot of one-world
government.
“Now in order to give you a very clear picture of this satanic-plot, I will go
back to its beginning, clear back in the middle of the 18th century and name
the men who put that plot into action and then bring you down to the
present – today’s status of that plot. Now as a matter of further intelligence,
a term used by the FBI, let me clarify the meaning of the expression “he is a
liberal.” The enemy, meaning the one-world conspirators, have seized upon
that word “liberal” as a cover-up for their activities. It sounds so innocent
and so humanitarian to be liberal. Well, make sure that the person who calls
himself a liberal or is described as a liberal is not, in truth, a “red.”
“Now then, this satanic-plot was launched back in the 1760’s when it first
came into existence under the name “Illuminati.” This Illuminati was
organized by one Adam Weishaupt, born a Jew, who was converted to
Catholicism and became a Catholic priest, and then, at the behest of the
then newly-organized House of Rothschild, defected and organized the
Illuminati. Naturally, the Rothschilds financed that operation and every war
since then; beginning with the French Revolution; has been promoted by the
Illuminati operating under various names and guises. I say under various
names and guises because after the Illuminati was exposed and became
notorious, Weishaupt and his co-conspirators began to operate under
various other names. In the United States, immediately after World War I,
185
they set up what they called the “Council on Foreign Relations,” commonly
referred to as the CFR, and this CFR is actually the Illuminati in the United
States and its hierarchy. The masterminds in control of the original Illuminati
conspirators, were foreigners, but to conceal that fact, most of them
changed their original family names to American sounding names. For
example, the true name of the Dillons, Clarence and Douglas Dillon (one
Secretary of the U.S. Treasury Department), is Laposky. I’ll come back to all
this later.
“There is a similar establishment of the Illuminati in England operating under
the name of the “British Institute of International Affairs.” (The Royal
Institute of International Affairs, actually) There are similar secret Illuminati
organizations in France, Germany, and other nations operating under
different names and all these organizations, including the CFR, continuously
set up numerous subsidiary or front-organizations that are infiltrated into
every phase of the various nations’ affairs. But at all times, the operations of
these organizations were and are masterminded and controlled by the
Internationalist Bankers, they in turn were and are controlled by the
Rothschilds. (One of the prime agents in this control is through the
International BAR Association and it’s splinter groups such as the America
BAR Association. It is important to note that there are BAR Associations in
nearly every nation world wide now, pushing the United Nations always. I do
have a copy of the 1947 agreement that the American BAR submitted which
commits the BAR to support and promote the U.N. throughout America. –
David G.)
“One branch of the Rothschild family had financed Napoleon; another branch
of the Rothschilds financed Britain, Germany, and the other nations in the
Napoleonic wars.
“Immediately after the Napoleonic wars, the Illuminati assumed that all the
nations were so destitute and so weary of wars that they’d be glad for any
solution, so the Rothschild stooges set up what they called the Congress in
Vienna and at that meeting they tried to create the first League of Nations,
their first attempted one-world government, on the theory that all the
crowned heads of European governments were so deeply in debt to them
that they would willingly or unwillingly serve as their stooges. But the Czar
of Russia caught the stench of the plot and completely torpedoed it. The
enraged Nathan Rothschild, then the head of the dynasty, vowed that some
day he or his descendants would destroy the Czar and his entire family, and
his descendants did accomplish that very threat in 1917. At this point, bear
in mind that the Illuminati was not set up to operate on a short-range basis.
Normally a conspirator of any type enters into a conspiracy with the
expectation of achieving his objective during his own lifetime. But that was
not the case with the Illuminati. True, they hoped to accomplish their
objective during their lifetime, but paraphrasing “The show must go on,” the
Illuminati operates on the very long-range basis. Whether it will take scores
of years or even centuries, they have dedicated their descendants to keep
the pot boiling until they hope the conspiracy is achieved.
186
“Now, let’s go back to the birth of the Illuminati. Adam Weishaupt was a
Jesuit-trained professor of canon law, teaching in Engelstock University,
when he defected from Christianity to embrace the luciferian conspiracy. It
was in 1770 that the professional money-lenders, the then recently
organized House of Rothschild, retained him to revise and modernize the
age-old protocols of Zionism, which from the outset, was designed to give
the “Synagogue of Satan”, so named by Jesus Christ [and who are “them
which say they are Jews and are not” – Revelation /Apocalypse 2:9],
ultimate world-domination so they could impose the luciferian ideology upon
what would remain of the human-race after the final social-cataclysm by use
of satanic despotism. Weishaupt completed his task May 1, 1776. Now you
know why May 1 is the great day with all communist nations to this very day
(May 1 is also “Law Day” as declared by the American Bar Association). (The
celebration of May 1 [Baal/Bealtaine] goes much further back into history
than this, and the day was picked for the ancient reasons, which comes
through Paganism; Baal-worship and revolves around the worship of
Satan. – David G.) That was the day, May 1, 1776, that Weishaupt
completed his plan and officially organized the Illuminati to put the plan into
execution. That plan required the destruction of all existing governments
and religions. That objective was to be reached by dividing the masses of
people, whom he Weishaupt, termed: “goyism” [nationalism] or human
cattle into opposing camps in ever increasing numbers on political, social,
economic, and other issues – the very conditions we have in our country
today. The opposing sides were then to be armed and incidents provided
which would cause them to fight and weaken themselves and gradually
destroy national governments and religious institutions. Again I say, the
very conditions in the world today.
“And at this point let me stress a prime feature of the Illuminati plans. When
and if their blueprint for world control, the Protocols Of The Elders Of Zion, is
discovered and exposed, they would wipe all the Jews off the face of the
earth in order to divert suspicions from themselves. If you think this is far
fetched, bear in mind that they permitted Hitler, a liberal socialist himself,
who was financed by corrupt Kennedy, the Warburgs, and the Rothschilds,
to incinerate 600,000 Jews.
“Now just why did the conspirators choose the word: “Illuminati” for their
satanic-organization? Weishaupt himself said that the word is derived from
Lucifer and means: “holder of the light.” Using the lie that his objective was
to bring about a one-world government to enable those with mental ability
to govern the world and prevent all wars in the future. In short, using the
words: “peace on earth” as his bait, exactly as that same bait as: “peace”
was used by the 1945 conspirators to force the United Nations on us,
Weishaupt financed, I repeat, by the Rothschilds, recruited some 2,000 paid
followers. These included the most intelligent men in the field of arts and
letters, education, the sciences, finance, and industry. He then established
Lodges of the Grand Orient; Masonic Lodges to be their secret headquarters
and I again repeat, that in all of this he was acting under orders from the
House of Rothschild. The main features of the Weishaupt plan of operation
187
required his Illuminati to do the following things to help them to accomplish
their purpose:

• Use monetary and sex bribery to obtain control of men already in high
  places in the various levels of all governments and other fields of endeavor.
  Once influential persons had fallen for the lies, deceits, and temptations of
  the Illuminati they were to be held in bondage by application of political and
  other forms of blackmail, threats of financial ruin, public exposure, and fiscal
  harm, even death to themselves and loved members of their families.
  Do you realize how many present top officials in our present government in
  Washington are controlled in just that way by the CFR? Do you realize how
  many homosexuality.htm”>homosexuals in our State Department, the
  Pentagon, all federal agencies, even in the White House are controlled that
  way?
• Illuminati and the faculties of colleges and universities were to cultivate
  students possessing exceptional mental ability belonging to well-bred
  families with international leanings and recommend them for special training
  in internationalism. Such training was to be provided by granting
  scholarships to those selected by the Illuminatists.
  “That gives you an idea what a “Rhodes’ Scholarship” means. It means
  indoctrination into accepting the idea that only a one-world government can
  put an end to recurring wars and strife. That’s how the United Nations was
  sold to the American people.
  “One of the most notable Rhodes’ scholars we have in our country is Senator
  William J. Fulbright, sometimes referred to as half-bright. His entire votingrecord spells Illuminati. All such scholars were to be first persuaded and then
  convinced that men of special talent and brains have the right to rule those
  less gifted on the ground that the masses don’t know what is best for them
  fiscally, mentally, and spiritually. In addition to the Rhodes’ and similar
  scholarships, today there are three special Illuminati schools located in
  Gordonstown in Scotland, Salem in Germany, and Annavrighta in Greece.
  These three are known ones, but there are others that are kept undercover.
  Prince Philip, the husband of Britain’s Queen Elizabeth, was educated at
  Gordonstown (as was also Prince Charles) at the instigation of Lord Louis
  Mountbatten, his uncle, a Rothschild relative, who became Britain’s Admiral
  of the Fleet after World War II ended.
• All influential people trapped into coming under the control of the
  Illuminati, plus the students who had been specially educated and trained,
  were to be used as agents and placed behind the scenes of all governments
  as experts and specialists so they would advise the top executives to adopt
  policies which would in the long-run serve the secret plans of the Illuminati
  one-world conspiracy and bring about the destruction of the governments
  and religions they were elected or appointed to serve.
  188
  “Do you know how many such men operate in our government at this very
  time? Rusk, McNamara, Hubert Humphrey, Fulbright, Keekle, and goes on
  and on and on.
• Perhaps the most vital directive in Weishaupt’s plan was to obtain
  absolute-control of the press, at that time the only mass-communications
  media, to distribute information to the public so that all news and
  information could be slanted so that the masses could be convinced that a
  one-world government is the only solution to our many and varied problems.
  “Do you know who owns and controls our mass-communications media? I’ll
  tell you. Practically all the movie lots in Hollywood are owned by the
  Lehmans; Kuhn, Loeb, and Company; Goldman-Sachs; and other
  internationalist bankers. All the national radio and TV channels in the nation
  are owned and controlled by those same internationalist bankers. The same
  is true of every chain of metropolitan newspapers and magazines, also of the
  press wire-services, such as Associated Press, United Press, International,
  etc.. The supposed heads of all those media are merely the fronts for the
  internationalist bankers, who in turn compose the hierarchy of the CFR,
  today’s Illuminati in America.
  “Now can you understand why the Pentagon Press agent, Sylvester, so
  brazenly proclaimed that the government has the right to lie to the people.
  What he really meant was that our CFR controlled government had the
  power to lie to and be believed by the brain-washed American people.
  “Let us again go back to the first days of the Illuminati. Because Britain and
  France were the two greatest world powers in the late years of the 18th
  Century; Weishaupt ordered the Illuminati to foment the colonial wars,
  including our Revolutionary War, to weaken the British Empire and organize
  the French Revolution to start in 1789. However; in 1784, a true act of God
  placed the Bavarian government in possession of evidence which proved the
  existence of the Illuminati and that evidence could have saved France if
  they, the French government, hadn’t refused to believe it. Here is how that
  act of God happened. It was in 1784 that Weishaupt issued his orders for
  the French Revolution. A German writer, named Zweig, put it into book
  form. It contained the entire Illuminati story and Weishaupt’s plans. A copy
  of this book was sent to the Illuminists in France headed by Robespierre
  whom Weishaupt had delegated to foment the French Revolution. The
  courier was struck and killed by lightening as he rode through Rawleston on
  his way from Frankfurt to Paris. The police found the subversive documents
  on his body and turned them over to the proper authorities. After a careful
  study of the plot; the Bavarian government ordered the police to raid
  Weishaupt’s newly-organized Lodges of the “Grand Orient” and the homes of
  his most influential associates. All additional evidence thus discovered
  convinced the authorities that the documents were genuine copies of the
  conspiracy by which the Illuminati planned to use wars and revolutions to
  bring about the establishment of a one-world government; the powers of
  which they, headed by the Rothschilds, intended to usurp as soon as it was
  established, exactly in line with the United Nations’ plot of today.
  189
  “In 1785, the Bavarian government outlawed the Illuminati and closed the
  Lodges of the “Grand Orient.” In 1786; they published all the details of the
  conspiracy. The English title of that publication is: “The Original Writings of
  the Order and the Sect of the Illuminati.” Copies of the entire conspiracy
  were sent to all the heads of church and state in Europe. But the power of
  the Illuminati, which was actually the power of the Rothschilds, was so great
  that this warning was ignored. Nevertheless; the Illuminati became a dirty
  word and it went underground.
  “At the same time, Weishaupt ordered Illuminists to infiltrate into the Lodges
  of “Blue Masonry” and formed their own secret societies within all secret
  societies. Only Masons who proved themselves internationalists and those
  whose conduct proved they had defected from God were initiated into the
  Illuminati. Thenceforth; the conspirators donned the cloak of philanthropy
  and humanitarianism to conceal their revolutionary and subversive activities.
  In order to infiltrate into Masonic Lodges in Britain; Weishaupt invited John
  Robison over to Europe. Robison was a high-degree Mason in the “Scottish
  Rite.” He was a professor of natural philosophy at Edinburgh University and
  Secretary of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Robison did not fall for the lie
  that the objective of the Illuminati was to create a benevolent dictatorship;
  but he kept his reactions to himself so well that he was entrusted with a
  copy of Weishaupt’s revised conspiracy for study and safekeeping.
  Anyway; because the heads of state and church in France were deluded into
  ignoring the warnings given them; the revolution broke out in 1789 as
  scheduled by Weishaupt. In order to alert other governments to their
  danger, in 1798, Robison published a book entitled: “Proof of a conspiracy to
  Destroy all Governments and Religions” but his warnings were ignored
  exactly as our American people have been ignoring all warnings about the
  United Nations and the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). (Let me add
  here, that if the people of the earth would heed His Word, none of this could
  happen; just think, if the common people all listened to Jesus Christ and
  refused to take oaths, there would be no cover for these despicable men. –
  David G.)
  “Now here is something that will stun and very likely outrage many who
  hear this; but there is documentary proof that our own Thomas Jefferson
  and Alexander Hamilton became students of Weishaupt. Jefferson was one
  of Weishaupt’s strongest defenders when he was outlawed by his
  government and it was Jefferson who infiltrated the Illuminati into the then
  newly-organized lodges of the “Scottish Rite” in New England. Here is the
  proof.
  “In 1789; John Robison warned all Masonic leaders in America that the
  Illuminati had infiltrated into their lodges and on July 19, 1789; David
  Papen, President of Harvard University, issued the same warning to the
  graduating-class and lectured them on how the influence of Illuminism was
  acquitting on American politics and religion, and to top it off; John Quincy
  Adams, who had organized the New England Masonic Lodges, issued his
  warnings. He wrote three letters to Colonel William L. Stone, a top Mason, in
  190
  which he exposed how Jefferson was using Masonic lodges for subversive
  Illuministic purposes. Those three letters are at this very time in
  Whittenburg Square Library in Philadelphia. In short; Jefferson, founder of
  the Democratic Party, was a member of the Illuminati which at least partly
  accounts for the condition of the party at this time and through infiltration of
  the Republican Party; we have exactly nothing of loyal Americanism today.
  That disastrous rebuff at the Congress of Vienna created by the Czar of
  Russia did not by any means destroy the Illuminati conspiracy. It merely
  forced them to adopt a new strategy realizing that the one-world idea was,
  for the moment, killed. The Rothschilds decided that to keep the plot alive
  they would have to do it by heightening their control of the money-system of
  the European nations.
  “Earlier; by a ruse; the outcome of the Battle of Waterloo had been falsified,
  Rothschild had spread a story that Napoleon had had one bad battle, which
  precipitated a terrific panic on the stock-market in England. All stocks had
  plummeted down to practically zero and Nathan Rothschild bought all the
  stocks for virtually a penny on its dollar values. That gave him complete
  control of the economy of Britain and virtually of all Europe. So, immediately
  after that Congress in Vienna had boomeranged; Rothschild had forced
  Britain to set up a new “Bank of England”, over which he had absolute
  control, exactly, as later through Jacob Schiff; he engineered our own
  “Federal Reserve Act” which gave the House of Rothschild a secret control of
  the economy in the United States. But now for a moment; let’s dwell on the
  activities of the Illuminati in the United States.
  “In 1826; one Captain William Morgan decided it was his duty to inform all
  Masons and the general public what the full proof was regarding the
  Illuminati, their secret plans, intended objectives, and to reveal the identities
  of the masterminds of the conspiracy. The Illuminati promptly tried Morgan
  in absentia and convicted him of treason. They ordered one Richard Howard,
  an English Illuminist, to carry-out their sentence of execution as a traitor.
  Morgan was warned and he tried to escape to Canada, but Howard caught
  up with him near the border; near the Niagara Gorge to be exact, where he
  murdered him. This was verified in a sworn statement made in New York by
  one Avery Allen to the effect that he heard Howard render his report of the
  execution to a meeting of “Knights Templars” in St. John’s Hall in New York.
  He also told how arrangements had been made to ship Howard back to
  England. That Allen affidavit is on record in New York City Archives. Very few
  Masons and very few of the general-public know that general-disapproval
  over that incident of murder caused approximately half of all the Masons in
  the northern jurisdiction of the United States to secede. Copies of the
  minutes of the meeting held to discuss that matter are still in existence in
  safe hands and that all that secrecy emphasizes the power of the
  masterminds of the Illuminati to prevent such terrible events of history from
  being taught in our schools.
  “In the early 1850’s; the Illuminati held a secret meeting in New York which
  was addressed by a British Illuminist named Wright. Those in attendance
  were told that the Illuminati was organizing to unite the Nihilist and Atheist
  191
  groups with all other subversive groups into an international group to be
  known as Communists. That was when the word: “communist” first came
  into being and it was intended to be the supreme weapon and scare-word to
  terrify the whole world and drive the terrorized peoples into the Illuminati
  one-world scheme. This scheme: “communism,” was to be used to enable
  the Illuminati to foment future wars and revolutions. Clinton Roosevelt, a
  direct ancestor of Franklin Roosevelt; Horace Greeley; and Charles Dana;
  foremost newspaper-publishers of that time were appointed to head a
  committee to raise funds for the new venture. Of course, most of the funds
  were provided by the Rothschilds and this fund was used to finance Karl
  Marx and Engels when they wrote “Das Kapital” and the “Communist
  Manifesto” in Soho, England. And this clearly reveals that communism is not
  a so-called ideology, but a secret weapon; a bogy-man word to serve the
  purpose of the Illuminati.
  “Weishaupt died in 1830; but prior to his death, he prepared a revised
  version of the age-old conspiracy, the Illuminati, which under various aliases
  was to organize, finance, direct, and control all international organizations
  and groups by working their agents into executive positions at the top. In
  the United States we have Woodrow Wilson, Franklin Roosevelt, Jack
  Kennedy, Johnson, Rusk, McNamara, Fulbright, George Bush etc., as prime
  examples. In addition, while Karl Marx was writing the “Communist
  Manifesto” under the director of one group of Illuminists, Professor Karl
  Ritter of Frankfurt University was writing the antithesis under the direction of
  another group. The idea was that those who direct the overall conspiracy
  could use the differences in those two so-called ideologies to enable them to
  divide larger and larger numbers of the human-race into opposing camps so
  that they could be armed and then brainwashed into fighting and destroying
  each other. And particularly, to destroy all political and religious institutions.
  The work Ritter started was continued after his death and completed by the
  German so-called philosopher Freidrich Wilhelm Nietzsche who founded
  Nietzscheanism. This Nietzscheanism was later developed into Fascism and
  then into Nazism and was used to foment World War I and II.
  “In 1834; the Italian revolutionary leader, Guiseppe Mazzini, was selected by
  the Illuminati to direct their revolutionary program throughout the world. He
  served in that capacity until he died in 1872, but some years before he died;
  Mazzini had enticed an American General named Albert Pike into the
  Illuminati. Pike was fascinated by the idea of a one-world government and
  ultimately he became the head of this luciferian conspiracy. Between 1859
  and 1871 he, Pike, worked out a military-blueprint for three world wars and
  various revolutions throughout the world which he considered would forward
  the conspiracy to its final stage in the 20th century. Again I remind you that
  these conspirators were never concerned with immediate success. They also
  operated on a long-range view. Pike did most of his work in his home in
  Little Rock, Arkansas. But a few years later; when the Illuminati’s Lodges of
  the Grand Orient became suspect and repudiated because of Mazzini’s
  revolutionary activities in Europe, Pike organized what he called the New and
  Reformed Palladian Right. He set up three Supreme Councils; one in
  Charleston, South Carolina, one in Rome, Italy, and a third in Berlin,
  192
  Germany. He had Mazzini establish 23 subordinate Councils in strategic
  locations throughout the world. These have been the secret headquarters of
  the world revolutionary movement ever since.
  “Long before Marconi invented the radio; the scientists in the Illuminati had
  found the means for Pike and the heads of his Councils to communicate
  secretly. It was the discovery of that secret that enabled intelligence-officers
  to understand how apparently unrelated incidents; such as the assassination
  of an Austrian Prince in Serbia; took place simultaneously throughout the
  world, which developed into a war or a revolution. Pike’s plan was as simple
  as it has proved effective. It called for communism, nazism, political
  zionism, and other international movements to be organized and used to
  foment three global world wars and at least two major revolutions.
  “The first world war was to be fought so as to enable the Illuminati to
  destroy Czarism in Russia, as vowed by Rothschild after the Czar had
  torpedoed his scheme at the Congress in Vienna, and to transform Russia
  into a stronghold of atheistic-communism. The differences stirred up by
  agents of the Illuminati between the British and German Empires were to be
  used to foment this war. After the war would be ended; communism was to
  be built up and used to destroy other governments and weaken religions.
  “World War II, when and if necessary, was to be fomented by using the
  controversies between Fascists and political zionists, and here let it be noted
  that Hitler was financed by Krupp, the Warburgs, the Rothschilds, and other
  internationalist bankers and that the slaughter of the supposed 6,000,000
  Jews by Hitler didn’t bother the Jewish internationalist bankers at all. That
  slaughter was necessary in order to create worldwide-hatred of the German
  people and thus bring about war against them. In short; this second world
  war was to be fought to destroy nazism and increase the power of political
  Zionism so that the state of Israel could be established in Palestine.
  “During this World War II; international communism was to be built up until
  it equalled in strength that of united Christendom. When it reached that
  point; it was to be contained and kept in check until required for the final
  social-cataclysm. As we know now; Roosevelt, Churchill, and Stalin put that
  exact policy into effect and Truman, Eisenhower, Kennedy, Johnson, and
  George Bush continued that same exact policy.
  “World War III is to be fomented, using the so-called controversies; by the
  agents of the Illuminati operating under whatever new name; that are now
  being stored up between the political Zionists and the leaders of the Moslem
  world. That war is to be directed in such a manner that all of Islam and
  political Zionism (Israelis) will destroy each other while at the same time;
  the remaining nations, once more divided on this issue, will be forced to
  fight themselves into a state of complete exhaustion; physically, mentally,
  spiritually, and economically.
  “Now can any thinking person doubt that the intrigue now going on in the
  near Middle and Far-East is designed to accomplish that satanic objective?
  193
  Pike himself foretold all this in a statement he made to Mazzini on August
  15, 1871. Pike stated that after World War III is ended; those who will
  aspire to undisputed world-domination will provoke the greatest socialcataclysm the world has ever known. Quoting his own words taken from the
  letter he wrote to Mazzini and which letter is now catalogued in the British
  Museum in London, England; he said:
  “We shall unleash the nihilists and the atheists and we shall provoke a great
  social-cataclysm which in all its horror will show clearly to all nations the
  effect of absolute-atheism; the origins of savagery and of most bloody
  turmoil. Then everywhere, the people will be forced to defend themselves
  against the world-minority of the world-revolutionaries and will exterminate
  those destroyers of civilization and the multitudes disillusioned with
  Christianity whose spirits will be from that moment without direction and
  leadership and anxious for an ideal, but without knowledge where to send its
  adoration, will receive the true light through the universal-manifestation of
  the pure doctrine of Lucifer brought finally out into public view. A
  manifestation which will result from a general reactionary movement which
  will follow the destruction of Christianity and Atheism; both conquered and
  exterminated at the same time.”
  “When Mazzini died in 1872; Pike made another revolutionary leader named
  Adrian Lemmy; his successor. Lemmy, in turn, was succeeded by Lenin and
  Trotsky, then by Stalin. The revolutionary activities of all those men were
  financed by British, French, German, and American international bankers; all
  of them dominated by the House of Rothschild. We are supposed to believe
  that the international bankers of today, like the money-changers of Christ’s
  day, are only the tools or agents of the great conspiracy, but actually they
  are the masterminds behind all the mass-communications media leading us
  into believing that communism is a movement of the so-called workers; the
  actual fact is that both British and American intelligence-officers have
  authentic documentary-evidence that international liberals, operating
  through their international banking houses; particularly the House of
  Rothschild, have financed both sides of every war and revolution since 1776.
  “Those who today comprise the conspiracy (the CFR in the United States and
  the RIIA in Britain); direct our governments whom they hold in usury
  through such methods as the Federal Reserve System in America to fight
  wars, such as Vietnam (created by the United Nations), so as to further
  Pike’s Illuminati plans to bring the world to that stage of the conspiracy
  when atheistic-communism and the whole of Christianity can be forced into
  an all-out third world war within each remaining nation as well as on an
  international basis scale.
  “The headquarters of the great conspiracy in the late 1700’s was in
  Frankfurt, Germany where the House of Rothschild had been established by
  Mayar (or Mayer) Amschel who adopted the Rothschild name and linked
  together other international financiers who had literally sold their souls to
  the devil. After the Bavarian government’s exposure in 1786; the
  conspirators moved their headquarters to Switzerland then to London. Since
  194
  World War II (after Jacob Schiff, the Rothschild’s boy in America died); the
  headquarters of the American branch has been in the Harold Pratt Building in
  New York City and the Rockefellers, originally proteges of Schiff, have taken
  over the manipulation of finances in America for the Illuminati.
  “In the final phases of the conspiracy; the one-world government will consist
  of the king-dictator; the head of the United Nations, the CFR, and a few
  billionaires, economists, and scientists who have proved their devotion to
  the great conspiracy. All others are to be integrated into a vast
  conglomeration of mongrelized humanity; actually slaves. Now let me show
  you how our federal government and the American people have been sucked
  into the one-world take over plot of the Illuminati great conspiracy and
  always bear in mind, that the United Nations was created to become the
  housing for that one-world, so-called, liberal conspiracy. The real
  foundations of the plot of the takeover of the United States were laid during
  the period of our Civil War. Not that Weishaupt and the earlier masterminds
  had ever overlooked the new world, as I have previously indicated;
  Weishaupt had his agents planted over here as far back as the Revolutionary
  War.
  “It was during the Civil War that the conspirators launched their first
  concrete efforts. We know that Judah Benjamin, chief advisor of Jefferson
  Davis, was a Rothschild agent. We also know that there were Rothschild
  agents planted in Abraham Lincoln’s cabinet who tried to sell him into a
  financial dealing with the House of Rothschild. But old Abe saw through the
  scheme and bluntly rejected it thereby incurring the undying enmity of the
  Rothschilds; exactly as the Russian Czar did when he torpedoed their first
  League of Nations at the Congress in Vienna. Investigation of the
  assassination of Lincoln revealed that the assassin Booth was a member of a
  secret conspiratorial group. Because there were a number of highlyimportant government-officials involved; the name of the group was never
  revealed and it became a mystery; exactly as the assassination of Jack
  (John F.) Kennedy is still a mystery. But I am sure it will not remain a
  mystery for long. Anyway; the ending of the Civil War destroyed temporarily
  all chances of the House of Rothschild to get a clutch on our money-system;
  such as they had acquired in Britain and other nations in Europe. I say
  temporarily because the Rothschilds and the masterminds of the conspiracy
  never quit, so they had to start from scratch; but they lost no time in getting
  started.
  “Shortly after the Civil War; a young immigrant, who called himself Jacob H.
  Schiff, arrived in New York. Jacob was a young man with a mission for the
  House of Rothschild. Jacob was the son of a Rabbi who was born in one of
  the Rothschild’s houses in Frankfurt, Germany. I will go deeply into his
  background. The important point was that Rothschild recognized in him, not
  only a potential money wizard; but more important, he also saw the latent
  Machiavellian qualities in Jacob, that could, as it did, make him an invaluable
  functionary in the great one-world conspiracy. After a comparatively brief
  training-period in the Rothschild’s London Bank; Jacob left for America with
  instructions to buy into a banking-house which was to be the springboard to
  195
  acquire control of the money-system of the United States. Actually; Jacob
  came here to carry out four specific assignments.

1. And most important, was to acquire control of America’s money-system.
2. Find desirable men, who for a price, would be willing to serve as stooges
   for the great conspiracy and promote them into high places in our federal
   government, our Congress, and the U.S. Supreme Court, and all federal
   agencies (Ephesians 6:12 – K.J.A.V.*).
3. Create minority-group strife throughout the nations; particularly between
   the whites and blacks.
4. Create a movement to destroy religion in the United States; but
   Christianity to be the chief target.
   Ephesians 6:12 For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against
   principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this
   world, against spiritual wickedness in high [places].
   “Earlier I stated that Jacob Schiff came to America with orders by Rothschild
   to carry out four specific directives. The first and most important one was to
   get control of the United States’ money-system. Let’s trace Schiff’s step to
   accomplish that directive. As a first step he had to buy into a bankinghouse; but it had to be the kind of a house that he could absolutely control
   and mold for that primary-objective of entrapping our U.S. money-system.
   After carefully scouting around; Jacob bought a partnership in a firm that
   called itself: “Kuhn and Loeb.” Like Schiff; Kuhn and Loeb were immigrants
   from German Jewish ghettos. They came to the U.S. in the mid 1840’s and
   both of them started their business careers as itinerant pack-peddlers. In
   the early 1850’s; they pooled their interests and set up a merchandise-store
   in Lafayette, Indiana under the firm-name of “Kuhn and Loeb” servicing the
   covered-wagon settlers on their way west. In the years that followed; they
   set up similar stores in Cincinnati and St. Louis. Then they added “pawnbrokering” to their merchandising-pursuits. From that to money-lending was
   a short and quick step.
   “By the time Schiff arrived on the scene; “Kuhn and Loeb” was a well-known
   private banking-firm and this is the firm Jacob bought into. Shortly after he
   became a partner in “Kuhn and Loeb;” Schiff married Loeb’s daughter,
   Teresa, then he bought out Kuhn’s interests and moved the firm to New York
   and “Kuhn and Loeb” became “Kuhn, Loeb, and Company;” international
   bankers with Jacob Schiff, agent of the Rothschilds, ostensibly the sole
   owner. And throughout his career; this blend of Judas and Machiavelli, the
   first heirarch of the Illuminati’s great conspiracy in America, posed as a
   generous philanthropist and a man of great holiness; the cover-up policy set
   forth by the Illuminati.
   “As I have stated; the first great step of the conspiracy was to be the
   entrapment of our money-system. To achieve that objective; Schiff had to
   196
   get full cooperation of the then big-banker elements in America; and that
   was easier said than done. Even in those years; Wall Street was the heart of
   the American money-mart and J.P. Morgan was its dictator. Next in line were
   the Drexels and the Biddles of Philadelphia. All the other financiers, big and
   little, danced to the music of those three houses; but particularly to that of
   Morgan. All of those three were proud, haughty, arrogant potentates.
   “For the first few years; they viewed the little bewhiskered man from the
   German ghettos with utter contempt; but Jacob knew how to overcome that.
   He threw a few Rothschild bones to them. The said bones being distribution
   in America of desirable European stock and bond issues. Then he discovered
   that he had a still more potent weapon in his hands in the following.
   “It was in the decades following our Civil War that our industries began to
   burgeon. We had great railroads to build. The oil, mining, steel, textile
   industries were bursting out of their swaddling-clothes. All of that called for
   vast financing; much of that financing had to come from abroad. That meant
   the House of Rothschild and that was when Schiff came into his own. He
   played a very crafty game. He became the patron-saint of John D.
   Rockefeller, Edward R. Harriman, and Andrew Carnegie. He financed the
   Standard Oil Company for Rocky, the Railroad Empire for Harriman, and the
   Steel Empire for Carnegie. But instead of hogging all the other industries for
   Kuhn, Loeb, and Company, he opened the doors of the House of Rothschild
   to Morgan, Biddle, and Drexel. In turn; Rothschild arranged the setting-up of
   London, Paris, European and other branches for those three; but always in
   partnerships with Rothschild subordinates and Rothschild made it very clear
   to all those men that Schiff was to be the boss in New York.
   “Thus at the turn of the century Schiff had a tight control of the entire
   banking-fraternity on Wall Street which by then, with Schiff’s help, included
   Lehman brothers, Goldman-Sachs, and other internationalist banks that
   where headed by men chosen by the Rothschilds. In short; that meant
   control of the nation’s money-powers and he was then ready for the giant
   step – the entrapment of our national money-system.
   “Now under our Constitution; all control of our money-system is vested
   solely in our Congress. Schiff’s next important step was to seduce our
   Congress to betray that Constitutional edict by surrendering that control to
   the hierarchy of the Illuminati’s great conspiracy. In order to legalize that
   surrender and thus make the people powerless to resist it, it would be
   necessary to have Congress enact special legislation. To accomplish that;
   Schiff would have to infiltrate stooges into both houses of Congress. Stooges
   powerful enough to railroad Congress into passing such legislation. Equally,
   or even more important; he would have to plant a stooge in the White
   House, a president that is without integrity and without scruples, who would
   sign that legislation into law. To accomplish that he had to get control of
   either the Republican or the Democratic Party. The Democratic Party was the
   more vulnerable; it was the hungrier of the two parties. Except for Grover
   Cleveland; the Democrats had been unable to land one of their men in the
   White House since before the Civil War. There were two reasons for that:
   197
5. Poverty of the Party.
6. There were considerably more Republican-minded voters than Democrats.
   “The poverty matter was not a great problem, but the voter problem was a
   different story. But as I previously said; Schiff was a smart cookie. Here is
   the atrocious and murderous method he employed to solve that voter
   problem. His solution emphasizes how very little the Jewish internationalist
   bankers care about their own racial brethren as you shall see. Suddenly;
   around 1890, there broke out a nationwide series of pogroms in Russia.
   Many, many, thousands of innocent Jews; men, women, and children were
   slaughtered by the Cossacks and other peasants. Similar pogroms with
   similar slaughter of innocent Jews broke-out in Poland, Rumania, and
   Bulgaria. All those pogroms were fomented by Rothschild agents. As a
   result; the Jewish terrified refugees, from all of those nations, swarmed into
   the United States and that continued throughout the next two or three
   decades, because the pogroms were continuous through all those years. All
   those refugees were aided by self-styled humanitarian-committees set up by
   Schiff, the Rothschilds, and all the Rothschild affiliates.
   “In the main; the refugees streamed into New York, but the SchiffRothschild humanitarian-committees found ways to shuffle many of them
   into other large cities such as Chicago, Boston, Philadelphia, Detroit, Los
   Angeles, etc.. All of them were quickly transformed into “naturalizedcitizens” and educated to register as Democrats. Thus all of that so-called
   minority-group became solid Democratic voter-blocks in their communities,
   all controlled and maneuvered by their so-called benefactors. And shortly
   after the turn of the century; they became vital factors in the political-life of
   our nation. That was one of the methods Schiff employed to plant men like
   Nelson Aldrich in our Senate and Woodrow Wilson in the White House.
   “At this point let me remind you of another one of the important jobs that
   was assigned to Schiff when he was dispatched to America. I refer to the job
   of destroying the unity of the American people by creating minority-groups
   and racial-strife. By the pogrom-driven Jewish refugees entering into
   America; Schiff was creating a ready-made minority-group for that purpose.
   But the Jewish people, as a whole, made fearful by the pogroms, could not
   be depended upon to create the violence necessary to destroy the unity of
   the American people. But right within America; there was an already madeto-order, although as yet, a sleeping minority-group, the Negroes, who could
   be sparked into so-called demonstrations, rioting, looting, murder, and
   every other type of lawlessness – all that was necessary, was to incite and
   arouse them. Together; those two minority-groups, properly maneuvered,
   could be used to create exactly the “King of Strife” in America the Illuminati
   would need to accomplish their objective.
   “Thus at the same time that Schiff and co-conspirators were laying their
   plans for the entrapment of our money-system; they were also perfecting
   plans to hit the unsuspecting American people with an explosive and
   terrifying racial upheaval that would tear the people into hate-fractions and
   198
   create chaos throughout the nation; especially on all college and university
   campuses; all protected by Earl Warren decisions and our so-called leaders
   in Washington D.C. (Remember the Warren commission on the assassination
   of President Jack (John) F. Kennedy*). Of course; perfecting those plans
   requires time and infinitely-patient organizing.

• NOTE: Jack Kennedy, during his term of office as the President of the
  United States, became a Christian. In his attempt to “repent,” he tried to
  inform the people of this Nation (at least twice) that the Office of the
  President of the United States was being manipulated by the Illuminati/CFR.
  At the same time, he put a stop to the “borrowing” of Federal Reserve Notes
  from the Federal Reserve Bank and began issuing United States Notes
  (which was interest-free) on the credit of the United States. It was the
  issuing of the United States Notes that caused Jack Kennedy to be
  “assassinated.”
  Upon taking the Oath of Office; Lynden B. Johnson stopped the issuing of
  the United States Notes and went back to borrowing Federal Reserve Bank
  Notes (which were loaned to the people of the United States at the going
  rate of interest of 17%). The U.S. Notes, that were issued under John F.
  Kennedy, were of the 1963 series which bore a “Red” seal on the face of the
  “Note.”
  “Now to remove all doubts; I’ll take a few moments to give you the
  documentary proof of this racial-strife plot. First of all they had to create the
  leadership and organizations to draw in millions of dupes, both Jewish and
  Negroes, who would do the demonstrating and commit the rioting, looting,
  and lawlessness. So in 1909; Schiff, the Lehmans, and other conspirators,
  organized and set up the “National Association for the Advancement of the
  Coloured People” known as the “NAACP.” The presidents, directors, and legal
  Councils of the NAACP were always “white men Jews” appointed by Schiff
  and this is the case to this very day (Absolutely true. – David G.).
  “Then in 1913; the Schiff group organized the “Anti-defamation League of
  the B’nai B’rith” commonly known as the “ADL” to serve as the gestapo and
  hatchet-man outfit for the entire great conspiracy. Today the sinister “ADL”
  maintains over 2,000 agencies in all parts of our country and they advise
  and completely control every action of the “NAACP” or of the “Urban League”
  of all the other so-called Negro civil-rights organizations throughout the
  nation including such leaders as Martin Luther King, Stockely Carmichael,
  Barnard Rustin, and others of the ilk. In addition; the “ADL” acquired
  absolute control of the advertising-budgets of many department-stores,
  hotel-chains, and TV and Radio industrialist sponsors, also advertisingagencies in order to control practically all the mass-communications media
  and force every loyal newspaper to slant and falsify the news and to further
  incite; and, at the same time create sympathy for; the lawlessness and
  violence of the Negro mobs. Here is documentary proof of the beginning of
  their deliberate plot to foment the Negroes into all their lawlessness.
  199
  “Around 1910; one Israel Zengwill wrote a play entitled “The Melting-Pot.” It
  was sheer propaganda to incite the Negroes and Jews because the play
  purportedly visualized how the American people were discriminating against,
  and persecuting Jews and Negroes. At that time nobody seemed to realize
  that it was a propaganda play. It was that cleverly-written. The propaganda
  was well wrapped-up in the truly great entertainment in the play and it was
  a big Broadway Hit.
  “Now in those years, the legendary Diamond Jim Brady used to throw a
  banquet at the famous Delmonico Restaurant in New York after the openingperformance of a popular play. He threw such a party for the cast of “The
  Melting-Pot,” its author, producer, and chosen Broadway-celebrities. By then
  I’d already made a personal mark on the Broadway Theater and was invited
  to that party. There I met George Bernard Shaw and a Jewish writer named
  Israel Cohen. Zangwill, Shaw, and Cohen were the ones who created the
  Fabian Society in England and had worked closely with a Frankfurt Jew
  named Mordicai who had changed his name to Karl Marx; but remember, at
  that time both Marxism and Communism were just emerging and nobody
  paid much attention to either and nobody suspected the propaganda in the
  writings of those three really brilliant writers.
  “At that banquet; Israel Cohen told me that he was then engaged in writing
  a book which was to be a follow-up on Zangwill’s “The Melting-Pot.” The title
  of his book was to be “A Racial-Program for the 20th Century.” At that time I
  was completely absorbed by my work as a playwright, and significant as that
  title was, its real-objective never dawned on me nor was I interested in
  reading the book. But it suddenly hit me with the force of a hydrogen-bomb
  when I received a newspaper-clipping of an item published by the
  Washington D.C. Evening Star in May 1957. That item was a verbatim
  reprint of the following excerpt in Israel Cohen’s book “A Racial-Program for
  the 20th Century” and it read as I quote:
  “We must realize that our party’s most powerful weapon is racial-tension. By
  propounding into the consciousness of the dark races, that for centuries they
  have been oppressed by the whites, we can move them to the program of
  the communist party. In America; we will aim for subtle victory. While
  inflaming the Negro minority against the whites; we will instill in the whites
  a guilt-complex for their exploitation of the Negroes. We will aid the Negroes
  to rise to prominence in every walk of life, in the professions, and in the
  world of sports and entertainment. With this prestige; the Negro will be able
  to intermarry with the whites and begin a process which will deliver America
  to our cause.”
  Record of June 7, 1957; by Representative Thomas G. Abernethy.
  “Thus the authenticity of that passage in Cohen’s book was fully established.
  But the one question that remained in my mind was whether it represented
  the official policy or plot of the Communist Party or just a personal
  expression of Cohen himself. Hence I sought more proof and I found it in an
  official pamphlet published in 1935 by the New York Communist Party’s
  200
  official Workers’ Library Publishers. That pamphlet was entitled: “The
  Negroes in a Soviet America.” It urged the Negroes to rise-up; form a
  soviet-state in the south, and apply for admission to the Soviet Union. It
  contained a firm pledge that the revolt would be supported by all American
  “reds” and all so-called “liberals”. On page 38; it promised that a Soviet
  government would confer greater benefits to Negroes than to whites and
  again this official communist pamphlet pledged that; I quote: “any act of
  discrimination or prejudice against a Negro will become a crime under the
  revolutionary law.” That statement proved that the excerpt in Israel Cohen’s
  book published in 1913 was an official-edict of the Communist Party and
  directly in line with the Illuminati-blueprint for world-revolution issued by
  Weishaupt and later by Albert Pike.
  “Now there’s only one question and that is to prove that the communist
  regime is directly controlled by the American Jacob Schiff and London
  Rothschild masterminds of the great conspiracy. A little later I will provide
  that proof that will remove even a remote doubt that the Communist Party,
  as we know it, was created by those masterminds (capitalists if you will
  note); Schiff, the Warburgs, and the Rothschilds that planned and financed
  the entire Russian Revolution; the murder of the Czar and his family, and
  that Lenin, Trotsky, and Stalin took their orders directly from Schiff and the
  other capitalists whom they supposedly are fighting.
  “Now can you see why the vile Earl Warren and his equally vile co-Supreme
  Court justices issued that infamous and treasonous desegregation-decision
  in 1954? It was to aid and abet the plot of the Illuminati conspirators to
  create tension and strife between the Negroes and Whites. Can you see why
  the same Earl Warren issued his decision prohibiting Christian-prayers and
  Christmas-carols in our schools? Why Kennedy did likewise? And can you see
  why Johnson and 66 Senators, despite the protests of 90% of the American
  people, voted for the “Consular Treaty” which opens our entire country to
  Russian spies and saboteurs? All those 66 Senators are 20th century
  Benedict Arnolds.
  “It is up to you and you, all of the American people, to force Congress, our
  elected servants, to haul in those American traitors for impeachments and
  that when proven guilty; they all be given the punishment prescribed for
  traitors who aid and abet our enemies. And that includes the enforcing of
  rigid investigations by Congress of the “CFR” and all their fronts, such as the
  “ADL,” the “NAACP,” “SNIC,” and such Illuminati tools as Martin Luther
  King*. Such investigations will completely unmask all the leaders in
  Washington, D.C. and the Illuminati and all their affiliations and affiliates as
  traitors carrying-out the Illuminati plot. It will completely unmask the United
  Nations as the intended crux of the entire plot and force Congress to take
  the U.S. out of the U.N. and hurl the U.N. out of the U.S.. In fact; it will
  destroy the U.N. and the entire plot.
• I must point out at this point that I am in NO way a racist and that this
  author’s opinion of Martin Luther King is his and not mine. I am colour-blind
  in regard to racial-issues – Conspiranoia Moderator.
  201
  “Before I close this phase; I wish to reiterate and stress one vital point
  which I urge you to never forget if you wish to save our country for your
  children and their children. Here is the point. Every unconstitutional and
  unlawful act committed by Woodrow Wilson, by Franklin Roosevelt, by
  Truman, Eisenhower, and Kennedy and that are now being committed by
  Johnson (and today; George Bush and Bill Clinton) is exactly in line with the
  Illuminati conspirators centuries-old plot outlined by Weishaupt and Albert
  Pike. Every vicious decision issued by the traitorous Earl Warren and his
  equally-traitorous Supreme Court justices was directly in line with what the
  Illuminati-blueprint required. That all the treason committed by our State
  Department under Rusk and earlier by John Foster Dulles, and Marshall, also
  all the treason committed by McNamara and his predecessors is directly in
  line with that same Illuminati-blueprint for the takeover of the world. Also
  the amazing treason by various members of our Congress, especially by the
  66 Senators who signed for the Consular Treaty, has been committed on
  orders from the Illuminati.
  “Now I will go back to Jacob Schiff’s entrapment of our money-system and
  the treasonous actions that followed. It will also reveal the Schiff-Rothschild
  control of not only Karl Marx; but of Lenin, Trotsky, and Stalin, who created
  the revolution in Russia and set up the Communist Party.
  “It was in 1908 that Schiff decided that the time had come for his seizure of
  our money-system. His chief lieutenants in that seizure were Colonel Edward
  Mandell House whose entire career was that of chief executive and courier
  for Schiff as I shall show and Bernard Berouk and Herbert Lehman. In the
  Fall (Autumn) of that year; they assembled in secret conclave at the Jeckle
  Island Hunt Club, owned by J.P. Morgan at Jeckle Island, Georgia. Among
  those present were J.P. Morgan, John B. Rockefeller, Colonel House, Senator
  Nelson Aldrich, Schiff, Stillman and Vandlelip of the New York National City
  Bank, W. and J. Seligman, Eugene Myer, Bernard Berouk, Herbert Lehman,
  Paul Warburg, in short; all of the international bankers in America. All of
  them members of the hierarchy of the Illuminati’s great conspiracy.
  “A week later they emerged with what they called the Federal Reserve
  System. Senator Aldrich was the stooge who was to railroad it through
  Congress, but they held that railroading in abeyance for one chief reason;
  they would first have to plant their man and obedient stooge in the White
  House to sign the Federal Reserve Act into law. They knew that even if the
  Senate would pass that act unanimously; the then newly elected President
  Taft would promptly veto it. So they waited.
  “In 1912; their man, Woodrow Wilson, was elected to the presidency.
  Immediately after Wilson was inaugurated; Senator Aldrich railroaded the
  Federal Reserve Act through both houses of Congress and Wilson promptly
  signed it and the Federal Reserve Act became law. That heinous act of
  treason was committed on December 23, 1913; two days before Christmas
  when all the members of Congress, except for several carefully picked
  Representatives and three equally carefully picked Senators, were away
  from Washington. How heinous treasonous was that act? I’ll tell you. Our
  202
  founding-fathers knew full-well the power of money. They knew that
  whoever had that power held the destiny of our nation in his hands.
  Therefore; they carefully guarded this power when they set forth in the
  Constitution, that Congress, the elected representatives of the people, alone
  would have the power. The Constitutional-language on this point is brief,
  concise, and specific, stated in Article I, Section 8, Paragraph 5, defining the
  duties and powers of Congress, and I quote: “to coin money, regulate the
  value thereof, and of foreign coin, and the standard of weights and
  measures.” But on that tragic, unforgettable day of infamy; December 23,
  1913, the men we sent to Washington to safeguard our interests; the
  Representatives, Senators, and Woodrow Wilson, delivered the destiny of
  our nation into the hands of two aliens from Eastern Europe; Jacob Schiff
  and Paul Warburg. Warburg was a very recent immigrant who came here on
  orders from Rothschild for the express purpose of blueprinting that foul
  Federal Reserve Act.
  “Now the vast majority of the American people think that the Federal
  Reserve System is an United States Government owned agency. That is
  positively false. All of the stock of the federal reserve banks is owned by the
  member banks and the heads of the member banks are all members of the
  hierarchy of the great Illuminati conspiracy known today as the “CFR.”
  “The details of that act of treason, in which many traitorous so-called
  Americans participated, are far too long for this reporting; but all those
  details are available in a book entitled, “The Federal Reserve Conspiracy,”
  written by Eustace Mullins. In that book; Mullins tells the entire horrifying
  story and backs it up with unquestionable documentations. Aside from it
  being a truly fascinating and shocking story of that great betrayal; every
  American should read it as a matter of vital intelligence for the time when
  the whole American people will finally come awake and smash the entire
  conspiracy and with God’s help; that awakening will surely come.
  Daniel 12:2 And many of them that sleep in “the dust of the earth”
  (Gen. 13:16; 28:14) shall awake, some to Everlasting Life, and
  some to shame [and] everlasting contempt.
  “Now if you think that those aliens and their by accident-of-birth American
  co-conspirators would be content with just the control of our money-system;
  you are in for another very sad shock. The Federal Reserve System gave the
  conspirators complete control of our money-system; but it in no way
  touched the earnings of the people because the Constitution positively
  forbids what is now known as the 20%+ withholding tax. But the Illuminatiblueprint for one-world-enslavement called for the confiscation of all private
  property and control of individual earning-powers. This, and Karl Marx
  stressed that feature in his blueprint, had to be accomplished by a
  progressive graduated income-tax. As I have stated; such a tax could not
  lawfully be imposed upon the American people. It is succinctly and expressly
  forbidden by our Constitution. Thus; only an Amendment to the Constitution
  could give the federal government such confiscatory-powers.
  203
  “Well; that too was not an insurmountable problem for our Machiavellian
  plotters. The same elected leaders in both houses of Congress and the same
  Mr. Woodrow Wilson, who signed the infamous Federal Reserve Act into law,
  amended the Constitution to make the federal income-tax, known as the
  16th Amendment, a law of the land. Both are illegal under our Constitution.
  In short; the same traitors signed both betrayals, the Federal Reserve Act
  and the 16th Amendment, into law. However; it seems that nobody ever
  realized that the 16th amendment was set up to rob, and I do mean rob, the
  people of their earnings via the income-tax provision.
  “The plotters didn’t fully use the provision until World War II when that great
  humanitarian, Franklin Roosevelt, applied a 20% withholding-tax on all small
  wage-earners and up to 90% on higher incomes. Oh, of course; he faithfully
  promised that it would be only for the duration of the war; but what was a
  promise to such a charlatan who in 1940, when he was running for his third
  term, kept proclaiming: “I say again and again and again that I will never
  send American boys to fight on foreign soil.” Remember; he was proclaiming
  that statement even as he was already preparing to plunge us into World
  War II by enticing the Japanese into that sneak-attack on Pearl Harbor to
  furnish him with his excuse.
  “And before I forget; let me remind you that another charlatan named
  Woodrow Wilson used exactly that same campaign-slogan in 1916. His
  slogan was: “Re-elect the man who will keep your sons out of the war;”
  exactly the same formula, exactly the same promises. But wait; as Al Jolson
  used to say: “you ain’t heard nothin’ yet.” That 16th Amendment income-tax
  trap was intended to confiscate and rob the earnings of the common herd;
  you and me. It was not intended to even touch the huge incomes of the
  Illuminati gang, the Rockefellers, the Carnegies, the Lehmans, and all the
  other conspirators.
  “So together, with that 16th Amendment; they created what they called the
  “tax-free foundations” that would enable the conspirators to transform their
  huge wealth into such so-called “foundations” and avoid payment of virtually
  all income-taxes. The excuse for it was that the earnings of those “tax-free
  foundations” would be devoted to humanitarian-philanthropy. So we now
  have the several Rockefeller Foundations, the Carnegie and Dowman Fund,
  the Ford Foundation, the Mellon Foundation, and hundreds of similar “taxfree foundations.”
  “And what kind of philanthropy do these foundations support? Well; they
  finance all the civil-rights groups (and conservation-movements) that are
  creating all the chaos and rioting all over the country. They finance the
  Martin Luther Kings. The Ford Foundation finances the “Center for the Study
  of Democratic Institutions” in Santa Barbara, commonly referred to as
  Moscow West, and which is headed by Wonder Boy Hutchens, Walter Ruther,
  Erwin Cahnam and others of that ilk.
  “In short; the “tax-free foundations” financed those who are doing the job
  for the Illuminati’s great conspiracy. And what are the hundreds of billions of
  204
  dollars they confiscate every year from the earnings of the common herd,
  you and me, used for? Well; for one thing, there is the “foreign aid” gimmick
  which gave billions to communist Tito plus gifts of hundreds of jet-planes;
  many of which were turned over to Castro, plus the costs of training
  communist pilots so that they can better shoot down our planes. Billions to
  red Poland. Billions to India. Billions to Sucarno. Billions to other enemies of
  the United States. That’s what that treasonous railroaded 16th Amendment
  has done to our nation and to the American people, to you and to me, to
  your children and their children.
  “Our CFR Illuminati-controlled federal government can grant “tax-free
  status” to all foundations and pro-red one-world outfits, such as the “Fund
  for the Republic.” But if you or a patriotic pro-organization is too
  outspokenly pro-American; they can terrify and intimidate you by finding a
  misplaced comma in your income-tax-report and by threatening you with
  penalties, fines, and even prison. Future historians will wonder how the
  American people could have been so naive and stupid as to have permitted
  such audacious brazen acts of treason as the “Federal Reserve Act” and the
  “16th Amendment.” Well; they were not naive and they were not stupid. The
  answer is: they trusted the men they elected to safeguard our country and
  our people, and they just didn’t have even an inkling about either betrayal,
  until after each one had been accomplished. (This is True; however, he
  forgot to mention that the people also believed other men, preachers socalled, rather than believe His Word. – David G. and he’s right)
  “It was the Illuminati-controlled mass-communications media that has kept
  and is keeping our people naive and stupid and unaware of the treason
  being committed. Now the great question is: “when will the people wake up
  and do to our traitors of today what George Washington and our foundingfathers would have done to Benedict Arnold?” Actually; Benedict Arnold was
  a petty-traitor compared to our present traitors in Washington D.C.. Now
  let’s go back to the events that followed the rape of our Constitution by the
  passage of the Federal Reserve Act and the 16th Amendment. Was Wilson
  completely under their control?
  “The masterminds of the great conspiracy put in motion their next and what
  they hoped would be their final steps to achieve their one-world
  government. The first of those steps was to be World War I. Why War?
  Simple; the only excuse for a one-world government was that it will
  supposedly ensure peace. The only thing that can make people cry for peace
  is war. War brings chaos, destruction, exhaustion, to the winner as well as
  to the loser. It brings economic-ruin to both. Most important; it destroys the
  flower of the young manhood of both. To the saddened and heartbroken
  oldsters (the mothers and fathers) who are left with nothing but memories
  of their beloved sons; peace becomes worth any price and that is the
  emotion upon which the conspirators depend for the success of their satanic
  plot. (The answer to this is simple; do not serve in “their” armed-forces and
  become the cannon-fodder of the self-styled elite. If you do, or permit your
  children to do so, through the ignorance you permit, you deserve what you,
  and they, get. – David G.)
  205
  “Throughout the 19th century, from 1814 to 1914; the world, as a whole,
  was at peace. Such wars as the “Franco-Prussian,” our own “Civil War”, the
  “Russo-Japanese War,” were what might be termed “local-disturbances” that
  did not affect the rest of the world. All the great nations were prosperous
  and the people were staunchly nationalistic and fiercely-proud of their
  sovereignties. It was utterly-unthinkable that the French and the German
  peoples would be willing to live under a “one-world government”; or the
  “Toks” and the “Russians,” the “Chinese,” or the “Japanese.” Even more
  unthinkable is that a Kaiser Wilhelm or a Franz Joseph or a Czar Nicholas or
  any Monarch would willingly and meekly surrender his throne to a one-world
  government. But bear in mind that the peoples in all nations are the real
  power and “war” the only thing that could make the peoples yearn and
  clamour for “peace”, ensuring a one-world government. But it would have to
  be a frightful and horribly devastating war. It could not be just a localdisturbing war between just two nations; it would have to be a “world war.”
  No major nation must be left untouched by the horrors and devastation of
  such a war. The cry for “peace” must be made universal.
  (There were more lives lost in the “Great War” – the First World War – than
  in any other war in history. For instance, more men were slaughtered in one
  battle during the First World War – “the [so-called] war to end all wars” –
  [and why was that exact phrase coined?] than in the whole of the Second
  World War. What has seemed up until now to have been totally illogical
  military-strategy, now makes perfect sense, if you wanted as many of your
  own men to be killed as possible. That strategy was that the British soldiers
  were ordered to walk slowly towards the German machine-guns and not to
  charge them or take-cover, resulting in horrendous carnage. If they
  disobeyed, then they were placed in front of a firing-squad of their own
  comrades, so, either way, they would be sure to die. – Taking this as an
  example, it should be plain for you to see that the Illuminati have absolutely
  no qualms about slaughtering millions of people that they consider to be
  “useless-eaters” and so neither will they have any qualms about
  slaughtering billions more, soon.)
  “Actually that was the format set by the Illuminati and Nathan Rothschild at
  the turn of the 19th century. They first maneuvered all of Europe into the
  “Napoleonic Wars,” then the “Congress in Vienna” which they, and
  particularly Rothschild, planned to transform into a “League of Nations”
  which was to have been the housing for their one-world government; exactly
  as the present “United Nations” was set up to be the housing for the
  forthcoming, God forbid, one-world government. Anyway; that was the
  format the House of Rothschild and Jacob Schiff decided to employ to
  achieve their objective in 1914. Of course they knew that the same format
  had failed in 1814; but they theorized that this was only because the Czar of
  Russia had torpedoed that scheme. Well; the present 1914 conspirators
  would eliminate that 1814 fly in the ointment. They’d make sure that after
  the new world war that they were conspiring; there’d be no Czar of Russia
  around to throw monkey-wrenches into the machinery.
  206
  “I will go into how they accomplished this first step to launch a world war.
  History records that World War I was precipitated by a trivial incident; the
  kind of incident both Weishaupt and Albert Pike had incorporated in their
  blueprints. That incident was the assassination of an Austrian Archduke
  arranged by the Illuminati masterminds. The war followed. It involved
  Germany, Austria, Hungary, and their allies, the so-called “Axis powers,”
  against France, Britain, and Russia, called the “Allies.” Only the United
  States was not involved during the first two years.
  “By 1917 the conspirators had achieved their primary objective; all of
  Europe was in a state of destitution. All the peoples were war-weary and
  crying for peace and the outcome too was all set. It was to come as soon as
  the United States would be hurled-in on the side of the Allies and that was
  all set to happen immediately after Wilson’s re-election. After that, there
  could be only one outcome; complete victory for the Allies. To fully confirm
  my statement that long before 1917; the conspiracy, headed in America by
  Jacob Schiff, had it all set to hurl the United States into that war. I will cite
  the proof.
  “When Wilson was campaigning for re-election in 1916; his chief appeal was:
  “re-elect the man who will keep your sons out of the war.” But during that
  same campaign; the Republican Party publicly charged that Wilson had long
  committed himself to throw us into the war. They charged that if he would
  be defeated he would accomplish that act during his few remaining months
  in office; but if re-elected, he would hold off until after the election. But at
  that time the American people looked upon Wilson as a “God-man.” Well;
  Wilson was re-elected and as per the schedule of the conspirators; he hurled
  us into the war in 1917. He used the sinking of the Lusitania as an excuse; a
  sinking which also was prearranged. Roosevelt, also a God-man in the eyes
  of the American people, followed the same technique in 1941 when he used
  the prearranged Pearl Harbor attack as his excuse for hurling us into World
  War II.
  “Now exactly as the conspirators planned; victory for the Allies would
  eliminate all the Monarchs of the defeated Nations and leave all their people
  leaderless, confused, bewildered and perfectly conditioned for the one-world
  government, that the great conspiracy intended would follow. But there still
  would be an obstacle; the same obstacle that had balked the Illuminati and
  Rothschild at that Congress in Vienna (peace-gathering) after the Napoleonic
  Wars. Russia would be on the winning side this time as it was in 1814 and
  therefore the Czar would be securely seated on his throne. Here it is
  pertinent to note that Russia, under the Czarist regime, had been the one
  country in which the Illuminati had never made any headway nor had the
  Rothschilds ever been able to infiltrate-in their banking-interests thus a
  winning Czar would be more difficult than ever to cope with. Even if he could
  be enticed into a so-called “League of Nations;” it was a foregone-conclusion
  that he would never, but never, go for a one-world government.
  “So even before the outbreak of World War I; the conspirators had a plan, in
  the making, to carry-out Nathan Rothschild’s vow of 1814 to destroy the
  207
  Czar and also murder all possible royal heirs to the throne and it would have
  to be done before the close of the war. The Russian Bolsheviks were to be
  their instruments in this particular plot. From the turn of the century; the
  chiefs of the Bolsheviks were Nicolai Lenin, Leon Trotsky, and later Joseph
  Stalin. Of course, those were not their true family names. Prior to the
  outbreak; Switzerland became their haven. Trotsky’s headquarters was on
  the lower East Side in New York; largely the habitat of Russian-Jewish
  refugees. Both Lenin and Trotsky were similarly bewhiskered and unkempt.
  In those days that was the badge of Bolshevism. Both lived well yet neither
  had a regular occupation. Neither had any visible means of support, yet both
  always had plenty of money. All those mysteries were solved in 1917. Right
  from the outset of the war; strange and mysterious goings-on were taking
  place in New York. Night after night; Trotsky darted furtively in and out of
  Jacob Schiff’s palace-mansion and in the dead of those same nights there
  were a gathering of hoodlums of New York’s lower East Side. All of them
  Russian refugees at Trotsky’s headquarters and all were going through some
  mysterious sort of training-process that was all shrouded in mystery.
  Nobody talked; although it did leak out that Schiff was financing all of
  Trotsky’s activities.
  “Then suddenly Trotsky vanished and so did approximately 300 of his
  trained hoodlums. Actually they were on the high seas in a Schiff-chartered
  ship bound for a rendezvous with Lenin and his gang in Switzerland. And
  also on that ship was $20,000,000 in gold; the $20,000,000 was provided to
  finance the Bolsheviks takeover of Russia. In anticipation of Trotsky’s
  arrival; Lenin prepared to throw a party in his Switzerland hideaway. Men of
  the very highest places in the world were to be guests at that party. Among
  them were the mysterious Colonel Edward Mandell House, Woodrow Wilson’s
  mentor and palsy-walsy, and more important; Schiff’s special and
  confidential messenger. Another of the expected guests was Warburg of the
  Warburg Banking Clan in Germany, who was financing the Kaiser and whom
  the Kaiser had rewarded by making him chief of the Secret Police of
  Germany. In addition; there were the Rothschilds of London and Paris also
  Lithenoth, Kakonavich, and Stalin (who was then the head of a train and
  bank robbing gang of bandits). He was known as the “Jesse James of the
  Urals.”
  “And here I must remind you that England and France were then long in the
  war with Germany and that on February 3, 1917; Wilson had broken off all
  diplomatic relations with Germany. Therefore; Warburg, Colonel House, the
  Rothschilds, and all those others were enemies but of course; Switzerland
  was neutral ground where enemies could meet and be friends and especially
  if they had some scheme in common. That Lenin party was very nearly
  wrecked by an unforeseen incident. The Schiff-chartered ship on its way to
  Switzerland was intercepted and taken into custody by a British warship. But
  Schiff quickly rushed orders to Wilson to order the British to release the ship
  intact with Trotsky’s hoodlums and the gold. Wilson obeyed. He warned the
  British that if they refused to release the ship; the United States would not
  enter the war in April as he had faithfully promised a year earlier. The British
  heeded the warning. Trotsky arrived in Switzerland and the Lenin party went
  208
  off as scheduled; but they still faced what ordinarily would have been the
  insurmountable obstacle of getting the Lenin-Trotsky band of terrorists
  across the border into Russia. Well; that’s where Brother Warburg, chief of
  the German Secret Police, came in. He loaded all those thugs into sealed
  freight-cars and made all the necessary arrangements for their secret entry
  into Russia. The rest is history. The revolution in Russia took place and all
  members of the royal Romanoff family were murdered.
  “Now my chief objective is to establish beyond even a remote doubt that
  communism, so-called, is an integral part of the Illuminati great conspiracy
  for the enslavement of the entire world. That communism, so-called, is
  merely their weapon and bogy-man word to terrify the peoples of the whole
  world and that the conquest of Russia and the creation of communism was,
  in great part, organized by Schiff and the other international bankers right in
  our own city of New York. A fantastic story? Yes. Some might even refuse to
  believe it. Well; for the benefit of any “Doubting Thomas”; I will prove it by
  reminding that just a few years ago Charlie Knickerbocker, a Hearst
  newspaper columnist, published an interview with John Schiff, grandson of
  Jacob, in which young Schiff confirmed the entire story and named the figure
  old Jacob contributed, $20,000,000.
  “If anybody still has even a remote doubt that the entire menace of
  communism was created by the masterminds of the great conspiracy right in
  our own city of New York; I will cite the following historical fact. All records
  show that when Lenin and Trotsky engineered the capture of Russia; they
  operated as heads of the Bolshevik’s party. Now “Bolshevism” is a purely
  Russian word. The masterminds realized that Bolshevism could never be sold
  as an ideology to any but the Russian people. So in April 1918; Jacob Schiff
  dispatched Colonel House to Moscow with orders to Lenin, Trotsky, and
  Stalin to change the name of their regime to the Communist Party and to
  adopt the Karl Marx “Manifesto” as the constitution of the Communist Party.
  Lenin, Trotsky, and Stalin obeyed; and in that year of 1918 was when the
  Communist party and the menace of communism came into being. All this is
  confirmed in Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, Fifth Edition.
  “In short; communism was created by the capitalists. Thus; until November
  11, 1918, the entire fiendish plan of the conspirators worked perfectly. All
  the great nations, including the United States, were war-weary, devastated,
  and mourning their dead. Peace was the great universal desire. Thus when it
  was proposed by Wilson to set up a “League of Nations” to ensure peace; all
  the great nations, with no Russian Czar to stand in their way, jumped on
  that bandwagon without even stopping to read the fine print in that
  insurance-policy. That is; all but one; the United States, the very one that
  Schiff and his co-conspirators least expected would balk and that was their
  one fatal mistake in that early plot. You see; when Schiff planted Woodrow
  Wilson in the White House; the conspirators assumed that they had the
  United States in the proverbial bag. Wilson had been perfectly built-up as a
  great humanitarian. He supposedly became established as a God-man with
  the American people. There was every reason for the conspirators to have
  believed that he would have easily hornswaggled Congress into buying the
  209
  “League of Nations,” sight-unseen, exactly as the Congress of 1945 bought
  the “United Nations,” sight-unseen. But there was one man in the Senate in
  1918 who saw through that scheme just as the Russian Czar did in 1814. He
  was a man of great political stature; almost as great as that of Teddy
  Roosevelt and fully as astute. He was highly respected and trusted by all
  members of both houses of Congress and by the American people. The name
  of that great and patriotic American was Henry Cabot Lodge; not the phony
  of today who called himself Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr., until he was exposed.
  Lodge completely unmasked Wilson and kept the United States out of the
  “League of Nations.”
  NOTE:
  Shortly thereafter; the Illuminati had created the 17th Amendment to do
  away with appointed Senators by the legislatures of the several states of the
  Union. Whereas, before that, the Illuminati controlled the press; they now
  control the election of the U.S. Senators. The Illuminati/CFR had little or no
  power over the individual legislatures of the several states or their appointed
  U.S. Senators prior to the [purported] ratification of the 17th Amendment.
  Although the 17th Amendment supposedly amends the method of placing
  Senators into the U.S. Senate; the 17th Amendment was never ratified in
  accordance to the last sentence of Article V of the U.S. Constitution. Two
  states, New Jersey and Utah, voted down the proposition and nine other
  states never voted at all. Whereas the states of New Jersey and Utah
  expressly refused to relinquish their “suffrage” in the Senate while the other
  non-voting nine states never gave their “express” consent; the proposition
  for the 17th Amendment did not obtain the “unanimous” vote required for its
  adoption. Furthermore; the resolution that created the “Proposition” did not
  pass the Senate with a “unanimous” vote and as those Senators of that day
  were “appointed” by the legislatures of their states; those “negative” votes
  or “non-votes” were made in the name of their respective state.
  “Here it becomes of great interest to know the real reason for the Wilson
  League of Nations flop. As I previously stated, Schiff was sent to the United
  States to carry out four specific assignments:

1. And most important, was to acquire complete control of the U.S. moneysystem.
2. As outlined in the original Weishaupt Illuminati-blueprint, he was to find
   the right kind of men to serve as stooges for the great conspiracy and
   promote them into the highest offices in our federal government; our
   Congress, our U.S. Supreme Court, and all federal agencies, such as the
   State Department, the Pentagon, the Treasury Department, etc.. (Ephesians
   6:12 – K.J.A.V.*).
3. Destroy the unity of the American people by creating minority-groupsstrife throughout the nation; especially between the whites and blacks as
   outlined in Israel Cohen’s book.
   210
4. Create a movement to destroy religion in the United States with
   Christianity to be the chief target or victim.

• Ephesians 6:12 For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but
  against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of
  the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high
  [places].
  “In addition; he was strongly reminded of the imperative directive of the
  Illuminati-blueprint to achieve full-control of all mass-communications media
  to be used to brainwash the people into believing and accepting all of the
  maneuverings of the great conspiracy. Schiff was warned that only control of
  the press, at that time our only mass-communications media, would enable
  him to destroy the unity of the American people.
  “Now then; Schiff and his co-conspirators did set up the “NAACP” (the
  “National Association for the Advancement of the Coloured People”) in 1909
  and in 1913 he set up the “Anti-defamation League of the B’nai B’rith;” both
  were to create the necessary strife; but in the early years; the “ADL”
  operated very timidly. Perhaps for fear of a “pogrom-like” action by an
  aroused and enraged American people and the “NAACP” was practically
  dormant because its white leadership didn’t realize that they would have to
  develop fire-brand Negro leaders, such as Martin Luther King for one, to
  spark the then completely satisfied contented mass of Negroes.
  “In addition; he, Schiff, was busy developing and infiltrating the stooges to
  serve in all high places in our Washington government and in the job of
  acquiring control of our money-system and the creation of the “16th
  Amendment.” He also was very busy with the organizing of the plot for the
  takeover of Russia. In short; he was kept so busy with all those jobs that he
  completely overlooked the supreme job of acquiring complete-control of our
  mass-communications media. That oversight was a direct cause for Wilson’s
  failure to lure the United States into the “League of Nations” because when
  Wilson decided to go to the people to overcome the opposition of the Lodgecontrolled Senate; despite his established but phony reputation as a great
  humanitarian, he found himself faced by a solidly united people and by a
  loyal press whose only ideology was “Americanism” and the American way of
  life. At that time; due to the ineptness and ineffectiveness of the “ADL” and
  the “NAACP,” there were no organized minority-groups; no Negro problems;
  no so-called antisemitic-problems to sway the people’s thinking. There were
  no lefts and there were no rights nor any prejudices for crafty exploitations.
  Thus Wilson’s “League of Nations” appeal fell on deaf ears. That was the end
  of Woodrow Wilson; the conspirators great humanitarian. He quickly
  abandoned his crusade and returned to Washington where he shortly died an
  imbecile brought on by syphilis and that was the end of the “League of
  Nations” as a corridor into one-world government.
  “Of course that debacle was a terrible disappointment to the masterminds of
  the Illuminati conspiracy; but they were not discouraged. As I have
  previously stressed, this enemy never quits; they simply decided to
  211
  reorganize and try from scratch again. By this time Schiff was very old and
  slow. He knew it. He knew that the conspiracy needed a new younger and
  more active leadership. So on his orders; Colonel House and Bernard Barouk
  organized and set up what they called the “Council on Foreign Relations;”
  the new name under which the Illuminati would continue to function in the
  United States. The hierarchy, officers, and directors of the “CFR” is
  composed principally of descendants of the original Illuminati; many of
  whom had abandoned their old family name and acquired new Americanized
  names. For one example; we have Dillon, who was Secretary of Treasury of
  the United States, whose original name was Laposky. Another example is
  Pauley, head of the CBS TV channel, whose true name is Palinsky. The
  membership of the CFR is approximately 1,000 in number and contains the
  heads of virtually every industrial empire in America such as Blough,
  president of the U.S. Steel Corporation; Rockefeller, king of the oil industry;
  Henry Ford, II, and so on. And of course; all the international bankers. Also;
  the heads of the “tax-free” foundations are officers and/or active CFR
  members. In short; all the men who provided the money and the influence
  to elect the CFR chosen Presidents of the United States, the Congressmen,
  the Senators, and who decide the appointments of our various Secretaries of
  State, of the Treasury, of every important federal agency are members of
  the CFR and they are very obedient members indeed.
  “Now just to cement that fact; I will mention the names of the few of the
  United States Presidents who were members of the CFR. Franklin Roosevelt,
  Herbert Hoover, Dwight D. Eisenhower, Jack Kennedy, Nixon, and George
  Bush. Others who were considered for the presidency are Thomas E. Dewey,
  Adlai Stevenson, and vice-president of a CFR subsidiary; Barry Goldwater.
  Among the important cabinet members of the various administrations we
  have John Foster Dulles, Allen Dulles, Cordell Hull, John J. MacLeod,
  Morganthau, Clarence Dillon, Rusk, McNamara, and just to emphasize the
  “red color” of the “CFR”; we have as members such men as Alger Hess,
  Ralph Bunche, Pusvolsky, Haley Dexter White (real name Weiss), Owen
  Lattimore, Phillip Jaffey, etc., etc.. Simultaneously; they were flooding
  thousands of homosexuality.htm”>homosexuals and other black (not Negro)
  malleable characters into all the federal agencies from the White House on
  down. Do you remember Johnson’s great friends; Jenkins and Bobby Baker?
  “Now there were many jobs the new CFR had to accomplish. They required
  much help. So their first job was to set up various “subsidiaries” to whom
  they assigned special objectives. I can’t name all the subsidiaries in this
  recording; but the following are a few: the “Foreign Policy Association”
  (“FPA”), the “World Affairs Council” (“WAC”), the “Business Advisory Council”
  (“BAC”), the notorious “ADA” (“Americans for Democratic Action” virtually
  headed by Walter Ruther), the notorious “13-13” in Chicago; Barry
  Goldwater was, and no doubt still is a vice-president of one of the CFR
  subsidiaries. In addition; the CFR set up special committees in every state in
  the Union to whom they assigned the various state operations.
  “Simultaneously; the Rothschilds set up similar CFR-like control-groups in
  England, France, Germany, and other Nations to control world conditions
  212
  and cooperate with the CFR to bring about another world war. But the CFR’s
  first and foremost job was to get complete-control of our masscommunications media. The control of the press was assigned to Rockefeller.
  Thus; Henry Luce , who recently died, was financed to set up a number of
  national magazines, among them “Life,” “Time,” “Fortune,” and others,
  which publish “U.S.S.R.” in America. The Rockefellers also directly or
  indirectly financed the Coles Brothers’ “Look magazine” and a chain of
  newspapers. They also financed a man named Sam Newhouse to buy up and
  build a chain of newspapers all over the country. And the late Eugene Myer,
  one of the founders of CFR, bought the “Washington Post,” “Newsweek,” the
  “Weekly magazine”, and other publications. At the same time; the CFR
  began to develop and nurture a new-breed of scurrilous columnists and
  editorials-writers such as Walter Lippman, Drew Pearson, the Alsops,
  Herbert Matthews, Erwin Canham, and others of that ilk who called
  themselves “Liberals” who proclaimed that “Americanism” is “isolationism;”
  that “isolationism” is “war-mongerism;” that “anti-communism;” is “antisemiticism” and “racism.” All that took time of course; but today our
  “weeklies,” published by patriotic organizations, is completely controlled by
  CFR stooges and thus they finally succeeded in breaking us up into a Nation
  of quarreling, wrangling, squabbling, hating factions. Now if you still wonder
  about this slanted news and outright lies you read in your newspaper; you
  now have the answer. To the Lehmans, Goldman-Sachs, Kuhn-Loebs, and
  the Warburgs; the CFR assigned the job of getting control of the motionpicture industry, Hollywood, radio, and television; and believe me they
  succeeded. If you still wonder about the strange propaganda broadcast by
  the Ed Morrows and others of that ilk; you now have the answer. If you
  wonder about all the smut, sex, pornography, and mixed-marriage films you
  see in your movie-theater and on your television set (all of which is
  demoralizing our youth); you now have the answer.
  “Now, to refresh your memory, let’s go back for a moment. Wilson’s flop had
  torpedoed all chances of transforming that “League of Nations” into the
  conspirators hope for a one-world government-housing so the Jacob Schiff
  plot had to be done all over again and they organized the CFR to do it. We
  also know how successfully the CFR did that job of brainwashing and
  destroying the unity of the American people. But as was the case with the
  Schiff plot; the climax and the creation of a new housing for their one world
  government required another world war. A war that would be even more
  horrible and more devastating than the first world war in order to get the
  people of the world to again clamor for peace and a means to end all wars.
  But the CFR realized that the aftermath of World War II would have to be
  more carefully planned so that there would be no escape from the new oneworld trap – another “League of Nations” that would emerge from the new
  war. That trap we now know as the “United Nations” and they hit upon a
  perfect strategy to ensure that no one escaped. Here is how they did it.
  “In 1943, in the midst of the war, they prepared the framework for the
  United Nations and it was handed-over to Roosevelt and our State
  Department to be given birth by Alger Hess, Palvosky, Dalton, Trumbull, and
  other American traitors, thus making the whole scheme a United States’
  213
  baby. Then to fix our parenthood; New York City was to become the nursery
  for the monstrosity. After that we could hardly walk-out on our own baby
  now could we? Anyway; that’s how the conspirators figured it would work
  and so far it has. The liberal Rockefeller donated the land for the United
  Nations’ building.
  “The United Nations’ charter was written by Alger Hess, Palvosky, Dalton,
  Trumbull, and other CFR stooges. A phony, so-called, U.N. conference was
  set up in San Francisco in 1945. All the, so-called, representatives of 50-odd
  Nations gathered there and promptly signed the Charter and the despicable
  traitor, Alger Hess, flew to Washington with it; elatedly submitted it to our
  Senate, and the Senate (elected by our people to safeguard our security)
  signed the Charter without so much as reading it. The question is: “How
  many of our Senators were, even then, traitorous stooges of the CFR?”
  Anyway; it was thus that the people accepted the “United Nations” as a
  “holy of holies.”
  Again and again and again we have been startled, shocked, bewildered, and
  horrified by their mistakes in Berlin, in Korea, in Laos, in Katanga, in Cuba,
  in Vietnam; mistakes that always favoured the enemy; never the United
  States. Under the law of averages; they should have made at least one or
  two mistakes in our favour; but they never did. What’s the answer? The
  answer is the “CFR” and the parts played by their subsidiaries and stooges in
  Washington D.C., thus we know that complete control of our foreign-relation
  policy is the key to the success of the entire Illuminati one-world-order plot.
  Here is further proof.
  “Earlier I fully established that Schiff and his gang had financed the Lenin,
  Trotsky, Stalin, takeover of Russia and fashioned its communist regime into
  becoming their chief instrument to keep the world in turmoil and to finally
  terrorize all of us into seeking peace in a U.N. one-world government. But
  the conspirators knew that the “Moscow gang” could not become such an
  instrument until and unless the whole world would accept the communist
  regime as the legitimate “de jure government” of Russia. Only one thing
  could accomplish that and that is the recognition by the United States. The
  conspirators figured that the whole world would follow our lead and that’s
  their bag, to induce Harding, Coolidge, and Hoover, to grant that
  recognition. But all three refused. As a result of the late 1920’s; the Stalin
  regime was in dire straits. Despite all purges and secret-police controls; the
  Russian people were growing more and more resistive. It is a matter of
  record, admitted by Lipdenoff, that during 1931 and 1932; Stalin and his
  whole gang were always packed and ready for instant flight.
  “Then in November 1932; the conspirators achieved their greatest coup;
  they landed Franklin Roosevelt in the White House, crafty, unscrupulous,
  and utterly without conscience. That charlatan traitor turned the trick for
  them. Without even asking consent of Congress; he unlawfully proclaimed
  recognition for the Stalin regime. That did it. And exactly as the conspirators
  figured; the whole world did follow our lead. Automatically that squelched
  the previously growing resistance-movement of the Russian people. That
  214
  automatically launched the greatest menace the civilized world has ever
  known. The rest is too well known to need repeating.
  “We know how Roosevelt and his traitorous State Department kept building
  up the communist menace right here in our country and thus throughout the
  world. We know how he perpetuated that whole Harbour atrocity for his
  excuse to hurl us into World War II. We know all about his secret meetings
  with Stalin at Yalta and how he, with Eisenhower’s help, delivered the
  Balkans and Berlin to Moscow and last but by no means least; we know that
  the 20th century Benedict Arnold not only dragged us into that new corridor;
  the United Nations into the one-world government, but actually schemed all
  the arrangements to plant it within our country. In short; the day that
  Roosevelt entered the White House; the CFR conspirators regained fullcontrol of our foreign-relations machinery and firmly established the United
  Nations as the housing for the Illuminati one-world government.
  “I wish to stress one other very vital point. That Wilson “League of Nations”
  flop brought Schiff and his gang to the realization that control of just the
  Democratic Party was not enough. True! They could create a crisis during
  the Republican administration as they did in 1929 with their federal reserve
  manufactured crash and depression which would bring another Democrat
  stooge back into the White House; but they realized that a four-year
  disruption in their control of our foreign-relation policies could play havoc
  with the progress of their conspiracy. It could even break-up their entire
  strategy as it almost did before Roosevelt saved it with his recognition of the
  Stalin regime.
  “Thereupon, after that Wilson debacle, they began to formulate plans to
  achieve control of both of our national parties. But that posed a problem for
  them. They needed manpower with stooges in the Republican Party with
  additional manpower for the Democratic Party and because control of just
  the man in the White House would not be enough; they would have to
  provide that man with trained stooges for his entire cabinet. Men to head the
  State Department, the Treasury Department, the Pentagon, the CFR, the
  USIA, etc.. In short; every member of the various cabinets would have to be
  a chosen tool of the CFR, such as Rusk and McNamara, as well as all the
  under-Secretaries and assistant-Secretaries. That would give the
  conspirators absolute control of all our policies, both domestic and mostimportant; foreign. That course of action would require a reserve-pool of
  trained stooges; instantaneously-ready for administrative changes and for all
  other exigencies. All such stooges would of necessity have to be men of
  national reputation, high in the esteem of the people; but they would have
  to be men without honor, without scruple, and without conscience. These
  men would have to be vulnerable to blackmail. It is needless for me to stress
  how well the CFR succeeded. The immortal Joe McCarthy fully revealed that
  there are thousands of such security-risks in all federal agencies. Scott
  MacLeod unmasked thousands more and you know the price that Ortega had
  to pay, and is still paying, for his expositions before a Senate Committee of
  the traitors in the State Department and you know that the men in the State
  215
  Department, who delivered Cuba to Castro, have not only been shielded; but
  promoted.
  “Now let’s go back to the crux of the whole one-world government plot and
  the maneuvering necessary to create another “League of Nations” to house
  such a government. As I have already stated; the conspirators knew that
  only another world war was vital for the success of their plot. It would have
  to be such a horrifying world war that the peoples of the world would cry-out
  for the creation of some kind of a world-organization that could secure an
  everlasting peace. But how could such a war be brought about? All the
  European nations were at peace. None had any quarrels with their
  neighboring nations and certainly their stools in Moscow wouldn’t dare to
  start a war. Even Stalin realized that it would mean the overthrow of his
  regime unless, so-called, “patriotism” would weld the Russian people behind
  him.
  “But the conspirators had to have a war. They had to find or create some
  kind of an incident to launch it. They found it in a little inconspicuous and
  repulsive little man who called himself “Adolf Hitler.” Hitler, an impecunious
  Austrian house-painter, had been a corporal in the German army. He made
  the defeat of Germany into a personal grievance. He began to “rabble-rouse”
  about it in the Munich, Germany area. He began to spout about restoring the
  greatness of the German Empire and the might of the German solidarity. He
  advocated the restoration of the old German military to be used to conquer
  the whole world. Strangely enough; Hitler, the little clown that he was, could
  deliver a rabble-rousing speech and he did have a certain kind of
  magnetism. But the new authorities in Germany didn’t want anymore wars
  and they promptly threw the obnoxious Austrian house-painter into a prisoncell.
  “Aha! Here was the man, decided the conspirators, who, if properly directed
  and financed, could be the key to another world war. So while he was in
  prison; they had Rudolph Hess and Goering write a book which they titled:
  “Mein Kampf” and attributed the authorship to Hitler; exactly as Lipdenoff
  wrote: “Mission to Moscow” and attributed the authorship to Joseph Davies;
  then our ambassador to Russia and a stooge of the CFR. In “Mein Kampf;”
  the Hitler pseudo-author outlined his grievances and how he would restore
  the German people to their former greatness. The conspirators then
  arranged for a wide circulation of the book among the German people in
  order to arouse a fanatical following for him. On his release from prison (also
  arranged by the conspirators); they began to groom and finance him to
  travel to other parts of Germany to deliver his rabble-rousing speeches.
  Soon he gathered a growing following among other veterans of the war, that
  soon spread to the masses, who began to see in him a saviour for their
  beloved Germany. Then came his leadership of what he called “his brownshirt army” and the march on Berlin. That required a great deal of financing;
  but the Rothschilds, the Warburgs, and others of the conspirators provided
  all the money he needed. Gradually Hitler became the idol of the German
  people and they then overthrew the Von Hindenburg government and Hitler
  became the new Führer. But that still was no reason for a war. The rest of
  216
  the world watched Hitler’s rise but saw no reason to interfere in what was
  distinctly a domestic-condition within Germany. Certainly none of the other
  Nations felt it was a reason for another war against Germany and the
  German people were not yet incited into enough of a frenzy to commit any
  acts against any neighboring nation; not even against France; that would
  lead to a war. The conspirators realized they would have to create such a
  frenzy; a frenzy that would cause the German people to throw caution to the
  winds and at the same time; horrify the whole world. And incidentally; “Mein
  Kampf” was actually a follow-up of Karl Marx’s book: “A World Without
  Jews.”
  “The conspirators suddenly remembered how the Schiff-Rothschild gang had
  engineered the pogroms in Russia which slaughtered many, many thousands
  of Jews and created a world-wide hatred for Russia and they decided to use
  that same unconscionable trick to inflame the new Hitler led German people
  into a murderous-hatred of the Jews. Now it is true that the German people
  never had any particular affection for the Jews; but neither did they have an
  ingrained hatred for them. Such a hatred would have to be manufactured so
  Hitler was to create it. This idea more than appealed to Hitler. He saw in it
  the grisly gimmick to make him the “God-man” (christ) of the German
  people (with his self-proclaimed 1,000 year rule – Revelation 13:11-18).
  ‘And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and it
  had two horns like a lamb, and he (Hitler) spoke as the dragon.
  And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him,
  and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship
  the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed. And he doeth
  great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on
  the earth in the sight of men, And deceiveth them that dwell on
  the earth by [the means of] those miracles which he had power to
  do in the presence of the beast; saying to them that dwell on
  the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which
  had the wound by the sword, and did live (the Roman Empire –
  eagle and swastika emblems). And he had power to give life unto
  the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both
  speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of
  the beast should be killed. And he causeth all, both small and
  great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark (Deutsch)
  in their right hand, or in their foreheads (Marx-ism): And that
  no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name
  of the beast, or the number of its name. Here is wisdom. Let him
  that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is
  the number of man (created 6th. day); and its number [is] Six
  hundred threescore [and] six (man, man, man).’ – Revelation 13:1-18.
  “Thus craftily inspired and coached by his financial-advisers, the Warburgs,
  the Rothschilds, and all the Illuminati masterminds; he blamed the Jews for
  the hated “Versailles Treaty” and for the financial ruination that followed the
  war. The rest is history. We know all about the Hitler concentration-camps
  and the incineration of hundred of thousands of Jews. Not the 6,000,000 nor
  even the 600,000 claimed by the conspirators; but it was enough. And here
  217
  let me reiterate how little the internationalist bankers, the Rothschilds,
  Schiffs, Lehmans, Warburgs, Barouks, cared about their racial brethren who
  were the victims of their nefarious schemes. In their eyes; the slaughter of
  the several hundred thousand innocent Jews by Hitler didn’t bother them at
  all. They considered it a necessary sacrifice to further their Illuminati oneworld plot just as the slaughter of the many millions in the wars that
  followed was a similar necessary sacrifice. And here is another grisly detail
  about those concentration-camps. Many of the Hitler soldier-executioners in
  those camps had previously been sent to Russia to acquire their arts of
  torture and brutalization so as to emphasize the horrors of the atrocities.
  “All this created a new world-wide hatred for the German people but it still
  did not provide a cause for a war. Thereupon Hitler was incited to demand
  the “Sudetenland”; and you remember how Chamberlain and the then
  diplomats of Czechoslovakia and France surrendered to that demand. That
  demand led to further Hitlerian demands for territories in Poland and in the
  French Czar territories and those demands were rejected. Then came his
  pact with Stalin. Hitler had been screaming hatred against communism (Oh
  how he ranted against communism); but actually nazism was nothing but
  socialism (national-socialism – Nazi), and communism is, in fact, socialism.
  But Hitler disregarded all that. He entered into a pact with Stalin to attack
  and divide Poland between them. While Stalin marched into one part of
  Poland (for which he was never blamed [the Illuminati masterminds saw to
  that]); Hitler launched a “blitzkrieg” on Poland from his side. The
  conspirators finally had their new world war and what a horrible war it was.
  “And in 1945; the conspirators finally achieved the “United Nations”; their
  new housing for their one-world government. And truly amazing; all of the
  American people hailed this foul outfit as a “Holy of Holies.” Even after all
  the true-facts about how the U.N. was created were revealed; the American
  people continued to worship that evil outfit. Even after Alger Hess was
  unmasked as a Soviet spy and traitor; the American people continued to
  believe in the U.N.. Even after I had publicly revealed the secret-agreement
  between Hess and Mulatoff that a Russian would always be the head of the
  military-secretariat and by that token; the real master of the U.N.. But most
  of the American people continued to believe that the U.N. could do no
  wrong. Even after Trig D. Lee, the first Secretary-general of the “U.N.”
  confirmed that Hess-Mulatoff secret-agreement in his book: “For The Cause
  of Peace;” Vasialia was given a leave of absence by the U.N. so that he could
  take command of the North Koreans and Red Chinese who were fighting the
  so-called U.N. police-action under our own General McArthur, who; by orders
  of the U.N.; was fired by the pusillanimous president Truman in order to
  prevent him from winning that war. Our people still believed in the U.N.
  despite our 150,000 sons who were murdered and maimed in that war; the
  people continued to regard the U.N. as a sure means for peace even after it
  was revealed in 1951 that the U.N. (using our own American soldiers under
  U.N. command, under the U.N. flag, in collusion with our traitorous State
  Department and the Pentagon) had been invading many small cities in
  California and Texas in order to perfect their plan for the complete takeover
  218
  of our country. Most of our people brushed it off and continued their belief
  that the U.N. is a “Holy of Holies.” (Rather than The Ark of The Covenant).
  “Do you know that the U.N. Charter was written by traitor Alger Hess,
  Mulatoff, and Vyshinsky? That Hess and Mulatoff had made within that
  secret-agreement that the military-chief of the U.N. was always to be a
  Russian appointed by Moscow? Do you know that at their secret meetings at
  Yalta; Roosevelt and Stalin, at the behest of the Illuminati operating as the
  CFR, decided that the U.N. must be placed on American soil? Do you know
  that most of the U.N. Charter was copied intact, word for word, from the
  Marx “Manifesto” and the Russian, so-called, constitution? Do you know that
  only the two Senators who voted against the U.N. Charter had read it? Do
  you know that since the U.N. was founded; communist enslavement has
  grown from 250,000 to 1,000,000,000? Do you know that since the U.N.
  was founded to insure peace there have been at least 20 major wars incited
  by the U.N; just as they incited war against little Rhodesia and Kuwait? Do
  you know that under the U.N. set-up; the American taxpayers have been
  forced to make up the U.N. Treasury-deficit of many millions of dollars
  because of Russia’s refusal to pay her share? Do you know that the U.N. had
  never passed a resolution condemning Russia or her so-called satellites; but
  always condemns our Allies? Do you know that J. Edgar Hoover said: “the
  overwhelming-majority of the communist-delegations to the U.N. are
  espionage-agents” and that 66 Senators voted for a “Consular Treaty” to
  open our entire country to Russian spies and saboteurs? Do you know that
  the U.N. helps Russia’s conquest of the world by preventing the free world
  from taking any action whatsoever except to debate each new aggression in
  the U.N. General Assembly? Do you know that at the time of the Korean War
  there were 60 Nations in the U.N.; yet 95% of the U.N. forces were our
  American sons and practically 100% of the cost was paid by the United
  States taxpayers?
  “And surely you know that the U.N. policy during the Korean and Vietnam
  Wars was to prevent us from winning those wars? Do you know that all the
  battle-plans of General McArthur had to go first to the U.N. to be relayed to
  Vasialia, Commander of the North Koreans and Red Chinese, and that any
  future wars fought by our sons under the U.N. flag would have to be fought
  by our sons under the control of the U.N. Security Council? Do you know
  that the U.N. has never done anything about the 80,000 Russian Mongolian
  troops that occupy Hungary?
  “Where was the U.N. when the Hungarian freedom-fighters were slaughtered
  by the Russians? Do you know that the U.N. and its peace-army turned the
  Congo over to the communists? Do you know that the U.N.’s own, so-called,
  peace-force was used to crush, rape, and kill the white anti-communists in
  Katanga? Do you know that the U.N. stood by and did nothing while Red
  China invaded Laos and Vietnam? That it did nothing while Nero invaded Goa
  and other Portuguese territories? Do you know that the U.N. was directlyresponsible for aiding Castro? That it does absolutely nothing about the
  many thousands of Cuban youngsters who are shipped to Russia for
  communist-indoctrination.
  219
  “Do you know that Adlai Stevenson said: “the free world must expect to lose
  more and more decisions in the U.N..” Do you know that the U.N. openly
  proclaims that its chief objective is a “one-world government” which means
  “one-world laws,” “one-world court,” “one-world schools,” and a “one-world
  church” in which Christianity would be prohibited?
  “Do you know that a U.N. law has been passed to disarm all American
  citizens and to transfer all our armed forces to the U.N.? Such a law was
  secretly signed by ‘saint’ Jack Kennedy in 1961. Do you realize how that fits
  in with Article 47, paragraph 3, of the U.N. Charter, which states and I
  quote: “the military staff committee of the U.N. shall be responsible through
  the Security Council for the strategic direction of all armed forces placed at
  the disposal of the Security Council” and when and if all our armed forces
  are transferred to the U.N.; your sons would be forced to serve and die
  under the U.N. command all over the world. This will happen unless you
  fight to get the U.S. out of the U.N..
  “Do you know that Congressman James B. Utt has submitted a bill to get the
  U.S. out of the U.N. and a resolution to prevent our President from forcingus to support the U.N. embargoes on Rhodesia? Well, he has and many
  people all over the country are writing to their representatives to support the
  Utt bill and resolution. Fifty Congressmen, spear-headed by Schweiker and
  Moorhead of Pennsylvania, have introduced a bill to immediately transfer all
  our armed forces to the U.N.? Can you imagine such brazen treason? Is your
  Congressman one of those 50 traitors? Find out and take immediate action
  against him and help Congressman Utt.
  “Now do you know that the “National Council of Churches” passed a
  resolution in San Francisco which states that the United States will soon
  have to subordinate its will to that of the U.N. and that all American citizens
  must be prepared to accept it? Is your church a member of the “National
  Council of Churches?” In connection with that; bear in mind that God is
  never mentioned in the U.N. Charter and their meetings are never opened
  with prayer.
  “The creators of the U.N. stipulated in advance that there should be no
  mention of God or Jesus Christ in the U.N. Charter or in its U.N.
  headquarters. Does your pastor subscribe to that? Find out! Furthermore; do
  you know that the great majority of the, so-called, Nations in the U.N. are
  anti-christianity and that the U.N. is a completely Godless organization by
  orders of its creators; the CFR Illuminati. Have you heard enough of the
  truth about the Illuminati’s United Nations? Do you want to leave your sons
  and our precious country to the unholy mercy of the Illuminati’s United
  Nations? If you don’t; write, telegraph, or phone your Representatives and
  Senators that they must support Congressman Utt’s bill to get the U.S. out
  of the U.N. and the U.N. out of the U.S.. Do it today; now, before you
  forget! It is the only salvation for your sons and for our country.
  ‘And the Word of the “I AM” came unto me, saying, Son of man,
  prophesy against the prophets of Israel that prophesy, and say
  220
  thou unto them that prophesy out of their own hearts, Hear ye
  the Word of the “I AM”; Thus saith the Lord “I AM”; Woe unto the
  foolish prophets (politicians), that follow their own spirit,
  and have seen nothing! O Israel (Britain and U.S.A. – the Two
  Witnesses and related nations), thy prophets (politicians) are
  like the “foxes in the deserts” (Operation “Desert Fox”). Ye
  have not gone up into the gaps, neither made up the hedge for
  the “House of Israel” (the Ten “Lost” Tribes of Israel, which
  include and are led by America and Britain) to stand in the
  battle in The Day of the “I AM” (Armageddon). They have seen
  vanity and lying divination, saying, The “I AM” saith: and the
  “I AM” hath not sent them: and they have made [others] to hope
  that their words would be confirmed. Have ye not seen a vain
  vision, and have ye not spoken a lying divination, whereas ye
  say, The “I AM” saith [it]; albeit I have not spoken? Therefore
  thus saith the Lord “I AM”; Because ye have spoken vanity, and
  seen lies, therefore, behold, I [am] against you, saith the Lord
  “I AM”. And Mine hand shall be upon the prophets (politicians)
  that see vanity, and that divine lies: they shall not be in the
  assembly of My people, neither shall they be written in the
  writing of the “House of Israel “, neither shall they enter into
  the land of Israel ; and ye shall know that I [am] the Lord “I
  AM”. Because, even because they have seduced My people, saying,
  Peace; and [there was] NO peace; and one built up a wall (U.N.O.
  and NATO), and, lo, others daubed it with untempered [mortar]:
  Say unto them which daub [it] with untempered [mortar], that it
  shall fall: there shall be an overflowing shower; and ye, O
  great hailstones, shall fall; and a stormy wind (Operation
  “Desert Storm”) shall rend [it]. Lo, when the wall is fallen,
  shall it not be said unto you, Where [is] the daubing wherewith
  ye have daubed [it]? Therefore thus saith the Lord “I AM”; I
  will even rend [it] with a stormy wind in my fury; and there
  shall be an overflowing shower in Mine anger, and great
  hailstones in [My] fury to consume [it]. So will I break down
  the wall (U.N.) that ye have daubed with untempered [mortar],
  and bring it down to the ground, so that the (Illuminati)
  foundation thereof shall be discovered, and it shall fall, and
  ye shall be consumed in the midst thereof: and ye shall know
  that I [am] the “I AM”. Thus will I accomplish My wrath upon the
  wall (U.N.O. and NATO), and upon them that have daubed it with
  untempered [mortar], and will say unto you, The wall [is] no
  [more], neither they that daubed it . . .’ – Ezekiel 13:1-15.
  “Now I have one more vital message to deliver. As I told you; one of the
  four specific assignments Rothschild gave Jacob Schiff was to create a
  movement to destroy religion in the United States, with Christianity to be
  the chief target. For a very obvious reason; the “Anti-defamation League”
  wouldn’t dare to attempt to do it because such an attempt could create the
  most terrible blood-bath in the history of the world; not only for the “ADL”
  and the conspirators, but for the millions of innocent Jews. Schiff turned that
  job over to Rockefeller for another specific reason. The destruction of
  221
  Christianity could be accomplished only by those who are entrusted to
  preserve it. By the pastors; the men of the cloth.
  ‘For such [are] false apostles, deceitful workers, transforming
  themselves into the apostles of Christ. And no marvel; for Satan
  himself is transformed into an angel of light. Therefore [it is]
  no great thing if his ministers also be transformed as the
  ministers of righteousness; whose end shall be according to
  their works.’ – Paul of Tarsus, 2 Corinthians 11:13-15.
  “As a starter; John D. Rockefeller picked up a young, so-called, Christian
  minister by the name of Dr. Harry F. Ward. Reverend Ward if you please. At
  that time he was teaching religion at the “Union Theological Seminary.”
  Rockefeller found a very willing “Judas” in this Reverend and thereupon in
  1907; he financed him to set up the “Methodist Foundation of Social Service”
  and Ward’s job was to teach bright young men to become, so-called,
  ministers of Christ and to place them as pastors of churches. While teaching
  them to become ministers; the Reverend Ward also taught them how to
  subtly and craftily preach to their congregations that the entire story of
  Christ was a myth; to cast doubts on the divinity of Christ; to cast doubts
  about the virgin Mary; in short: to cast doubts on Christianity* as a whole.
  It was not to be a direct-attack, but much of it to be done by craftyinsinuation that was to be applied, in particular, to the youth in the Sunday
  schools. Remember Lenin’s statement: “give me just one generation of
  youth and I’ll transform the whole world.” Then in 1908; the “Methodist
  foundation of Social Service,” which incidentally was America’s first
  communist front-organization, changed its name to the “Federal Council of
  Churches.” By 1950; the “Federal Council of Churches” was becoming very
  suspect; so in 1950 they changed the name to the “National Council of
  Churches.” Do I have to tell you more about how this “National Council of
  Churches” is deliberately destroying faith in Christianity? I don’t think so;
  but this I will tell you. If you are a member of any congregation whose
  pastor and church are members of this Judas organization; you and your
  contributions are helping the Illuminati’s plot to destroy Christianity and
  your faith in God and Jesus Christ, thus you are deliberately delivering your
  children to be indoctrinated with disbelief in God and Church and which can
  easily transform them into “atheists.” Find out immediately if your Church is
  a member of the “National Council of Churches” and for the love of God and
  your children; if it is, withdraw from it at once. However; let me warn you
  that the same destroying religion process has been infiltrated into other
  denominations. If you have seen the “Negro on Selma” and other such
  demonstrations; you have seen how the Negro mobs are led and encouraged
  by ministers (and even Catholic priests and nuns) who march along with
  them. There are many individual churches and pastors who are honest and
  sincere. Find one such for yourself and for your children. (All you have to
  learn is if your “church” is a 501 (c) 3 arm of the state. If it is, you should
  immediately stop attending it, and stop supporting it with your “taxdeductible” donations. – David G.) (Better still, read the Bible excerpt –
  Matthew 23:8-10, at the end of this article).
  222
• Ephesians 4:14 That we [henceforth] be no more children, tossed to and
  fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men,
  [and] cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive;
  Galatians 2:4 And that because of false brethren unawares brought in, who
  came in privily to spy out our liberty which we have in Christ Jesus, that
  they might bring us into bondage:
  “Incidentally; this same Reverend Harry F. Ward was also one of the
  founders of the “American Civil Liberties Union;” a notorious pro-Communist
  organization. He was the actual head of it from 1920 to 1940. He also was a
  co-founder of the “American League against War and Fascism” which, under
  Browder, became the “Communist Party of the United States.” In short;
  Ward’s entire background reeked of communism and he was identified as a
  member of the Communist party. He died a vicious traitor to both his church
  and country and this was the man old John D. Rockefeller picked and
  financed to destroy America’s Christian religion in accordance with the
  orders given to Schiff by the Rothschilds.
  “In conclusion I have this to say. You probably are familiar with the story of
  how one Dr. Frankenstein created a monster to do his will of destroying his
  chosen victims but how instead in the end; that monster turned on his own
  creator, Frankenstein, and destroyed him. Well; the Illuminati/CFR has
  created a monster called the “United Nations” (who is supported by their
  minority groups, rioting Negroes, the traitorous mass-communications
  media, and the traitors in Washington D.C.) which was created to destroy
  the American people. We know all about that many-headed hydromonster
  and we know the names of those who created that monster. We know all
  their names and I predict that one fine day the American people will come
  fully awake and cause that very monster to destroy its creator. True! The
  majority of our people are still being brainwashed, deceived, and deluded by
  our traitorous press, TV, and radio, and by our traitors in Washington D.C.;
  but surely by now enough is known about the U.N. to stamp out that outfit
  as a deadly poisonous rattlesnake in our midst.

‘And the Word of the “I AM” came unto me, saying, Son of man,
prophesy against the prophets of Israel that prophesy, and say
thou unto them that prophesy out of their own hearts, Hear ye
the Word of the “I AM”; Thus saith the Lord “I AM”; Woe unto the
foolish prophets (politicians), that follow their own spirit,
and have seen nothing! O Israel (Britain and U.S.A. – the Two
Witnesses and related nations), thy prophets (politicians) are
like the “foxes in the deserts” (Operation “Desert Fox”). Ye
have not gone up into the gaps, neither made up the hedge for
the “House of Israel” (the Ten “Lost” Tribes of Israel, which
include and are led by America and Britain) to stand in the
battle in The Day of the “I AM” (Armageddon). They have seen
vanity and lying divination, saying, The “I AM” saith: and the
“I AM” hath not sent them: and they have made [others] to hope
223
that their words would be confirmed. Have ye not seen a vain
vision, and have ye not spoken a lying divination, whereas ye
say, The “I AM” saith [it]; albeit I have not spoken? Therefore
thus saith the Lord “I AM”; Because ye have spoken vanity, and
seen lies, therefore, behold, I [am] against you, saith the Lord
“I AM”. And Mine hand shall be upon the prophets (politicians)
that see vanity, and that divine lies: they shall not be in the
assembly of My people, neither shall they be written in the
writing of the “House of Israel “, neither shall they enter into
the land of Israel ; and ye shall know that I [am] the Lord “I
AM”. Because, even because they have seduced My people, saying,
Peace; and [there was] NO peace; and one built up a wall (U.N.O.
and NATO), and, lo, others daubed it with untempered [mortar]:
Say unto them which daub [it] with untempered [mortar], that it
shall fall: there shall be an overflowing shower; and ye, O
great hailstones, shall fall; and a stormy wind (Operation
“Desert Storm”) shall rend [it]. Lo, when the wall is fallen,
shall it not be said unto you, Where [is] the daubing wherewith
ye have daubed [it]? Therefore thus saith the Lord “I AM”; I
will even rend [it] with a stormy wind in my fury; and there
shall be an overflowing shower in Mine anger, and great
hailstones in [My] fury to consume [it]. So will I break down
the wall (U.N.) that ye have daubed with untempered [mortar],
and bring it down to the ground, so that the (Illuminati)
foundation thereof shall be discovered, and it shall fall, and
ye shall be consumed in the midst thereof: and ye shall know
that I [am] the “I AM”. Thus will I accomplish My wrath upon the
wall (U.N.O. and NATO), and upon them that have daubed it with
untempered [mortar], and will say unto you, The wall [is] no
[more], neither they that daubed it; [To wit], the prophets
(politicians) of Israel which prophesy concerning Jerusalem, and
which see visions of peace for her, and [there is] no peace,
saith the Lord “I AM”. Likewise, thou son of man, set thy face
against the daughters of thy people, which prophesy out of their
own heart; and prophesy thou against them, And say, Thus saith
the Lord “I AM”; Woe to the [women] that sew pillows to all
armholes (padded shoulders), and make kerchiefs (fashion hats)
upon the head of every stature to hunt souls! Will ye hunt the
souls of My people, and will ye save the souls alive [that come]
unto you? And will ye pollute Me among My people for handfuls of
barley and for pieces of bread, to slay the souls that should
not die, and to save the souls alive that should not live, by
your lying to My people that hear [your] lies? Wherefore thus
saith the Lord “I AM”; Behold, I [am] against your pillows,
wherewith ye there hunt the souls to make [them] fly, and I will
tear them from your arms, and will let the souls go, [even] the
souls that ye hunt to make [them] fly. Your kerchiefs also will
I tear, and deliver My people out of your hand, and they shall
be no more in your hand to be hunted; and ye shall know that I
[am] the “I AM”. Because with lies ye have made the heart of the
righteous sad, whom I have not made sad; and strengthened the
hands of the wicked, that he should not return from his wicked
way, by promising him life: Therefore ye shall see no more
224
vanity, nor divine divinations: for I will deliver My people out
of your hand: and ye shall know that I [am] the “I AM”. . . .’ –
Ezekiel 13:1-23.
“My only wonder is: “what will it take to awaken and arouse our people to
the full proof?” Perhaps this record (transcript) will do it. A hundred
thousand or a million copies of this record (this transcript) can do it. I prey
to God it will. And I pray that this record (transcript) will inspire you, all of
you, to spread this story to all loyal Americans in your community. You can
do it by playing it (reading it) to study groups assembled in your homes, at
meetings of the American Legion, the VFW, the DAR, all other civic groups
and women’s clubs; especially the women’s clubs who have their sons lives
at stake. With this record (transcript) I have provided you with the weapon
that will destroy the monster. For the love of God, of our Country, and of
your children, use it! Get a copy of it into every American home.

As more and more people begin to starve to death around the world,
because of actions directly related to Washington, DC, perhaps more
Americans will begin to understand why Judgment will come against them.
The United States (not America), is the New World Order, and most of the
rest of the world understands this. Please read about the Two Witnesses and
their punishment.
Please think about this: Only in America… do we use the word ‘politics’ to
describe the process so well: ‘Poli’ in Latin meaning ‘many’ and ‘tics’
meaning ‘bloodsucking creatures’.
I urge you to pass this information on to others, or post it as you see fit to
the Internet or by regular mail, unaltered in any way, as others may need to
understand what is going on. We all have a moral-obligation to help
understanding and knowledge spread across America and the world.
K.J.A.V. Ezekiel 33:6 But if the watchman see the sword come, and
blow not the trumpet, and the people be not warned; if the sword
come, and take [any] person from among them, he is taken away in
his inequity; but his blood will I require at the watchman’s
hand.
The cost of liberty is eternal-vigilance; this is the lesson that America forgot
in the enjoyment of the excess of materialism, and in the orgy of plundering
the world with unjust weights and measures. (Revelation 6:5).
To understand the world around you it is necessary to understand Scripture,
and one piece of information from Scripture is particularly telling; “the
LOVE of money is the root of ALL evil.” Not some evil; not most evil;
ALL evil. Private courts the IRS uses are simply another way to prey on the
225
uninformed; please, do not stay uninformed. Learn what is really going on in
America and around the world.
If you are interested in restoring Freedom and Justice, study this website
and let’s get started! Or, visit the web pages on this site; learn and get
started! Whatever you do, just get started! And for those of you who have
been reading and stopped for some reason, any reason, please continue,
and this information will change how you look at the world around you, in
some ways, drastically. May YHWH Bless you Greatly, David G.
coffee@infotech.net.mx
“Most people, sometime in their lives, stumble across truth. Most jump up,
brush themselves off, and hurry on about their business as if nothing had
happened.” – Sir Winston Churchill
When a man who is honestly mistaken hears the truth, he will either quit
being mistaken or cease to be honest.
Lawyers: 99.9 percent of them give the rest of the profession a bad name.
I don’t think you can make a lawyer honest by an act of legislation. You’ve
got to work on his conscience. And his lack of conscience is what makes him
a lawyer — Will Rogers (1879-1935)
What did Jesus tell us about lawyers and politicians (most of whom are also
lawyers):-
‘Then spoke Jesus to the multitude, and to his disciples, Saying,
The lawyers and the politicians sit in Moses’ Law seat: All
therefore whatsoever they bid you observe of God’s Law, [that]
observe and do; but do not ye after their example: for they say,
and do not (and make up their own laws against God’s Orders –
Deut. 4:2). For they bind heavy burdens (the Talmud) and grievous
to be borne, and lay [them] on men’s shoulders; but they
[themselves] will not lift one of their fingers to remove them.
But all their works they do for to be seen by men: they make
broad their phylacteries (small leather box containing Old
Covenant-Testament texts, worn to remind them to keep The Law
[God’s Law]), and enlarge the borders of their garments, And
love the uppermost rooms at feasts, and the chief seats in the
churches, And greetings in the markets, and to be called by men,
Priest, Rabbi, Imam, etc. But be not ye called priest (etc.):
for One is your Teacher, [even] Christ; and all ye are brethren.
And call no [man] your father upon the earth: for one is your
Father, which is in heaven. Neither be ye called masters: for
one is your Master, [even] Christ. But he that is greatest among
you shall be your servant. And whosoever shall exalt himself
shall be abased; and he that shall humble himself shall be
exalted. But woe unto you, lawyers and (Pharisees – Farsis –
Persian converts to Judaism, who were the) politicians,
hypocrites! For ye shut up the Kingdom of heaven against men:
226
for ye neither go in [yourselves], neither allow ye them that
are entering to go in (see Enoch 93:4 – 104:6). Woe unto you,
lawyers and politicians, hypocrites! for ye devour widows’
houses, and for a pretence make long prayer: therefore ye shall
receive the greater damnation. Woe unto you, lawyers and
politicians, hypocrites! for ye compass sea and land to make one
convert, and when he is made, ye make him twofold more the child
of hell-fire than yourselves. Woe unto you, [ye] blind guides,
which say, Whosoever shall swear by the Temple, it is nothing;
but whosoever shall swear by the gold of the Temple, he is a
debtor! [Ye] fools and blind: for whether is greater, the gold,
or the Temple that sanctifieth the gold? And, Whosoever shall
swear by the altar, it is nothing; but whosoever sweareth by the
gift that is upon it, he is guilty. [Ye] fools and blind: for
whether [is] greater, the gift, or the altar that sanctifieth
the gift? Whoso therefore shall swear by the altar, sweareth by
it, and by all things thereon. And whoso shall swear by the
Temple, sweareth by it, and by Him that dwelleth therein. And he
that shall swear by heaven, sweareth by the Throne of the King
of the Universe (God), and by Him that sitteth thereon. Woe unto
you, lawyers and politicians, hypocrites! for ye pay tithe of
mint and anise and cummin, and have omitted the weightier
[matters] of the Law, Judgment, Mercy, and Faith: these ought ye
to have done, and not to leave the other undone. [Ye] blind
guides, which strain at a gnat, and swallow a camel. Woe unto
you, lawyers and politicians, hypocrites! for ye make clean the
outside of the cup and of the platter, but within they are full
of extortion and excess. [Thou] blind politician, cleanse first
that [which is] within the cup and platter, that the outside of
them may be clean also. Woe unto you, lawyers and politicians,
hypocrites! for ye are like unto whited sepulchres, which indeed
appear beautiful outward, but are within full of dead [men’s]
bones, and of all filthiness. Even so ye also outwardly appear
righteous unto men, but within ye are full of hypocrisy and
inequity. Woe unto you, lawyers and politicians, hypocrites!
Because ye build the tombs of the Prophets, and garnish the
sepulchres of the righteous, And say, If we had been in the days
of our fathers, we would not have been partakers with them in
the blood of the Prophets. Wherefore ye be witnesses unto
yourselves, that ye are the children of them which killed the
Prophets. Fill ye up then the measure of your fathers. [Ye]
serpents, [ye] generation of vipers, how can ye escape the
damnation of hell-fire? Wherefore, behold, I send unto you
Prophets, and wise men, and scribes: and [some] of them ye shall
kill and crucify; and [some] of them shall ye scourge in your
churches, and persecute [them] from city to city: That upon you
may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth, from the
blood of righteous Abel unto the blood of Zacharias son of
Barachias, whom ye slew between the Temple and the altar. Verily
I say unto you, All these things shall come upon this
generation. O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, [thou] that killest the
Prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how often
would I have gathered thy children (Sura 6:92) together, even as a
227
hen gathereth her chickens under [her] wings, and ye would not!
Behold, your “House (of Judah)” is left unto you desolate. For I
say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, till ye shall say,
Blessed [is] he that cometh in the name of the Lord.’ – The Gospel
of Matthew 23:1-39.
Because of the corruption of Christ’s teachings by the so-called Christian
religions, things have never changed. It was the predecessors of the
Illuminati in the Sanhedrin that had Jesus the Nazarite, the revolutionary,
crucified.
What have you done about it?
What do you intend to do about it?
228
229
THE ANTI-DEFAMATION LEAGUE
OF B’NAI B’RITH (ADL).
Known to be part of a joint FBI-British intelligence operation, the B’nai
B’rith’s anti-Semite watchdog/big brother gestapo was founded in America
by MI6, in 1913. The ADL was run for a time by Saul Steinberg, the U.S.
representative and business-partner of the Jacob de Rothschild family of
London, and was designed to single-out and place pressure on un-politicallycorrect groups and their leaders, and put them out of business before they
grow too large and too influential.
B’nai B’rith is Hebrew and in English means “brotherhood of the covenant”.
B’nai translated is brother and B’rith means covenant.
Its sister organisation, the Independent Order of B’nai B’rith, is an
assimilationist Jewish pride lodge that was founded in 1843 in a New York
City restaurant by immigrant Freemason-Illuminati Jews who wanted to
become Americans. Members included David Bialkin of the Committee of 300
law-firm, Wilkie, Farr and Gallagher (Bialkin ran the ADL for many years).
Eddie Cantor, Eric Trist of Tavistock, Leon Trotsky and John Graham, a.k.a.,
Irwin Suall. Suall being a member of the British SIS, the elite secret
services.
Dr. John Coleman advised in his book, The Committee of 300, “Let nobody
underestimate the power of the ADL, nor its long reach.”
Along with never overestimating, one of the basic principals of fighting is to
never underestimate, your enemy. Perhaps we should take heed?
God Bless.
Long live the fighters. Long Live The King.
John Russell.

ADL – AMERICA’S MOST
POWERFUL HATE GROUP
http://members.aol.com/AxCurtis/adlhtm

230
The Anti-Defamation League is the longest running and most powerful hate
group in the United States with 28 offices domestically and 3 offices abroad.
They bring in nearly $60 million a year to combat free speech and the right
of ethnic minorities to defend themselves from bigotry (including Black
Muslims, Arabs, and Euro-Americans). [Sabe Note – Add the hit hate lists
they prepared for FBi Louis Freeh who was in bed with KGB in own
department and in Russia]
The Anti-Defamation League was created in 1913 by the racist secret society
known as B’nai B’rith (which means “blood of the Chosen”).
This organization, which exists today excludes people based on their ethnic
background and religion. It is exclusively restricted to powerful Jews who
believe in racial superiority.
The ADL has spearheaded efforts at censorship against all people who wish
to express themselves culturally and racially. The Director of the ADL
Richard Gutstadt wrote to all periodicals he could find to censor the book,
“The Conquest of A Continent.” Mr Gutstadt brazenly writes, “We are
interested in stifling the sale of this book.” The ADL was also instrumental in
terrorizing St. Martin’s Press into canceling their contract last year with
David Irving.
The ADL trys to cover its anti-free speech activities by giving out a Free
Speech “Torch of Liberty” award occasionally. The most prominent recipient
is flesh peddler and woman denigrator Hugh Hefner. Obscene pornographer
Larry Flynt is another supporter who has contributed 100,000s of dollars to
the ADL.
ADL’s Criminal and Spying Operations
In 1993 the San Francisco and Los Angeles offices of the ADL were raided
for evidence of criminal wrongdoing in many spheres. The raids turned up
evidence of the ADL’s compliance in the theft of confidential police files
stolen from California police departments.
The ADL had been paying Roy Bullock a salary for decades to spy on people
and steal police files. He stole files from SFPD through corrupt cop Tom
Gerard. His illicit contact in San Diego was white racist sheriff Tim Carroll.
The ADL has been linked closely to organized crime, especially Las Vegas
mafia boss Meyer Lansky. [Lansky paid for bullet that hit JFK and
RFK……..he and Carlos Marcellos……the Larry Flynt connection to ADL is
“very interesting but you see he owed the mob money…..”.
Theodore Silbert worked simultaneously for the ADL and the Sterling
National Bank (a mafia operation controlled by the Lansky syndicate).
As a matter of fact the granddaughter of the mafia boss, Lansky, herself is
the ADL’s liason to law enforcement, Mira Lansky Boland. (What a convient
231
arrangement! She used ADL money to treat Tim Carroll and Tom Gerard to
an all-expense paid luxury vacation in Israel.)
Another Las Vegas gangster, Moe Dalitz was honored by the ADL in 1985.
Another among the shady contributors to the ADL’s supremacist activities is
the Milken Family Fund, of “junk bond” fame. The ADL uses its well-oiled
propaganda machine to protect their “friends” in the mafia and pornography
industry by shrieking “Anti-Semitism!!!!!” at the slightest movement of the
law against these perverse interests.
ADL’s Ethnic Intimidation
The ADL has mastered the art of intimidation and blackmailing unlike any of
the powerful mafias they are associated with. The ADL has influential
contacts in media and politics that can ruin a person or business if they don’t
follow ADL’s agenda.
Already mentioned are instances of bad cops falling under the allure of the
ADL, ones such as Tom Gerard and Tim Carroll. Yet now good cops and even
freshmen cops are being “conditioned” for the type of anti-free speech, anticultural diversity, police state that the ADL would like for our country.
Throughout the nation the ADL is threatening police departments with all
kinds of retribution if they don’t initiate state-funded lectures and seminars
for law enforcement given by ADL spokesmen. The ADL rakes in large sums
of money for these sessions, boosting their already overflowing coffers.
Already ADL men have been seen at the scene of crimes ordering cops on
how investigations are to be conducted.
Perhaps at no time in history has any other criminal organization, such as
the ADL, been able to infiltrate and influence law enforcement to such an
extent, and its tenacles are growing. Freshmen sheriffs in San Diego are now
being personally “trained” to respond to “crimes” by the Southwestern
Director of the ADL, Morris Casuto.
The most alarming part of this horrible story is… The ADL is a very powerful,
secretive racial/religious supremacist organization, with substantial ties to
the underworld of crime and pornography. To burrow their way into the
minds of children the ADL has created the “World of Difference” program
designed to cause self-hatred in young children and to persuede them to go
against their own people and heritage.
Children are taught that homosexuality and interracial affairs are virtues,
great epiphanies to be experienced. In a report to its few, but wealthy
supporters in 1995, ADL boasts that it has reached more than ten million
students and more are ready to be indoctrinated. The ADL hopes to make
children susceptible to the world of crime and vice they and their criminal
associates have in store for America.
232
Rogues Gallery of The Criminal ADL Abe Foxman [Foxman is one who took
bribe from Marc Rich and yes, they kept this money over $250,000-]
The ADL’s head and master of espionage.
Roy Bullock
The ADL’s paid informant who rummaged through trash for decades for the
ADL, until he was given the sensitive position of being the conduit for stolen
police files coming from the San Francisco Police Department by way of Tom
Gerard. He was paid $550 per week for his services. Also an associate of
racist sheriff Tim Carroll. His existance was discovered after the FBI raids on
ADL offices in 1993 and resulted in the publicizing of 750 pages of
information on the spying operations of the
ADL.
Tom Gerard
San Francisco Police Officer who stole sensitive, confidential files from his
agency and gave them to Roy Bullock to assist ADL’s spying operations on
Americans. Among files stolen were ones on the Black Muslims, Arabs and
right-wing organizations that were in any way critical of ADL. Received an
all-expense paid luxury vacation in Israel, courtesy of the
ADL.
Tim Carroll
Racist ex-detective in San Diego’s Sheriff Department. Remarked in 1993
that he would like to see “all illegal aliens shot” and “all the n**gers sent
back to Africa on a banana boat.”
An associate of both Roy Bullock and Tom Gerard. He mysteriously retired
from the Sheriff’s Department after the raids on the ADL offices at the early
age of 54. Also received an all-expense paid luxury vacation in Israel,
courtesy of the ADL. Despite his overtly racist nature, he was put in charge
of security at the ADL’s National Convention in September, 1997 using
strong-arm tactics against participants and visitors. This is interesting
considering it was his bumbling confessions to an investigator that led to the
raids on the ADL.
Mira Lansky Boland
The “law-enforcement liasion” for the ADL. She arranged luxurious trips to
Israel for certain key police officers who could have something to offer the
ADL in return. Among these were file thief Tom Gerard and racist Tim
Carroll. She is uniquely positioned in that she is the granddaughter of Meyer
Lansky, one of the most powerful mafia figures in US history.
233
Hugh Hefner
Famous pornographer who was honored by the ADL with its ridiculous “Torch
of Freedom” award. From him proceeds protection for all pornography in this
country, which is and has always been associated with vice elements like the
mob and ADL.
Larry Flynt This pornographer is a major contributor to the ADL of 100,000s
of dollars. He has been jailed often for “obscene pornography” and the
general hideous defiling of women in his Hustler magazine (whose
description is beyond the limits allowed on an AOL web page). [also front for
mob – Gambino Family, and Lansky ordered the hit on this creep – Saba
Note]
Theodore Silbert
Mob associate of Meyer Lansky, employee of the ADL and mafia front
“Sterling Bank.” Was simultaneously the CEO of “Sterling Bank” and National
Commisioner of the ADL. Moe Dalitz
Las Vegas mob figure and close associate of Meyer Lansky who was honored
by the ADL in 1985.
Milken Family Fund
Billion dollar fund that has given extensively to the ADL, the money of which
was made in the “junk bond” scandals.
Morris Casuto
Southwestern Director of the ADL who personally trains freshmen law
enforcement to do the bidding of him and his criminally indicted
organization. Morris Casuto is also close friends with racist Tim Carroll.
234
235
“What would Christ do if He could see? What would He, who rode on a
donkey, think about the luxurious car, with the ornate throne as a seat?
What would He say, if He saw the portfolio of the Vatican (stock-market)
shares? What would He do if He saw all the treasures of the Vatican,
treasures which could be used to alleviate ignorance by improving
education? What would be His reaction to the comfortable lives of the
members of the Curia? If Christ suddenly appeared in the middle of St.
Peter’s Square and said: “Leave your riches and follow me,” I wonder how
many would. I’d like to know what would happen to Him if He knocked on
the Vatican door saying: “You speak in my name. You invoke me. I have
come to tell you that you are misinterpreting my teachings.” But I know
exactly what would happen. The authorities would instantly call the Roman
police, in accordance with the Lateran Agreements of 1929, and accuse Him
of being anti-establishment, and of disturbing the peace. He would not be
judged as before, however, but sent to a mental ward and classified as a
maniac impersonator of Jesus Christ.” – Monsignor Semprione.

[please note inverted cross on the picture of the pope from CNN (for ‘some’
reason the incriminating pictures are not working on CNN anymore)]
more pictures
THE VATICAN CONSPIRACY.
by John Russell
There existed (according to Marco Politi and Watergate reporter Carl
Bernstein, in their 1996 book, His Holiness: John Paul II and the Hidden
History of Our Time) a “Holy Alliance” between jewish-Pope John Paul II and
the Reagan administration, a conspiracy that brought down the USSR.
The Elders of the Catholic Church have modelled much of the power
structure of their organisation after that of the Babylonian priests. And some
say, that the Vatican has a list of all Protestants inside its walls, names
being kept in a gigantic computer that the Catholic Church keeps updated in
preparation for a future inquisition – New World Order.
While in public the Vatican staunchly opposes abortion and birth control, in
private it is a shareholder in many drug companies that produce the pill.
According to David Yallop in his book, In God’s Name, Pope John Paul I – the
smiling pope, who was murdered after only 33-days in office, was going to
relax the Vatican’s view on birth-control. It is also reported that there is a
Masonry connection to John Paul I’s murder, even though the Vatican has
long railed against the evils of Freemasonry.
While one hand of the Vatican opposes one factor or another, the other hand
is in bed with them.
236
Take Communism or Nazism for example. The Vatican remained more than
warm toward Nazis and Fascists. Not only have agreements or Concordats
been made within living memory with such infamous characters as Hitler and
Mussolini and with the Spanish Dictator General Franco, but also, was it not
the late Cardinal Stepinac who declared – “Adolf Hitler was the envoy of
God.”?
Christ warned – “Beware of the scribes, which desire to walk in
long robes, and love greetings in the markets, and the highest
seats in the churches, and the chief rooms at feasts; Which
devour widows’ houses, and for a show make long prayers: the
same shall receive greater damnation.” Luke 20:46-47 from the The
King of Kings Bible
Perhaps now we can see why.
237
THE CIA
The Central Intelligence Agency was formed at the end of World War II in
order to fight the new covert Cold War. It found its roots in the already
formed OSS (Office of Strategic Services), the military intelligence
organization that had reached a high profile with its control over the topsecret Manhattan Project, which developed the first nuclear bomb.
The founding fathers of the CIA William “Wild Bill” Donovan and Allen Dulles,
were both prominent Roman Catholics, and members of the secret society
the “Knights of Malta”.
Recently declassified documents show that following the war the Knights of
Malta were responsible for aiding the escape of many prominent Nazis,
including Death Camp scientists and many from the inner circles of occultist
Heinreich Himmler’s Gestapo – the Nazi intelligence service. Many of these,
including Knight of Malta General Reinhard Gehlen, went directly to work for
the newly formed CIA, which at Donovan’s insistence, was now a civilian
organization. This kept the fervently anti-Nazi General Dwight Eisenhower
and the US military out of the initial equation, which allowed the CIA to
represent the interests of American industrialists and transnational
Corporations, above and beyond the interests of the American people.
The Knights of Malta’s intimate links with the Nazi movement found its
ideological base in their common Rosicrucian belief system. This states that
Man’s evolution is held back by certain lower sub-races who must be
removed for the process to continue. Through the CIA this feudal belief
system had infiltrated the heart of democratic America. Under the cover of
the cold war apparatus, the CIA became a global leader in biological and
chemical warfare, mind control techniques, psychological operations,
propaganda and covert warfare.
According to previous MI6 officer, Dr. John Coleman, in his precisely detailed
and documented book, “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the
Committee of 300,” the CIA is largely subordinate to British intelligence
agencies, multi-national corporations, and even the Royal family.
Through the MI6 and numerous oligarchy-controlled “think tanks,” Coleman
explains, America’s propaganda mills–major news networks and agencies–
churn out foul fabrications that few recognize as propaganda.
A TIMELINE OF CIA ATROCITIES
By Steve Kangas
The following timeline describes just a few of the hundreds of atrocities and
crimes committed by the CIA. (1)
238
CIA operations follow the same recurring script. First, American business
interests abroad are threatened by a popular or democratically elected
leader. The people support their leader because he intends to conduct land
reform, strengthen unions, redistribute wealth, nationalize foreign-owned
industry, and regulate business to protect workers, consumers and the
environment. So, on behalf of American business, and often with their help,
the CIA mobilizes the opposition. First it identifies right-wing groups within
the country (usually the military), and offers them a deal: “We’ll put you in
power if you maintain a favorable business climate for us.” The Agency then
hires, trains and works with them to overthrow the existing government
(usually a democracy). It uses every trick in the book: propaganda, stuffed
ballot boxes, purchased elections, extortion, blackmail, sexual intrigue, false
stories about opponents in the local media, infiltration and disruption of
opposing political parties, kidnapping, beating, torture, intimidation,
economic sabotage, death squads and even assassination. These efforts
culminate in a military coup, which installs a right-wing dictator. The CIA
trains the dictator’s security apparatus to crack down on the traditional
enemies of big business, using interrogation, torture and murder. The
victims are said to be “communists,” but almost always they are just
peasants, liberals, moderates, labor union leaders, political opponents and
advocates of free speech and democracy. Widespread human rights abuses
follow.
This scenario has been repeated so many times that the CIA actually
teaches it in a special school, the notorious “School of the Americas.” (It
opened in Panama but later moved to Fort Benning, Georgia.) Critics have
nicknamed it the “School of the Dictators” and “School of the Assassins.”
Here, the CIA trains Latin American military officers how to conduct coups,
including the use of interrogation, torture and murder.
The Association for Responsible Dissent estimates that by 1987, 6 million
people had died as a result of CIA covert operations. (2) Former State
Department official William Blum correctly calls this an “American
Holocaust.”
The CIA justifies these actions as part of its war against communism. But
most coups do not involve a communist threat. Unlucky nations are targeted
for a wide variety of reasons: not only threats to American business
interests abroad, but also liberal or even moderate social reforms, political
instability, the unwillingness of a leader to carry out Washington’s dictates,
and declarations of neutrality in the Cold War. Indeed, nothing has infuriated
CIA Directors quite like a nation’s desire to stay out of the Cold War.
The ironic thing about all this intervention is that it frequently fails to
achieve American objectives. Often the newly installed dictator grows
comfortable with the security apparatus the CIA has built for him. He
becomes an expert at running a police state. And because the dictator
knows he cannot be overthrown, he becomes independent and defiant of
Washington’s will. The CIA then finds it cannot overthrow him, because the
police and military are under the dictator’s control, afraid to cooperate with
239
American spies for fear of torture and execution. The only two options for
the U.S at this point are impotence or war. Examples of this “boomerang
effect” include the Shah of Iran, General Noriega and Saddam Hussein. The
boomerang effect also explains why the CIA has proven highly successful at
overthrowing democracies, but a wretched failure at overthrowing
dictatorships. The following timeline should confirm that the CIA as we know
it should be abolished and replaced by a true information-gathering and
analysis organization. The CIA cannot be reformed – it is institutionally and
culturally corrupt.

1929
The culture we lost – Secretary of State Henry Stimson refuses to endorse a
code-breaking operation, saying, “Gentlemen do not read each other’s mail.”
1941
COI created – In preparation for World War II, President Roosevelt creates
the Office of Coordinator of Information (COI). General William “Wild Bill”
Donovan heads the new intelligence service.
1942
OSS created – Roosevelt restructures COI into something more suitable for
covert action, the Office of Strategic Services (OSS). Donovan recruits so
many of the nation’s rich and powerful that eventually people joke that
“OSS” stands for “Oh, so social!” or “Oh, such snobs!”
1943
Italy – Donovan recruits the Catholic Church in Rome to be the center of
Anglo-American spy operations in Fascist Italy. This would prove to be one
of America’s most enduring intelligence alliances in the Cold War.
1945
OSS is abolished – The remaining American information agencies cease
covert actions and return to harmless information gathering and analysis.
Operation PAPERCLIP – While other American agencies are hunting down
Nazi war criminals for arrest, the U.S. intelligence community is smuggling
them into America, unpunished, for their use against the Soviets. The most
important of these is Reinhard Gehlen, Hitler’s master spy who had built up
an intelligence network in the Soviet Union. With full U.S. blessing, he
creates the “Gehlen Organization,” a band of refugee Nazi spies who
reactivate their networks in Russia. These include SS intelligence officers
Alfred Six and Emil Augsburg (who massacred Jews in the Holocaust), Klaus
Barbie (the “Butcher of Lyon”), Otto von Bolschwing (the Holocaust
mastermind who worked with Eichmann. The Gehlen Organization supplies
the U.S. with its only intelligence on the Soviet Union for the next ten years,
serving as a bridge between the abolishment of the OSS and the creation of
the CIA. However, much of the “intelligence” the former Nazis provide is
bogus. Gehlen inflates Soviet military capabilities at a time when Russia is
240
still rebuilding its devastated society, in order to inflate his own importance
to the Americans (who might otherwise punish him). In 1948, Gehlen almost
convinces the Americans that war is imminent, and the West should make a
preemptive strike. In the 50s he produces a fictitious “missile gap.” To make
matters worse, the Russians have thoroughly penetrated the Gehlen
Organization with double agents, undermining the very American security
that Gehlen was supposed to protect.
1947
Greece – President Truman requests military aid to Greece to support rightwing forces fighting communist rebels. For the rest of the Cold War,
Washington and the CIA will back notorious Greek leaders with deplorable
human rights records.
CIA created – President Truman signs the National Security Act of 1947,
creating the Central Intelligence Agency and National Security Council. The
CIA is accountable to the president through the NSC -there is no democratic
or congressional oversight. Its charter allows the CIA to “perform such other
functions and duties… as the National Security Council may from time to
time direct.” This loophole opens the door to covert action and dirty tricks.
1948
Covert-action wing created – The CIA recreates a covert action wing,
innocuously called the Office of Policy Coordination, led by Wall Street
lawyer Frank Wisner. According to its secret charter, its responsibilities
include “propaganda, economic warfare, preventive direct action, including
sabotage, antisabotage, demolition and evacuation procedures; subversion
against hostile states, including assistance to underground resistance
groups, and support of indigenous anti-communist elements in threatened
countries of the free world.” Italy – The CIA corrupts democratic elections in
Italy, where Italian communists threaten to win the elections. The CIA buys
votes, broadcasts propaganda, threatens and beats up opposition leaders,
and infiltrates and disrupts their organizations. It works—the communists
are defeated.
1949
Radio Free Europe – The CIA creates its first major propaganda outlet, Radio
Free Europe. Over the next several decades, its broadcasts are so blatantly
false that for a time it is considered illegal to publish transcripts of them in
the U.S.
Late 40s
Operation MOCKINGBIRD – The CIA begins recruiting American news
organizations and journalists to become spies and disseminators of
propaganda. The effort is headed by Frank Wisner, Allan Dulles, Richard
Helms and Philip Graham. Graham is publisher of The Washington Post,
which becomes a major CIA player. Eventually, the CIA’s media assets will
include ABC, NBC, CBS, Time, Newsweek, Associated Press, United Press
International, Reuters, Hearst Newspapers, Scripps-Howard, Copley News
241
Service and more. By the CIA’s own admission, at least 25 organizations and
400 journalists will become CIA assets.
1953
Iran – CIA overthrows the democratically elected Mohammed Mossadegh in a
military coup, after he threatened to nationalize British oil. The CIA replaces
him with a dictator, the Shah of Iran, whose secret police, SAVAK, is as
brutal as the Gestapo. Operation MK-ULTRA – Inspired by North Korea’s
brainwashing program, the CIA begins experiments on mind control. The
most notorious part of this project involves giving LSD and other drugs to
American subjects without their knowledge or against their will, causing
several to commit suicide. However, the operation involves far more than
this. Funded in part by the Rockefeller and Ford foundations, research
includes propaganda, brainwashing, public relations, advertising, hypnosis,
and other forms of suggestion.
1954
Guatemala – CIA overthrows the democratically elected Jacob Arbenz in a
military coup. Arbenz has threatened to nationalize the Rockefeller-owned
United Fruit Company, in which CIA Director Allen Dulles also owns stock.
Arbenz is replaced with a series of right-wing dictators whose bloodthirsty
policies will kill over 100,000 Guatemalans in the next 40 years.
1954-1958
North Vietnam – CIA officer Edward Lansdale spends four years trying to
overthrow the communist government of North Vietnam, using all the usual
dirty tricks. The CIA also attempts to legitimize a tyrannical puppet regime
in South Vietnam, headed by Ngo Dinh Diem. These efforts fail to win the
hearts and minds of the South Vietnamese because the Diem government is
opposed to true democracy, land reform and poverty reduction measures.
The CIA’s continuing failure results in escalating American intervention,
culminating in the Vietnam War.
1956
Hungary – Radio Free Europe incites Hungary to revolt by broadcasting
Khruschev’s Secret Speech, in which he denounced Stalin. It also hints that
American aid will help the Hungarians fight. This aid fails to materialize as
Hungarians launch a doomed armed revolt, which only invites a major Soviet
invasion. The conflict kills 7,000 Soviets and 30,000 Hungarians.
1957-1973
Laos – The CIA carries out approximately one coup per year trying to nullify
Laos’ democratic elections. The problem is the Pathet Lao, a leftist group
with enough popular support to be a member of any coalition government.
In the late 50s, the CIA even creates an “Armee Clandestine” of Asian
mercenaries to attack the Pathet Lao. After the CIA’s army suffers numerous
defeats, the U.S. starts bombing, dropping more bombs on Laos than all the
U.S. bombs dropped in World War II. A quarter of all Laotians will eventually
become refugees, many living in caves.
242
1959
Haiti – The U.S. military helps “Papa Doc” Duvalier become dictator of Haiti.
He creates his own private police force, the “Tonton Macoutes,” who
terrorize the population with machetes. They will kill over 100,000 during
the Duvalier family reign. The U.S. does not protest their dismal human
rights record.
1961
The Bay of Pigs – The CIA sends 1,500 Cuban exiles to invade Castro’s Cuba.
But “Operation Mongoose” fails, due to poor planning, security and backing.
The planners had imagined that the invasion will spark a popular uprising
against Castro-which never happens. A promised American air strike also
never occurs. This is the CIA’s first public setback, causing President
Kennedy to fire CIA Director Allen Dulles.
Dominican Republic – The CIA assassinates Rafael Trujillo, a murderous
dictator Washington has supported since 1930. Trujillo’s business interests
have grown so large (about 60 percent of the economy) that they have
begun competing with American business interests.
Ecuador – The CIA-backed military forces the democratically elected
President Jose Velasco to resign. Vice President Carlos Arosemana replaces
him; the CIA fills the now vacant vice presidency with its own man.
Congo (Zaire) – The CIA assassinates the democratically elected Patrice
Lumumba. However, public support for Lumumba’s politics runs so high that
the CIA cannot clearly install his opponents in power. Four years of political
turmoil follow.
1963
Dominican Republic – The CIA overthrows the democratically elected Juan
Bosch in a military coup. The CIA installs a repressive, right-wing junta.
Ecuador – A CIA-backed military coup overthrows President Arosemana,
whose independent (not socialist) policies have become unacceptable to
Washington. A military junta assumes command, cancels the 1964 elections,
and begins abusing human rights.
1964
Brazil – A CIA-backed military coup overthrows the democratically elected
government of Joao Goulart. The junta that replaces it will, in the next two
decades, become one of the most bloodthirsty in history. General Castelo
Branco will create Latin America’s first death squads, or bands of secret
police who hunt down “communists” for torture, interrogation and murder.
Often these “communists” are no more than Branco’s political opponents.
Later it is revealed that the CIA trains the death squads.
1965
Indonesia – The CIA overthrows the democratically elected Sukarno with a
military coup. The CIA has been trying to eliminate Sukarno since 1957,
using everything from attempted assassination to sexual intrigue, for
243
nothing more than his declaring neutrality in the Cold War. His successor,
General Suharto, will massacre between 500,000 to 1 million civilians
accused of being “communist.” The CIA supplies the names of countless
suspects. Dominican Republic – A popular rebellion breaks out, promising to
reinstall Juan Bosch as the country’s elected leader. The revolution is
crushed when U.S. Marines land to uphold the military regime by force.
The CIA directs everything behind the scenes. Greece – With the CIA’s
backing, the king removes George Papandreous as prime minister.
Papandreous has failed to vigorously support U.S. interests in Greece. Congo
(Zaire) – A CIA-backed military coup installs Mobutu Sese Seko as dictator.
The hated and repressive Mobutu exploits his desperately poor country for
billions.
1966
The Ramparts Affair – The radical magazine Ramparts begins a series of
unprecedented anti-CIA articles. Among their scoops: the CIA has paid the
University of Michigan $25 million dollars to hire “professors” to train South
Vietnamese students in covert police methods. MIT and other universities
have received similar payments. Ramparts also reveals that the National
Students’ Association is a CIA front. Students are sometimes recruited
through blackmail and bribery, including draft deferments.
1967
Greece – A CIA-backed military coup overthrows the government two days
before the elections. The favorite to win was George Papandreous, the liberal
candidate. During the next six years, the “reign of the colonels” – backed by
the CIA – will usher in the widespread use of torture and murder against
political opponents. When a Greek ambassador objects to President Johnson
about U.S. plans for Cypress, Johnson tells him: “Fuck your parliament and
your constitution.” Operation PHEONIX – The CIA helps South Vietnamese
agents identify and then murder alleged Viet Cong leaders operating in
South Vietnamese villages. According to a 1971 congressional report, this
operation killed about 20,000 “Viet Cong.”
1968
Operation CHAOS – The CIA has been illegally spying on American citizens
since 1959, but with Operation CHAOS, President Johnson dramatically
boosts the effort. CIA agents go undercover as student radicals to spy on
and disrupt campus organizations protesting the Vietnam War. They are
searching for Russian instigators, which they never find. CHAOS will
eventually spy on 7,000 individuals and 1,000 organizations.
Bolivia – A CIA-organized military operation captures legendary guerilla Che
Guevara. The CIA wants to keep him alive for interrogation, but the Bolivian
government executes him to prevent worldwide calls for clemency.
1969
Uruguay – The notorious CIA torturer Dan Mitrione arrives in Uruguay, a
country torn with political strife. Whereas right-wing forces previously used
244
torture only as a last resort, Mitrione convinces them to use it as a routine,
widespread practice. “The precise pain, in the precise place, in the precise
amount, for the desired effect,” is his motto. The torture techniques he
teaches to the death squads rival the Nazis’. He eventually becomes so
feared that revolutionaries will kidnap and murder him a year later.
1970
Cambodia – The CIA overthrows Prince Sahounek, who is highly popular
among Cambodians for keeping them out of the Vietnam War. He is replaced
by CIA puppet Lon Nol, who immediately throws Cambodian troops into
battle. This unpopular move strengthens once minor opposition parties like
the Khmer Rouge, which achieves power in 1975 and massacres millions of
its own people.
1971
Bolivia – After half a decade of CIA-inspired political turmoil, a CIA-backed
military coup overthrows the leftist President Juan Torres. In the next two
years, dictator Hugo Banzer will have over 2,000 political opponents
arrested without trial, then tortured, raped and executed.
Haiti – “Papa Doc” Duvalier dies, leaving his 19-year old son “Baby Doc”
Duvalier the dictator of Haiti. His son continues his bloody reign with full
knowledge of the CIA.
1972
The Case-Zablocki Act – Congress passes an act requiring congressional
review of executive agreements. In theory, this should make CIA operations
more accountable. In fact, it is only marginally effective.
Cambodia – Congress votes to cut off CIA funds for its secret war in
Cambodia.
Watergate Break-in – President Nixon sends in a team of burglars to wiretap
Democratic offices at Watergate. The team members have extensive CIA
histories, including James McCord, E. Howard Hunt and five of the Cuban
burglars. They work for the Committee to Reelect the President (CREEP),
which does dirty work like disrupting Democratic campaigns and laundering
Nixon’s illegal campaign contributions. CREEP’s activities are funded and
organized by another CIA front, the Mullen Company.
1973
Chile – The CIA overthrows and assassinates Salvador Allende, Latin
America’s first democratically elected socialist leader. The problems begin
when Allende nationalizes American-owned firms in Chile. ITT offers the CIA
$1 million for a coup (reportedly refused). The CIA replaces Allende with
General Augusto Pinochet, who will torture and murder thousands of his own
countrymen in a crackdown on labor leaders and the political left.
245
CIA begins internal investigations – William Colby, the Deputy Director for
Operations, orders all CIA personnel to report any and all illegal activities
they know about. This information is later reported to Congress.
Watergate Scandal – The CIA’s main collaborating newspaper in America,
The Washington Post, reports Nixon’s crimes long before any other
newspaper takes up the subject. The two reporters, Woodward and
Bernstein, make almost no mention of the CIA’s many fingerprints all over
the scandal. It is later revealed that Woodward was a Naval intelligence
briefer to the White House, and knows many important intelligence figures,
including General Alexander Haig. His main source, “Deep Throat,” is
probably one of those.
CIA Director Helms Fired – President Nixon fires CIA Director Richard Helms
for failing to help cover up the Watergate scandal. Helms and Nixon have
always disliked each other. The new CIA director is William Colby, who is
relatively more open to CIA reform.
1974
CHAOS exposed – Pulitzer prize winning journalist Seymour Hersh publishes
a story about Operation CHAOS, the domestic surveillance and infiltration of
anti-war and civil rights groups in the U.S. The story sparks national
outrage.
Angleton fired – Congress holds hearings on the illegal domestic spying
efforts of James Jesus Angleton, the CIA’s chief of counterintelligence. His
efforts included mail-opening campaigns and secret surveillance of war
protesters. The hearings result in his dismissal from the CIA.
House clears CIA in Watergate – The House of Representatives clears the
CIA of any complicity in Nixon’s Watergate break-in.
The Hughes Ryan Act – Congress passes an amendment requiring the
president to report nonintelligence CIA operations to the relevant
congressional committees in a timely fashion.
1975
Australia – The CIA helps topple the democratically elected, left-leaning
government of Prime Minister Edward Whitlam. The CIA does this by giving
an ultimatum to its Governor-General, John Kerr. Kerr, a longtime CIA
collaborator, exercises his constitutional right to dissolve the Whitlam
government. The Governor-General is a largely ceremonial position
appointed by the Queen; the Prime Minister is democratically elected. The
use of this archaic and never-used law stuns the nation. Angola – Eager to
demonstrate American military resolve after its defeat in Vietnam, Henry
Kissinger launches a CIA-backed war in Angola. Contrary to Kissinger’s
assertions, Angola is a country of little strategic importance and not
seriously threatened by communism. The CIA backs the brutal leader of
UNITAS, Jonas Savimbi. This polarizes Angolan politics and drives his
opponents into the arms of Cuba and the Soviet Union for survival. Congress
246
will cut off funds in 1976, but the CIA is able to run the war off the books
until 1984, when funding is legalized again. This entirely pointless war kills
over 300,000 Angolans.
“The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence” – Victor Marchetti and John Marks
publish this whistle-blowing history of CIA crimes and abuses. Marchetti has
spent 14 years in the CIA, eventually becoming an executive assistant to the
Deputy Director of Intelligence. Marks has spent five years as an intelligence
official in the State Department.
“Inside the Company” – Philip Agee publishes a diary of his life inside the
CIA. Agee has worked in covert operations in Latin America during the 60s,
and details the crimes in which he took part. Congress investigates CIA
wrong-doing – Public outrage compels Congress to hold hearings on CIA
crimes. Senator Frank Church heads the Senate investigation (“The Church
Committee”), and Representative Otis Pike heads the House investigation.
(Despite a 98 percent incumbency reelection rate, both Church and Pike are
defeated in the next elections.) The investigations lead to a number of
reforms intended to increase the CIA’s accountability to Congress, including
the creation of a standing Senate committee on intelligence. However, the
reforms prove ineffective, as the Iran/Contra scandal will show. It turns out
the CIA can control, deal with or sidestep Congress with ease.
The Rockefeller Commission – In an attempt to reduce the damage done by
the Church Committee, President Ford creates the “Rockefeller Commission”
to whitewash CIA history and propose toothless reforms. The commission’s
namesake, Vice President Nelson Rockefeller, is himself a major CIA figure.
Five of the commission’s eight members are also members of the Council on
Foreign Relations, a CIA-dominated organization.
1979
Iran – The CIA fails to predict the fall of the Shah of Iran, a longtime CIA
puppet, and the rise of Muslim fundamentalists who are furious at the CIA’s
backing of SAVAK, the Shah’s bloodthirsty secret police. In revenge, the
Muslims take 52 Americans hostage in the U.S. embassy in Tehran.
Afghanistan – The Soviets enters in Afghanistan. The CIA immediately begins
supplying arms to any faction willing to fight the Soviets. Such
indiscriminate arming means that when the Soviets leave Afghanistan, civil
war will erupt. Also, fanatical Muslim extremists now possess state-of-theart weaponry. One of these is Sheik Abdel Rahman, who will become
involved in the World Trade Center bombing in New York.
El Salvador – An idealistic group of young military officers, repulsed by the
massacre of the poor, overthrows the right-wing government. However, the
U.S. compels the inexperienced officers to include many of the old guard in
key positions in their new government. Soon, things are back to “normal” –
the military government is repressing and killing poor civilian protesters.
Many of the young military and civilian reformers, finding themselves
powerless, resign in disgust.
247
Nicaragua – Anastasios Samoza II, the CIA-backed dictator, falls. The
Marxist Sandinistas take over government, and they are initially popular
because of their commitment to land and anti-poverty reform. Samoza had a
murderous and hated personal army called the National Guard. Remnants of
the Guard will become the Contras, who fight a CIA-backed guerilla war
against the Sandinista government throughout the 1980s.
1980
El Salvador – The Archbishop of San Salvador, Oscar Romero, pleads with
President Carter “Christian to Christian” to stop aiding the military
government slaughtering his people. Carter refuses. Shortly afterwards,
right-wing leader Roberto D’Aubuisson has Romero shot through the heart
while saying Mass. The country soon dissolves into civil war, with the
peasants in the hills fighting against the military government. The CIA and
U.S. Armed Forces supply the government with overwhelming military and
intelligence superiority. CIA-trained death squads roam the countryside,
committing atrocities like that of El Mazote in 1982, where they massacre
between 700 and 1000 men, women and children. By 1992, some 63,000
Salvadorans will be killed.
1981
Iran/Contra Begins – The CIA begins selling arms to Iran at high prices,
using the profits to arm the Contras fighting the Sandinista government in
Nicaragua. President Reagan vows that the Sandinistas will be “pressured”
until “they say ‘uncle.’” The CIA’s Freedom Fighter’s Manual disbursed to the
Contras includes instruction on economic sabotage, propaganda, extortion,
bribery, blackmail, interrogation, torture, murder and political assassination.
1983
Honduras – The CIA gives Honduran military officers the Human Resource
Exploitation Training Manual, which teaches how to torture people.
Honduras’ notorious “Battalion 316” then uses these techniques, with the
CIA’s full knowledge, on thousands of leftist dissidents. At least 184 are
murdered.
1984
The Boland Amendment – The last of a series of Boland Amendments is
passed. These amendments have reduced CIA aid to the Contras; the last
one cuts it off completely. However, CIA Director William Casey is already
prepared to “hand off” the operation to Colonel Oliver North, who illegally
continues supplying the Contras through the CIA’s informal, secret, and selffinancing network. This includes “humanitarian aid” donated by Adolph Coors
and William Simon, and military aid funded by Iranian arms sales.
1986
Eugene Hasenfus – Nicaragua shoots down a C-123 transport plane carrying
military supplies to the Contras. The lone survivor, Eugene Hasenfus, turns
out to be a CIA employee, as are the two dead pilots. The airplane belongs
to Southern Air Transport, a CIA front. The incident makes a mockery of
President Reagan’s claims that the CIA is not illegally arming the Contras.
248
Iran/Contra Scandal – Although the details have long been known, the
Iran/Contra scandal finally captures the media’s attention in 1986. Congress
holds hearings, and several key figures (like Oliver North) lie under oath to
protect the intelligence community. CIA Director William Casey dies of brain
cancer before Congress can question him. All reforms enacted by Congress
after the scandal are purely cosmetic. Haiti – Rising popular revolt in Haiti
means that “Baby Doc” Duvalier will remain “President for Life” only if he
has a short one. The U.S., which hates instability in a puppet country, flies
the despotic Duvalier to the South of France for a comfortable retirement.
The CIA then rigs the upcoming elections in favor of another right-wing
military strongman. However, violence keeps the country in political turmoil
for another four years. The CIA tries to strengthen the military by creating
the National Intelligence Service (SIN), which suppresses popular revolt
through torture and assassination.
1989
Panama – The U.S. invades Panama to overthrow a dictator of its own
making, General Manuel Noriega. Noriega has been on the CIA’s payroll
since 1966, and has been transporting drugs with the CIA’s knowledge since

1972. By the late 80s, Noriega’s growing independence and intransigence
      have angered Washington… so out he goes.
      1990
      Haiti – Competing against 10 comparatively wealthy candidates, leftist priest
      Jean-Bertrand Aristide captures 68 percent of the vote. After only eight
      months in power, however, the CIA-backed military deposes him. More
      military dictators brutalize the country, as thousands of Haitian refugees
      escape the turmoil in barely seaworthy boats. As popular opinion calls for
      Aristide’s return, the CIA begins a disinformation campaign painting the
      courageous priest as mentally unstable.
      1991
      The Fall of the Soviet Union – The CIA fails to predict this most important
      event of the Cold War. This suggests that it has been so busy undermining
      governments that it hasn’t been doing its primary job: gathering and
      analyzing information. The fall of the Soviet Union also robs the CIA of its
      reason for existence: fighting communism. This leads some to accuse the
      CIA of intentionally failing to predict the downfall of the Soviet Union.
      Curiously, the intelligence community’s budget is not significantly reduced
      after the demise of communism.
      1992
      Economic Espionage – In the years following the end of the Cold War, the
      CIA is increasingly used for economic espionage. This involves stealing the
      technological secrets of competing foreign companies and giving them to
      American ones. Given the CIA’s clear preference for dirty tricks over mere
      information gathering, the possibility of serious criminal behavior is very
      great indeed.
      249
      1993
      Haiti – The chaos in Haiti grows so bad that President Clinton has no choice
      but to remove the Haitian military dictator, Raoul Cedras, on threat of U.S.
      invasion. The U.S. occupiers do not arrest Haiti’s military leaders for crimes
      against humanity, but instead ensure their safety and rich retirements.
      Aristide is returned to power only after being forced to accept an agenda
      favorable to the country’s ruling class.
      EPILOGUE
      In a speech before the CIA celebrating its 50th anniversary, President
      Clinton said: “By necessity, the American people will never know the full
      story of your courage.”
      Clinton’s is a common defense of the CIA: namely, the American people
      should stop criticizing the CIA because they don’t know what it really does.
      This, of course, is the heart of the problem in the first place. An agency that
      is above criticism is also above moral behavior and reform. Its secrecy and
      lack of accountability allows its corruption to grow unchecked.
      Furthermore, Clinton’s statement is simply untrue. The history of the agency
      is growing painfully clear, especially with the declassification of historical CIA
      documents. We may not know the details of specific operations, but we do
      know, quite well, the general behavior of the CIA. These facts began
      emerging nearly two decades ago at an ever-quickening pace. Today we
      have a remarkably accurate and consistent picture, repeated in country after
      country, and verified from countless different directions.
      The CIA’s response to this growing knowledge and criticism follows a typical
      historical pattern. (Indeed, there are remarkable parallels to the Medieval
      Church’s fight against the Scientific Revolution.) The first journalists and
      writers to reveal the CIA’s criminal behavior were harassed and censored if
      they were American writers, and tortured and murdered if they were
      foreigners. (See Philip Agee’s On the Run for an example of early
      harassment.) However, over the last two decades the tide of evidence has
      become overwhelming, and the CIA has found that it does not have enough
      fingers to plug every hole in the dike. This is especially true in the age of the
      Internet, where information flows freely among millions of people. Since
      censorship is impossible, the Agency must now defend itself with
      apologetics. Clinton’s “Americans will never know” defense is a prime
      example.
      Another common apologetic is that “the world is filled with unsavory
      characters, and we must deal with them if we are to protect American
      interests at all.” There are two things wrong with this. First, it ignores the
      fact that the CIA has regularly spurned alliances with defenders of
      democracy, free speech and human rights, preferring the company of
      military dictators and tyrants. The CIA had moral options available to them,
      but did not take them.
      250
      Second, this argument begs several questions. The first is: “Which American
      interests?” The CIA has courted right-wing dictators because they allow
      wealthy Americans to exploit the country’s cheap labor and resources. But
      poor and middle-class Americans pay the price whenever they fight the wars
      that stem from CIA actions, from Vietnam to the Gulf War to Panama. The
      second begged question is: “Why should American interests come at the
      expense of other peoples’ human rights?”
      The CIA should be abolished, its leadership dismissed and its relevant
      members tried for crimes against humanity. Our intelligence community
      should be rebuilt from the ground up, with the goal of collecting and
      analyzing information. As for covert action, there are two moral options. The
      first one is to eliminate covert action completely. But this gives jitters to
      people worried about the Adolf Hitlers of the world. So a second option is
      that we can place covert action under extensive and true democratic
      oversight. For example, a bipartisan Congressional Committee of 40
      members could review and veto all aspects of CIA operations upon a
      majority or super-majority vote. Which of these two options is best may be
      the subject of debate, but one thing is clear: like dictatorship, like
      monarchy, unaccountable covert operations should die like the dinosaurs
      they are.

251
THE SKULL & BONES SOCIETY
It all began at Yale. In 1832, General William Huntington Russell and
Alphonso
Taft put together a super secret society for the elite children of the AngloAmerican Wall Street banking establishment. William Huntington Russell’s
step-brother Samuel Russell ran “Russell & Co.”, the world’s largest OPIUM
smuggling operation in the world at the time. Alphonso Taft is the
Grandfather of our ex-president Howard Taft, the creator of the Forerunner
to the United Nations.
Some of the world’s most famous and powerful men alive today are
“bonesmen,” including George Bush, Nicholas Brady, and William F. Buckley.
Other bonesmen include Henry Luce (Time-Life), Harold Stanley (founder of
Morgan Stanley), Henry P. Davison (senior partner Morgan Guaranty Trust),
Artemus Gates (President of New York Trust Company, Union Pacific, TIME,
Boeing Company), Senator John Chaffe, Russell W. Davenport (editor
Fortune Magazine), and many others. All have taken a solemn vow of
secrecy.
The Skull & Bones Society is a stepping stone into the Bilderbergs, Council
on Foreign Relations, and Trilateral Commission.
America’s Secret Establishment”, by Antony C. Sutton, 1986, page 5-6,
states: “Those on the inside know it as The Order. Others have known it for
more than 150 years as Chapter 322 of a German secret society. More
formally, for legal purposes, The Order was incorporated as The Russell
Trust in 1856. It was also once known as the “Brotherhood of Death”. Those
who make light of it, or want to make fun of it, call it ‘Skull & Bones’, or just
plain ‘Bones’.
The American chapter of this German order was founded in 1833 at Yale
University by General William Huntington Russell and Alphonso Taft who, in
1876, became Secretary of War in the Grant Administration. Alphonso Taft
was the father of William Howard Taft, the only man to be both President
and Chief Justice of the United States.
The order is not just another Greek letter fraternal society with passwords
and handgrips common to most campuses. Chapter 322 is a secret society
whose members are sworn to silence. It only exists on the Yale campus (that
we know about). It has rules. It has ceremonial rites. It is not at all happy
with prying, probing citizens – known among initiates as ‘outsiders’ or
‘vandals’. Its members always deny membership (or are supposed to deny
membership) and in checking hundreds of autobiographical listings for
members we found only half a dozen who cited an affiliation with Skull &
Bones. The rest were silent. An interesting point is whether the many
members in various Administrations or who hold government positions have
declared their members in the biographical data supplied for FBI
‘background checks’.
252
Above all, The Order is powerful, unbelievably powerful. If the reader will
persist and examine the evidence to be presented – which is overwhelming –
there is no doubt his view of the world will suddenly come sharply into focus,
with almost frightening clarity.
It is a Senior year society which exists only at Yale. Members are chosen in
their Junior year and spend only one year on campus, the Senior year, with
Skull & Bones. In other words, the organization is oriented to the graduate
outside world. The Order meets annually – patriarchies only – on Deer Island
in the St. Lawrence River.
Senior societies are unique to Yale. There are two other senior societies at
Yale, but none elsewhere. Scroll & Key and Wolf’s Head are supposedly
competitive societies founded in the mid-19 th century. We believe these to
be part of the same network. Rosenbaum commented in his “Esquire”
article, very accurately, that anyone in the Eastern Liberal Establishment
who is not a member of Skull & Bones is almost certainly a member of either
Scroll & Key or Wolf’s Head.
.. The selection procedure for new members of The Order has not changed
since 1832. Each year 15, and only 15, never fewer, are selected. They are
required as a part of their initiation ceremony to lie naked in a coffin and
recite their sexual history. This method allows other members to control the
individual by threatening to reveal their innermost secrets if they do not “goalong”. In the past 150 years about 2500 Yale graduates have been initiated
into The Order. At any time about 500-600 are alive and active. Roughly
about one- quarter of these take an active role in furthering the objectives of
The Order. The others either lose interest or change their minds. They are
silent drop-outs.
.. The most likely potential member is from a Bones family, who is energetic,
resourceful, political and probably an amoral team player. … Honors and
financial rewards are guaranteed by the power of The Order. But the price of
these honors and rewards is sacrifice to the common goal, the goal of The
Order. Some, perhaps many, have not been willing to pay this price.
The Old Line American families and their descendants involved in the Skull & Bones are names
such as: Whitney, Perkins, Stimson, Taft, Wadsworth, Gilman, Payne, Davidson, Pillsbury,
Sloane, Weyerhaeuser, Harriman, Rockefeller, Lord, Brown, Bundy, Bush and Phelps.